Rebel Group ULFA Signs Peace Accord With Centre, Assam Govt (Indian Express)

  • 30 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Union Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), the Assam government and the pro-talks faction of the United Liberation Front of Asom (ULFA) signed a memorandum of settlement on Friday.

News Summary:

  • The pro-talks faction of the United Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA) has officially signed a tripartite Memorandum of Settlement recently with the Central government and the Assam government.
  • Chairperson Arabinda Rajkhowa led the ULFA pro-talks faction, which initiated peace talks with the government on September 3, 2011, following the signing of an agreement for the Suspension of Operations with the central and state governments.
  • This Memorandum of Settlement signifies the formal commitment of the ULFA faction to renounce violence and integrate into the mainstream.
  • It's noteworthy that the hardline faction of ULFA, led by Paresh Baruah, remains outside the purview of the peace accord, and Baruah is reportedly residing along the China-Myanmar border.
  • As part of the agreement, Assam will receive a substantial development package, marking a significant step in the peace process.
  • Over the past five years, there have been 9 peace and border-related agreements signed in the Northeast region.
  • In November 2023, a peace agreement was successfully negotiated with the United National Liberation Front (UNLF) in Manipur, a separatist group representing the Meitei community.

Insurgency in Assam: Causes and Dynamics

  • Assam has grappled with insurgency since the 1980s, even after the formation of separate states like Nagaland, Mizoram, Meghalaya, and Arunachal Pradesh.
  • The primary demand of many militant groups in the region has been increased political autonomy, often articulated through calls for separate statehood.

Factors Driving the Insurgency in Assam:

  • Ethnic Complexities: Assam is marked by historical tensions among its indigenous ethnic groups.
  • Autonomous districts like Karbi Anglong and North Cachar Hills are home to 15 recognized tribes, while the rest of the state has 14 tribes.
  • Bodo, Mishing, Karbi, Rabha, Sonowal Kachari, Lalung, Garo, and Dimasa are major tribes, with sustained autonomy movements, especially among Bodo groups.
  • Immigration Challenges: Large-scale immigration of Bengali-speaking Muslims from Bangladesh has fueled tension.
  • Assamese residents perceive this migration as a threat to their identity, culture, and economic stability.
  • Political Dynamics: Movements advocating sub-regional aspirations have clashed with State Governments and Autonomous Councils.
  • Example: The All Bodo Students' Union (ABSU) intensified its movement in 1987, seeking a separate state of Bodoland on the North Bank of the Brahmaputra.
  • Economic Concerns: The region's economic isolation after partition has adversely impacted its economy.
  • The central government’s perception of resource exploitation has fueled sentiments supporting the insurgency.
  • Understanding these complex dynamics is crucial for addressing the longstanding insurgency issues in Assam.

The Dynamic Landscape of Insurgent Groups in Assam:

  • United Liberation Front of Asom (ULFA): ULFA was established in April 1979 with Assamese nationalism as its guiding principle.
  • It promised to free Assam and create an autonomous region called Swadin Asom (Independent Assam) that would be home to the Assamese-speaking ethnic group.
  • Bodo Movement in Assam: The 1960s saw the emergence of the Bodo political movement, advocating for a homeland known as Udyachal for Assam plains tribal communities.
  • The All-Bodo Students Union (ABSU), formed in 1967, became a key advocate for the Bodo cause.
  • Post the Assam Accord in 1985, the ABSU played a pivotal role in reviving the movement, eventually supported by armed groups like the National Democratic Front of Bodoland (NDFB).
  • Bodo Accords (1993, 2003, 2020): Three accords were signed, leading to the formation of the Bodoland Autonomous Council (1993), Bodo Territorial Council (2003), and a truce with NDFB factions (2020).
  • The accords granted legislative, administrative, executive, and financial powers to the councils, recognizing Bodo as an associate official language.
  • Karbi Insurgency: Five major militant groups in Karbi Anglong, including:
  • Karbi People’s Liberation Tiger,
  • People’s Democratic Council of Karbi Longri (PDCK),
  • Karbi Longri NC Hills Liberation Front (KLNLF),
  • Kuki Liberation Front (KLF), and
  • United People’s Liberation Army (UPLA).
  • The insurgency by these groups revolved around the demand for an autonomous state and had taken off in the 1980s.
  • A settlement in 2021 granted greater autonomy, special packages, and a Rs 1,000 crore development package over five years for the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council.
  • Dimasa Uprising: DNLA, the latest group in Dima Hasao district, engaged in a tripartite agreement.
  • The settlement mirrors the provisions of the Karbi Anglong agreement, focusing on autonomy and special development packages for the Dimasa community.

These insurgent movements, rooted in regional aspirations, have undergone transformations through accords and settlements, aiming at greater autonomy, linguistic recognition, and developmental packages for the respective ethnic communities in Assam.

In conclusion, the recent Memorandum of Settlement between the Union Ministry of Home Affairs, the Assam government, and the pro-talks faction of ULFA is a positive stride towards peace. However, historical patterns warn of potential challenges post-negotiations. To holistically manage the region, establishing a North East Security Council is vital. The persistent demand for sovereignty by the Paresh Baruah-led ULFA (I) remains a significant hurdle, necessitating a nuanced and sustained approach to lasting peace.

What is the Assam Accord?

  • The Assam Accord inked on 15 August 1985, stands as a pivotal Memorandum of Settlement (MoS) resulting from extensive negotiations between the Government of India and representatives of the Assam Movement.
  • This historic accord materialized after a six-year-long agitation, commencing in 1979, led by the All Assam Students’ Union (AASU).
  • The core demand of the protestors, primarily driven by concerns about the influx of Bangladeshi immigrants, was the identification and expulsion of illegal foreigners.
  • In the presence of then-Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi in New Delhi, the accord marked a turning point.
  • The leaders of the Assam Movement, cognizant of the issue’s complexity, reached a consensus to accept migrants who had entered Assam before 1 January 1966.
  • In a reciprocal gesture, the Government of India acknowledged and addressed the political, social, cultural, and economic apprehensions of the Assamese people.
  • As a significant commitment, the government pledged to review the electoral database, aligning it with the aforementioned date.
  • Additionally, the accord underscored the government's commitment to the identification and deportation of refugees and migrants who entered Assam after 25 March 1971.
  • Thus, the Assam Accord, born out of a prolonged struggle, aimed to address the multifaceted concerns surrounding immigration and safeguard the interests of the indigenous population in Assam.

Broadcast Regulation 3.0, Commissions and Omissions (The Hindu)

  • 01 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting (MIB) has taken a significant step in broadcasting regulation by releasing the Broadcasting Services (Regulation) Bill 2023. This bill is part of a series of efforts to regulate broadcasting in an integrated manner.

Context:

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India has proposed a draft Broadcasting Services (Regulation) Bill, 2023. The draft Bill provides for a consolidated framework to regulate the broadcasting services in the country and seeks to replace the existing Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995, and other Policy Guidelines currently governing the broadcasting sector in the country.

The Bill streamlines regulatory processes, extends its purview to cover Over-the-Top(OTT) content and digital news, and introduces contemporary definitions and provisions for emerging technologies.  It seeks to provide Content Evaluation Committees and a Broadcast Advisory Council for self-regulation, different program and advertisement codes for different Broadcasting Network Operators, Accessibility measures for persons with disabilities, and statutory penalties, etc.

Key Highlights of the draft Broadcasting Services (Regulation) Bill, 2023:

  • Consolidation and Modernization: It addresses a long-standing need to consolidate and update the regulatory provisions for various broadcasting services under a single legislative framework.
  • This move streamlines the regulatory process, making it more efficient and contemporary.
  • It extends its regulatory purview to encompass broadcasting over-the-top (OTT) content and digital news and current affairs currently regulated through IT Act, 2000 and regulations made there under.
  • Contemporary Definitions and Future-Ready Provisions: To keep pace with the evolving technologies and services, the bill introduces comprehensive definitions for contemporary broadcasting terms and incorporates provisions for emerging broadcasting technologies.
  • Strengthens the Self-Regulation Regime: It enhances self-regulation with the introduction of ‘Content evaluation committees and evolves the existing Inter-Departmental Committee into a more participative and broader ‘Broadcast Advisory Council’.
  • Differentiated Programme Code and Advertisement Code: It allows for a differentiated approach to Programme and Advertisement Codes across various services and requires self-classification by broadcasters and robust access control measures for restricted content.
  • Accessibility for Persons with Disabilities: The bill addresses the specific needs of persons with disabilities by providing enabling provisions for the issue of comprehensive accessibility guidelines.
  • Statutory Penalties and Fines: The draft Bill introduces statutory penalties such as advisory, warning, censure, or monetary penalties, for operators and broadcasters. Provision for imprisonment and/or fines remains, but only for very serious offenses, ensuring a balanced approach to regulation.
  • Equitable Penalties: Monetary penalties and fines are linked to the financial capacity of the entity, taking into account their investment and turnover to ensure fairness and equity.
  • Infrastructure Sharing, Platform Services, and Right of Way: The bill also includes provisions for infrastructure sharing among broadcasting network operators and carriage of platform services.
  • Further, it streamlines the Right of Way section to address relocation and alterations more efficiently, and establishes a structured dispute resolution mechanism.

Arguments in Support of the Bill:

  • Revamped Legal Framework: This legislation signifies a departure from the Cable Television Networks Regulation Act of 1995.
  • The Information & Broadcasting Minister lauds it as a "crucial law" designed to modernize the regulatory framework, aligning with the dynamic landscape of OTT, digital media, DTH, IPTV, and emerging technologies.
  • Additionally, it incorporates comprehensive accessibility guidelines for the Divyangjan community.
  • Empowerment of Broadcasters: The bill introduces provisions aimed at empowering broadcasters through self-regulation mechanisms.
  • Striving for a delicate balance between regulatory oversight and industry autonomy is a key objective.
  • Tailored Approach to Codes: The draft Bill permits a "differentiated approach" to Programme and Advertisement Codes across diverse services.
  • This approach enables the tailoring of regulations to accommodate the unique nature of linear and on-demand content, providing content creators with increased flexibility and relevance.
  • Equitable Measures: Monetary penalties under this bill are intricately tied to the entity's investment and turnover, ensuring fairness.
  • Penalties are proportionally determined based on the financial standing of the entity, meaning that larger corporations with higher investments and turnovers may face more substantial fines compared to smaller entities with limited financial capacity.
  • Inclusive Stakeholder Participation: The bill emphasizes stakeholder involvement through public consultation, a move applauded by the industry.
  • The government's initiative to establish a unified law is welcomed, with expectations that it will streamline compliance and enforcement processes.

Arguments Against the Bill:

  • Concerns about Control and Regulation: There are concerns surrounding whether the bill's emphasis is truly on public service or if it leans more towards expanding government control and regulation.
  • Some worry that the bill might amplify government control over digital infrastructure and influence citizens' viewing choices.
  • Ambiguities in Draft Provisions: Specifically, point 36 in the draft raises concerns about its broad and ambiguous language, providing authorities with the power to restrict content.
  • Questions arise regarding the role of "authorized officers" working under government direction.
  • Potential Impact on Minority Communities: Apprehensions exist that the bill could lead to the erasure or selective representation of Indian minority communities.
  • The draft's vague language may be susceptible to exploitation, promoting a universal majority identity for India.
  • Challenges with Cable Regulation: The Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act of 1995, initially targeting illegal cable operators, faced transparency issues due to a nexus involving operators, politicians, entrepreneurs, and broadcasters.
  • The new bill fails to address loopholes and problems in implementing the existing Act, including conflicts of interest and opaque practices within the Indian media industry.
  • Government's Trust Deficit: Critics point to the government's recent history with media regulation, highlighting a pattern of unfulfilled promises and questionable outcomes.
  • The bill is compared to the controversial IT Rules of 2021 introduced for national welfare.
  • Concerns about Oligopolistic Media Ownership: Amid debates on "cultural invasion" and "anti-national" programming, some argue that the connection between government officials and media houses may foster oligopolistic media ownership.

Notable Omissions from the Bill:

  • Lack of Regulation on Ownership: The bill overlooks concerns related to ownership within the media landscape, mirroring the oversights in the TRAI paper.
  • Despite placing emphasis on audience measurement methodologies, the absence of provisions regulating cross-media and vertical ownership is apparent.
  • Cross-media ownership, previously identified as a threat to diversity by TRAI, consolidates media power, with interconnected interests of cable and DTH distributors, news broadcasters, and telecom companies potentially restricting the array of available news sources.
  • Absence of an Independent Broadcast Regulator: The bill remains silent on the establishment of an independent broadcast regulator, a concept previously endorsed in the 'airwaves' judgment of 1995, the 1997 Broadcasting Bill, and reiterated in the 2007 iteration.
  • Instead of proposing an independent regulator, the bill introduces a 'Broadcast Advisory Council' tasked with addressing viewer grievances and violations of the Programme Code and Advertisement Code.
  • Concerns arise about the Council's ability to handle grievances from a broad audience and questions surface regarding its autonomy.

The Way Ahead: Urgent Requirement for Conflict of Interest Regulation

  • The Indian government has not effectively managed conflicts of interest in the media industry, especially the connections between MSOs (Multi-Service Operators), politicians, and vertical integration.
  • As this has led to a loss of trust, a regulation on conflicts of interest is the need of the hour.

Conclusion

The essence of Broadcasting Regulation goes beyond mere compliance; it revolves around fostering an environment conducive to growth, and innovation, and ensuring fair access to communication services. Striking the right balance between regulatory oversight and industry autonomy is crucial for India to strategically position itself for sustained success in the rapidly evolving telecommunications sector.

Severe Drought in the Amazon Rainforests (Indian Express)

  • 19 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Hundreds of fish dead, no drinking water, food or other supplies — the latest spell of drought in the Amazon rainforest has disrupted the lives of tens of thousands of Indigenous people.

Amazon Rainforest Drought:

  • In the period from July 2023 to September 2023, eight Brazilian states experienced the lowest rainfall in over four decades.
  • Projections indicate that rainfall is expected to remain below average until the year's end.
  • This recent calamity further contributes to the ongoing destruction of the Amazon, often referred to as the planet's lungs due to its role in storing over 150 billion metric tonnes of carbon.

Impact of the Drought:

  • Depletion of Water Bodies: The Rio Negro, among the world’s largest rivers, registers a historic low of 13.59 meters.
  • The Madeira River, a crucial Amazon tributary, experiences a decline, causing the suspension of operations at the Santo Antonio hydroelectric dam due to exceptionally low water levels.
  • Loss of Marine Life: Elevated mortality among fish and river dolphins (Boto) results from the drought's impact on water levels.
  • Carcasses contaminate water sources, compelling residents to use compromised water for essential activities like cooking, bathing, and drinking.
  • State of Emergency and Humanitarian Concerns: Brazilian authorities express apprehension about approximately 500,000 people being affected by the end of October.
  • Manaus, the largest city in Amazonas, declares states of emergency in 55 out of 62 municipalities due to acute water shortages.
  • Escalation of Wildfires: The rainforest, now more susceptible due to extreme dry conditions, witnesses a surge in wildfires.
  • Amazonas state records an unprecedented 2,700 blazes this month, marking the highest for October in the past 25 years.
  • Deteriorating Air Quality in Manaus: Smoke from wildfires adversely impacts air quality in Manaus, a city of two million in the heart of the Amazon.
  • Hazardous pollution levels pose health risks, leading to respiratory issues for children and older residents, prompting hospitalisations.

What are the Reasons Behind this Drought?

  • Droughts are not unprecedented in the Amazon, with the most notable recent instance occurring in 2021, marking the driest period in at least 90 years.
  • The current drought, however, appears to be even more severe, attributable to two simultaneous natural phenomena impeding cloud formation and exacerbating the already diminished rainfall levels in the region.
  • Influence of El Niño: El Niño denotes an abnormal warming of surface waters in the equatorial Pacific Ocean.
  • This weather pattern tends to elevate the likelihood of setting temperature records and induces heightened heat extremes across various global regions, including the ocean.
  • Elevated Water Temperatures in the Atlantic Ocean: The other contributing factor is the unusually high water temperatures observed in the northern tropical Atlantic Ocean.
  • Elevated ocean temperatures prompt the ascent of heated air into the atmosphere, reaching the Amazon rainforest.
  • The warmth inhibits cloud formation, resulting in a substantial reduction in rainfall.

Studies Highlighting Concerns for the Future of the Amazon Rainforests:

  • Numerous studies over the years have consistently warned that the Amazon faces an increased risk of prolonged and more frequent droughts due to escalating global temperatures.
  • A 2022 research publication in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS) projected that if current fossil fuel consumption rates persist, the rainforest could endure significant droughts in 9 out of every 10 years by 2060.
  • Another study, featured in the journal Nature in 2022, disclosed a concerning trend: Amazon's diminished ability to recover from prolonged droughts over the last two decades, bringing it dangerously close to a tipping point.
  • Crossing this threshold could result in the transformation of the lush green forest into a drier open savanna, releasing substantial stored carbon and contributing to further global warming.
  • With 17 to 20 percent of the Amazon destroyed in the past five decades, urgent measures are imperative to combat deforestation and greenhouse gas emissions, and where feasible, undertake reforestation initiatives in the depleted areas, as advocated by experts.

About Amazon Rainforests:

  • Amazon is the world’s largest tropical rainforest covering over 5.5 million square kilometres.
  • Tropical forests are closed-canopy forests growing within 28 degrees north or south of the equator.
  • Due to the thickness of the canopy (the top branches and leaves of the trees), the Amazon floor is in permanent darkness.
  • Tropical forests are very wet places, receiving more than 200 cm of rainfall per year, either seasonally or throughout the year.
  • The Amazon is found in South America, spanning across Brazil, Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, Colombia, Venezuela, Guyana, Suriname and French Guiana.
  • Running through the north of the rainforest is the Amazon River — a network of many hundreds of waterways that stretches 6,840km.
  • Around 400-500 indigenous Amerindian tribes call the Amazon rainforest home.
  • It’s believed that about fifty of these tribes have never had contact with the outside world!
  • The Amazon has an incredibly rich ecosystem – there are around 40,000 plant species, 1,300 bird species, 3,000 types of fish, 430 mammals and a whopping 2.5 million different insects. Wow!
  • The Amazon is home to a whole host of fascinating – and deadly! – creatures, including electric eels, flesh-eating piranhas, poison dart frogs, jaguars and some seriously venomous snakes.
  • This area of immense natural beauty plays an important role in limiting climate change. This is because the rich vegetation takes carbon dioxide (a greenhouse gas) out of the air and releases oxygen.

Large Ozone Hole Detected Over Antarctica (The Hindu)

  • 13 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

As part of the EU’s environmental monitoring program, the European Space Agency Copernicus Sentinel-5P satellite detected a giant hole in the ozone layer over Antarctica recently.

What is an Ozone Hole?

  • An ozone hole refers to a region in the stratosphere above Antarctica where the ozone layer experiences significant depletion.
  • Contrary to the term "hole," it doesn't imply a complete absence of ozone; rather, scientists use the term metaphorically to indicate an area where ozone concentrations fall below the historical threshold of 220 Dobson Units.
  • The dimensions of the ozone hole over Antarctica fluctuate annually, typically forming in August and dissipating by November or December, driven by distinct climatic conditions in the region.

Mechanism Behind Ozone Hole Formation:

  • The emergence of the ozone hole is linked to the Earth's rotation, creating specific winds over the enclosed Antarctic landmass.
  • The polar vortex, characterized by robust winds around the poles, is a key factor in the dynamics of the ozone hole.
  • During winter, the polar vortex forms due to temperature variations, acting as a barrier that separates polar air from warmer air at lower latitudes.
  • This isolation fosters the formation of polar stratospheric clouds (PSCs), triggering reactions leading to ozone depletion.
  • Chemical processes occurring on the surface of PSCs activate chlorine and bromine compounds, particularly chlorine, acting as catalysts in ozone-depleting reactions.
  • When exposed to sunlight, these compounds catalyze the breakdown of ozone molecules.
  • The size and intensity of the polar vortex directly influence the extent of ozone depletion.
  • As the vortex weakens in spring, the mixing of polar air with warmer air from lower latitudes gradually closes the ozone hole, contributing to the restoration of the ozone layer.

What Caused the Giant Ozone Hole in 2023?

  • Scientists believe this year’s big ozone hole could be due to the volcanic eruptions at Hunga Tongain Tonga during December 2022 and January 2023.
  • In contrast to typical volcanic eruptions that release gases primarily within the lower atmosphere, this specific event ejected a substantial quantity of water vapour into the stratosphere.
  • The presence of water vapour, along with other ozone-depleting elements such as bromine and iodine, had repercussions on the ozone layer through chemical reactions, ultimately modifying its heating rate.

Human-caused Ozone Holes:

  • While this year’s Antarctic ozone hole was likely due to a volcanic eruption, scientists became aware that human activities were creating huge ozone holes in the 1970s.
  • Ground and satellite-based measurements detected the holes, which were caused by the widespread use of chemicals called chlorofluorocarbons.
  • “The culprit behind ozone depletion was not aerosols in aerosol cans, but the propellants we use as gases to propel the solutions inside.
  • These gaseous propellants contain chlorine, which is released high in the stratosphere and depletes the ozone.
  • The world took action after scientists raised alarm over the ozone holes, and quickly.
  • In 1987, The Montreal Protocol was created to protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of these harmful substances.
  • The protocol was effective as ozone holes got smaller in the decades after ozone-depleting gas emissions were controlled.

Is there any Relation Between Climate Change and Ozone Holes?

  • Ozone depletion is not considered a primary catalyst for global climate change.
  • Nevertheless, there are indications that the rising global temperatures associated with climate change may impact the dynamics of ozone holes.
  • Recent instances of substantial ozone holes have been associated with climate change, particularly the escalation of wildfires.
  • The heightened frequency and intensity of wildfires, often exacerbated by climate change, release more smoke into the stratosphere, potentially contributing to additional ozone depletion.
  • While ozone holes may yield a cooling effect by diminishing the greenhouse gas impact (as the loss of ozone allows slightly more heat to escape into space from that region), they can also disrupt the normal progression of seasons, leading to prolonged wintertime conditions.

What is Ozone (O3)?

  • Formation: Ozone molecules result from the interaction of ultraviolet (UV) radiation from the Sun with O2 molecules.
  • During this process, an O2 molecule is split, and the two liberated oxygen atoms combine with other O2 molecules, forming O3 molecules.
  • While oxygen (O2) constitutes 21% of Earth's atmosphere, ozone makes up less than 0.001%.
  • Ozone Layer: The ozone layer, crucial for life on Earth, is primarily generated in the stratosphere where UV radiation is more intense due to thinner air at higher altitudes.
  • This region, known as the 'ozone layer,' spans approximately 10 to 40 km in altitude, with a peak of around 25 km.
  • Significance of Ozone Layer: The ozone layer plays a vital role in protecting life on Earth by absorbing the most harmful type of UV radiation, UV-B radiation, with wavelengths between 280 and 315 nanometres.
  • Shielding against UV rays is significant in reducing skin cancer rates, as most skin cancers are linked to excessive UV radiation exposure.
  • As UV radiation is absorbed by ozone in the stratosphere, it leads to the heating of the surrounding air, creating the stratospheric temperature inversion.
  • Measurement of Stratospheric Ozone: Stratospheric ozone is quantified as the total amount present in an atmospheric column in Dobson units.
  • One Dobson unit represents the amount of ozone that would form a layer 0.01 mm thick at average sea-level pressure and temperature.
  • Ozone Production:  Most stratospheric ozone is produced at tropical latitudes, and high-altitude winds disperse it globally.
  • Ozone undergoes continual formation and breakdown, with its distribution across the planet being neither uniform nor constant.
  • Natural processes historically balanced ozone formation and breakdown, but human activities in recent decades have accelerated ozone depletion.
  • Ground-level ozone formation contributes to 'photochemical smog,' posing a health hazard when ozone levels become elevated due to its toxic nature.

Qatar court drops death penalty for 8 Indians, Govt says sentences reduced (Indian Express)

  • 29 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

A Qatar court has reduced the death sentences awarded to eight former Indian Navy personnel last month in connection with an alleged case of espionage.

What is the Case?

  • Arrest of Eight Navy Personnel: On August 30, 2022, eight former Indian Navy personnel, accompanied by two others, were apprehended under undisclosed charges and subsequently placed in solitary confinement.
    • These individuals were affiliated with Al Dahra Global Technologies and Consultancy Services, a defense services provider company.
    • Sources indicate that the Indian nationals were privately engaged with the company to supervise the induction of Italian small stealth submarines U2I2.
    • The company's previous website, now defunct, mentioned its provision of training, logistics, and maintenance services to the Qatari Emiri Naval Force (QENF).
  • Charges Against the Men: The specific charges against the individuals have not been publicly disclosed; however, media reports suggest that the eight Indians are accused of espionage on behalf of Israel.
  • Death Penalty for Navy Veterans: In March 2023, after multiple unsuccessful bail pleas, the trial for the Navy veterans commenced, culminating on October 26, 2023, with the imposition of the death sentence on all eight men.
  • India's Appeal: In November 2023, the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) announced the filing of an appeal, revealing that its legal team possessed details of the charges.
    • The Indian ambassador in Doha visited the incarcerated individuals on December 3, providing consular access.
    • This access occurred shortly after Prime Minister Modi met Qatar’s Emir Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al-Thani during the COP28 summit in Dubai on December 1.

What Options Has India Explored?

  • One avenue involves legal challenges, a step that has been acknowledged and has temporarily mitigated the sentence.
  • Concurrently, India has actively utilized diplomatic channels to engage with the Qatari authorities.
  • The families have submitted a mercy plea to the Emir of Qatar, leveraging the tradition of pardons granted during Ramadan and Eid, with support from the Indian government.

India-Qatar Bilateral Relations:

  • Economic Ties: In recent years, the trade volume between India and Qatar has witnessed fluctuations.
    • During the fiscal year 2015-2016, trade between the two nations reached an impressive $10 billion.
    • However, recent years have seen a slight decline in trade due to falling gas and oil rates in the international market.
  • Trade Statistics and Import Dependence: In the fiscal year 2022-23, India's total imports from Qatar amounted to $16.81 billion, primarily in fossil fuels like liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), plastics, and petrochemical products.
    • Conversely, India's exports to Qatar during the same fiscal year were valued at $1.97 billion, covering items such as cereals, copper articles, iron and steel products, vegetables, fruits, spices, and processed food items.
  • Investment Interests and Collaborative Projects: Qatari authorities, particularly the Qatar Investment Authority, express interest in investing in India, focusing on infrastructure development, roads, highways, economic corridors, and projects related to gas and fertilizers.
    • India reciprocates with a keen interest in direct investments in liquefied natural gas, chemical industries, fertilizer production, urea, petrochemicals, and infrastructure projects.
  • India's Growing Energy Needs: India, with its growing energy needs, has a robust energy partnership with Qatar, dating back to a 1990 agreement.
    • This commitment involves India purchasing 7.5 million tonnes of LNG annually for 25 years.
    • The collaboration was further strengthened in December 2015, with Qatar agreeing to augment its LNG supply to India by an additional one million tonnes annually.
  • Collaboration in Defence Affairs: India's defense collaboration with Qatar focuses on training, mutual participation in conferences and events, and visits by Indian Navy and Coast Guard vessels.
    • Notably, the joint naval exercise 'Zair-Al-Bahr' showcases significant cooperation between the Indian and Qatari Navies.
    • Both nations are committed to combating the financing of terrorism.
  • Cultural Interaction: The Indian Cultural Centre (ICC) plays a crucial role in overseeing Indian community associations in Doha.
    • Qatar's role as a co-sponsor of the United Nations General Assembly Resolution designating June 21 as the International Day of Yoga is highly valued by India.
  • Indian Diaspora in Qatar: The Indian community in Qatar, numbering approximately 700,000, constitutes the largest expatriate group.
    • Their contributions span diverse sectors, including projects related to the Qatar 2022 FIFA World Cup, and annual remittances to India are estimated at around 750 million dollars.
  • Indispensable Role of Qatar as an LNG Supplier: The cornerstone of the bilateral trade relationship lies in liquefied natural gas (LNG), where Qatar plays a pivotal role by meeting 80% of India's LNG requirements.
    • India imported a total of 19.85 million tonnes of LNG in the fiscal year 2022-23, with approximately 54% of this LNG.
    • This significant reliance on Qatar, both through long-term contracts and spot purchases, underscores the challenge of diversifying India’s sources of LNG.

Challenges in India-Qatar Bilateral Relations:

  • BJP Spokesperson's Controversy: The initial strain in the relationship arose in June 2022 when BJP spokesperson Nupur Sharma made derogatory references to the Prophet on a TV show.
    • Qatar was the first country to object and demanded a public apology from India.
  • Jailing of Navy Personnel: The second significant challenge involves the imprisonment of eight ex-Navy personnel.
    • This development caught New Delhi off guard, particularly given the substantial Indian expatriate community in Qatar, where 800,000 Indians live and work.
  • Israeli-Gaza Conflict: The news of the death penalty for the Indians coincided with heightened tensions in the Middle East due to the Israeli bombardment of Gaza.
    • Qatar, with its strong sympathy for the Palestinians, has played a mediating role, including securing the release of American hostages from Hamas captivity.
    • Qatar's diplomats are actively engaged as regional mediators in the ongoing crisis.

Maximizing Opportunities for Strengthened Relations:

  • Safeguarding Expatriate Workers: India must engage in negotiations aimed at ensuring the protection of the rights and well-being of its expatriate workers in Qatar, who have encountered various labour-related challenges.
  • Cultural Exchange and Soft Power: Recognizing the widespread popularity of Bollywood among Qataris, India should actively explore diverse avenues for cultural exchange to amplify its soft power influence.
    • This cultural diplomacy can serve as a bridge for deeper understanding between the two nations.
  • Cooperation in the Education Sector: The presence of esteemed Western universities in Qatar presents an opportunity for Indian students to access quality education abroad without the usual constraints of long distances and high living costs.
    • Strengthening cooperation in the education sector can further elevate the resilience and depth of the India-Qatar relationship, even in the face of seemingly intractable diplomatic challenges.
  • Collaborative Environmental Sustainability: India and Qatar can forge a collaborative path towards fostering a cleaner and more energy-efficient environment.
    • Joint efforts in environmental sustainability can contribute to shared global goals.

India-Maldives Relations Amidst Chinese Influence (Indian Express)

  • 14 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Following the recent presidential elections in Maldives, there are concerns about the potential impact on India-Maldives relations due to the 'India-Out' campaign led by President-elect Mohamed Muizzu.

Context:

  • The recent election in Maldives resulted in the victory of a candidate perceived as Pro-China for the presidential role, sparking apprehensions for India.
  • Maldives had a historical shift from an Executive Presidency system dating back to 1968 to a multi-party democracy in 2008.
  • The absence of a re-elected incumbent president since 2008 is causing concern for India on this occasion.

Geographical Bonds Between India and Maldives:

  • The Maldives is an archipelago spread across 90,000 square kilometres, predominantly comprising 99.6% of the ocean, leaving the remaining land scattered among over 1,200 islands.
  • A concerning forecast by experts suggests that by 2050, 80% of the Maldives may face submersion due to the effects of 'Global Boiling.'
  • In this geographical tapestry, India emerges as the closest neighbour, positioned just 70 nautical miles away.
  • In times of crisis, it is India alone that stands as Maldives' immediate and unwavering ally.
  • The profound words of Ibn Khaldun, the Tunisian philosopher, find resonance in the destiny woven by geography between these two nations.
  • As he asserted, geography plays a pivotal role, and in the case of India and the Maldives, it s

How Has India Assisted the Maldives in the Past?:

  • Essential Support and Communication Dependence: Historically, Maldives has leaned on India for essentials and communication, with India standing as a consistent and indispensable factor in the island nation's development.
  • Even during the British protectorate years (1887-1965), Maldives relied on India for essentials and as a gateway to the outside world.
  • State Bank of India's Role in Tourist Economy: India played a pivotal role in shaping Maldives' tourist economy, with the State Bank of India serving as a major financier in building the foundation of the country's tourism sector.
  • This enduring support positions the State Bank of India as the largest bank in the Maldives to this day.
  • Non-Interference in Internal Developments: Crucially, India has refrained from interfering in Maldives' internal affairs, offering support during critical moments such as the attempted coup in 1988 and subsequent assistance in various forms over the decades.
  • The profound dependence of Maldives on India, coupled with India's unconditional support, has played a pivotal role in the island nation's emergence as the highest per capita country in South Asia.
  • India's Prompt Response in Crises: During three major crises in 1988 (coup), 2004 (tsunami), and 2014 (water shortage), India emerged as the first responder, exemplifying its commitment to Maldives' well-being.
  • Critical Role of Indian Professionals: In education and health, Indian teachers and doctors continue to play crucial roles, extending their influence even to remote inhabited islands.
  • Strategic Defense Cooperation: The strategic defence cooperation between India and Maldives goes beyond material assistance, focusing on capacity building through joint exercises like Ekuverin and Ekatha, as well as collaboration in surveillance assets, training 1,400 MNDF trainers in recent years, and disaster management efforts.

What is the Current Situation of India-Maldives Bilateral Relations?

  • India stands as the predominant partner in various sectors, be it trade or tourism.
  • Demonstrating commitment to elevating Maldives' infrastructure, India is actively engaged in projects such as enhancing connectivity in Greater Male.
  • India plays a vital role in supplying a diverse range of essential commodities in bulk, including rice, wheat flour, sugar, potatoes, onions, eggs, vegetables, and even special dispensations like river sand and construction materials.

India's Strategic Interests in Maldives:

  • Strategic Significance: Maldives holds paramount importance for India as a primary line of defense against various threats, including terrorism, piracy, drug trafficking, narcotics, and maritime crimes.
  • Geographically, Maldives is strategically positioned merely 70 nautical miles from Minicoy and 300 nautical miles from India's West coast.
  • It serves as a pivotal point within the commercial sea lanes traversing the Indian Ocean.
  • Geo-Political Alignment: India's interests in Maldives align on various fronts, encompassing:
  • Securing sea lanes of communication.
  • Combating piracy and sea-based terrorism.
  • Transforming the Indian Ocean into a conflict-free zone, restoring its status as a peaceful maritime region.
  • Exploring the potential of the blue economy and enhancing trade relations.
  • Internal Security Concerns: Maldives' proximity and shared maritime borders have direct implications for India's internal security.
  • The upsurge in Maldivians joining terrorist groups, such as the Islamic State (IS), poses a significant challenge.
  • Political instability and socio-economic uncertainties contribute to the growth of Islamist radicalism, raising concerns about the potential use of remote Maldivian islands as launch pads for terror attacks against India and its interests.

What are the Challenges to India-Maldives Bilateral Relations?

  • Rising Islamic Radicalization: The Maldives has witnessed an alarming increase in per capita numbers of individuals joining foreign terrorist groups in Syria and Iraq.
  • A 2020 report by the European Foundation for South Asian Studies highlights the challenge of growing Islamic radicalization among the Maldivian population.
  • India Out Campaign: The India Out campaign, supported by Maldives' opposition leader Abdulla Yameen and the newly elected president, projects a sceptical view of India's investments and defence partnerships.
  • Allegations include concerns about compromising the sovereignty of the island nation by allowing Indian military presence, fostering a negative sentiment towards India's role as a net-security provider.
  • The China Factor: China's engagement in the region is perceived as self-serving, characterized by debt financing leading to potential debt traps and China's expanding influence.
  • Concerns arise over China's interference in Maldives' internal politics and support for conservative elements, posing a threat to the development of a vibrant democracy.
  • There are apprehensions that elements aligning with China may perpetuate a legacy of controlled regimes from the Gayoom era, potentially compromising the nation's long-term interests.

Way Ahead for India-Maldives Relations: Detrimental Effects of Anti-India Campaigns

  • India remains steadfast in its commitments to the Maldives, consistently investing in efforts to strengthen bilateral relations.
  • Any hasty attempts to unravel this carefully nurtured partnership are poised to inflict more harm on the Maldives than on India itself.
  • A telling example is the 2012 'GMR out' campaign, which cost Maldives a substantial $270 million payout to GMR.
  • The Yameen era, marked by a pro-China policy, plunged Maldives into a debt crisis, underscoring the potential pitfalls of such geopolitical shifts.

Conclusion

Throughout the decades, India has been a reliable source of security assistance for Maldives, extending a hand of friendship and trust. It is anticipated that the newly elected President Muizzu will likely refrain from taking drastic measures that could alter the fabric of relations with India. While elections are often driven by emotions and promises, the pragmatic realities of governance may lead him to recognize the potential repercussions of undermining the longstanding ties with India.

Indian banks reports card: Asset quality improves to fresh 10-year high, balance sheet grows by highest in 9 years (The Hindu)

  • 28 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Indian banks continued to show improvement in their asset quality, with the gross non-performing asset (GNPA) ratio reaching a new decadal low as of September-end, according to a report by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).

Key Points from the 'Trend and Progress of Banking in India' Report:

  • The Gross Non-Performing Assets (GNPA) ratio of Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) reached a decade-low of 3.9% by the end of March 2023, further declining to 3.2% by the end of September 2023.
  • In the fiscal year 2022-23, approximately 45% of the reduction in Gross Non-Performing Assets (GNPAs) of SCBs was attributed to recoveries and upgrades.
    • The consolidated balance sheet of banks witnessed a notable growth of 12.2% in 2022-23, marking the highest in 9 years.
  • The share of Public Sector Banks (PSBs) in the consolidated balance sheet decreased from 58.6% in March 2022 to 57.6% in March 2023, while private banks saw an increase from 34% to 34.7%.
    • As of March 2023, PSBs accounted for 61.4% of total deposits and 57.9% of total advances.
  • With inflation persisting above the target, there is a possibility that monetary policy could remain in restrictive territory for an extended period.
  • Acknowledging the growing interconnectedness between banks and Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs), the report suggests that NBFCs diversify their funding sources and reduce reliance on bank funding.
  • The central bank expresses concerns about banks lending to borrowers with influence, highlighting moral hazard issues that may compromise pricing and credit management.
  • The Indian banking system is well-positioned for improvement, boasting better asset quality, high capital adequacy, and robust profitability.
  • The financial indicators of NBFCs are anticipated to strengthen further, contributing to the overall resilience of the financial sector.

What are Non-Performing Assets (NPAs)?

  • Non-performing assets (NPAs) refer to loans or advances in which the principal or interest payments have been overdue for a period exceeding 90 days.
    • In the context of banks, loans are considered assets due to the significant income generated through interest payments.
  • When borrowers, whether individuals or corporations, fail to meet their interest obligations, the asset turns 'non-performing' for the bank, as it ceases to contribute to the bank's earnings.
  • As per the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines, banks must publicly disclose their NPAs and report them to the RBI regularly.

The classification of NPAs includes:

    • Substandard assets: Loans that have been non-performing for up to 12 months.
    • Doubtful assets: Assets that have remained in the substandard category for a period of 12 months.
    • Loss assets: Assets deemed uncollectible, with little value, making their continuation as bankable assets unwarranted.
  • NPA Provisioning involves setting aside a certain percentage of the loan amount as a provision.
    • The standard rate of provisioning in Indian banks ranges from 5-20%, depending on the business sector and borrower's repayment capacity.
    • In the case of NPAs, Basel-III norms require 100% provisioning.

Key metrics for understanding the NPA situation include Gross NPA (GNPA) and Net NPA (NNPA):

  • GNPA: Represents the total value of gross NPAs for a bank in a specific quarter or financial year.
  • NNPA: Obtained by subtracting the provisions made by the bank from the gross NPA, providing the precise value of NPAs after specific provisions.
    • NPA Ratios express NPAs as a percentage of total advances, offering insights into the recoverability of total advances. For example:
  • GNPA ratio: The ratio of total GNPA to total advances.
  • NNPA ratio: Utilizes net NPA to determine the ratio to total advances, considering the specific provisions made by the bank.

Government and RBI Initiatives to Address NPAs:

To tackle the issue of Non-Performing Assets (NPAs), the Indian government has implemented a series of comprehensive measures in collaboration with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).

  • Establishment of a Bad Bank: National Asset Reconstruction Ltd (NARC), operates as an asset reconstruction company with the primary objective of purchasing distressed loans from banks, thereby alleviating them of the burden of NPAs.
    • Once acquired, NARC endeavors to sell these problematic loans to distressed debt buyers.
    • Additionally, the government has established the India Debt Resolution Company Ltd (IDRCL) to facilitate the sale of stressed assets in the market.
  • Empowering Banks through the SARFAESI Act, 2002: The Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest (SARFAESI) Act, enacted in 2002, empowers banks and financial institutions to take possession of collateral assets and execute their sale for the recovery of outstanding dues.
    • Crucially, this process does not necessitate intervention from the court.
    • The SARFAESI Act also provides provisions for enforcing security interests, allowing banks to issue demand notices to defaulting borrowers.
  • Holistic Approach with the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016: The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC) establishes a comprehensive framework for the resolution of insolvency and bankruptcy in India.
    • It is designed to expedite the resolution process for stressed assets, fostering a creditor-friendly environment.
    • Under the IBC, both debtors and creditors have the authority to initiate insolvency proceedings against defaulting borrowers.
    • The creation of the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) and the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI) ensures effective oversight of the resolution process.

Significance of NPA Recovery:

  • The recovery of NPAs assumes paramount importance in safeguarding the interests of depositors and stakeholders.
  • Emphasizing compromise settlements, the focus should be on achieving maximum dues recovery with minimal expenses and within an expedited timeframe.
  • In the pursuit of compromise settlements, public sector banks are urged to prioritize the interests of the tax-paying public over the borrowers.
  • This aligns with the broader goal of ensuring that resolutions serve the greater public good.

 

PLI is good for high-end manufacturing, but industrial policy is the best bet for mass job creation (Indian Express)

  • 27 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • While India has experienced positive outcomes from liberalization efforts, it is important to acknowledge a significant shortcoming—the country did not successfully establish a robust manufacturing foundation and underwent premature de-industrialization.
  • It's crucial to recognize that no nation has achieved industrialization solely through deregulation.
  • To facilitate the structural transformation of the economy, the implementation of a well-crafted industrial policy becomes imperative, with thoughtfully selected import restrictions serving as a key component of this policy mechanism.

The Make in India (MII) Initiative and Its Goals:

  • Make in India Campaign: Officially inaugurated by Prime Minister Modi in September 2014, the Make in India campaign is a strategic effort aimed at advancing manufacturing, attracting foreign direct investment (FDI), fostering innovation, and generating employment opportunities within the nation.

Objectives of the Make in India:

  • Advancing Manufacturing: The initiative strives to elevate India's status to a global manufacturing hub by encouraging both domestic and international companies to establish manufacturing units within the country.
  • Attracting Foreign Investment: Make in India seeks to allure foreign direct investment by streamlining the business environment, simplifying regulatory norms, and providing incentives to foreign companies for investing in India's manufacturing sector.
  • Infrastructure Enhancement: Emphasizing infrastructure development, the campaign focuses on improving key elements such as roads, ports, and logistics to ensure the seamless operation of manufacturing units.
  • Skill Development: Recognizing the pivotal role of a skilled workforce in a thriving manufacturing sector, Make in India incorporates initiatives to enhance the skill sets of the Indian workforce, aligning them with the requirements of modern manufacturing.
  • Innovation and Technology: The campaign places a significant emphasis on fostering innovation and integrating modern technology into manufacturing processes.
    • This strategic approach aims to enhance efficiency and competitiveness in the manufacturing sector.

Differentiating Made in India (MII) from Previous Policies:

  • The Make in India campaign, launched in 2014, represents a departure from the self-sufficiency doctrine that India adopted in the 1970s.
    • It does not bring back memories of the licensing raj or import-substituting industries of the past.
  • While concerns have been expressed about the implementation of Make in India, particularly in certain sectors where tariff duties are raised to provide protection and incentivize the establishment of domestic industries, it is crucial to note that the campaign is fundamentally different.
    • Worries about a potential spread of protectionist tendencies to other sectors, though possibly overstated, are not entirely unfounded, especially for those who experienced the challenges of the 1970s and 1980s.
  • During those years, indiscriminate protectionism led to shortages, black markets, and widespread rent-seeking, all ostensibly in the name of the poor and distributive justice.
    • Producers who benefited from such protection actively advocated for its continuation.
    • Importantly, considering that an average mobile phone manufactured in India consists of 80-85 percent imported content (India Cellular and Electronics Association, 2022), it is empirically evident that Make in India significantly differs from the concept of self-sufficiency.
  • Given these empirical distinctions, it is imperative to move beyond baseless comparisons and recognize the unique nature of the Make in India initiative.

Evaluation of Commitments and Performance of Make in India:

  • A Sizeable Domestic Market Falls Short of Competitiveness in Exports: Make in India (MII) encompasses two related concepts, namely Made in India and Make for India, with MII serving as the foundational and overarching policy.
    • While Made for India focuses on manufacturing for the domestic market, it is essential to recognize that a substantial domestic market alone does not substitute for the crucial aspect of export competitiveness.
      • Historical examples, such as Japan, Korea, and China, underscore that export competitiveness has been a common feature of nations that have experienced significant economic growth.
  • The necessity of an Effective Make in India Operation: Made in India functions as a branding strategy, promoting manufacturers rooted in Indian factors of production—land, labor, capital, entrepreneurship, technology, etc.
    • However, the success of Made in India hinges on the effectiveness of the broader Make in India operation.
  • Alignment with National Manufacturing Policy (NMP 2011): Make in India was launched as a follow-up to prior initiatives, particularly the National Manufacturing Policy (NMP) of 2011, which aimed to cultivate a robust and competitive manufacturing sector.
    • The NMP 2011 identified challenges such as inadequate physical infrastructure, a complex regulatory environment, and insufficient availability of skilled manpower hindering manufacturing growth.
    • The policy set ambitious targets, including raising the manufacturing contribution to GDP from a stagnant 15 percent since the 1980s to at least 25 percent and generating 100 million additional jobs.
  • Dynamic Objectives of Make in India: Beyond the objectives outlined in the NMP 2011, Make in India aspires to elevate India into a global design and manufacturing export hub.
    • In essence, Make in India envisions a transformation where India becomes a manufacturing powerhouse catering to the global market.

Requirement for Supplementary Industrial Policy Measures During Ongoing PLI Implementation:

  • Diversified Articulation Beyond Production Linked Incentive (PLI): Beyond the current implementation of the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, there is a crucial need for an additional industrial policy tailored to sectors such as toys, readymade garments, and footwear.
    • A more nuanced and sector-specific articulation of industrial policies is essential to meet the unique requirements of diverse sectors.
  • Emphasis on Job Creation: Industrial policy must prioritize job creation, especially in a country abundant in labour but with average educational attainments and skills.
    • Policies should be designed to create productive job opportunities, particularly focusing on labour-intensive manufacturing and opening avenues for women in the workforce.
  • Addressing the Jobless Growth Critique: Acknowledging the criticism of jobless growth, the absence of quality jobs with social protection has contributed to this narrative.
    • Industrial policies should explicitly target mass job creation, considering both job quality and the provision of social protection.
  • Navigating the Challenges of Inclusive Policy Formulation: The government should confront the complexities of formulating industrial policies that foster mass job creation, especially in comparison to policies solely focused on exports.
    • Inclusive policies that align with the overarching goal of creating high-quality jobs and ensuring social protection are essential.
  • Treating Job Creation as the Benchmark: The effectiveness of industrial policies should be assessed based on their impact on mass job creation in India.
    • This underscores the significance of addressing concerns related to jobless growth and prioritizing policies that generate inclusive and high-quality employment opportunities.
  • Confronting Labor Market Challenges: India's labour market research indicates the prevalence of low-paying, low-productivity, and largely informal jobs in the unorganized sector.
    • With more than 99 percent of India's 63 million micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs) in the unorganized sector, there is limited flexibility for creating productive jobs.
  • The assessment of how Make in India, complemented by other policies, has addressed these challenges is crucial.
    • However, the lack of frequent and short-interval official data poses a significant hurdle, necessitating attention to enhance policy efficacy through more regular and timely data collection.

Conclusion

A thorough examination of the nation's circumstances and capabilities is imperative for effective government decision-making.

  • India must formulate an industrial policy that extends the advantages of technological advancements beyond just the privileged laptop class.
  • However, it is essential to exercise caution in steering discussions on industrial policy, avoiding the pitfalls of showmanship, theoretical oversimplification, or misleading historical comparisons.
  • The global landscape demands that India adopt a substantive industrial policy, placing a genuine emphasis on the significance of manufacturing.
  • In this context, it is evident that there is no substitute for a well-considered and serious industrial policy.

Demand for Special Category State Status for Bihar (Indian Express)

  • 11 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Bihar Chief Minister Nitish Kumar on Sunday urged Union Home Minister Amit Shah to give Bihar the status of Special Category State, during the meeting of the Eastern Zonal Council (EZC) in Patna.

Context:

  • During the 26th meeting of the Eastern Zonal Council on 10th Dec. which was chaired by Home Minister Amit Shah, Bihar Chief Minister Nitish Kumar urged the Home Minister to give Bihar the status of Special Category State.
  • He also demanded that the Centre should place two amendment bills raising the quota for deprived castes from 50 to 65% in state government jobs and educational institutions in the 9th Schedule of the Constitution to make them to make them immune to legal scrutiny.
  • The Ninth Schedule of the Constitution includes a list of Central and state laws that cannot be challenged in courts.
  • In 1992, the Supreme Court capped reservations for the backward classes at 50 per cent.
  • Regarding Caste Based Survey, he said the Central government never had any intention of creating hurdles in the caste-based survey.

What is a Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • It is a classification granted by the Centre to assist the development of States that face geographical or socio-economic disadvantages.
  • The SCS was introduced in 1969 on the recommendation of the Fifth Finance Commission (FC).
  • Five factors such as:
  • (i) hilly and difficult terrain
  • (ii) low population density and/or sizeable share of tribal population
  • (iii) strategic location along international borders
  • (iv) economic and infrastructural backwardness and
  • (v) non-viable nature of state finances, are considered before granting SCS.
  • In 1969, three States — Jammu & Kashmir, Assam and Nagaland — were granted the SCS.
  • Subsequently, eight more States including Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Sikkim, Tripura, Himachal Pradesh, and Uttarakhand were given the SCS by the erstwhile National Development Council.

What are the Benefits of Special Status?

  • The SCS States used to receive grants based on the Gadgil-Mukherjee formula, which earmarked nearly 30% of the total central assistance for States to the SCS States.
  • However, after the abolition of the Planning Commission and the recommendations of the 14th and 15th FC, this assistance to SCS States has been subsumed in an increased devolution of the divisible pool funds for all States (increased to 41% in the 15th FC from 32%).
  • Additionally, in the SCS States, the Centre-State funding of centrally sponsored schemes is divided in the ratio of 90:10, far more favourable than the 60:40 or 80:20 splits for the general category States.
  • Besides, there are several other incentives available to the SCS States in the form of concession in customs and excise duties, income tax rates and corporate tax rates to attract investments to set up new industries etc.

Why is Bihar demanding the Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • The demand for SCS for Bihar has been made by various political parties of the State time and again.
  • The poverty and backwardness of the State are argued to be because of the lack of natural resources, continuous supply of water for irrigation, regular floods in the northern region and severe droughts in the southern part of the State.
  • Simultaneously, the bifurcation of the State led to the shifting of industries to Jharkhand and created a dearth of employment and investment opportunities.
  • With a per-capita GDP of around ?54,000, Bihar has consistently been one of the poorest States.

Is Bihar’s demand justified?

  • Although Bihar meets most of the criteria for the grant of SCS, it does not fulfil the requirement of hilly terrain and geographically difficult areas, which is considered to be the primary reason for difficulty in infrastructural development.
  • In 2013, the Raghuram Rajan Committee set up by the Centre, placed Bihar in the “least developed category” and suggested a new methodology based on a ‘multi-dimensional index’ for devolving funds instead of an SCS, which can be revisited to address the State’s socio-economic backwardness.

Do other States also want Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • Since its bifurcation in 2014, Andhra Pradesh has asked for a grant of SCS on the grounds of revenue loss due to Hyderabad going to Telangana.
  • Additionally, Odisha has also been requesting for the SCS, highlighting its vulnerability to natural calamities such as cyclones and a large tribal population (nearly 22%).
  • However, the Central government citing the 14th FC report, which made a recommendation to the Centre that no State be accorded the SCS, has repeatedly denied their demands.

What are the Challenges Associated with Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • Resource Allocation: The provision of Special Category Status (SCS) involves extending additional financial aid to the state, potentially straining the central government's resources.
  • Balancing fund allocation among states becomes crucial, raising concerns about disparities or dissatisfaction among non-SCS states.
  • Dependency on Central Assistance: States awarded SCS often develop a heavy reliance on central assistance, potentially discouraging efforts toward self-sufficiency and independent economic growth.
  • Implementation Challenges: Even after receiving SCS, challenges may arise in effectively utilizing funds due to administrative inefficiencies, corruption, or inadequate planning. Ensuring the allocated funds serve their intended purposes remains a significant hurdle.

The Way Forward:

There is a necessity to review and refine the criteria for granting SCS to ensure fairness and transparency. Clearly defining eligibility parameters based on socio-economic indicators, infrastructure development, and other relevant factors is crucial.

Encourage states to formulate comprehensive development plans focused on sustainable growth, job creation, infrastructure development, and human capital enhancement. SCS should be part of a broader strategy for holistic development. 

Implement policies that gradually reduce states' dependence on central assistance, promoting self-sufficiency and economic diversification. States should be encouraged to generate their revenue streams.

Central Universities (Amendment) Bill, 2023 and the Legend of Sammakka and Sarakka (NewsOnAir)

  • 06 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The  Lok Sabha on Wednesday (6th December 2023) took up the Central Universities (Amendment) Bill, 2023 for consideration and passing. The Bill amends the Central Universities Act, 2009, which establishes central universities for teaching and research in various states.

News Summary:

  • Recently, the  Lok Sabha took up the Central Universities (Amendment) Bill, 2023 for consideration and passing.
  • The Bill amends the Central Universities Act, 2009, which establishes central universities for teaching and research in various states.
  • The Bill seeks to establish a Central Tribal University in Telangana which will be named ‘Sammakka Sarakka Central Tribal University’.

Background:

  • This legislative proposal aligns with the commitments outlined in the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2014.
  • The 2014 Reorganisation Act resulted in the division of the former state of Andhra Pradesh into Telangana and the remaining Andhra Pradesh state.
  • As per this act, both Andhra Pradesh and Telangana were promised support to establish a tribal university each.

Key Features:

  • Amendment to Central Universities Act, 2009: The bill involves amendments to the Central Universities Act, 2009, a legislation enacted to establish and incorporate universities dedicated to teaching and research across various states.
  • Name of the Central Tribal University: The university is named as a tribute to the legendary mother-daughter duo, Sammakka and Sarakka.
  • Addressing Regional Aspirations: The establishment of the Sammakka Sarakka Central Tribal University is poised to address and fulfil regional aspirations for the foreseeable future.
  • Focus on Tribal Population: The university's primary objective is to offer avenues for higher education and research facilities, with a special emphasis on serving the tribal population of India.

About the Legend of Sammakka and Sarakka:

  • As per the legends, Sammakka was married to a feudal chief of the Kakatiyas dynasty, Pagididda Raju who ruled over the Warangal region.
  • She had two daughters and one son - Sarakka or Saralamma, Nagulamma and Jampanna, respectively.
  • In the 13th century, Saralamma succumbed in a battle against local rulers protesting tax imposition, while Sammakka vanished into the hills.
  • The local (Koya) tribals believed she transformed into a vermillion casket.

The Sammakka Saralamma Jatara:

  • The Sammakka Sarakka Jathara, also known as Medaram Jathara, is a biennial festival that commemorates the 13th-century battle where the mother-daughter duo actively protested against local rulers imposing taxes on the Koya tribe.
  • Sammakka and Sarakka are revered as protectors of the Koya tribe, and the festival is distinctively free from Vedic or Brahmanic influences.
  • During the festival, devotees take a holy dip in Jampanna Vagu, a stream and tributary of the River Godavari.
  • Commencing from Medaram, situated in the Eturnagaram Wildlife Sanctuary within the Dandakaranya forest, the Jathara involves Koya tribe priests performing rituals.
  • Various tribal and non-tribal communities from Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, Maharashtra, Karnataka, and Jharkhand actively participated in the event.
  • Recognized as the second-largest fair in India and often likened to the Kumbh Mela for tribals, the festival holds the status of a state festival declared by the Telangana government.

Political and Cultural Significance of the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara:

  • The festival attracts participation from the Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs and the Telangana state government, including the Chief Minister.
  • Funding has been released for community shelters and infrastructure, and the Ministry of Tourism allocated Rs. 75.88 crore for the integrated development of a tribal circuit under the Swadesh Darshan Scheme.
  • This circuit encompasses Mulugu, Laknavaram, Medavaram, Tadvai, Damaravi, Mallur, and Bogatha Waterfalls, where the Sammakka-Sarakka temple is located.
  • Mulugu, a reserved Scheduled Tribes (ST) assembly seat with a population of approximately 2.6 lakhs (2011 Census), holds political and cultural significance with a 75% ST population.
  • The UNESCO World Heritage Site of Ramappa Temple is situated about 15 km from Mulugu.

Koya Tribe

  • The Koya tribe, recognized as the largest Adivasi tribe in Telangana, holds Scheduled Tribe status in the region.
  • They are dispersed across the Telugu-speaking states of Telangana and Andhra Pradesh.
  • The Koyas commonly refer to themselves as Dorala Sattam (Lords group) and Putta Dora (original lords).
  • In their dialect, akin to Gonds, they identify as "Koitur."
  • Habitat and Livelihood: The Godavari and Sabari rivers, integral to their habitat, significantly shape the economic, social, and cultural aspects of Koya life.
  • Primarily settled cultivators, they engage in the cultivation of crops like Jowar, Ragi, Bajra, and various millets.
  • Language: While some Koya individuals have adopted Telugu as their primary language, others in different regions still speak the Koya dialect.
  • Religion and Festivals: Key deities in Koya religious practices include Lord Bhima, Korra Rajulu, Mamili, and Potaraju.
  • Major festivals for the Koyas include Vijji Pandum (seeds charming festival) and Kondala Kolupu (festival to appease Hill deities).
  • Cultural Practices: During festivals and marriage ceremonies, the Koyas showcase a vibrant and robust dance known as Permakok ata (Bison horn dance).

Supreme Court Upholds Abrogation of Article 370 (Indian Express)

  • 12 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Supreme Court in a 5-0 unanimous ruling upheld the Centre’s abrogation of Article 370 of the Constitution on December 11.

News Summary:

  • A five-member Constitution bench of the Supreme Court, headed by Chief Justice D.Y. Chandrachud, unanimously upheld on December 11 the abrogation of Articles 370 and 35A and the carving out of Ladakh as constitutionally valid.
  • The SC noted that Article 370 was a temporary provision and that the erstwhile State of Jammu and Kashmir had no internal sovereignty.
  • The top court has directed the Election Commission to ensure elections are held to the J&K assembly by September 30, 2024.
  • The court has also recommended the government form a truth and reconciliation commission to record the human rights abuses in Jammu and Kashmir by both state and non-state actors.

Key Highlights from the Judgment:

  • Regarding the 'unique' and 'special status' of Jammu and Kashmir: The Supreme Court clarified that J&K lost its sovereignty after acceding to India in 1947.
  • Despite an initial proclamation by Maharaja Hari Singh expressing intent to retain sovereignty, his successor, Karan Singh, declared that the Indian Constitution would prevail.
  • This proclamation, issued on November 25, 1949, repealed the Government of India Act, 1935, and made the Constitution of India applicable to J&K, essentially merging it with India.
  • On Jammu and Kashmir being an integral part of India: Chief Justice Chandrachud cited Section 3 of the J&K Constitution, along with Articles 1 and 370 of the Indian Constitution.
  • Article 3 of the J&K Constitution explicitly states that the state is an integral part of the Union of India.
  • The court emphasized that having its own Constitution did not confer special status; it aimed at everyday governance, while Article 370 intended integration with India.
  • On the restoration of statehood: The court deemed the reorganization into Union Territories in 2019 as temporary and directed the Centre to restore statehood and conduct Legislative Assembly elections.
  • Article 370 - temporary or permanent: The Supreme Court affirmed that Article 370 is a temporary, transitional provision, originally meant for the specific circumstances during the state's accession to India in 1947.
  • Concerning the effective abrogation of Article 370: The Court upheld both presidential proclamations of August 2019, including the redefinition of the 'constituent assembly of Jammu and Kashmir' as the 'Legislative Assembly of Jammu and Kashmir.'
  • It referred to the 'SR Bommai v Union of India' ruling, asserting that actions taken during the President's rule were not prima facie malafide.
  • Truth and Reconciliation Commission: Justice Sanjay Kaul proposed establishing a Truth and Reconciliation Commission to investigate alleged human rights violations by both state and non-state actors in J&K.
  • Such a commission would officially acknowledge and disclose past wrongdoings to address and resolve historical conflicts.

What is Article 370 of the Constitution of India?

  • On October 17, 1949, Article 370 became part of the Indian constitution as a 'temporary provision.'
  • This article granted special privileges to Jammu & Kashmir, allowing it to create its own constitution and limiting the legislative powers of the Indian Parliament in the state.
  • Origin: N Gopalaswami Ayyangar introduced Article 370 as Article 306 A in the draft constitution.
  • Provisions: Under Article 370, the Constituent Assembly of Jammu & Kashmir had the authority to recommend which articles of the Indian Constitution should be applicable to the state.
  • After drafting the state's constitution, the J&K Constituent Assembly was dissolved.
  • Clause 3 of Article 370 gives the President of India the power to amend its provisions and scope.
  • Article 35A: Stemming from Article 370, Article 35A was introduced in 1954 through a Presidential Order based on the J&K Constituent Assembly's recommendation.
  • It empowers the Jammu & Kashmir legislature to define the state's permanent residents and their special rights and privileges.

Abrogation of Article 370:

  • On August 5, 2019, the Government of India, repealed nearly all provisions of Article 370 in the Indian constitution.
  • The President issued The Constitution (Application to Jammu And Kashmir) Order, 2019 on the same day.
  • This order substituted the term ‘Constituent Assembly’ in Article 370(3) with ‘Legislative Assembly [of Jammu & Kashmir].’
  • It's important to note that the Order technically modified the interpretation clause of Article 367, not Article 370 itself; it utilized Article 370(1) for this purpose.
  • Subsequently, a Statutory Resolution was presented in the Rajya Sabha, leading to the abrogation of the majority of Article 370.
  • This action was possible without the concurrence of the Jammu & Kashmir Legislative Assembly as the State was under the President’s rule.
  • On August 6, Parliament approved the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Bill, 2019, dividing the State into two Union Territories: Jammu & Kashmir and Ladakh, with the former being provided with a legislative assembly.

The Supreme Court’s ruling is in line with what the Centre had argued during the hearing. The Union government had said the 1949 proclamation accepted the supremacy of the Indian Constitution and surrendered sovereignty to it, where the sovereign was ‘We the people of India’.

Why India cannot Afford to Repeat its Nuclear Weapons Mistakes with AI (Indian Express)

  • 07 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

As India hosts the GPAI summit 2023, discussions are raised on the comparison of the nuclear revolution with advancement in Artificial Intelligence.

Context:

  • As India prepares to host the GPAI summit next week, the current discourse on the geopolitics of Artificial Intelligence inevitably revolves around the nuclear experience.
  • India, with its complex nuclear history, now has the opportunity to reflect on and apply lessons from its nuclear journey in addressing the challenges and opportunities presented by AI.

What is Artificial intelligence (AI)?

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is the development of computer systems that emulate human intelligence, encompassing tasks like learning, reasoning, and problem-solving.

  • Significance in Healthcare: AI aids in disease diagnosis, treatment planning, and data-driven healthcare solutions.
  • Economic Impact: AI optimizes financial processes, enhancing trading strategies, risk management, and overall efficiency in various industries.
  • Automation and Efficiency: In manufacturing and logistics, AI-driven automation streamlines processes, improving productivity.
  • Personalized Experiences: AI enhances user experiences through personalized content recommendations, virtual assistants, and language translation.
  • Research and Development: AI accelerates scientific discoveries, innovation, and problem-solving across diverse fields.
  • Autonomous Vehicles: AI contributes to the development of autonomous vehicles, improving safety and efficiency in transportation.
  • Global Impact: AI is a transformative force with the potential to reshape industries, and decision-making, and address complex challenges, underlining its significance in the technological and societal landscape.

Despite its benefits, ethical concerns include data privacy, bias, and potential job displacement, requiring careful management.

Comparisons Between Nuclear Revolution and Ongoing AI Revolution:

  • Profound Consequences: While inherently distinct, the nuclear revolution characterized by atomic bombs in 1945 shares notable similarities with the ongoing AI revolution.
  • Both revolutions carry far-reaching implications, with AI being perceived as potentially exerting even more sweeping and transformative impacts on the economy, society, and polity.
  • Resembling Governance Challenges: Issues surrounding AI governance closely parallel those faced at the onset of the nuclear age.
  • Common challenges encompass managing geopolitical implications, preventing misuse, and establishing international norms and institutions to govern AI.
  • Military AI Regulation Advocacy in Both Contexts: Similar to the nuclear era, there are calls to regulate military applications of AI, including proposals for a freeze on research and development pending a thorough assessment.
  • Despite these concerns, rapid advances in AI persist, echoing the historical trajectory of nuclear technology.
  • AI Dominance Race Discourse: In the discourse on AI, the US and China, akin to the US-Soviet dominance in the nuclear era, emerge as central figures.
  • Agreements between the US and China on AI are considered crucial for navigating the technological revolution.

Actions Taken to Tackle AI Governance Challenges:

  • Efforts to Navigate Competition: The United States is actively addressing competition in military AI with China, initiating discussions on regulatory measures.
  • This includes implementing restrictions on the supply of advanced chips to China, with the aim of slowing down AI development.
  • Proposals for Establishing International Norms and Initiatives: In response to potential negative consequences of the AI revolution, there is a proposal for the creation of international norms, drawing inspiration from the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) established for nuclear energy regulation.
  • Concepts such as the 'International Agency for Artificial Intelligence' (IAAI) and initiatives like the Global Partnership for Artificial Intelligence (GPAI) have been put forward.
  • Formation of Coalitions and Emphasis on Military Deterrence: The United States is actively building coalitions with like-minded partners to discuss AI development and effectively manage its impacts.
  • Initiatives such as GPAI, comprising 28 members, are integral to broader efforts, and alliances are being strengthened for military deterrence, particularly in relation to Russia and China.
  • Global Partnership on AI (GPAI): GPAI, a multi-stakeholder initiative launched in June 2020 with 15 members, seeks to bridge the gap between theory and practice in AI.
  • It supports cutting-edge research and applied activities on AI-related priorities and has since expanded to 29 members, including India.
  • The OECD serves as its secretariat.
  • Recent London AI Summit: The summit, held recently, aimed to harness the potential of AI for new knowledge, economic growth, advancements in human capabilities, and problem-solving.
  • A discussion paper released by the British government highlighted AI-related risks, from the spread of disinformation to potential misuse for harmful purposes.
  • The British Prime Minister emphasized the direct addressing of these concerns, assuring people that their safety would be prioritized while seizing the opportunities for a better future offered by AI.

Guiding Principles for India: Drawing Insights from Nuclear History to Navigate the AI Landscape

  • Pragmatic Stance over Idealism: India's historical pursuit of the "time-bound elimination of nuclear weapons" incurred significant costs, emphasizing the need for a pragmatic and strategic approach in dealing with the complexities of AI.
  • Seizing Collaborative Opportunities: Learning from past missed opportunities in nuclear cooperation, India should actively foster partnerships, particularly with the US, capitalizing on the existing momentum in joint efforts related to AI and emerging technologies.
  • Avoiding Exceptionalism: India's historical inclination towards exceptionalism and pursuing a third way in technological development poses challenges.
  • In the context of AI, recognizing the universality of science and technology is essential, promoting collaboration over isolationist postures.
  • Empowering the Private Sector: Unlike the government-led progress in nuclear and space endeavours, AI's evolution is primarily driven by the private sector in the West.
  • India must enhance the role of the private sector in AI research, development, and innovation for sustained growth.
  • Urgent Reforms for Global Competitiveness: While recent efforts to open up science and technology sectors are commendable, India must prioritize urgent and comprehensive reforms to strengthen its position in the global AI landscape.

Conclusion

When it comes to AI, India's policy is not characterized by the disarmament idealism that shaped its approach to nuclear weapons. Emphasizing pragmatic strategies and harnessing international partnerships are crucial elements that should underpin India's strategic approach to AI development. Recognizing the strategic significance of AI, it is imperative for India to avoid replicating past mistakes made in the realm of nuclear weapons with regard to AI.

The Case for Caste Census in India (The Hindu)

  • 12 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the Bihar government unveiled the outcomes of its caste survey within the state, revealing that the combined representation of Extremely Backward Classes (EBCs) and Other Backward Classes (OBCs) exceeds 63%.

Context:

  • In a recent development, the Bihar government published the findings of its caste survey, indicating that the combined percentage of Extremely Backward Classes (EBCs) and Other Backward Classes (OBCs) surpasses 63%.
  • This survey has sparked a nationwide discussion, emphasizing the need for a thorough examination of socio-economic data and a consideration of arguments both in support of and against a caste-based survey on a national scale.

What Does the Socio-Economic Data Reveal?

  • Manifestation of Caste-Linked Deprivation in Indian Society: In rural areas during 2011-12, the average monthly per capita consumption expenditures (MPCE) for Scheduled Tribes (ST), Scheduled Castes (SC), and Other Backward Classes (OBC) households were 65%, 73%, and 84% respectively compared to the general category.
  • Urban areas witnessed average MPCE for ST, SC, and OBC households at 68%, 63%, and 70% of the general category.
  • Inequality Persists Across Caste Groups in Multidimensional Poverty Metrics:
  • Multidimensional poverty estimates from the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-4/2015-16) highlight the enduring inequality across caste categories in India.
  • Despite constituting around 73% of the population, STs, SCs, and OBCs collectively accounted for 84% of the country’s impoverished individuals.
  • The OBC category alone comprised over 50% of India’s multidimensionally poor.
  • According to the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI), the combined share of STs, SCs, and OBCs in the country's poor rose from 77.6% in 2005-06 to nearly 84% in 2015-16.
  • The Sachar Committee report (2006) estimated that 31% of Muslims were categorized as 'Below the Poverty Line.'
  • These findings underscore the evident causal relationship between caste-based discrimination and exclusion, particularly affecting STs, SCs, and OBCs, as well as religion (particularly Muslims), and the prevalence of poverty and deprivation.

Education and Employment Dynamics Across Caste Groups:

  • Educational Disparities Based on Caste: Significant educational disparities exist, with the general category boasting a notably higher percentage of literate, secondary and high school graduates, as well as those with undergraduate and postgraduate degrees compared to OBCs, SCs, and STs.
  • According to the NSS 75th round (2017-18), the proportion of graduates is 12% in the general category, while it stands at 3% for STs, 4% for SCs, and 6% for OBCs.
  • Postgraduate representation is over 3% in the general category, approximately 1% among OBCs, and less than 1% for both SCs and STs.
  • Employment Landscape: Analyzing employment status based on PLFS 2021-22 data reveals that over 30% of the general category workforce holds regular jobs, contrasting with around 20% for OBCs and SCs, and just over 12% for STs.
  • Conversely, nearly 29% of STs, 38% of SCs, and 20% of OBCs work as casual labourers, compared to only 11.2% in the general category.
  • The informal sector is predominantly occupied by STs, SCs, and OBCs, while the general category has a disproportionately large presence in formal employment.
  • The Central government, a major formal sector employer with over 18.78 lakh employees as of January 2021, sees 52.7% belonging to the general category.
  • Within the most qualified and highest-paid employee groups (Group A), the general category constitutes over 64%.
  • These findings underscore that despite the Mandal Commission recommendations being officially implemented three decades ago, the persistent caste-based educational inequalities continue to replicate a similar pattern in skilled, formal employment.

Historical Overview of Caste-Based Surveys:

  • During the Pre-Independence Era: The British colonial administration introduced caste-wise enumeration of the population in 1881, a practice that persisted until the 1931 census.
  • Post-Independence Surveys: Following independence, successive Indian governments refrained from conducting comprehensive caste enumeration due to concerns that it might reinforce caste divisions and perpetuate the caste system.
  • Despite the absence of a caste census, official surveys and statistics have revealed the persistent existence and growth of the caste system in independent India, along with its associated discriminatory and exclusionary consequences.
  • The Mandal Commission Report: In 1980, the Backward Classes Commission, chaired by B.P. Mandal, submitted a pivotal report to the President of India.
  • The report began with the dictum, "There is equality only among equals. To equate unequal is to perpetuate inequality."
  • Drawing on caste/community-wise population figures from the 1931 census, the Mandal Commission estimated that the combined population of Hindu and non-Hindu Other Backward Classes (OBCs) constituted 52% of India's population.
  • The commission crucially concluded that caste should be considered a class of citizens.
  • If an entire caste is socially and educationally backwards, reservation can be implemented in its favour, justifying it as a socially and educationally backward class of citizens under Article 15(4) of the Constitution.
  • This article empowers the state to make special provisions for the advancement of socially and educationally backward classes of citizens.

Reservation in Public Services and Indra Sawhney Judgment:

  • In 1990, the V.P. Singh government introduced a 27% reservation for Other Backward Classes (OBCs) in public services.
  • This decision faced legal scrutiny, leading to the landmark Indra Sawhney & others versus the Union of India judgment in 1992, where the Supreme Court validated the government's stance.
  • The court made a noteworthy observation, stating that the identification of a group based on criteria other than caste, such as a combination of occupation, social status, education, and economic factors leading to caste, might not be deemed invalid.
  • This crucial interpretation paved the way for the implementation of OBC reservations in both public employment and educational institutions across India.

Arguments Against a Nationwide Caste-Based Survey:

  • Opposition to a comprehensive caste census has centred on the apprehension that unveiling the precise population proportions of Other Backward Classes (OBCs) at 52% or above could lead to calls for an expansion of the existing 27% reservation quota for OBCs.
  • This concern gained traction with the initiation of demands following the enactment of the Constitutional (103rd Amendment) Act, 2019.
  • This legislation introduced a 10% reservation for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS) within the general category, impacting admissions to both public and private educational institutions and civil posts and services.
  • Despite facing legal challenges due to breaching the 50% reservation ceiling, the law was ultimately upheld by a majority judgment of the Supreme Court in 2022.

The Path Forward:

  • Comprehensive Caste Enumeration: Given the significant variation in OBC population estimates from different official sample surveys—ranging from 41% to 46% between 2015-16 and 2021-22—only a thorough caste enumeration can provide an accurate assessment.
  • More crucially, identifying the numbers and proportions of individual castes within the OBC category is essential for implementing effective reservations and other benefits.
  • For instance, the Bihar caste survey revealed that 122 smaller caste groups within the Extremely Backward Classes (EBC) category constituted 36% of the state's population, marking the largest share among social categories.
  • Build on Justice Rohini Commission Report: The Justice Rohini Commission, formed in 2017 to scrutinize the sub-categorization of OBCs in the Central list, presented its findings in 2023.
  • A nationwide socio-economic caste census is imperative to formulate scientific criteria for such sub-categorization.
  • This is equally crucial for all states with their individual State-level OBC lists due to the diverse caste compositions.

Conclusion

Caste remains a significant issue in Indian society, acknowledged by a broad spectrum of thinkers, ideologies, and political parties, all advocating for the eradication of the caste system and its inequalities. Given this apparent societal concern, a nationwide caste survey emerges as the initial step towards investigating and addressing the complexities associated with caste-related issues.

Baiga Tribal Group Gets Habitat Rights in Chhattisgarh (Indian Express)

  • 11 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Ahead of Assembly elections in Chhattisgarh, the Baiga Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG) recently became the second to get habitat rights in the state, after the Kamar PVTG.

Context:

  • Chhattisgarh has granted habitat rights to the Baiga Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG), marking them as the second PVTG to receive such rights in the state, following the Kamar PVTG.
  • This development affects seven PVTGs residing across 17 districts in Chhattisgarh, namely Kamar, Baiga, Pahadi Korba, Abujhmadiya, Birhor, Pando, and Bhujia.
  • Specifically, 19 Baiga villages, home to 6,483 individuals across 2,085 families, have been granted these habitat rights.

About the Baiga Tribe:

  • The Baiga Tribe stands among the Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) and is distributed across Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Bihar, Odisha, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, and Uttar Pradesh.
  • Traditionally, the Baiga led a semi-nomadic lifestyle and engaged in slash-and-burn cultivation.
  • Presently, their livelihood primarily hinges on minor forest produce.
  • Their agricultural practices include a form of shifting cultivation known as "Bewar."
  • Notably, ‘Mahua’ holds significance in Baiga cuisine and beverages, as it is an intoxicant derived from fermenting and distilling the flowers of the Mahua tree.
  • Tattooing plays a pivotal role in Baiga culture, with specific tattoos designated for different ages and body parts, reflecting the cultural richness and diversity of the community.

What are Habitat Rights?

  • Habitat rights recognition entails granting a community authority over their customary habitation territory, encompassing socio-cultural practices, economic and livelihood activities, intellectual knowledge of biodiversity and ecology, and traditional wisdom in utilizing natural resources.
  • These rights also encompass protecting and conserving both natural and cultural heritage.
  • Recognising habitat rights serves to safeguard and enhance traditional livelihoods and ecological knowledge that have been transmitted through generations.
  • Additionally, it facilitates the integration of diverse government schemes and initiatives from various departments, empowering Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) to foster the development of their habitats.

What Does ‘Habitat’ Mean?

  • According to Section 2(h) of the Forest Rights Act (FRA), “Habitat includes the area comprising the customary habitat and such other habitats in reserved forests and protected forests of primitive tribal groups and pre-agricultural communities and other forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes.

Under What Law Are Such Rights Granted?

  • Habitat rights are given to PVTGs under section 3(1) (e) of The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006.
  • It is also known as the Forest Rights Act (FRA).

The Forest Rights Act of 2006

  • The Forest Rights Act of 2006, also referred to as the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, stands as a significant legal milestone in India.
  • Its primary purpose is to acknowledge and confer forest rights, including the occupation of forest land, to forest-dwelling Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers.
  • This legislation is designed to address historical injustices inflicted upon these communities and to duly recognize their contributions to forest conservation.

How Does the Government Fix a Habitat?

  • The procedure is based on a detailed guideline given for this purpose in 2014 by the Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA).
  • Based on the MoTA guidelines, the traditional tribal leaders of the tribe are consulted about the extent of their culture, traditions, and occupation.
  • It is corroborated by the government and then a habitat is declared.

How Many States Have Recognised Habitat Rights?

  • Out of 75 PVTGs in India, only three have habitat rights.
  • The Bharia PVTG in Madhya Pradesh was the first, followed by the Kamar tribe and now the Baiga tribe in Chhattisgarh.

Significance of Granting Habitat Rights:

  • Preservation of Cultural and Heritage Richness: The granting of habitat rights plays a pivotal role in safeguarding the distinctive cultural, social, and traditional heritage of tribal communities.
  • This recognition enables them to uphold their unique languages, rituals, customs, and traditional knowledge systems.
  • Conservation of Biodiversity: Tribal communities possess unique knowledge about their local ecosystems, flora, fauna, and sustainable resource management.
  • Recognition of their rights plays a vital role in preserving biodiversity and facilitating the sustainable management of natural resources.
  • Fostering Sustainable Development: By acknowledging the rights of tribal communities, governments can foster sustainable development.
  • Indigenous practices often prioritize sustainability and conservation, crucial for environmental well-being and the overall prosperity of society.
  • Empowerment and Advancement of Social Justice: Bestowing habitat rights empowers tribal communities through legal recognition, ensuring their active participation in decision-making processes that impact their lives.
  • This rectification of historical injustices contributes to the establishment of a more equitable and just society.
  • Safeguarding Livelihoods: Many tribal communities rely on their natural surroundings for sustenance.
  • Granting rights to lands and resources ensures the continuity of their traditional occupations such as hunting, gathering, fishing, and farming, thereby supporting their economic well-being.

Can Habitat Rights be Used to Stop Activities Like Mining?

  • The habitat rights will help the PVTG protect their habitat from developmental activities harmful to them.
  • The title may not be an ownership title in the nature of a private property owner, but consent and consultation of the gram sabha will be needed for any developmental activity.
  • Forest Rights have legal protection under the Forest Conservation Act, the Land Acquisition Law of 2013, and even the SC/ST Prevention of Atrocities. Act.
  • The grant of habitat rights under the Forest Rights Act provides an additional layer of legal protection.
  • If any kind of development activity is hampering their habitat rights, the tribal group concerned can take up the matter with the administration under the Forest Rights Act, and if not resolved, the matter can be taken to court.

What is a Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG)?

  • According to the Ministry of tribal affairs, tribal communities that are technologically backward, have stagnant or declining population growth, extremely low levels of literacy, and a subsistence level of economy are declared as PVTG.
  • PVTGs have low health indices and largely reside in isolated, remote, and difficult areas in small and scattered hamlets/habitats.
  • The ministry has identified 75 PVGTs in 18 states and one Union Territory.
  • In 2019, the MoTA started a scheme for their protection and improvement in terms of social indicators like livelihood, health, nutrition and education to decrease their vulnerability.

Government Initiatives for Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs):

  • The Ministry of Tribal Affairs administers a program titled 'Development of Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs),' which operates as a Centrally Sponsored Scheme with 100% Central assistance extended to 18 states and the Union Territory of Andaman & Nicobar Islands.
  • The primary objective of this initiative is to foster the comprehensive socio-economic development of PVTGs while preserving their rich cultural heritage.
  • Under the Development of PVTGs scheme, State Governments execute projects tailored to address key sectors such as education, health, and livelihood, with the overarching goal of ensuring the holistic well-being of PVTG communities.

Gandhi's Perspectives on Jewish Nation-state in Palestine (Indian Express)

  • 10 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Mahatma was deeply sympathetic to the plight of the Jewish people in Europe. But he was against Zionists and the attempt to create a state of their own by force in Palestine, which was already inhabited by the Palestinian Arab people.

What was Mahatma Gandhi’s Views on Jews and A Separate Jewish Homeland?

Gandhi was deeply sympathetic to the Jewish people.

  • The Mahatma always made it clear that he had deep sympathies for the Jewish people who had historically been unjustly persecuted for their religion.
  • In his article ‘The Jews’ he said, “My sympathies are all with the Jews. They have been the untouchables of Christianity. Religious sanction has been invoked for the justification of the inhuman treatment meted out to them.”
  • He further said that the German persecution of the Jews seems to have no parallel in history and expressed his concern with Britain’s policy of placating Adolf Hitler at the time (before World War II broke out).
  • He wrote that“If there ever could be a justifiable war in the name of and for humanity, a war against Germany, to prevent the wanton persecution of a whole race, would be completely justified.

Yet, he did not support a Zionist state in Palestine.

  • Gandhi opposed the establishment of a Zionist State in Palestine, contending that imposing Jews on the Arabs was both wrong and inhumane. He considered it a crime against humanity to diminish the dignity of the proud Arabs by restoring Palestine, either in part or wholly, as the national home for the Jews.

What are the Reasons Behind His Opposition to A Jewish Homeland?

  • Religious Text as a Pretext: Mahatma Gandhi contended that the creation of a separate state based on religious grounds was unjustified.
  • He believed that Palestine already belonged to Arab Palestinians, and the British-facilitated settlement of Jews was inherently violent.
  • In his view, a religious act, such as Jews returning to Palestine, should not involve the use of force through the bayonet or the bomb.
  • Goodwill of Arabs: Gandhi asserted that for Jews to settle in Palestine, it was essential to have the goodwill of the Arabs.
  • He argued that this goodwill could only be achieved by forgoing the use of the British bayonet in the process.
  • Contradiction to Global Struggle: Gandhi opposed the concept of a Jewish homeland, seeing it as contradictory to the broader struggle for increased rights that Jews were pursuing across the globe.
  • He wasn't alone in holding this view, as it was shared by others during that period.
  • Forced Relocation Concerns: He questioned the practicality of confining Jews to Palestine, wondering if they would appreciate being compelled to leave other parts of the world where they had settled.
  • Gandhi expressed the concern that the Jewish claim for a national home could be seen as providing a justifiable reason for the expulsion of Jews, as witnessed in Germany.

Impact of Mahatma Gandhi’s Views on Indian Foreign Policy

  • Shaping India's Foreign Policy through Gandhi's Influence on Nehru: Mahatma Gandhi's perspectives and his staunch anti-imperialism significantly influenced Jawaharlal Nehru, India's inaugural Prime Minister, shaping the nation's foreign policy for decades.
  • Nehru, in many ways, inherited and embraced this perspective from Gandhi.
  • Rejection of the Two-Nation Solution and Support for the Palestinian Cause: India's political stance toward Israel took firm shape shortly after gaining independence in 1947.
  • Both Jawaharlal Nehru and Mahatma Gandhi advocated for the Palestinian cause and firmly rejected the concept of two nations based on religious criteria.
  • While expressing sympathy for the Jews, they believed that a state founded on religious exclusivity lacked moral and political sustainability, aligning with their opposition to the partition of India.
  • India's Anti-Israel Votes at the UN: India's position on Palestine reflected not only its alignment with the Arab world but also resonated with the principles of the Non-Aligned Movement and the United Nations.
  • During the UN vote on the partition of Palestine, India, along with Arab countries, cast its vote against the proposal.
  • Similarly, when Israel sought admission to the UN, India once again voted against the move.
  • Recognition of Israel as a Nation with Limited Diplomatic Relations: India officially acknowledged Israel's status as a nation on September 17, 1950, following similar recognitions by two Muslim-majority countries, Turkey and Iran.
  • In 1953, Israel gained permission to establish a consulate in Mumbai, yet it was not granted diplomatic representation in New Delhi.
  • Engagement with Palestinian Leadership under Yasser Arafat: During the late 1960s and early 1970s, the Palestine Liberation Organisation (PLO) emerged as the representative body for the people of Palestine under the leadership of Yasser Arafat.
  • India fostered connections with the primary political faction within the PLO, Al Fatah.
  • Recognition of PLO as the Legitimate Representative of the Palestinian People: On January 10, 1975, India took a significant step by officially recognizing the PLO as the exclusive and legitimate representative of the Palestinian people.
  • Furthermore, India permitted the PLO to establish an independent office in New Delhi.
  • While India was among the last non-Muslim states to recognize Israel, it achieved the distinction of becoming the first non-Arab state to acknowledge the legitimacy of the PLO.

Conclusion

Mahatma Gandhi maintained his perspectives on the Palestine-Israel issue throughout his life, emphasizing his disapproval of the unjust treatment of Jews. Simultaneously, he consistently reaffirmed his longstanding opposition to the creation of a separate nation for the Jewish community.

For numerous decades, Gandhi's viewpoints significantly influenced Indian foreign policy. However, in more recent times, India has undergone a shift in approach, decoupling its relations with Israel and Palestine. Establishing robust ties with Israel marks a departure from the historical hyphenation of India-Israel-Palestine relations, reflecting a changing dynamic in India's diplomatic engagements.

Good Governance Day: Last-mile delivery, leaving no one behind is key to growth (Indian Express)

  • 25 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Good Governance Day 2023 is being celebrated today on the birth anniversary of former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, which falls on December 25th.

About Good Governance Day:

  • December 25 marks the birth anniversary of the late Prime Minister and Bharatiya Janata Party leader, Atal Bihari Vajpayee.
  • Origin: In 2014, the Prime Minister of India Narendra Modi declared December 25 as "Good Governance Day" to be celebrated nationwide.

Significance of Good Governance Day:

  • Raising Governance Awareness: Good Governance Day aims to raise awareness among citizens regarding government accountability and efficient administration.
  • Equitable Treatment of Citizens: This day emphasizes the fair and prompt delivery of various government services to ensure equitable treatment for the country's residents.
  • Advancement of e-Governance: National Good Governance Day endeavors to advance "e-Governance" with the official event slogan being "Good Governance through e-Governance.

What is Good Governance?

  • Governance encompasses the decision-making process and the subsequent implementation (or lack thereof) of those decisions.
    • It manifests in various contexts, including corporate governance, international governance, national governance, and local governance.
  • It is characterized as "the manner in which power is exercised in the management of a country's economic and social resources for development."
    • This concept, rooted in historical perspectives, was elaborated by Chanakya in the Arthashastra.
  • Foundation of Citizens Centric Administration: The cornerstone of a citizens-centric administration lies in the principles of good governance, emphasizing transparency, accountability, and equitable societal development.

8 Principles of Good Governance:

  • Participation: Ensures the inclusion of diverse perspectives, including men, women, vulnerable sections, backward classes, minorities, etc.
    • Upholds freedom of association and expression.
  • Rule of Law: Impartial enforcement of the legal framework, particularly in human rights laws.
    • A foundation for preventing the 'law of fish,' where the strong prevail over the weak.
  • Consensus Oriented: Facilitates decision-making that aims for a common minimum acceptable to everyone, fostering a broad consensus.
    • Mediates differing interests toward a mutually beneficial outcome.
  • Equity and Inclusiveness: Strives for an equitable society, ensuring opportunities for all to enhance or maintain their well-being.
  • Effectiveness and Efficiency: Focuses on processes and institutions that yield results meeting the community's needs.
    • Maximizes the effective utilization of community resources for optimal output.
  • Accountability: Demands accountability from governmental institutions, private sectors, and civil society organizations to the public and institutional stakeholders.
    • Aims for governance that serves the betterment of the people.
  • Transparency: Requires accessible, understandable, and monitored information.
    • Advocates for a free media and public access to information.
  • Responsiveness: Dictates that institutions and processes serve all stakeholders within a reasonable timeframe.

What is the Significance of Good Governance?

  • Safeguarding Public Interests: The implementation of good governance practices is crucial for safeguarding the interests of the public.
  • Optimal Resource Utilization: Good governance empowers organizations to maximize the efficient utilization of available resources, facilitating the delivery of high-quality services.
  • Ensuring Checks and Balances: Through good governance practices, mechanisms are established to prevent the undue exercise of power and authority, maintaining a system of checks and balances.
  • Facilitating Public Engagement: The active involvement of the public in the governance process becomes achievable when good governance practices are firmly in place.

What are the Challenges to Good Governance in India?

  • Corruption: The pervasive level of corruption in India is widely recognized as a substantial impediment to enhancing the quality of governance.
  • Empowerment of Women: The inadequate representation of women in government institutions and related sectors poses a significant challenge to achieving gender equality.
  • Delayed Justice: Ensuring timely justice for citizens is a fundamental right, but numerous factors, such as a shortage of personnel and logistical resources within the legal system, contribute to delayed justice.
  • Criminalization of Politics: The intertwining of the political process with criminal elements and the collaboration between politicians, civil servants, and business entities negatively impact public policy formulation and governance.
  • Centralization of Administrative System: Efficient functioning of lower-level governments, particularly Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), depends on adequate empowerment.
    • The existing challenges involve insufficient devolution of funds and personnel to carry out constitutionally assigned functions.

What are the Initiatives for Enhancing Good Governance in India?

  • National e-Governance Plan: With a vision to make government services easily accessible to the common man, the National e-Governance Plan aims to ensure efficiency, transparency, and reliability of services at affordable costs.
    • The plan focuses on meeting the basic needs of the public through widespread service delivery outlets.
  • Good Governance Index (GGI): Launched by the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances & Pensions, GGI serves as a comprehensive tool to evaluate the state of governance in the country.
    • It systematically analyzes the impact of various interventions initiated by State Governments and Union Territories.
  • Right to Information Act, 2005: This crucial legislation plays a pivotal role in fostering transparency within governance by granting citizens the right to access information.
    • The Right to Information Act, 2005, empowers individuals to seek and receive information, contributing to a more transparent and accountable system.

About Atal Bihari Vajpayee

  • Atal Bihari Vajpayee, the 10th Prime Minister of India, distinguished himself not only as a statesman but also as a revered poet and literary figure.
  • His association with the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), the ideological precursor of the BJP, further shaped his political journey.
  • Early Life: Born on December 25, 1924, in Gwalior, Madhya Pradesh, Vajpayee joined the RSS in 1939, transitioning into a full-time role in 1947.
    • His literary prowess led him to collaborate with Deen Dayal Upadhyaya on various publications, marking the beginning of his impactful career.
  • Political Ascension: Vajpayee assumed the role of national president of the Jana Sangh in 1968 following Deen Dayal Upadhyaya's demise.
    • His political journey commenced with his election to the Lok Sabha from the Balrampur seat in the 1957 general election, where his eloquence positioned him as a defender of Jana Sangh's policies.
  • Key Political Milestones: Post-emergency, Vajpayee played a vital role in the formation of the Janata Party, securing victory in the 1977 general elections and subsequently serving as the External Affairs Minister.
    • The transformation of Jana Sangh into the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in 1980 marked a significant phase under his leadership, with the party gaining electoral prominence.
  • Political Tenures: Vajpayee's political career saw him elected ten times to the Lok Sabha and twice to the Rajya Sabha, representing constituencies such as Balrampur, New Delhi, Gwalior, and Lucknow.
    • His administrative journey commenced as the External Affairs Minister in 1975, with commendation for his UN General Assembly speech in Hindi.
  • Prime Ministerial Stints: Vajpayee served as the Prime Minister of India in three distinct tenures:
    • A brief 13-day term in 1996
    • 13-month period from 1998 to 1999, and
    • A full term from 1999 to 2004.
  • Notable Achievements: Vajpayee's administration left an indelible mark with achievements such as the Pokhran Nuclear Test, success in the Kargil War, the implementation of the Golden Quadrilateral project, the Pradhan Mantri Gramin Sadak Yojana, and the Sarva Siksha Abhiyaan.
  • Diplomatic Outreach: Vajpayee's diplomatic efforts included a groundbreaking bus journey to Lahore to meet with Pakistani Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, signaling a commitment to improving relations.
  • Honors and Recognition: Atal Bihari Vajpayee was bestowed with prestigious honors, including the Bharat Ratna in 2015, recognition for his role in the Bangladesh Liberation War, and the Order of Ouissam Alaouite from Morocco.
    • Additionally, the Government of India designated his birth anniversary as Good Governance Day in 2014.

WHO prequalifies a second malaria vaccine, a significant milestone in preventing the disease (WHO)

  • 22 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The World Health Organization (WHO) on Thursday added the R21/Matrix-M malaria vaccine, developed by Oxford University and manufactured by Serum Institute of India, to its list of prequalified vaccines.

News Summary:

  • The R21/Matrix-M malaria vaccine, developed by Oxford University and produced by the Serum Institute of India, has received prequalification from the World Health Organization (WHO), marking a significant step in global efforts to combat malaria.
  • This achievement follows the prequalification of the RTS, S/AS01 vaccine in July 2022, making R21 the second malaria vaccine to gain the WHO's approval.
    • Prequalification means larger access to vaccines as a key tool to prevent malaria in children.
  • The WHO employs rigorous international standards during the prequalification process, conducting a comprehensive evaluation to ensure the safety, efficacy, and adherence to global manufacturing standards of the vaccines.
  • Ongoing measures, such as regular re-evaluation, site inspections, and targeted testing, are implemented to uphold prequalified vaccines’ continued safety and effectiveness.

What is a Prequalified Vaccine?

  • The World Health Organization (WHO) defines a prequalified vaccine as one that has successfully completed a comprehensive three-step process prior to approval.
    • Thorough Data Evaluation: The first step involves a meticulous examination of relevant data associated with the vaccine.
    • Sample Testing: The second step includes rigorous testing of vaccine samples.
    • Manufacturing Site Inspection: The final step encompasses an inspection of the pertinent manufacturing sites by WHO.
  • Only when the outcomes of these steps are positive does the vaccine earn inclusion in the WHO list of Prequalified Vaccines?

What is Malaria?

  • Malaria is an infectious disease caused by the Plasmodium parasite, transmitted to humans through the bites of infected female Anopheles mosquitoes, which are active mainly during the night.
  • While there are numerous types of Plasmodium parasites, only five affect humans and cause malaria.
  • Plasmodium falciparum: Predominantly found in Africa, it is the most common and lethal malaria parasite globally, responsible for the majority of malaria-related deaths.
  • Plasmodium vivax: Primarily found in Asia and South America, this parasite causes milder symptoms than Plasmodium falciparum but can persist in the liver for up to three years, leading to potential relapses.
  • Plasmodium ovale: Relatively uncommon and typically found in West Africa, this parasite can remain dormant in the liver for several years without causing symptoms.
  • Plasmodium malariae: Rare and primarily found in Africa.
  • Plasmodium knowlesi: Extremely rare and identified in certain parts of Southeast Asia.

Malaria Transmission:

  • Upon being bitten by an infected mosquito, the Plasmodium parasite enters the bloodstream, travels to the liver, and matures.
  • It then re-enters the bloodstream, invading red blood cells where it undergoes multiplication.
  • Periodically, infected blood cells burst, releasing more parasites into the bloodstream.
  • While mosquitoes can become infected by biting an already infected person, malaria does not spread directly from person to person.

Symptoms of Malaria:

  • The signs and symptoms of malaria encompass fever, chills, general discomfort, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain, muscle or joint pain, fatigue, rapid breathing, rapid heart rate, and cough.
  • Recognizing these symptoms is crucial for prompt diagnosis and treatment.

What is the Status of Malaria in India?

  • Given its predominantly tropical climate, a significant portion of India has a historical prevalence of malaria, and the country holds the distinction of being where Nobel Prize winner Sir Ronald Ross discovered the malaria parasite cycle involving Anopheles mosquitoes as the definitive host.
  • While India has made substantial progress in the direction of malaria elimination, there remains a considerable journey ahead.
  • According to the World Malaria Report 2023, India contributed to 66% of malaria cases within the World Health Organization’s South-East Asia region in 2022.
  • Additionally, India and Indonesia jointly accounted for approximately 94% of all malaria-related deaths in the region last year.
  • The report highlighted that nearly 46% of all cases in the region were attributed to Plasmodium vivax, a protozoal parasite and human pathogen.

What are the Challenges in Malaria Elimination?

  • Eliminating malaria in India faces several challenges, primarily stemming from the predominant engagement of the private sector in diagnosing and treating the disease.
    • This sector often encounters issues related to misdiagnosis and mistreatment.

Key challenges include:

  • Limited Regulation in the Private Sector: Private doctors and clinics operate without an obligation to adhere to government guidelines, utilize recommended drugs, or report malaria cases to state authorities.
  • Disproportionate Malaria Treatments in the Private Sector: In 2015, a substantial 86 million malaria treatments were procured in the private sector, in stark contrast to the meagre 2 million in the public sector.
  • Proliferation of Artemisinin Monotherapy: The private sector annually acquires nearly 10 million injections of Artemisinin Monotherapy, a treatment strongly discouraged in India and globally due to its role in accelerating the development of lethal drug resistance.
  • Irony of Drug Misuse: Remarkably, India, the largest supplier of high-quality approved malaria drugs globally, grapples with the ironic misuse of malaria drugs within its own borders.

Challenges in Creating a Malaria Vaccine:

The progress toward developing a malaria vaccine encounters various impediments:

  • Absence of a Conventional Market: The absence of a conventional market poses a significant hindrance to the development of a malaria vaccine.
  • Limited Developer Engagement: The involvement of only a few developers further complicates the landscape for malaria vaccine development.
  • Technical Complexity: The technical intricacies associated with creating a vaccine against a parasitic infection, such as malaria, present substantial challenges.
  • Complexity of Malaria Parasites' Life Cycle: Malaria parasites exhibit a complex life cycle, and there exists a limited understanding of the intricate immune response to malaria infection.
  • Genetic Complexity of Malaria Parasites: The genetic complexity of malaria parasites, generating thousands of potential antigens, adds an additional layer of difficulty to the development of an effective vaccine.

Initiatives Taken by India for Malaria Eradication:

  • Since 2000, India has successfully reduced malaria cases by more than half and malaria-related deaths by over 66%.
  • In 2016, the country introduced its inaugural National Framework for Malaria Elimination (2016-2030), outlining a vision for a malaria-free nation by 2027 with complete elimination targeted by 2030.
  • In 2019, the Government of India demonstrated its commitment by increasing funding for the National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme by over 25%.
  • Furthermore, India augmented its support as a donor to the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, reaffirming its dedication to combating these vector-borne diseases on a global scale.

Lok Sabha passes three criminal law Bills: Here are the key changes (Indian Express)

  • 21 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Three new criminal code bills, focusing on justice rather than punishment, were passed by the Lok Sabha on Wednesday.

Context:

  • Lok Sabha has passed by voice vote the three Bills that aim to overhaul the country's criminal justice system by replacing colonial-era laws.
  • The three bills passed are:
    • The Bharatiya Nyaya (Second) Sanhita - replace the Indian Penal Code (IPC)
    • Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) - replace Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC)
    • Bharatiya Sakshya (Second) Sanhita - replace the Indian Evidence Act
  • According to the Home Minister, Amit Shah, the three new bills seek to establish a justice system based on Indian thinking and will free people from the colonial mindset and its symbols.

Background:

  • Bill Presentation in August 2023: In August 2023, the Union government introduced  three Bills in Parliament intending to revitalize the country's criminal justice system.
    • The Bills in question were the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita Bill, 2023 (BNS), the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita Bill, 2023 (BNSS), and the Bharatiya Sakshya Bill, 2023 (BSB).
  • Referral to Parliamentary Standing Committee: The three Bills underwent scrutiny as they were referred to the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home Affairs for a thorough review and recommendations.
    • After three months of meticulous deliberation, the committee released reports on each Bill—BNS, BNSS, and BSB—suggesting necessary changes.
  • Opposition Dissent on Hindi Titles: A notable point of contention arose during the committee's proceedings, particularly regarding the Hindi nomenclature of the Bills.
    • Opposition members contested that the vernacular titles contravened Article 348, which stipulates English as the official language for courts and legislative matters.
    • Despite opposition dissent, the parliamentary committee sanctioned the Hindi titles for all three Bills.
  • Introduction of Revised Versions: After the committee's recommendations, on December 12, the three Bills were withdrawn from Parliament.
    • In a prompt response, revised iterations of the Bills were promptly introduced for further consideration.

Why were new bills deemed necessary?

  • Colonial Legacy: From 1860 to 2023, the nation's criminal justice system operated under British-imposed laws.
    • These laws, formulated during colonial times, use outdated language and concepts that may not accurately represent current social norms and values.
  • Advances in Technology: The evolution of technology has introduced new aspects to crime, evidence, and investigation, necessitating a response from the legal framework.
  • Simplification and Streamlining: Over time, the laws have become intricate, confusing legal practitioners, law enforcement agencies, and the general public.
    • Simplifying and streamlining the legal framework is seen as a way to enhance transparency and understanding.
  • Evidence Collection and Presentation: The Indian Evidence Act predates the era of modern forensic science and technological tools, highlighting the need for an update in this regard.
  • Reports and Recommendations: Various reports, including those from the department-related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home Affairs (146th report), emphasized the necessity for a comprehensive review of the country's criminal justice system.
    • Earlier reports (111th and 128th) had also underscored the need for reforms in criminal laws.

About Bharatiya Nyaya (Second) Sanhita (BNS II) Bill, 2023:

The BNS II Bill brings about significant modifications in the treatment of various offences, including criminal conspiracy, mob lynching, death by negligence, organized crimes, and terrorist acts.

  • Life Imprisonment: While the BNS defined life imprisonment as 'imprisonment for life,' BNS II retains this phrase alongside the newer definition.
  • Terrorist Acts: BNS II removes vague language, focusing on innovative acts such as damaging critical infrastructure, undermining monetary stability, and using force against public functionaries.
  • Terrorist Act Offenses: In BNS II, the possession of property derived from a terrorist act is punishable only if acquired 'knowingly.'
  • Harboring a person who committed a terrorist act is punishable if done 'knowingly' or 'voluntarily.'
  • Criminal Conspiracy: BNS II modifies Clause 61 to include conspiracy with 'common intention.'
  • Mob Lynching: The minimum punishment of seven years for mob lynching, as in BNS, is removed in BNS II.
    • Murder by a group based on identity markers incurs life imprisonment or death, plus a fine.
  • Organized Crimes: BNS II adds organized crimes, including kidnapping, extortion, and cybercrime committed on behalf of a syndicate. Petty organized crime is also now an offence.
  • Changes in Offenses: Sedition is no longer an offence in BNS II, replaced by a new offence endangering the sovereignty, unity, and integrity of India.
    • Community service is explicitly defined as court-ordered work benefiting the community, and serving as a punishment for offenders.
  • Supreme Court Conformity: BNS II aligns with Supreme Court decisions, omitting adultery as an offence and introducing life imprisonment as a penalty for murder or attempt to murder by a life convict.
  • Sexual Offenses: BNS II retains provisions from the Indian Penal Code (IPC) on sexual offences against women, increasing the age threshold for major classification in gang rape from 16 to 18 years.
    • It criminalizes sexual intercourse with a woman through deceitful means or false promises.

About Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita (BNSS2) Bill, 2023:

  • The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita, 2023 (BNSS2) is designed to supplant the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 (CrPC), which delineates the procedures for arrest, prosecution, and bail within the Indian legal framework.
  • The CrPC, originally enacted in 1861 to streamline India's diverse legal systems, underwent a significant overhaul in 1973.
    • The comprehensive revision led to the introduction of the present CrPC, incorporating changes such as the provision for anticipatory bail.
  • The BNSS2 Bill aims to introduce several amendments to the existing CrPC framework, particularly addressing aspects related to trials, investigations, and other procedural matters.
    • The proposed changes reflect an effort to modernize and enhance the efficiency of the criminal justice system in alignment with contemporary needs.

Key Features of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita (BNSS2) Bill, 2023:

  • Detention of Undertrials: According to the BNSS2, the provision of releasing an accused on a personal bond after spending half of the maximum imprisonment period does not apply to offences punishable by life imprisonment or if proceedings are pending in more than one offence.
  • Medical Examination: Unlike the CrPC, which restricts medical examinations to certain cases, the BNSS2 expands the scope, allowing any police officer to request an examination, broadening accessibility.
  • Forensic Investigation: The BNSS2 introduces a mandatory forensic investigation for offences carrying a minimum sentence of seven years.
    • Forensic experts are empowered to collect evidence on-site, documented through mobile phones or electronic devices.
    • In the absence of local facilities, states can utilize facilities in other states.
  • Signatures and Finger Impressions: While the CrPC empowers magistrates to order specimen signatures or handwriting, the BNSS2 extends this to include finger impressions and voice samples.
    • Notably, these samples can be collected from individuals not yet arrested.
  • Timelines for Procedures: The BNSS2 establishes clear timelines for various procedures.
    • For instance, medical practitioners examining rape victims must submit their reports to the investigating officer within seven days, ensuring a more expedited legal process.

Bharatiya Sakshya (Second) Bill, 2023:

  • Admissibility of electronic evidence: Section 61 of the original Bill allowed the admissibility of electronic evidence by underscoring that an electronic record shall have the same legal effect as a paper record.
    • However, there was no requirement for a certificate under section 63 (corresponding to the requirement of a certificate under section 65B of the Indian Evidence Act).
    • This provision has now been revised to state that the admissibility of an electronic record is subject to section 63.

Criticism of the Bill:

Experts have flagged that the three revised Bills present a missed opportunity to rectify extensive overcriminalisation and wider police powers that aggravate state control.

  • The provision of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita, 2023, which permits police custody beyond the initial 15 days of arrest endangers civil liberties.
    • The massive expansion of the possible duration of police custody in the BNSS strikes at the very heart of civil liberties protection.
  • The BNSS expands the maximum limit of police custody under general criminal law from 15 days to either 60 days or 90 days (depending on the nature of the offence).
    • Under current law, police custody is limited to the first 15 days of arrest.
  • The expansion under the proposed BNSS heightens the risk of exposure to police excesses.
  • Given widely acknowledged concerns about the safety of arrested persons in police custody, and the heightened risk of coerced and fabricated evidence after prolonged detention, this provision of the BNSS is a shocking expansion of police powers.

In a creative interpretation of Article 200, the Chief Justice of India’s recent judgment has also protected the entire constitutional system from the depredations of Governors (The Hindu)

  • 20 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

CJI Chandrachud creatively interprets Article 200 in a landmark ruling on the Governor's role in bill assent, State of Punjab vs Principal Secretary, November 10, 2023.

Context:

  • On November 10, 2023, the Chief Justice of India (CJI) delivered a significant judgment in the case of State of Punjab vs Principal Secretary to the Governor of Punjab, offering an interpretation of Article 200 of the Indian Constitution.
  • The focal point was the first provision of Article 200, addressing a Governor's choices when presented with a Bill for assent following its passage by the State Legislature.

Article 200 Of The Indian Constitution:

  • Article 200 of the Indian Constitution delineates four possible actions for a Governor when a legislature-passed Bill is submitted for assent.
  • These actions include:
    • Give his assent
    • Withhold his assent
    • Return the bill for reconsideration
    • Reserve the bill for the President’s consideration (In instances where the bill introduced in the state legislature endangers the position of the state High Court.)
  • If the legislature reapproves the Bill with or wthout any amendment, the Governor must grant assent.
  • Alternatively, the Governor may reserve the Bill for the President's consideration, and the President then decides whether to grant or withhold assent under Article 201.
    • Notably, no specific timeframe is specified for the President's decision on the Bill.

Perspectives on the Discretionary and Absolute Nature of the Governor's Power:

  • Most of the commentators of the Constitution, like D.D. Basu and others, have held the view that the Governor’s power to withhold assent under this Article has a finality about it, and once assent is withheld, the Bill dies a natural death.
  • They were also of the view that the option of sending the Bill back to the Assembly for reconsideration under the first proviso is discretionary and not mandatory.

Interpretation of Article 200 Pronounced by the CJI:

  • The recent interpretation of Article 200 by the Chief Justice of India (CJI) introduces a distinct viewpoint.
  • Unlike the traditional understanding, the CJI associates the act of withholding assent with mandatory reconsideration.
  • This interpretation challenges the presumption of the Governor's absolute authority to withhold assent.
  • According to the CJI's judgment, the Governor's decision to withhold assent is coupled with the obligation to promptly return the Bill to the Assembly for an immediate reevaluation.
  • In this context, the judgment asserts that, once the Governor chooses to withhold assent, the sole recourse is to send the Bill back to the Assembly for swift reconsideration, leaving the Governor with no alternative but to eventually grant assent.
  • This nuanced interpretation aligns with the imperative of ensuring a deliberate and obligatory reconsideration process when the Governor opts to withhold assent to a legislative Bill.

The Importance of the CJI’s Interpretation:

  • Preserving Legislative Rights: This ruling, coupled with the Chief Justice of India's approach, safeguards the legislature's authority in the law-making process, preventing potential misuse by appointed Governors and upholding the constitutional system.
  • Evolution in Understanding Governor’s Powers: The CJI's interpretation signifies a progression in comprehending the Governor's powers, underlining the necessity for continual assessment and refinement of constitutional interpretations.
  • Enhanced Clarity in Article 200: The Supreme Court of India has unequivocally stated that Governors cannot delay the decision on the Bills.
    • Consequently, the top court's verdict has brought increased clarity to Article 200, compelling Governors to promptly decide on presented Bills.

Issues Still Regarding the Governor's Power:

  • Reservation of Bills for President's Consideration: A potential area for exploitation by Governors remains in reserving Bills for the President's consideration, providing an absolute option.
    • The critical query pertains to the types of Bills Governors can forward to the President, with the second provision of Article 200 specifying Bills that must mandatorily be reserved.
    • These are Bills that deviate from the powers of the High Court, jeopardizing its constitutionally designated role.
  • Lack of Categorization for Bills: The Constitution lacks a reference to specific categories of Bills for the President's consideration.
    • Consequently, Governors may seemingly exercise discretion in sending any Bill to the President.
    • Recent instances, such as in Kerala, where the Governor withheld action on eight Bills for over two years, or in Tamil Nadu, where Bills were sent to the President against the Constitution after reconsideration by the Assembly, highlight the absence of clear categorization.
  • Ambiguities in Governor's Actions: The Constitution's ambiguity allows Governors to act in ways that may contradict its provisions, as seen in instances where Bills were sent to the President against the Constitution's mandate.
    • Such actions place the fate of Bills in the hands of Union government officials, raising concerns about the potential misuse of gubernatorial discretion.

Evaluation of Constitutional Aspects Regarding Governor's Authority in Reserving Bills:

  • Constitutional Framework: In the current political context, there arises a significant inquiry into a Governor's discretion in reserving Bills for the President's consideration, a matter not explicitly addressed in the Constitution.
  • Implicit References: Two constitutional provisions indirectly touch upon this issue—Article 213 deals with ordinance-making powers and Article 254(2) concerning State laws in the Concurrent List.
    • Article 213 empowers Governors to issue ordinances with presidential instructions when deeming it necessary to reserve a Bill's provisions.
    • This implies a requirement for Governors to exercise judgment within the constitutional framework.
  • The use of "deemed it necessary" suggests that Governors are expected to follow constitutional principles rather than acting arbitrarily in deciding to reserve Bills.
    • Article 254(2) states that State laws on Concurrent List items prevail with presidential assent, even if conflict with existing central laws.
    • It indicates that a Bill on a Concurrent subject requires presidential assent only if it contradicts central laws; it does not mandate sending every such Bill to the President.
  • Presidential Jurisdiction and Governor's Duty on State Subjects: In the federal legislative structure, the President lacks authority to scrutinize and assent to Bills exclusively related to State subjects, underscoring the Governor's constitutional responsibility.
    • Sending a Bill on State matters to the President might be viewed as an abdication of the Governor's constitutional duty, given that State List subjects are beyond the President's purview.

Conclusion

The absence of explicit provisions raises constitutional uncertainties concerning a Governor's discretionary authority in reserving Bills for the President. As constitutional interpretations evolve, there's a demand for clarity on the scope of a Governor's discretion in reserving Bills, aligning with federal principles and legislative autonomy. It's crucial to note that a Governor is not personally accountable for government actions, and the constitutional validity of a law falls within the court's jurisdiction, beyond the influence of the Governor or President.

 

 

PM Modi is in Varanasi to participate in the Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra events, and inaugurate the second edition of the Kashi Tamil Sangamams (Indian Express)

  • 18 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

PM Modi recently participated in the Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra events and inaugurated the second edition of Kashi Tamil Sangamam in Varanasi.

What is Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra?

  • The Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra is a government initiative being undertaken across the country, to raise awareness about and track the implementation of flagship central schemes, such as Ayushman Bharat, Ujjwala Yojana, PM Suraksha Bima, PM SVANidhi, etc.
  • On the occasion of the Janjatiya Gaurav Divas, marking the birth anniversary of tribal icon Birsa Munda, Prime Minister Modi flagged off the Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra from Khunti, Jharkhand.
  • It has four aims:
    • Reach out to the vulnerable who are eligible under various schemes but have not availed of benefits so far.
    • Dissemination of information and generating awareness about schemes.
    • Interaction with beneficiaries of government schemes through their personal stories/ experience sharing; and
    • Enrolment of potential beneficiaries through details ascertained during the Yatra.
  • The program involves various Union ministries and state governments.
    • In a short span of one month, the Yatra has reached over 2.50 crore citizens across 68,000 Gram Panchayats, with nearly 2 crore individuals taking the Viksit Bharat Sankalp.

What is Kashi Tamil Sangamam?

  • Kashi Tamil Sangamam celebrates many aspects of the historical and civilisational connection between South and North India.
  • Aligned with the National Education Policy 2020, which emphasizes cultivating a modern yet culturally rooted mindset, the policy encourages the fusion of traditional Indian Knowledge Systems with contemporary knowledge.
  • This integration has yielded enriching outcomes, such as incorporating Yoga and Ayurveda into modern medicine, employing technology for traditional crafts, blending ancient Vaastushilpa with modern archaeology, and creatively interpreting classical Raagas.
  • Recognizing the value of rediscovering and integrating ancient knowledge into modern thinking, the month-long Kashi-Tamil Sangamam has been initiated.
  • This endeavour promotes direct interaction among scholars, experts, and practitioners from diverse fields, fostering the exchange of expertise and best practices.

About Kashi-Tamil Sangamam:

  • An initiative by the Government of India under the "Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav" and in line with the "Ek Bharat Shreshta Bharat" spirit, Kashi-Tamil Sangamam underscores unity amid the cultural diversity of states and Union Territories.
  • The program aims to celebrate, reaffirm, and rediscover the enduring connections between Tamil Nadu and Kashi, two ancient seats of learning.
  • This initiative provides a platform for individuals from various walks of life, including scholars, students, and philosophers, from both regions to converge, share their knowledge, culture, and best practices, and learn from each other's experiences.
  • IIT Madras and BHU serve as the implementing agencies for the program.
  • Following the inaugural edition in 2022, this year's Kashi-Tamil Sangamam is scheduled to take place from December 17 to December 31.

Cultural Significance:

  • In the 15th century, King Parakrama Pandya, the ruler of the Madurai region, aspired to construct a temple dedicated to Lord Shiva.
    • To fulfil this vision, he embarked on a journey to Kashi (Uttar Pradesh) to acquire a lingam.
  • During his return journey, he paused to rest under a tree.
    • To his surprise, when he attempted to resume the journey, the cow carrying the lingam steadfastly refused to move.
    • Recognizing this as a divine sign, Parakrama Pandya chose to install the lingam at that very spot, giving rise to what is now known as Sivakasi in Tamil Nadu.
  • For those unable to make the pilgrimage to Kashi, the Pandyas thoughtfully erected the Kasi Viswanathar Temple in present-day Tenkasi, situated in the southwestern part of Tamil Nadu near the state's border with Kerala.

What is the reason for choosing Tamil Nadu and Kashi?

  • Despite their geographical separation, Kashi and Tamil Nadu share profound and vibrant historical connections that have endured through the centuries.
    • Renowned as embodiments of Indian culture, these regions have been revered by many for their cultural richness.
  • Historically, seekers of knowledge from various places, including Kashi, Prayagraj, Ayodhya, and Gorakhpur, in the north, and Kanchipuram, Puducherry, Madurai, Thanjavur, Rameshwaram, Srirangam, Kanyakumari, Thoothukudi, Tirunelveli, and the Tamraparani River in the south, have been drawn to these regions as significant knowledge hubs.
  • The ancient ties between these two knowledge centres are evident in various aspects of life, including recurring themes in literature and the presence of the name "Kashi" in numerous villages in Tamil Nadu.
  • Notably, Saint Kumaragurupara from Tamil Nadu showcased audacity in negotiating with the Sultanate of Kashi, even bringing a lion to his courtyard to reclaim Kedarghat and secure a site for the consecration of the Vishweshwara Lingam.
    • His literary contribution, "Kashi Kalambakam," is a grammatical composition of poems on Kashi.
  • King Adhiveera Rama Pandiyan of the Pandya Dynasty, after a pilgrimage to Kashi, dedicated a Shiva Temple in Tenkasi, Tamil Nadu, and composed "Kashi Kandam," a Skanda Purana in Tamil poetic verses.
    • Exploring and rediscovering the profound links between these two centres promises to yield essential knowledge in both intellectual and practical domains.

 

78 Opposition MPs suspended, most ever in a day: Why this happened, what Parliament rules say (Indian Express)

  • 19 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

In a major escalation of tensions between the Opposition and the government, 78 MPs were suspended from both Houses of Parliament on Monday, taking the total number of suspended MPs in this session to 92, both figures unprecedented in the history of the Indian Parliament. Opposition leaders termed it a “murder of democracy.”

Why were the MPs suspended?

  • The MPs in both Houses were suspended for disrupting Parliamentary proceedings while protesting the December 13 Parliament security breach.
  • 78 Opposition MPs were suspended from both Houses of Parliament on Monday, taking the total number of parliamentarians suspended during the ongoing Winter Session to 92.
  • Of the 78 Opposition MPs, 33 were suspended from Lok Sabha and 45 from Rajya Sabha, marking the highest number of suspensions in a day.
  • This comes just days after 14 Opposition lawmakers were suspended from Parliament for similar reasons.
  • The suspension of 78 Opposition MPs in a single day has overtaken the previous such instance of large-scale suspension of MPs in 1989 when 63 MPs had been suspended.

Why do MPs Disrupt Parliament?

  • There is an old tradition, irrespective of which party or alliance is in opposition, of MPs causing a ruckus inside Parliament.
  • “Over the years, four broad reasons have been identified for disorder in legislatures.
    • the lack of time available to MPs for raising important matters
    • the unresponsive attitude of the government and retaliatory posture by Treasury benches
    • deliberate disruption by parties for political or publicity purposes, and
    • the absence of prompt action against MPs disrupting Parliamentary proceedings.
  • Over the decades, the say the Opposition has in deciding the Parliamentary calendar has been reducing.
  • Not only does the Government set the agenda in Parliament and decide how much time will be dedicated to any issue, but Parliamentary procedure also prioritises government business over other matters.
  • Parliament has not updated its rules over the last 70 years in this regard.
  • All parties have disrupted Parliament — and their view on disruptions has been determined almost always by whether they are in power or not.

Who Can Suspend the MPs?

  • The Presiding Officer — the Speaker of LS and Chairman of RS — plays a major role in meting out suspensions.
    • In Lok Sabha, the Speaker acts in accordance with Rules 373, 374, and 374A of the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business.
    • In Rajya Sabha, the Chairman acts as per Rules 255 and 256 of the Rules.
  • The procedure in both Houses is largely similar.

Under what circumstances can MPs be suspended from Lok Sabha?

  • Rule Number 373, as outlined in the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business, grants the Speaker the authority to promptly instruct a Member to withdraw from the House if their conduct is deemed grossly disorderly.
    • Any Member ordered to withdraw must comply immediately and remain absent for the remainder of the day's sitting.
  • Rule Number 374 empowers the Speaker to name a Member who persistently and willfully obstructs the business of the House or disregards the authority of the Chair.
    • Once named, the Speaker, upon a motion being made, shall expeditiously put forth the question of suspending the Member from the service of the House for a duration not exceeding the remainder of the session.
    • It is necessary for a Member suspended under this rule to leave the House premises immediately.

What are the rules for suspending MPs from the Rajya Sabha?

  • In Rajya Sabha, the suspension of members is regulated by Rule 256.
  • Unlike Lok Sabha, the Chairperson of Rajya Sabha lacks the authority to unilaterally suspend a member.
  • Instead, suspension can only occur through a motion presented to the House.
  • Rule 256(2) specifies that the Chair, upon naming a member, initiates a motion to suspend the said member for the duration of the remaining session.
  • While the Chair lacks the power to independently suspend a member, they retain the authority to instruct the member to leave the House, as stipulated by Rule 255.
  • This rule empowers the Chairman to direct the immediate withdrawal of any member whose conduct is deemed grossly disorderly, with the member obliged to absent themselves for the remainder of the day's meeting.

While these rules have mostly remained unchanged since 1952, in 2001, the Lok Sabha further empowered the Speaker to deal with “grave and disorderly conduct.” As per the new rule (Rule 374A), an MP “named” by the Speaker shall automatically stand suspended for a period of five days or the remaining part of the session. This rule removes the need for the House to pass a motion for suspension. Notably, the Rajya Sabha has not incorporated this provision in its procedures.

How Long Can MPs Be Suspended?

  • Mild offences are punished by admonition or reprimand, with the latter being the more serious of the two punishments.
    • After this comes the punishment of “withdrawal.”
  • As per Rule Number 373 in Lok Sabha’s Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business: “The Speaker, if he is of the opinion that the conduct of any Member is grossly disorderly, may direct such Member to withdraw immediately from the House, and any Member so ordered to withdraw shall do so forthwith and shall remain absent during the remainder of the day’s sitting.”
  • However, continuing to disregard the Presiding Officer’s directions can invite the punishment of suspension.
    • A member can be suspended, at the maximum, for the remainder of the session only.
    • Moreover, the House, at any point in time, can reinstate a suspended member by passing a motion.
  • In cases of extreme misconduct, the House may expel a member “to rid the House of persons who are unfit for membership.”

Is Suspending MPs Common Practice?

  • While it is a strong step, it is not uncommon. However, the number of suspensions has gone up over the last few years.
  • At least 149 suspensions have been meted out, both Houses included, since 2019, compared with at least 81 in 2014-19, and at least 36 in 2009-14.
  • “In most cases, disorders in the House arise out of a sense of frustration felt by members due to lack of opportunities to make his point or clear his chest of grievances of the people that move him or out of the heat of the moment.
  • “What is more difficult to tackle is planned parliamentary offences and deliberate disturbances for publicity or for political motives.
  • In many ways, it falls on the Presiding Officer to maintain a crucial balance in the House.

Conclusion

While maintaining the essential enforcement of the Speaker's supreme authority for the smooth conduct of parliamentary proceedings, it is imperative to underscore that the Speaker's role is primarily centred around managing the House rather than asserting dominance over it. A viable solution, therefore, needs to be devised with a focus on long-term sustainability, adherence to democratic values, and alignment with the dynamic and evolving context of India.

Beyond Jammu and Kashmir: Why many states in India enjoy special provisions (Indian Express)

  • 16 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

On December 12, 2023, a unanimous decision by a 5:0 majority of Supreme Court judges clarified that Article 370 of the Indian Constitution is a facet of asymmetric federalism and does not imply internal sovereignty.

What is Asymmetric Federalism?

  • Asymmetric federalism involves the uneven distribution of powers and relationships within the political, administrative, and fiscal domains among the federal units comprising a federation.
  • This asymmetry can manifest in both vertical (between the center and states) and horizontal (among the states) dimensions.
  • It can arise not only from constitutional provisions but also from the practical implementation of administrative, political, and fiscal systems within a federation.
  • India's founding fathers acknowledged the importance of a diverse governance model that respects the unique cultural differences across the nation, allowing for a blend of self-rule within the framework of shared governance.

Why is it stated that India practices Asymmetric Federalism?

  • India's administrative structure comprises the Centre and the States as primary forms of administrative units.
    • However, additional forms exist, each designed to cater to specific local, historical, and geographical contexts.
  • In addition to the Centre and the States, India features Union Territories with a legislature, as well as Union Territories without a legislature.
    • Notably, territories like Puducherry and Delhi possess legislatures, while others under the Centre lack legislatures or a ministerial council for advisory purposes.
  • Even among territories with legislatures, distinctions arise.
    • Puducherry holds legislative powers over matters in the State List or Concurrent List applicable to the Union Territory.
    • In contrast, Delhi, with a similar scope, has exceptions in three areas: police, land, and public order are beyond its jurisdiction.
      • However, Parliament retains overriding powers over laws enacted by the Assembly in Union Territories.
  • Much like the non-identical powers of the Centre and the States, variations exist in the relationships between certain States and other constituent units of the Indian Union and the Centre.
  • This introduces a noticeable asymmetry in the functioning of India's federal system.

What is Article 370 of the Indian Constitution?

  • The most prominent illustration of asymmetry in Centre-State relations was evident in the special status enjoyed by Jammu and Kashmir until August 6, 2019, when the President announced the cessation of its special privileges.
  • Under Article 370, the State had the authority to maintain its separate Constitution, establish its criteria for 'permanent residents,' restrict outsiders from owning property, and have the prerogative to not automatically apply any Indian law to its territory.
    • Specific approval by its Assembly was required for the operation of Indian laws.
  • Jammu and Kashmir had the autonomy to formulate its Penal and Criminal Procedure Codes.
  • The President had the authority to notify, at intervals, the constitutional provisions that could be extended to the State, with or without modifications.

Is Jammu and Kashmir the only state to enjoy special powers under the constitution?

  • No, its not the only Indian state to enjoy such special provisions — 11 other states still continue to do as per the Indian Constitution.
  • The Part XXI of the Constitution consists of articles on Temporary, Transitional and Special Provisions of some states, other than Jammu and Kashmir.
    • In the Part, apart from Article 370, there are also Articles 371, 371A, 371B, 371C, 371D, 371E, 371F, 371G, 371H, 371I, and 371J – which provide special provisions to Maharashtra, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Goa and six of the seven sister states of North East India — Nagaland, Assam, Manipur, Sikkim, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh.
  • However, Article 371I and Article 371E which deal with Goa and Andhra Pradesh respectively, do not offer any such special provisions to the state – and stand out from the rest.
  • Articles 370 and 371 have been the part of Indian Constitution since it came into force on January 26, 1950.
    • But Articles 371 A- I was incorporated later through various amendments under Article 368, which is described as the “power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and procedure therefor”.

The states and the Articles under which they enjoy special provisions:

  • Maharashtra and Gujarat (Article 371): The Governor of Maharastra has a special responsibility to establish “separate development boards” for regions like Vidarbha and  Marathwada, in Maharashtra; while Gujarat has the power to do so in Saurashtra and Kutch.
    • This was done to ensure “equitable allocation of funds for developmental expenditure over the said areas”, and “equitable arrangement providing adequate facilities for technical education and vocational training, and adequate employment opportunities” under the state government.
  • Nagaland (Article 371A): In Nagaland, the Indian Parliament cannot legislate in matters of Naga religion or social practices, Naga customary law and procedure, administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Naga customary law, and ownership and transfer of land and its resources, without the state Legislative Assembly’s nod.
    • These provisions were included in the Constitution after a 16-point agreement between the Centre and the Naga People’s Convention in 1960, which led to the creation of Nagaland in 1963.
    • It also gives the Governor a special responsibility for law and order situations in Nagaland, especially in case of internal disturbances occurring in the Naga Hills-Tuensang Area.
    • Also, there is a provision for a 35-member Regional Council for Tuensang district, which elects the Tuensang members in the Assembly.
    • A member from the Tuensang district is Minister for Tuensang Affairs.
  • Assam (Article 371B): Quite like Nagaland, The President of India may provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of the state Legislative Assembly consisting of members elected from the tribal areas of the state.
  • Manipur (Article 371C): Similar to Assam here as well, the President may provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of elected members from the Hill areas of the state in the Assembly for the modifications to be made in the rules of business of the Government.
    • It also entrusts “special responsibility” to the Governor to ensure its proper functioning, and report to the President every year regarding the administration of the Hill Areas of the State.
  • Andhra Pradesh (Article 371D, 371E): The President of India must ensure “equitable opportunities and facilities for the people” or ensure reservation in the matter of government jobs, education and other schemes by the state government.
    • The President also has power for direct recruitment to posts in any local cadre of the state government, and admissions in any university or educational institution in the state.
    • He is also entrusted for setting up an administrative tribunal outside the jurisdiction of the High Court to deal with issues of appointment, allotment or promotion in state civil services.
    • Article 371E allows the establishment of a Central University in Andhra Pradesh by a law of Parliament.
  • Sikkim (Article 371F): The Article gives Sikkim to hold a Legislative Assembly of minimum 30 members, notwithstanding anything this the Constitution.
    • These members shall elect the representative of Sikkim in the Indian Parliament.
    • To protect the rights and interests of various sections of the population of Sikkim, Parliament may provide for the number of seats in the Assembly, which may be filled only by candidates from those sections.
    • The Governor of the state also has “special responsibility for peace and for an equitable arrangement for ensuring the social and economic advancement of different sections of the population”.
    • It also states that any existing laws in Sikkim during its formation shall continue, and any adaptation or modification shall not be questioned in any court.
  • Mizoram (Article 371G): According to the Article, the Legislative Assembly of AP should not contain less than 40 members.
    • Apart from that, similar to Nagaland in Mizoram as well the Parliament can not make laws on “religious or social practices of the Mizos, Mizo customary law and procedure, administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Mizo customary law, ownership and transfer of land” unless the state Assembly decides to do so.
  • Arunachal Pradesh (Article 371H): This article vests the Governor with special responsibility for law and order of the state, but he will have to consult the Council of Ministers in the state before exercising his individual judgment.
    • However, if a matter arises where the Governor is required to act in the exercise of his individual judgment, then it should be considered as final and “shall not be called in question.”
  • Karnataka (Article 371J): Article 371J allows the establishment of a separate development board for the backward districts in the Hyderabad-Karnataka region — similar to the provisions made for Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    • This board will have to report to the state Assembly every year.
    • It also ensures reservation for people of this region, in government jobs and education.

Allahabad HC allows survey of Mathura Idgah: What is this plea in the Sri Krishna Janmabhoomi case (Indian Express)

  • 15 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Allahabad High Court on Thursday allowed the primary survey of the Shahi Idgah complex adjacent to the Shri Krishna Janmabhoomi Temple in Uttar Pradesh's Mathura by a court-monitored three-member team of advocate commissioners.

Context:

  • The Allahabad High Court recently approved the survey of the Shahi Idgah complex in Uttar Pradesh's Mathura.
    • Petitioners claim that the Shahi Idgah adjoining the Krishna Janmabhoomi temple in Mathura holds signs suggesting that it was a Hindu temple once.
  • The Krishna Janmabhoomi-Shahi Idgah case is the second temple-mosque dispute in which the high court has allowed to conduct a survey over the past months.
  • Earlier, a survey was ordered in the Gyanvapi-Kashi Vishwanath temple dispute in Varanasi.

What is Krishna Janmabhoomi-Shahi Idgah case?

  • The mosque was built by Aurangzeb in 1670 on the site of an earlier temple.
  • The area was regarded as nazul land — non-agricultural state land owned by the Marathas, and then the British.
  • Before the mosque was built, Raja Veer Singh Bundela of Orchha had also built a temple on the same premises in 1618.
  • In 1815, Raja Patni Mal of Benaras bought the 13.77 acres in an auction from the East India Company.
  • The Raja’s descendants — Rai Kishan Das and Rai Anand Das — sold the land to Jugal Kishore Birla for Rs 13,400, and it was registered in the names of Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, Goswami Ganesh Dutt, and Bhiken Lalji Aattrey.
  • The Shri Krishna Janmabhoomi Trust was set up by Birla, and it acquired the ownership rights over the Katra Keshav Dev temple.
  • In 1951, the 13.77 acres were placed in the trust, with the condition that the “trust property will never be sold or pledged.”
  • In 1956, the Shri Krishna Janmasthan Sewa Sangh was set up to manage the affairs of the temple.
    • In 1977, the word ‘Sangh’ in the registered society’s name was replaced with ‘Sansthan.’

What is the Latest Plea in the Sri Krishna Janmabhoomi-Shahi Idgah Case?

  • The latest application was filed by the Hindu side, seeking a survey of the Shahi Idgah mosque — which was allowed by a Bench of Allahabad High Court recently.
  • The petition pleads that the High Court passes an order directing the UP Sunni Central Waqf Board and the Shahi Idgah mosque committee “to remove the construction raised by them encroaching upon the land” in dispute.
    • The petition further asks the court to direct the two opposing parties to hand over the land to the Shree Krishna Janmbhoomi Trust within the time provided by the court.
  • The plea further seeks an order restraining the Waqf Board and the mosque committee, and that people on their behalf from entering into the premises of the 13.37 acres of land at Katra Keshav Dev City and District Mathura.
  • It also says that a “compromise agreement” dated October 12, 1968, between the Shri Krishna Janmasthan Seva Sansthan — the temple management authority, a registered society under law — and the Trust Shahi Masjid Idgah – was “illegal and void”.
    • The reasoning behind this, as per the plea is that “society Shree Krishna Janmasthan Seva Sangh had no right over the property involved”.
  • The petition filed by the Hindu side says that “it is a matter of fact and history that Aurangzeb ruled over the country and had issued orders for demolition of a large number of Hindu religious places and temples including the temple standing at the birth place of Lord Shree Krishna at Katra Keshav Dev, Mathura in the year 1669-70 AD”.
  • “The army of Aurangzeb partly succeeded in demolishing Keshav Dev Temple and a construction was forcibly raised showing the might of power and said construction was named Idgah Mosque.
  • The petition also says that “the order (for demolition) passed by Aurangzeb finds a place in the Official Court Bulletin (Akhbaraat) of January – February 1670”.

What are the counterclaims from the Muslim side?

  • The Muslim side claimed that “the Shahi Idgah Mosque does not fall within the ambit of 13.37 acres land at Katra Keshav Dev”.
  • “The place of birth of Lord Krishna does not lie beneath the Mosque. The claim of the plaintiffs is based on guesswork and is not substantiated by any documentary evidence.

The case so far and Gyanvapi order:

  • At least a dozen cases were filed in courts in Mathura by different petitioners.
    • A common thread in all the petitions is a prayer for the removal of the mosque from the 13.77-acre complex.
  • The latest Mathura order is similar to the one in Varanasi’s Gyanvapi Mosque, also built adjacent to a venerated Hindu temple.

What Happened in the Case of the Gyanvapi Mosque?

  • Last year in the month of May, a videographic survey of the Kashi Vishwanath temple-Gyanvapi mosque was completed by a Commission appointed by the local court.
    • During the survey proceedings, a structure which the Hindu side claimed was a “shivling”, and the Muslim side claimed was a “fountain”, was found to be inside the mosque premises.
  • Subsequently, a scientific survey of the Gyanvapi mosque complex was ordered by the Varanasi district court.
  • This time, the District and Sessions Judge AK Vishvesha had directed the ASI to “undertake scientific investigation/survey/excavation at the property in question.
  • The survey was halted after the mosque committee approached the Allahabad High Court, and then the Supreme Court, seeking a stay on the survey.
  • Both the courts cleared the decks for the survey which was resumed on August 4 amid tight security arrangements.
  • The ASI teams have been surveying the campus since.
  • Recently, the Varanasi district court granted some more time to the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) to submit the findings of the court-ordered scientific survey of the Gyanvapi mosque premises.

Multidimensional Poverty Index reduction under the NDA is flawed (The Hindu)

  • 08 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Multidimensional Poverty Index exaggerates the National Democratic Alliance’s success in fighting deprivation.

Context:

  • Some critics argue that the initiatives undertaken by the NDA Government might not have comprehensively tackled the various dimensions of poverty.
  • Additionally, there are concerns that the reported successes may not be accurately reflected in the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI), raising questions about its alignment with the ground reality of deprivation.
  • It is crucial to delve deeper into the methodologies and criteria employed for measuring multidimensional poverty to ascertain their resonance with the nuanced challenges confronted by the population.
  • Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen introduced a comprehensive and innovative outlook on well-being, emphasizing capabilities and functionings, commonly referred to as the capability approach.

What is Amartya Sen's Capability Approach?

  • Amartya Sen's Capability Approach serves as a normative framework for assessing individual well-being and societal arrangements.
    • Rather than focusing on happiness, preferences, or resources, this approach directs attention to the genuine opportunities and freedoms available to individuals in realizing lives aligned with their values.
  • Sen's Capability Approach comprises two central elements: functionings and capabilities.
    • Functionings represent valuable states of being and doing that an individual can attain, such as good health, education, or social engagement.
    • On the other hand, capabilities encompass the array of alternative functionings that individuals can choose from within their personal and social contexts.
  • Illustratively, an individual's capability may extend to being either well-nourished or undernourished, contingent upon factors like access to food and dietary choices.
    • Sen argues that the capability approach offers a superior means of evaluating human welfare compared to other approaches like utilitarianism and resourcism, which he deems either excessively narrow or insufficiently attuned to the diversity and intricacy of human experiences.
  • Utilitarianism centres around choices leading to the greatest happiness or satisfaction of desires, while resourcism concerns the distribution of resources like income, wealth, or goods in society.
    • According to Sen, the ultimate aim of development should be the expansion of people's capabilities, surpassing mere considerations of income or utilities.
  • Amartya Sen's Capability Approach has notably influenced the development of the Human Development Index.

What is the Human Development Index (HDI)?

  • HDI serves as a statistical tool employed to assess a country's overall achievements across its social and economic dimensions.
  • It is published by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP).
  • It stands as the second most widely utilized indicator for gauging economic progress, following national income statistics (GDP).
  • Components: HDI comprises three key components, namely:
    • Health, quantified by life expectancy at birth;
    • Education, determined by a combination of mean years of schooling and expected years of schooling; and
    • Income, evaluated by gross national income per capita (at purchasing power parity).
  • Calculation: The ultimate score is computed as a geometric mean of the aforementioned three categories.

What is the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI)?

  • The Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) is an indicator of poverty that takes into account diverse aspects of well-being, extending beyond monetary considerations or income alone.
    • Originating from collaborative efforts between the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI) and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), the MPI offers a holistic perspective on poverty by incorporating a range of factors contributing to deprivation.
  • In assessing poverty, the MPI identifies individuals or households as multidimensionally poor when they experience deprivation across various indicators within different dimensions of well-being.
    • These dimensions typically encompass health, education, and the standard of living. By considering a broad spectrum of factors, the MPI provides a nuanced and comprehensive understanding of poverty.

What is the Current Status of MPI?

  • Regrettably, the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) has chosen to adopt a capabilities-based approach to formulate a comprehensive measure of human development, applying uniform weights to the three primary components—health, education, and standard of living, along with their sub-indices.
    • Under this methodology, both NITI Aayog and the UNDP recently released the National Multidimensional Poverty Index/MPI: A Progress Review 2023, mirrored in the UNDP Report titled "Making Our Future: New Directions for Human Development in Asia and the Pacific," unveiled on November 7, 2023.
  • However, these reports share the same shortcomings as the UNDP human development index, primarily stemming from aggregation with uniform weighting.
    • Notably, the narrative surrounding the MPI exacerbates these distortions.
  • Surprisingly, the MPI 2023 estimates indicate a nearly halved value for India's national MPI and a decline from 24.85% to 14.96% between 2015-16 and 2019-21.
    • This substantial reduction of 9.89 percentage points suggests that approximately 135.5 million people have transitioned out of poverty during this period.
    • Furthermore, the intensity of poverty, gauging the average deprivation among individuals in multidimensional poverty, decreased from 47.14% to 44.39%.

Why the Reduction in MPI Numbers Under the Current Government is Flawed?

  • Misleading and Inadequate Information: The MPI relies on data from the National Family Health Surveys (NFHS) 4 and 5, which are deemed insufficiently detailed for accurate estimation.
    • NFHS 5 data is particularly questionable due to its suppression, driven by discrepancies in open defecation estimates conflicting with official claims of complete elimination.
  • Ideally, combining NFHS 4 and 5 with the 75th Round of the National Sample Survey (NSS) on household consumption expenditure should have provided a more comprehensive perspective.
    • However, this was abandoned as leaked poverty estimates indicated an increase.
  • Compounding the skepticism is the profound impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020-21.
    • The widespread loss of livelihoods, reverse migration fatalities, and inadequate access to vaccines and medical care have created a substantial economic shock, hindering India's recovery.
    • For instance, GDP growth has plummeted from 8% in 2015-16 to 3.78% in 2019-20, reaching -6.60% in 2020-21, along with a decline in per capita income.
  • Greater Emphasis on Covariates: Comparing the elasticities of MPI with respect to various covariates reveals that the most significant reduction in MPI is attributed to higher State per capita income.
    • However, due to a drastic income decrease, MPI has spiked.
    • Urban location follows in importance, with a 1% increase resulting in a 0.90% MPI increase, reflecting the challenges associated with rural-urban migration and the growth of substandard living conditions.
  • Both healthcare and education expenditure are associated with lower MPI, with education exhibiting a higher elasticity, implying that a 1% increase in education spending reduces MPI more than a comparable increase in healthcare spending.
  • Reduction Between 2015 and 2019-21 is Considerably Lower than the Official Estimate:
    • Some research suggests that the reduction between 2015 and 2019-21 is notably lower than the official estimate, standing at 4.7 percentage points compared to the reported 9.89 percentage points.
    • A selective review of MPI estimates indicates a rise in poverty in Uttar Pradesh, India's most populous state, by over seven percentage points.
    • Among states that went to elections in November (Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, Mizoram, Rajasthan, and Telangana), MPI fell in Chhattisgarh (by over six percentage points), in Rajasthan (by two percentage points), and significantly in Madhya Pradesh (by about eight percentage points).

What Steps Should Be Taken in order to Improve MPI?

  • Adjustment for Income Variability: Given the substantial decrease in State per capita income causing a surge in MPI, consider implementing mechanisms to account for income fluctuations.
    • This may involve incorporating smoothing techniques or introducing a lagged income variable to capture economic effects over time.
  • Dynamic Impact of Urban-Rural Migration: Recognize the dynamic impact of factors on urban locations, particularly in light of the reverse migration during the COVID-19 pandemic.
    • Develop models that reflect changing patterns of rural-urban migration and its influence on living conditions and MPI.
  • Focus on Education Expenditure: Emphasize expenditure on education, as both healthcare and education spending are linked to lower MPI.
    • Notably, the elasticity of education is higher, suggesting that a 1% increase in education reduces MPI more than a comparable increase in healthcare.
    • Given the reported decline in state-level educational expenditure, a rise in MPI is likely.
  • Mitigate the Impact of MPs with Criminal Cases: Recognize and address the correlation between the share of Members of Parliament with criminal cases and higher MPI.
    • Explore strategies such as policy initiatives to curb corruption, enhance transparency, and address challenges posed by criminal elements within legislative bodies.
    • Studies indicate that when the share of MPs with criminal cases exceeds 20%, the MPI tends to be higher.
  • Sensitivity Analysis: Conduct sensitivity analyses to test the robustness of the MPI model.
    • This involves varying key parameters to understand how changes in inputs impact results, providing insights into the stability and reliability of MPI calculations.
  • Policy Recommendations: Utilize findings to inform policy recommendations targeting identified drivers of poverty.
    • Advocate for policies promoting income stability, targeted investments in education and healthcare, and measures to combat corruption and criminality within legislative bodies.

Conclusion

Enhancing the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) requires proactive measures. Addressing income variability, acknowledging dynamic urban-rural migration impacts, and prioritizing education expenditure is pivotal. Additionally, mitigating the influence of MPs with criminal cases and conducting sensitivity analyses for robustness are essential steps. Ultimately, informed policy recommendations should focus on promoting income stability, targeted investments in education and healthcare, and tackling corruption to advance holistic poverty reduction strategies.

ECI members to have the same status as SC judges: Why Govt has chosen to make U-turn on proposed Bill (Indian Express)

  • 13 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Following protests by former Chief Election Commissioners (CECs) and Opposition parties, the Centre on Tuesday moved amendments which sought to retain the status of the Election Commissioners (ECs) on par with Supreme Court Judges.

Context:

  • In response to protests from former Chief Election Commissioners (CECs) and Opposition parties, the Centre introduced amendments on Tuesday aiming to preserve the equivalence of status for Election Commissioners (ECs) with Supreme Court Judges.
    • Earlier, the Chief Election Commissioner and Other Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Service and Term of Office) Bill, 2023, first introduced in Rajya Sabha on August 10, had sought to downgrade their salaries, perks and allowances, aligning them with those of a Cabinet Secretary.
  • The Bill, along with the amendments, was discussed and passed by voice vote in just over four hours in Rajya Sabha on Tuesday, after the Opposition staged a walkout.
    • The Bill is yet to be introduced in Lok Sabha.
  • The Bill regulates the appointment of the CEC and two ECs by constituting a three-member selection committee comprising the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Opposition and a Cabinet Minister.
    • Till now, the CEC and ECs were appointed by the President on the advice of the government, as there was no law enacted for the purpose.

Key Highlights of the New Bill:

  • Exclusion of CJI and Inclusion of Cabinet Minister: The bill proposes the removal of the Chief Justice of India from the selection panel, replacing the position with a Cabinet Minister nominated by the Prime Minister.
    • The Leader of Opposition in Lok Sabha is designated as a member of the selection committee.
  • Selection Criteria: The Election Commission of India (ECI) will comprise a Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and other Election Commissioners (ECs) selected from individuals who have held a position equivalent to Secretary to the Government of India.
    • Emphasis on integrity, knowledge, and experience in election management.
  • Selection Process: A Search Committee, led by the Law Minister, will propose a list of names to the selection committee.
    • The Selection Committee, chaired by the Prime Minister, includes the Leader of Opposition or the leader of the largest Opposition party in Lok Sabha, and a Cabinet Minister appointed by the Prime Minister.
    • The Selection Committee may consider individuals beyond the Search Committee's recommendations.
  • Terms and Tenure: The term of CEC and ECs remains at 6 years or until the age of 65, whichever comes earlier.
    • The salary of CEC and ECs aligns with that of a Supreme Court judge.
  • Repeal of 1991 Act: The bill repeals the Election Commission (Conditions of Service of Election Commissioners and Transaction of Business) Act, 1991, which guided the functioning of the ECI.
  • Decision-Making within ECI: Business of the ECI should ideally be conducted unanimously; in case of a difference of opinion, the majority's decision prevails.
  • Removal Process: CEC's removal aligns with the procedure and grounds applicable to a Supreme Court judge.
    • Removal of election commissioners is subject to the recommendation of the CEC.
  • Protection Clause: The bill introduces a provision safeguarding current and former CECs and election commissioners from civil or criminal proceedings related to their official duties.

The Supreme Court's Stance on Election Commission Appointments:

  • A Constitution Bench comprising five judges addressed multiple petitions advocating a selection process akin to that of the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) Director.
  • In March 2023, the Court unanimously criticized the existing system where the Centre appoints members of the election watchdog.
  • Citing Article 324(2) of the Constitution, the Court urged Parliament to enact legislation specifying the criteria for selection, terms of service, and tenure for the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs).
  • Pending legislative action, the apex court constituted a panel consisting of the Prime Minister, the Chief Justice of India, and the leader of the opposition to carry out these appointments.

What happens now?

  • Since no vacancy has emerged in the ECI since the Supreme Court order of March, no appointments have been made through the mechanism laid down by the court.
    • The next vacancy is expected to arise in February 2024, when EC Anup Chandra Pandey will retire.
  • Meanwhile, the amendments that are set to be moved by Law Minister are expected to restore the equivalence with a Supreme Court judge.
  • According to the amendments proposed by the Minister, the status of the EC would be kept the same as that of a Supreme Court judge, with the same salary, dearness allowance and leave encashment rules.

Election Commission of India (ECI):

  • The Election Commission of India (ECI) is an independent and permanent constitutional body entrusted with the responsibility of conducting impartial and transparent elections in India.
  • Constitutionally empowered, the ECI oversees and directs elections for Parliament, state legislatures, the president, and the vice-president of India.

Key Functions of the ECI:

  • Delimiting electoral constituencies nationwide.
  • Regularly updating and revising electoral rolls, enrolling eligible voters.
  • Announcing election schedules, scrutinizing nomination papers, and fixing election dates.
  • Granting recognition to political parties and allocating election symbols.
  • Advisory role in post-election disqualification matters for sitting members.
  • Enforcing the Model Code of Conduct during elections to prevent unfair practices.

Composition:

  • Comprising a Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and two Election Commissioners (ECs).

Appointment Process:

  • The President appoints the CEC and ECs under Article 324(2), based on the advice of the Union Council of Ministers led by the Prime Minister.

Tenure and Conditions:

  • Commissioners serve a term of 6 years or until age 65, whichever is earlier, with conditions similar to a Supreme Court judge.

Removal Safeguards:

  • The CEC enjoys security of tenure, removable only in the same manner and on the same grounds as a Supreme Court judge. Other commissioners can be removed on the CEC's recommendation.

 

That many of these unapproved or banned FDCs contain antibiotics is cause for concern given the growing antibacterial microbial resistance in India (The Hindu)

  • 09 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

A group of academics from India, Qatar and the United Kingdom recently published a worrying new study in the Journal of Pharmaceutical Policy and Practice on the volume of unapproved and even banned fixed dose combinations (FDC) of antibiotics being sold in India.

News Summary:

  • In the Journal of Pharmaceutical Policy and Practice, a group of academics from India, Qatar, and the United Kingdom recently released a concerning new study on the amount of antibiotics that are being sold in India that are not allowed or even prohibited as fixed dosage combinations (FDCs).
  • The analysis, which makes use of pharmaceutical industry sales data, shows that in 2020, 60.5% of FDCs containing antibiotics (or 239 formulations) were unapproved, and another 9.9% containing 39 formulations were being distributed in the nation even though they were prohibited.
  • The fact that antibiotics are present in so many of these illicit or prohibited FDCs is concerning given the rising incidence of antimicrobial microbial resistance (AMR) in India.

What are the Fixed Dose Combinations (FDCs) Drugs?

  • FDCs are combinations of one or more known drugs and can be useful in treating some diseases since the combination can improve patient compliance.
    • For instance, if a patient has to take three different medications for a particular treatment, she may forget to take one.
    • But if all three medications are combined into one tablet or one syrup, the chance of her forgetting to take one or two of the drugs is reduced.
  • For diseases such as AIDS, it is well documented that FDCs have proven to be very useful in improving patient compliance, which at the end of the day improves treatment outcomes.

Concerns with FDCs Drugs?

  • Making FDCs is not an easy job, even though most consist of drugs with known safety and efficacy profiles.
  • All drugs have side effects. When formulated together, there is a possibility that the active ingredient or excipients (inactive ingredients) may affect how each drug functions.
    • For example, the drugs may interact in a way to reduce the therapeutic efficacy of each active ingredient, or, worse, the drugs may interact with each other to create a more toxic element, often called metabolites.
  • This is why all FDCs must go through a scientifically designed approval process where such interactions can be evaluated.

Advantages of Fixed Dose Combinations:

  • FDCs increase patient adherence, streamline treatment, and optimize the advantages of the combined therapeutic actions of the two medications.
  • Treatment for infectious diseases: A significant portion of India's population is afflicted with infectious diseases.
    • FDCs are very helpful in the treatment of infectious disorders when it is customary to administer numerous antimicrobial drugs, such as HIV, malaria, and tuberculosis.
    • Additionally useful in chronic diseases, FDCs are especially beneficial when co-occurring disorders are common.
  • Affordability and accessibility: FDCs have particular benefits over single entity preparations, including improved efficacy, a lower likelihood of side effects, potentially lower costs, and easier distribution logistics that are pertinent to resource-constrained scenarios like those in India.

Challenges Associated with Fixed-Dose Combinations (FDCs):

  • Increased Risk of Side Effects: Combining multiple active ingredients in FDC drugs heightens the risk of adverse drug interactions and increases susceptibility to side effects.
  • Patients may exhibit heightened sensitivity or allergic reactions to specific components, posing challenges in identification and management due to the fixed combination.
    • For instance, a single FDC drug containing Paracetamol, Bromhexine, Phenylephrine, Chlorpheniramine, and Guaiphenesin may elevate the risk of side effects like drowsiness, dizziness, and increased blood pressure.
  • Regulatory Challenges: Regulating FDC drugs prove challenging due to the complexities associated with evaluating the safety and efficacy of multiple active ingredients in a single formulation.
    • Maintaining quality control and standardization for FDC drugs becomes more demanding compared to single-component medications.
  • Overuse and Misuse: FDC drugs can contribute to the overuse and misuse of medications.
    • Patients might unknowingly consume multiple active ingredients unnecessarily or in inappropriate combinations, leading to potential health risks.
  • Lack of Evidence-based Clinical Data: Approval of some FDC drugs may be based on limited or insufficient clinical evidence supporting their efficacy and safety profiles.
    • The absence of robust scientific data raises concerns about the appropriateness and reliability of FDC drugs for specific medical conditions.

Why are FDCs banned in India?

  • Patients may not need that many drugs; thus, they are subjected to additional side effects.
  • Some drug doses have to be individualized based on the patient's condition.
    • This is not possible when using FDCs.
  • Some companies have been selling FDCs in India under this pretext without consulting the central government, as seen with the cefixime-azithromycin combination, which has already been banned.
  • These non-essential FDCs, therefore, do more harm than good by encouraging irrational and indiscriminate prescribing of multiple drugs than necessary.

Some Examples of (Banned Fixed-Dose Combination) Drugs in India:

  • Fixed dose combination of Aceclofenac + Paracetamol + Rabeprazole
  • Fixed dose combination of Nimesulide + Diclofenac
  • Fixed dose combination of Nimesulide + Cetirizine + Caffeine

How is the Pharmaceutical Industry Exploiting Loopholes in India's Legal Framework?

  • Pharmaceutical companies in India use these FDCs to escape liability under multiple laws without much concern for public health.
    • One such law is the Drugs (Prices Control) Order (DPCO), under which the government fixes the prices of individual drugs.
    • Since drug combinations were traditionally not covered under the DPCO, the pharmaceutical industry decided that making FDCs provided an easy way to escape the remit of the DPCO.
  • Motivated solely by market-driven pragmatism rather than a commitment to public health, the Indian pharmaceutical industry introduced an extensive array of FDCs lacking any discernible medical rationale.
    • For example, anti-inflammatory drugs were combined with vitamins, anti-histamines were combined with anti-diarrhoeal agents, penicillin was combined with sulphonamides, and vitamins were combined with analgesics.
  • These were combinations not found in any other country.

The pharmaceutical industry benefited in two ways.

  • Firstly, the wide range of FDCs in the market meant no standards were set by bodies like the Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, shielding manufacturers from quality testing and potential legal consequences.
    • Essentially, the pharmaceutical industry could dictate its testing standards when FDCs were sampled for government testing.
  • Second, the FDC approach provides companies with a justification for higher drug prices. For instance, if multiple companies sell azithromycin individually, they must compete and lower prices.
    • However, combining it with another drug in an FDC allows them to market it as a unique solution, justifying higher prices until competitors introduce similar products.
    • This system rewards pseudo-innovation rather than true medical breakthroughs, allowing dubious FDCs to command elevated prices, supported by doctors who may presume regulatory oversight.

Is there any Regulatory Framework Addressing the Issue of FDCs?

  • The FDC problem has been on the regulatory radar since 1978 when the first government committee studied the issue and admitted that we had a problem on our hands.
  • At the time, there was no system under the colonial-era Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 to vet drugs for safety and efficacy before their sale in India.
  • This meant that each State drug controller could hand out manufacturing licences for any drug formulation and there was little that the central government could do to stop their sale.
  • In 1982, Parliament changed the law to give the central government the power to “prohibit” the manufacture of specific drugs that lack therapeutic value or justification.
  • Later in 1988, the central government amended the rules to introduce a new requirement for manufacturers of all “new drugs”, including FDCs, to submit proof of safety and efficacy to the Drugs Controller General of India (DCGI) who heads the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO).
  • These amendments also made it clear that State drug controllers could not grant “manufacturing licences” for “new drugs” that are not approved for safety and efficacy by the DCGI.

Is Unabated Licensing Undermining FDC Regulation in India?

  • Despite clear legal provisions, State drug controllers continue to overlook regulations, issuing manufacturing licenses for Fixed-Dose Combinations (FDCs) not approved by the DCGI with impunity.
    • Manufacturers selling these unapproved FDCs technically expose themselves to prosecution by the Central government for violating the law.
  • Rather than pursuing criminal prosecutions, the Ministry of Health is engaged in a reactive approach, frequently utilizing its powers under Section 26A to prohibit the manufacturing of specific FDCs.
    • Since 1983, 444 orders have been issued under this provision, primarily targeting FDCs. Many of these orders have become entangled in intricate legal disputes, with inconsistent court decisions further complicating the regulatory landscape.

Conclusion

The fact that these academics have discovered 239 unapproved FDCs being sold in 2020 in just one category of FDCs more than 42 years after the problem was first flagged is an astonishing indictment of the incompetence of the drug regulatory framework in India. As they point out in their paper, unregulated FDCs may end up contributing to the AMR problem in India. The Ministry of Health needs to take immediate action.

Today, India is poised at the moment and GDP that China was in in 2007. Does it have the same gumption? (Indian Express)

  • 14 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

If India slowly but steadily raises its development cooperation budget to less than 0.5 per cent of its GDP by 2030, it will still have put around $70 billion into the global system. India is already the voice of the Global South; it will become the bank of the Global South.

Context:

  • In 2007, China's GDP stood at approximately $3.6 trillion. Fast-forward to the present, India's GDP has reached $3.7 trillion or potentially more, framing a significant context for a crucial juncture in Indian diplomacy under the current leadership.
  • As India wraps up its transformative diplomatic year in 2023, highlighted by its G20 presidency, it becomes imperative to reflect on the geopolitical lessons drawn from China's rise post the 2008 financial crisis.

Global South and India:

  • Global South represent a group of countries primarily located in Asia, Africa, and Latin America which are referred to as "developing" or "underdeveloped".
    • Global North on the other hand is completely opposite to this- developed, high per capita income, higher life expectancy and having a strong voice in various multilateral organizations.

Significance of the Global South:

  • Economic Projections: By 2030, three out of the four largest economies are anticipated to emerge from the Global South (China, India, Japan, Indonesia).
  • BRICS Dominance: The GDP of BRICS nations, measured in terms of purchasing power, now surpasses that of the G7 countries.
  • Increased Intra-South Trade: Intra-South trade has surged, constituting over a quarter of global trade.
  • Addressing Global Challenges: Collaborating with Global South nations is crucial for tackling issues like climate change, inequality, malnutrition, and energy security.
  • Foreign Direct Investment: Outflows of foreign direct investment from the South contribute significantly to global flows.

India's Initiatives as a Global South Leader:

  • Multilateral Reforms: India advocates for the reform of multilateral institutions to enhance inclusivity.
  • Aarogya Maitri Project: Providing medical supplies to disaster-affected countries.
  • Global South Diplomacy: Initiatives like the Global South Young Diplomat Forum and the Global South Centre of Excellence for R&D.
  • Educational Support: Offering Global South Scholarships for students pursuing higher education in India.
  • While India possesses the potential and political will to lead the Global South, it must also strive to narrow the gap between the Global North and South, aligning with its vision of 'Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam'—The World is One Family."

The Rise of China to Geoeconomic Prominence: An Analysis

  • China's Strategic Moves During the Financial Crisis: Back in 2007, China had not yet achieved the geo-economic prominence it now holds.
    • However, despite having a GDP lower than India's today, it swiftly emerged as a pivotal nation during the global financial crisis in 2008.
  • Countries worldwide sought to deepen their ties with China, aiming to secure a special standing in their diplomatic relations with the People's Republic.
  • China's strategic advantage lies in its provision of institutional and geo-economic responses.
    • These responses included the establishment of a development bank, the initiation of a cross-continental lending program, and the catalyzation of infrastructure projects without the legacy constraints associated with Western agencies.
    • This marked the beginning of what later evolved into the Belt and Road Initiative.
  • China's Role as a Crucial Non-Western Alternative: In 2008, China capitalized on its economic potential to amass significant economic and political influence, a position it has maintained ever since.
  • This was achieved by positioning itself as a vital addition to the global order.
    • While the US grappled with post-crisis recovery and the Eurozone faced internal challenges, China emerged as a symbol of stability and economic dynamism.
  • The world, in search of an extra engine for growth and an additional source of investment, welcomed China as a crucial alternative outside the Western world.
  • Hence, China's adept strategic manoeuvres not only offered a remedy during the financial crisis but also solidified its status as an indispensable centre of geopolitical power on the global stage.

Does India Possess Enough Resources to Continue China's Ascent the Path?

  • Unleashing India's Potential for Global Influence: India is in a similar position and has a comparable GDP. This is the foundation that Indians must comprehend in order to grasp their current position in the world as we approach 2024.
  • Recent history shows us that a $4 trillion economy, comparable to India's, can have a significant impact.
  • It can make a place for itself beside economies that are four or five times larger than its own, such as the US, the EU, and China, with foresight and deft diplomacy.
  • A Unique Opportunity for India: In 2024, as Europe stagnates, the US withdraws, and China faces internal issues and sees a nominal decline in its share of the global economy, there is real potential for India.

What Additional Advantages India Can Provide Along China's Lines?

  • Momentum-Focused Additionalities: Unlike China's case, India's aspirations for additionalities require momentum more than extraordinariness.
    • With its trajectory set on a green and digital future, in contrast to China's manufacturing dominance, India aims to leverage its $4 trillion economy to wield influence comparable to a $15 trillion economy.
  • Systematic Approach to Additionalities: India's quest for additionalities should emulate China's approach from 15 years ago, emphasizing a systematic roadmap.
    • This roadmap, outlining India's unique proposition, signals that its economy is positioned to exert significant influence globally.
  • Dedicated Development Finance Institution: To meet global corporate needs beyond trade finance, India should establish an outward-focused development finance corporation, mirroring China's China Development Bank.
    • This institution should carry a distinct global imagery and play a pivotal role as a major source of development finance.
  • Strategic External Engagement: Collaborating with like-minded partners, India should strategically map priority infrastructure, connectivity routes, business hubs, and developmental projects.
    • This external engagement approach aligns with the vision for India's global role and positions 2024 as the year to articulate a comprehensive world map reflecting this vision.

Priorities for India's Upcoming Government in the Years Ahead:

  • Information Technology (IT) and Innovation: Demonstrate India’s global potential, following the model set by China in 2007 and during the 2008 financial crisis.
    • Leverage the established status as a global IT hub to propel software services and technology exports to new heights.
  • Entrepreneurship and Start-ups: Sustain and enhance the flourishing start-up ecosystem through supportive policies and funding.
    • Capitalize on the growing number of Unicorns (over 100) as a testament to India's entrepreneurial prowess.
  • Strategic Location: Leverage India's strategic geographical location as a gateway between the Middle East, Europe, and Asia for enhanced international trade.
    • Strengthen India's role in the India-Middle East Europe corridor, offering an alternative trade route to the Middle East and Europe.
  • Key Reforms and Policies: Continue the momentum of economic reforms aimed at improving the business environment and ease of doing business.
    • Build on initiatives such as Make in India and Goods and Services Tax (GST) to streamline processes and stimulate economic activity.
    • These strategic focus areas can propel India’s global standing, foster innovation, and contribute to sustained economic growth.

As India enters a transformative phase in 2024, its capacity to translate economic momentum into global influence becomes pivotal for its role in the changing geopolitical scenario.

Drawing insights from China's ascent, a strategic roadmap, systematic methodologies, and visionary diplomacy emerge as crucial elements for reshaping the global order.

India's trajectory toward becoming the bank of the Global South hinges on its ability to contribute significantly to global growth, institutions, and security through strategic additions.

 

Manipur's UNLF Signs Peace Pact with Govt. (The Hindu)

  • 30 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Union and Manipur governments have signed a peace agreement with the United National Liberation Front (UNLF), a banned Meitei extremist organisation which is also the oldest armed group based in the Manipur valley, Union Home Minister Amit Shah said on Wednesday.

News Summary:

  • Manipur's oldest valley-based armed group UNLF that has been fighting for a sovereign land following the post-independence merger of the erstwhile kingdom with India has now signed a tripartite peace deal with Centre and the Manipur Govt.
  • It is a significant step towards lasting peace in Manipur, which shares a long border with junta-ruled Myanmar and serves as India's main surface transport gateway to Southeast Asia, thus playing a key role in national security.
  • The Centre in the announcement of the peace agreement described the UNLF as a "valley-based" armed group to indicate its origins in the state capital Imphal Valley and other districts not classified as hill areas.
  • Similarly, at least 25 hill-based insurgent groups are already under a tripartite peace deal called the suspension of operations (SoO) agreement.

Key Highlights of the Peace Deal:

  • While the details of the deal haven't been disclosed publicly, experts indicate that the current agreement predominantly revolves around the suspension of operations (SoO).
  • This means that both the UNLF and security forces will refrain from engaging in operations against each other.
  • In the upcoming stages, specific areas will be designated to establish camps for UNLF within the valley.
  • In these camps, UNLF members will reside alongside their arms and ammunition, all supervised by the Manipur government and armed forces.
  • The discussions for a comprehensive peace accord between the government and UNLF will persist, with the focus on advancing after the successful implementation of the SoO arrangements.

What is the United National Liberation Front (UNLF)?

  • Formation: The UNLF was formed in November 1964 by Khalanlang Kamei as president, Thangkhopao Singsit as vice president, and A Somarendro Singh as general secretary.
  • It set up its armed wing the Manipur Peoples' Army (MPA) in February 1990.
  • Objectives: The UNLF favoured a long-term program to secede from India under the leadership of Arembam Samarendra Singh, form an alliance mainly with China and gradually capture political power with the help of an indoctrinated young population and the intelligentsia.
  • It aimed at reclaiming the Kabow Valley in Myanmar.
  • Personnel And Weapons: The UNLF split into two factions due to internal differences.
  • Jointly, the two factions are estimated to have 400-500 personnel with over 500 weapons of mixed types.
  • Links With Other Valley-Based Armed Groups: The UNLF was a constituent of the Coordination Committee, known as CorCom, which is an umbrella body of earlier six and currently four groups - RPF/PLA, PREPAK, and PREPAK/PRO.
  • The UNLF is an "unlawful association" under the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act.
  • The UNLF had been carrying out its activities, including violence and propaganda jointly in consultation with the other constituents of CorCom.
  • The close association of these constituents was one of the reasons for valley-based armed groups not responding to offers of coming overground and joining the mainstream.
  • Areas Of Operation: All valley districts of Manipur - Imphal East, Imphal West, Thoubal, Bishnupur, Jiribam, and Kakching, and some Kuki and Vapiphei-dominated villages in the hill districts of Manipur.
  • The UNLF's camps, training centers, hideouts, and safehouses are in the Sagaing region of Chin State and Rakhine State in Myanmar.
  • The UNLF had been able to operate freely within Myanmar allegedly due to its close links with officials of the Myanmar military.
  • Linkages and Front Organisations: The UNLF, being the oldest valley-based armed group, had wielded a significant influence on public issues.
  • Most of the impact was through the front organisations that it used to mobilise public protests on key matters.
  • Return To Mainstream: The senior leaders of the UNLF responded favourably to the Centre's offer to join the mainstream for the first time in 2020.
  • More than 400 personnel with an equal number of weapons joined the peace process, which will have a significant impact on the security scenario of Manipur and the northeast region.

Insurgency in Manipur:

  • Manipur is currently experiencing an armed conflict between India and various separatist rebel groups.
  • This insurgency is a part of the broader Insurgency in Northeast India, encompassing aspects of both a national liberation war and an ethnic conflict.
  • Historical Background of Manipur: Post the brief Anglo-Manipur War of 1891, the Kingdom of Manipur came under British rule and became a British protectorate.
  • In October 1949, Manipur joined India and achieved separate statehood in 1972.
  • Rise of Insurgency: Manipur's integration into India led to the emergence of several insurgent organizations advocating for an independent state within Manipur's borders, rejecting the merger with India as involuntary.
  • The insurgency issue arose in the late 1960s and 1970s, contrasting with the peaceful merger period.
  • The United National Liberation Front (UNLF), the first separatist faction, was established in November 1964.
  • Currently, the region faces challenges from multiple insurgent groups.

What are the Factors Behind the Rise of Insurgency in Manipur?

  • Forced Merger with India: The roots of separatist insurgency in Manipur can be traced to perceived discontent arising from the alleged "forced" merger of Manipur with the Union of India.
  • The delay in granting full-fledged statehood further fueled dissatisfaction.
  • Despite merging in 1949, Manipur attained statehood only in 1972.
  • Rise of Militancy: Subsequent years witnessed the formation of various militant groups, including the People’s Liberation Army (PLA), People’s Revolutionary Party of Kangleipak (PREPAK), Kangleipak Communist Party (KCP), and Kanglei Yawol Kanna Lup (KYKL). These valley-based outfits advocate for an independent Manipur.
  • Ethnic Conflict: Despite the hills comprising nine-tenths of Manipur's geographical area, they are sparsely populated.
  • The majority of the state's population resides in the valley, with the Meitei community dominating.
  • While the surrounding hill districts are inhabited by Nagas and Kukis.
  • Ethnic clashes between Nagas and Kukis in the early 1990s led to the formation of several Kuki insurgent groups.
  • Over time, their demand shifted from a separate Kuki state to a Territorial Council.
  • This conflict's continuation gave rise to smaller outfits like the Zeliangrong United Front (ZUF), People’s United Liberation Front (PULF), and other splinter groups.
  • Greater Nagalim Demand: The Nagalim or Greater Nagaland demand encompasses Naga-inhabited areas of Manipur, while the Meitis strive to preserve the historical integrity of a single geographic entity that has endured for centuries.
  • Insufficient Socio-Economic Progress: Due to its challenging topography, the state has faced persistent challenges in achieving economic development and socio-economic transformation.
  • Throughout the years, persistent corruption, fund mismanagement, and the neglect to empower the general populace have contributed to a growing sense of discontent.

What are the Steps Taken by the Government?

Military Measures:

  • AFSPA Implementation: In 1980, the entire Manipur was declared a "disturbed area," prompting the imposition of the contentious Armed Forces Special Powers Act (AFSPA).
  • This act, aimed at suppressing insurgency, remains in effect to date.
  • Operation All Clear: The Assam Rifles and the army executed "Operation All Clear" in the hill areas, neutralizing many militant hideouts.
  • However, some relocated to the valley.

Ceasefire Arrangements:

  • In 1997, the National Socialist Council of Nagaland-IM (Isak-Muivah) initiated a ceasefire agreement with the Government of India, and ongoing peace talks persisted.
  • Kuki Outfits: Under the Kuki National Organisation (KNO) and United People’s Front (UPF), Kuki outfits signed tripartite Suspension of Operation (SoO) pacts with the Governments of India and Manipur on August 22, 2008.
  • Some smaller outfits have entered SoO agreements with the state government, leading to rehabilitation programs.
  • Valley-Based Militant Outfits: Significant valley-based militant groups like UNLF, PLA, and KYKL, among others, have not yet participated in negotiations with the government.

What is the Current Situation?

  • One faction of the UNLF, led by Koireng, remains resistant to engaging in talks.
  • Withdrawal from Suspension of Operations (SoO): In 2008, a tripartite Suspension of Operations (SoO) agreement involving the Centre, Manipur state, and Kuki-Zomi insurgent groups was established.
  • The primary goal was to facilitate political dialogue. However, in March 2023, the Manipur government withdrew from the agreement with the Zomi Revolutionary Army and the Kuki National Army.
  • The decision was attributed to their alleged influence in fostering agitation among forest encroachers.

Way Forward

  • Effective Border Management: Prior to implementing any counter-insurgency policies or operations, proper management of the Indo-Myanmar international border is imperative.
  • Promoting Economic Development: Following good governance, economic development should be pursued through participation from government, semi-government, and private entrepreneurship.
  • Establishing Good Governance: Instituting good governance in the state necessitates a transparent government, a fair judiciary system, adherence to the rule of law, and ensuring basic amenities like hospitals, schools, and police stations.
  • Political sincerity and equitable fund distribution for both valley and hill development are crucial.
  • Community Engagement: Enhancing connectivity and interaction among Manipur's diverse communities and mainland India is vital for fostering national integration.
  • Utilizing Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), women's associations and cultural programs can play a significant role in rebuilding confidence among the valley and hill populations.

RBI Increases Risk Weights on Unsecured Loans (Business Standard)

  • 29 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Context:

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) recently issued regulatory measures to banks and NBFCs to increase risk weights associated with consumer credit and bank credit by an additional 25 percentage points.
  • Currently, at 100% risk weight, loans to consumers will see an increase to 125%, excluding loans for housing, education, vehicles, and against gold.
  • This would be applicable to unsecured personal loans, credit cards, and lending to NBFCs.
  • The directions are expected to result in higher capital requirements for lenders and thereby, an increase in lending rates for consumers.

What is ‘Risk Weights'?

  • Risk weight is capital required to be set aside, stipulated by the Reserve Bank of India for Banks, or National Housing Bank for housing finance companies, that has to be made by banks for giving the loan.
  • In other words, it is the amount (depicted as a percentage of loan disbursed) that institutions need to set aside for assets.
  • The risk weight is a function of the risk perception the apex bank has on loans for different sectors.
  • It is applicable to all categories of retail (personal, home, car, and education loans) as well as corporate lending.
  • The one that often impacts borrowers directly, and the most, is the risk weight on home loans.
  • It is an essential tool for banks to manage this risk.

Why do risk weights matter?

  • Risk weights are pivotal in banking regulation, as they dictate the capital set aside for different loan types, reflecting their risk profiles.
  • Unsecured loans, perceived as riskier, have higher weights, thus requiring more capital.
  • Home loans, for instance, attract a risk weight of 35-50%, depending on the size of the loan.
  • In comparison, personal loans will now have a risk weight of 125%.

Why were the Changes by RBI Deemed Necessary?

  • Governor Shaktikanta Das had flagged concerns about the “high growth” in “certain components of consumer credit.” while presenting the monetary policy statement in October this year.
  • He advised banks and NBFCs to “strengthen their internal surveillance mechanisms, address the build-up of risks, if any, and institute suitable safeguards, in their own interest.”
  • The governor said these were being closely monitored by the apex banking regulator for “any signs of incipient stress.”
  • Rating agency Moody’s also put forth that higher risk weights are intended to “dampen lenders’ consumer loan growth appetite.”
  • The unsecured segment, it adds, has grown rapidly in the past few years, exposing financial institutions to a potential spike in credit costs in the event of a sudden economic or interest rate shock.
  • RBI’s latest figures stipulate that unsecured personal loans have increased approximately 23% on a year-over-year basis, as of September 22 this year.
  • Outstanding loans from credit cards increased by about 30% during the same period.
  • Major concerns emerge for loans below Rs 50,000 – these carry the utmost default risk.
  • Delinquencies in this segment stood at 5.4% as of June this year.
  • Ratings agency S&P in their assessment held that borrowers in this segment are often highly leveraged and may have other lending products.
  • According to Moody’s, several NBFCs that until now focused on secured lending categories (such as infrastructure, real estate, and vehicle loans) have pivoted to riskier segments.

What are the main concerns?

  • The primary concerns are about how these changes might affect the amount of money banks have and how well they can make a profit.
  • Having enough money, called capital adequacy, is crucial for banks.
  • It helps them handle unexpected problems or risks in their business without losing too much money.
  • A recent report from S&P, which is a group that studies these things, says that if banks are more careful and focus on managing risks, it could make their loans safer.
  • However, it predicts that a measure called Tier-1 capital adequacy, which is like the best kind of money banks have, might go down a bit—about 60 basis points.
  • This is important because Tier-1 capital helps banks deal with losses right away.
  • S&P thinks that this might make banks that don't have a lot of this kind of money think about getting more.
  • Also, it noticed that government-owned banks generally have less of this important money than big private banks.
  • But, the report says that finance companies might face the biggest impact because they could end up borrowing more from banks, and it might affect how much good money they have.

How It will affect Consumers?

  • As the risk weightage goes up, banks may become more careful about giving loans to consumers, especially those seen as having a higher risk.
  • This could make it harder for some people to get credit cards or personal loans.
  • Even those who still qualify for credit might face stricter terms and conditions.
  • Experts suggest that by increasing the risk weightage, the RBI is trying to handle the increasing number of people not repaying their loans and the risks connected to unsecured loans.
  • Lenders will now have to consider the higher credit risk in this type of loan, which could make lending more expensive.
  • As a result, borrowers taking out these loans may face higher costs.

Way Forward

Banks and NBFCs may need to review their approaches to risk and lending specifically for unsecured loans. This could involve placing greater emphasis on evaluating creditworthiness and exploring alternative strategies to effectively handle risk while still providing loans. Financial institutions might also consider diversifying their loan portfolios by placing more emphasis on secured lending or exploring other creditworthy segments. This approach aims to balance the effects of the heightened risk-weighting associated with unsecured loans.

What is the Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR)?

  • The Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) is a financial metric used to evaluate a bank's stability and risk management.
  • Calculated as a percentage, it compares a bank's capital—comprising Tier-1 and Tier-2 capital—to its risk-weighted assets.
  • Tier-1 capital includes core elements like common equity
  • Tier-2 capital consists of supplementary items.
  • Regulatory authorities, such as the RBI, establish minimum CAR requirements to ensure banks can absorb potential losses.
  • A higher CAR reflects greater financial resilience, emphasizing a bank's ability to navigate economic challenges and adhere to regulatory standards.

Rat-Hole Mining in Uttarkashi Tunnel Rescue (Indian Express)

  • 28 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Experts in Uttarakhand have resorted to ‘rat-hole’ mining to help rescue 41 workers trapped inside the collapsed Silkyara tunnel.

Context:

  • Rat hole mining, a controversial and outlaw mining practice is back in the spotlight nearly 9 years after it was banned by the National Green Tribunal (NGT) over severe environmental impacts and unsafe labour conditions.
  • The rat hole mining technique is being used to extract the 41 construction workers trapped inside a collapsed Uttarakhand tunnel after modern machinery failed to execute the rescue operation.
  • The attempt to free 41 trapped workers in the collapsed Silkyara-Barkot tunnel encountered a significant setback as the auger joint of the debris-drilling machine broke.

What is Rat-hole Mining?

  • Rat hole mining is a method of extracting coal from narrow, horizontal seams, prevalent in Meghalaya.
  • The term “rat hole” refers to the narrow pits dug into the ground, typically just large enough for one person to descend and extract coal.
  • Once the pits are dug, miners descend using ropes or bamboo ladders to reach the coal seams.
  • The coal is then manually extracted using primitive tools such as pickaxes, shovels, and baskets.
  • The rat-hole mining is broadly of two types.
  • The first type is a side-cutting procedure, in the side-cutting procedure, narrow tunnels are dug on the hill slopes and workers go inside until they find the coal seam.
  • The coal seam in the hills of Meghalaya is very thin, less than 2 m in most cases.
  • In the other type of rat-hole mining, called box-cutting, a rectangular opening is made, varying from 10 to 100 sqm, and through that a vertical pit is dug, 100 to 400 feet deep.
  • Once the coal seam is found, rat-hole-sized tunnels are dug horizontally through which workers can extract the coal.

Environmental and Safety Concerns Associated with Rat-hole mining:

  • Rat hole mining poses significant safety and environmental hazards.
  • The mines are typically unregulated, lacking safety measures such as proper ventilation, structural support, or safety gear for the workers.
  • Additionally, the mining process can cause land degradation, deforestation, and water pollution.
  • This method of mining has faced severe criticism due to its hazardous working conditions, environmental damage, and numerous accidents leading to injuries and fatalities.
  • Despite attempts by authorities to regulate or ban such practices, they often persist due to economic factors and the absence of viable alternative livelihoods for the local population.

When and Why was Rat-hole Mining Banned?

  • This rat-mining method has faced severe criticism due to its hazardous working conditions, environmental damage, and numerous accidents leading to injuries and fatalities.
  • Experts have opined that the mines are typically unregulated, lacking safety measures such as proper ventilation, structural support, or safety gear for the workers, thereby creating a rather harmful environment for the rat-miners.
  • The National Green Tribunal (NGT) banned the practice in 2014 and retained the ban in 2015.
  • The NGT observed, “It is also informed that there is umpteen number of cases where by virtue of rat-hole mining, during the rainy season, water flooded into the mining areas resulting in the death of many individuals including employees/workers."

How Rat-hole Mining has Helped in Uttarakhand Tunnel Rescue Operation?

  • The state-of-the-art American auger machine drilled roughly 47-48 meters of a horizontal tunnel.
  • After that, it’s driller tool broke inside the drilled passage and authorities said that the damage was beyond repair.
  • The rescue teams then resorted to manual drilling – a safer but time-consuming option. However, they brought in a team of rat hole mining experts who completed the remaining task in less than two days.
  • The rat hole miners went inside the steel pipe being pushed inside the rubble through which trapped workers were pulled out and drilled a horizontal passage.
  • The process was somewhat similar to the digging of a narrow tunnel for coal mining.

What are the Other Methods Used to Rescue the Trapped Workers in the Silkyara Tunnel?

  • Vertical drilling: Vertical drilling is done through a boring machine, digging straight down from the ground using electrical tools and equipment.
  • In the case of the Uttarakhand tunnel collapse, a vertical drill had been boring into the ground and an 800-mm pipe had been inserted to bring out the trapped workers.
  • Auger mining (horizontal drilling): A horizontal auger machine or a directional drill is a specialised tool designed to drill horizontal bores or create underground tunnels without disturbing the ground.
  • These machines are used to lay down water and gas pipes and to dig a tunnel.
  • However, the auger machine in the case of the Uttarakhand tunnel collapse failed to free the trapped workers as it hit metal obstructions and eventually broke down, beyond repair.

What is a Horizontal Auger Machine?

  • A horizontal auger machine, also known as a horizontal boring machine or directional drill, is a specialized tool designed for creating horizontal bores or underground tunnels without causing surface disruption.
  • It typically features a rotating helical screw blade, referred to as an auger, attached to a central shaft or drill, facilitating penetration through rotation.
  • Applications: Widely utilized in construction, utility installations (such as laying pipes or cables), and various infrastructure projects.
  • Working Mechanism: Positioned at the starting point of the bore, often on the surface, the machine comprises a drill head with an auger or a drill string.
  • The rotating auger at the front of the machine cuts through soil, rock, or other underground materials.
  • The rotation is powered by hydraulic or mechanical systems.
  • As the auger progresses, it removes the material from the tunnel.
  • The removal process is usually facilitated by a drilling fluid or mud pumped through the drill string.
  • The drilling fluid serves multiple purposes, including lubricating the drilling process, cooling the cutting head, and transporting excavated material back to the surface.

The President of India Advocates for the “All India Judicial Service” (Indian Express)

  • 27 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

President Draupadi Murmu on Sunday called for the creation of an all-India judicial service to recruit judges, saying this will help make the judiciary diverse by increasing representation from marginalised social groups.

News Summary:

  • President Draupadi Murmu in her inaugural address, advocates for the establishment of an all-India judicial service during the Supreme Court’s Constitution Day celebrations on 26th Nov.
  • November 26th is observed as Constitution Day to commemorate the adoption of the Constitution of India by the Constituent Assembly in 1949.
  • The creation of an all-India judicial service is proposed to diversify the judiciary, increasing representation from marginalized social groups.
  • She also discusses gender and caste representation, emphasizing the need for accessible justice and suggested a merit-based, competitive, and transparent process for recruiting judges from varied backgrounds.
  • The President envisions an all-India judicial service selecting talented individuals from across the country, providing opportunities to less-represented social groups.
  • She calls for removing colonial remnants from all domains as part of India's continued democratization.
  • She highlights India's democratic strides post-independence, celebrating diverse leadership across genders and socially disadvantaged groups.

About All-India Judicial Service:

  • The concept of the All-India Judicial Service was initially introduced in the 14th Report of the Law Commission of India in 1958.
  • This service envisions the central recruitment of district judges through an all-India examination, with subsequent allocation to each state, mirroring the organizational structure of other All-India Services such as IAS and IPS.
  • The primary objective is to establish a transparent and efficient recruitment method, aiming to attract the finest legal talent in India.
  • The idea was again proposed in the Law Commission Report of 1978, which discussed delays and arrears of cases in the lower courts.
  • In 2006, the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Personnel, Public Grievances, Law and Justice in its 15th Report backed the idea of a pan-Indian judicial service and also prepared a draft Bill.
  • Currently, the appointment of district judges is carried out by the state governor based on the recommendations of the chief justice of the respective state's high court.

What is the procedure to set up an All-India Service?

  • The 42nd Constitutional Amendment (1976) brought about modifications to Article 312(1), granting the Parliament the authority to legislate for the establishment of one or more All-India Services.
  • Following this, as per Article 312(1) of the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha must pass a resolution with the support of at least two-thirds of its members present and voting.
  • Subsequently, Parliament can amend Article 233 and Article 234 by a simple majority to institute an All-India Judicial Service (AIJS).
  • The recruitment procedures and terms for individuals appointed to All India services are subject to regulation by Parliament through the enactment of the All India Service Act, 1951.
  • Importantly, this process does not necessitate a constitutional amendment under Article 368.

Arguments Setting of the All-India Judicial Service (AIJS):

  • Enhanced Judicial Efficiency: Implementation of the All-India Judicial Service (AIJS) ensures an efficient subordinate judiciary by addressing issues such as different pay scales, faster vacancy fulfillment, and standardized training across states.
  • Vacancies and Pendency of Cases: As of July 2023, the subordinate judiciary's working strength was 19,858, with 5,000 posts remaining vacant against the sanctioned strength of 25,246.
  • Over 85% of the 5 crore pending cases, especially in district courts, contribute to a significant backlog, with more than one lakh cases pending for over 30 years.
  • Balancing Judges To Population Ratio: The AIJS aligns with a Law Commission report (1987) suggesting a judge-to-population ratio of 50 judges per million people, a considerable increase from the then-existing 10.50 judges.
  • Despite progress, the current figure of 20 judges in terms of sanctioned strength remains comparatively lower than the U.S. (107) and the U.K. (51) ratios.
  • Enhanced Representation for Marginalized Sections: The AIJS is advocated by the government as an optimal solution for achieving equitable representation of marginalized and deprived sections of society within the judiciary.
  • Addressing Corruption and Nepotism: A bottoms-up approach to recruitment through the AIJS is seen as a strategy to tackle issues like corruption and nepotism prevalent in the lower judiciary.
  • Absence of career growth: Currently, less than 25% of judicial officers have the chance to ascend to High Court judgeship, primarily reaching the rank of district judges towards the end of their careers.
  • The remaining 75% quota is allocated for High Court judge recruitment from the Bar Association of India.
  • The establishment of an All-India Judicial Service (AIJS) would ensure a richer talent pool with a younger age profile for selection by High Courts and the Supreme Court, offering a remedy to the issue of limited career growth.

Criticism Against Setting up an All-India Judicial Service:

  • Centralization and State Power Concerns: The adoption of a centralized recruitment process is criticized as infringing on federalism, and encroaching on the constitutional powers granted to states.
  • Language Barrier Challenge: An argument against AIJS is that judges recruited through this process may lack proficiency in the local languages of the States where they are posted.
  • Given that civil and criminal court proceedings are conducted in languages prescribed by respective State governments, this language barrier is a significant concern.
  • Impact on Local Reservations: Centralized testing may potentially dilute reservations based on caste, rural backgrounds, or linguistic minorities, undermining localized efforts to ensure representation.
  • Conflict with Separation of Powers: Opposition stems from constitutional principles of the separation of powers.
  • Centralized testing raises concerns about the executive gaining influence in the appointment of district judges, potentially diminishing the role of High Courts.
  • Limited Impact on Structural Issues: Critics argue that the creation of the All-India Judicial Service (AIJS) fails to address inherent structural challenges in the lower judiciary.
  • Uniformity in pay scales, as addressed by the Supreme Court in the 1993 All India Judges Association case, is seen as a more effective approach.
  • Alternative Solutions Over Central Exam: Experts contend that addressing structural issues involves increasing pay universally and ensuring that a portion of High Court judges are selected from the lower judiciary.
  • This approach is seen as more effective than relying solely on a central exam to attract quality talent.

Supreme Court’s Stand:

  • In 1992, the Supreme Court (SC) issued a directive in the case of All India Judges’ Association v. The Union of India, instructing the Centre to establish an All India Judicial Service (AIJS).
  • However, during a review of this judgment in 1993, the court granted the Centre the freedom to take the lead on the AIJS matter.
  • In 2017, the SC independently addressed concerns about the appointment of district judges, suggesting the exploration of a Central Selection Mechanism.
  • Senior advocate Arvind Datar, acting as amicus curiae (friend of the court), circulated a concept note to all states proposing a common examination instead of separate state exams.
  • The merit list from this common examination would guide High Courts in conducting interviews and appointing judges.
  • Datar emphasized that this approach would not alter the constitutional framework or diminish the authority of states or High Courts.

Way Forward

Despite the prolonged debate spanning decades, numerous States and High Courts have expressed reservations regarding the creation of an All-India Judicial Service (AIJS). Therefore, it is imperative to foster a comprehensive consensus among the Centre, States, and the Judiciary before the Parliament proceeds with establishing the AIJS. In the meantime, efforts should be concentrated on implementing more targeted and immediate solutions to effectively address the challenges faced by the Indian judiciary.

Violence Against Women (United Nations)

  • 25 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The International Day for the Elimination of Violence Against Women is observed worldwide on November 25 each year, as designated by the United Nations General Assembly.
  • 2023 theme of Elimination of Violence against Women: This year’s theme, "UNITE! Invest to prevent violence against women and girls", emphasises the need to fund prevention strategies proactively to stop gender-based violence.

Violence Against Women:

  • According to United Nations (UN) data, one in three women worldwide experience physical or sexual violence, mostly by an intimate partner, affecting approximately 736 million women globally.
  • This alarming trend extends beyond traditional settings, seeping into workplaces and online spaces, further exacerbated by post-pandemic repercussions, conflicts, and climate change.
  • Violence against women and girls is a human rights violation, and the immediate and long-term physical, sexual, and mental consequences for women and girls can be devastating, including death.
  • Violence negatively affects women’s general well-being and prevents women from fully participating in society.
  • It impacts their families, their community, and the country at large.
  • It has tremendous costs, from greater strains on health care to legal expenses and losses in productivity.

Statistics on Violence against Women in India:

  • Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) is recognised as a pervasive social issue and a significant public health challenge.
  • Recent global estimates indicate that over 25% of women of reproductive age, who have ever been in a relationship, have faced physical, sexual, or both forms of IPV—reaching an average of 35% in South Asia.
  • According to the National Library of Medicine, 32% of ever-married Indian women reported experiencing physical, sexual, or emotional violence from their husbands.
  • In India, the prevalent spousal violence are physical (28%), emotional (14%) and sexual (6%).
  • The National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) reported 428,278 cases of crimes against women in 2021, marking a 15.3% increase from 2020 (371,503 cases).
  • The majority of these cases under the Indian Penal Code were classified as:
  • "cruelty by husband or his relatives" (31.8%)
  • "assault on women with intent to outrage her modesty" (20.8%)
  • "kidnapping and abduction of women" (17.6%), and "rape" (7.4%).
  • The crime rate, registered per lakh women population, rose to 64.5 in 2021 from 56.5 in 2020.

History of Elimination of Violence against Women:

  • It dates back to 1981 when women’s rights activists began marking 25 November as a day against gender-based violence.
  • This day pays homage to the Mirabal sisters—three Dominican political activists brutally murdered in 1960 by order of the country’s ruler, Rafael Trujillo (1930-1961).
  • In a significant stride towards combating violence against women, the UN General Assembly, in December 1993, adopted the Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against Women, laying the groundwork for global efforts to eradicate such violence.
  • In February 2000, the UN General Assembly, officially designated 25 November as the International Day for the Elimination of Violence Against Women.
  • This resolution urged governments, international organizations and NGOs to unite in organizing activities annually on this date, fostering public awareness and collective action to address and eliminate violence against women and girls worldwide.

Factors Influencing Violence:

  • Men's Predisposing Factors: Men are more likely to engage in violence if they have low education, a history of maltreatment in childhood, witnessed domestic violence against their mothers, misuse alcohol, hold unequal gender views supporting violence, and possess a sense of entitlement over women.
  • Women's Vulnerability Factors: Women are more likely to face intimate partner violence if they have lower education, witnessed their mothers being abused, experienced childhood abuse, and hold attitudes accepting violence, male privilege, and the subordinate status of women.
  • Effective Interventions: Advocacy and empowerment counseling, along with home visitation, show promise in preventing or reducing intimate partner violence against women.
  • Impact of Conflict and Displacement: Situations of conflict, post-conflict, and displacement can worsen existing violence, including by intimate partners and non-partner sexual violence.

Root Causes of Violence Against Women:

  • Gender Disparity: Gender inequality deeply ingrained in society exposes women to various forms of violence.
  • Discriminatory gender norms and stereotypes contribute to structural inequality.
  • Psychiatric Morbidity: Psychiatric morbidity encompasses both physical and psychological deterioration due to mental or psychological conditions, often linked to alcohol consumption.
  • Regular alcohol consumption by husbands correlates strongly with poor mental health in women. Alcohol serves as a situational factor, heightening the risk of violence by diminishing inhibitions and impairing judgment.
  • Sociodemographic Factors: Patriarchy is a significant contributor to violence against women.
  • Higher economic status and perceived power of women to challenge traditional gender roles increase the risk of violence.
  • Family Factors: Exposure to harsh physical discipline and witnessing parental violence during childhood predicts victimization and perpetration of violence in adulthood.
  • Traditional and Cultural Practices: Female genital mutilation leads to severe physical and psychological consequences.
  • Acid attacks, driven by family disputes or rejection of marriage proposals, cause disfigurement and trauma.
  • "Honour killings" in various countries uphold the family reputation, justifying violence for reasons like alleged adultery or disapproved relationships.
  • Early marriages, with or without consent, undermine the health and autonomy of girls, constituting a form of violence.
  • Judiciary and Law Enforcement: An insensitive, inefficient, and corrupt judicial system and law enforcement machinery fail to deter various forms of crimes.
  • Sociocultural Factors: Deep-rooted stereotypes confining women to primary roles of marriage and motherhood persist.
  • The stigma associated with unmarried, separated, or divorced status perpetuates gender-based violence.
  • The custom of dowry remains prevalent in Indian marriages, contributing to the problem

Impact of Violence Against Women:

  • Health Ramifications: Violence, regardless of its form, profoundly affects women's physical, mental, sexual, and reproductive health.
  • Adverse consequences extend to self-esteem, work capacity, and decision-making abilities concerning fertility.
  • Economic Implications: Violence against women carries significant economic repercussions for both individual households and the nation.
  • Direct Costs: These include the loss of income, productivity, healthcare expenses, and the cost of social services.
  • Indirect Costs: Impact on child well-being, female and child mortality, and the intergenerational social and psychological toll.
  • Development Challenges: Violence acts as a barrier to women's participation in development and planning programs at both micro and macro levels.
  • It restricts women's freedom to act or move freely, hindering their access to and experience of the benefits of development.
  • Violence poses a challenge to poverty alleviation programs, impeding the equitable distribution of resources.
  • Rights Impediment: Any form of violence against women obstructs the realization of their fundamental rights as outlined in Article 14, 21, 19, and 32 of the Indian Constitution.

Way Forward to Addressing Gender-Based Violence:

  • Gender-Based Legislation: Enact and rigorously enforce legislation that promotes gender equality, addressing discrimination against women in marriage, divorce, custody laws, inheritance laws, and asset ownership.
  • Financial Empowerment: Enhance women's access to paid employment opportunities, fostering financial independence.
  • National Plans and Policies: Develop and allocate resources for national plans and policies dedicated to addressing violence against women comprehensively.
  • Enhanced Crime Surveillance: Improve the systems for collecting crime surveillance data specifically related to violence against women.
  • Capacity Building and Training: Provide comprehensive training to service providers and law enforcement officers, enabling them to effectively handle cases of violence against women.
  • Prevention of Recurrence: Implement strategies to prevent the recurrence of violence by early identification of women and children experiencing abuse and offering appropriate referrals and support.
  • Promotion of Egalitarian Norms: Integrate the promotion of egalitarian gender norms into life skills and comprehensive sexuality education curricula for young people.
  • Gender-Based Surveys: Generate evidence on effective strategies and the magnitude of the issue by conducting population-based surveys.
  • Include violence against women in demographic and health surveys, surveillance, and health information systems.

25 years of the International Space Station (Indian Express)

  • 24 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The International Space Station (ISS) celebrated its 25th anniversary on November 20, 2023. It was launched in 1998, the first module marked the beginning of a remarkable journey. With over 140,000 Earth orbits and a quarter-century milestone, the ISS remains a symbol of peaceful collaboration for scientific endeavors.

What is the International Space Station (ISS)?

  • The International Space Station (ISS) is a space station that was assembled in low earth orbit (LEO) by the United States and Russia, with assistance and components from a multinational consortium.
  • It is a collaborative effort between multiple space agencies, including the Canadian Space Agency (CSA), the Federal Space Agency of Russia (Roscosmos), Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA), the European Space Agency (ESA), and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
  • The ISS has been inhabited continuously and serves as an important platform for research and exploration in space.
  • The success of the ISS is largely due to the implementation of various space standards and agreements, which help to ensure that the station is designed, operated, and maintained safely and efficiently.
  • ISS is the longest continuous human presence in space, amounting to around 25 years.
  • However, it is not the first-ever manned space station as Salyut, Almaz, Mir, and Skylab preceded it in this regard.
  • Moreover, ISS is divided into two zones, the Russian Orbital Segment (ROS) and the United States Orbital Segment (USOS).
  • ROS is where Russia’s cosmonauts work, whereas USOS is where space crews from the US, Japan, Canada, and Europe collaborate.

When did the International Space Station launch?

  • The first segment of the ISS — the Zarya Control Module — was Russian and launched on November 20, 1998.
  • Zarya supplied fuel storage and battery power, and served as a docking zone for other space vehicles arriving at the ISS.
  • One month later, on December 4, 1998, the US launched the Unity Node 1 module.
  • Together, the two modules were the start of a functioning space laboratory.
  • Over the course of 42 assembly flights, the ISS became what it is today.
  • Among the first “live-in” astronauts were Bill Shepherd of NASA and Roscosmos cosmonauts Yuri Gidzenko and Sergei Krikalev.
  • Since then, the ISS has been continuously inhabited.

Characteristics of ISS:

  • Size and Composition: Weighing around 460 tons, the ISS boasts a habitable volume comparable to a Boeing 747 aircraft's interior.
  • Comprising interconnected modules, laboratories, living quarters, and docking ports, forming a complex structure in space.
  • Orbit and Circulation: Travels at a speed of 8 kilometers (5 miles) per second, completing an orbit around Earth every 90 minutes.
  • Generates 16 sunrises and sunsets in a 24-hour cycle, passing overhead multiple times daily.
  • Mission Durations: Standard missions last approximately six months, though crew members may have shorter or longer stays.
  • During their tenure, astronauts and cosmonauts conduct experiments, maintain systems, and perform essential tasks for the station's functioning.
  • Presence of International Crew: The ISS is continuously occupied by a diverse crew hailing from various nations.
  • Rotating crews of astronauts and cosmonauts live and work on the station, contributing to scientific research and station upkeep.
  • Scientific Endeavors: Provides a unique environment for scientific experiments in microgravity, spanning biology, physics, astronomy, and materials science.
  • Serves as a testbed for technologies crucial for future deep-space exploration.
  • Global Symbol of Unity: The ISS stands as a testament to international collaboration in space exploration, fostering unity among participating nations.
  • It exemplifies the peaceful coexistence of astronauts from different backgrounds in the pursuit of shared scientific goals.

Why Is the Space Station Important?

  • The significance of the Space Station lies in its role as a platform for diverse scientific research and experiments in the distinctive microgravity setting of space.
  • Microgravity, also known as near-zero gravity or weightlessness, provides a unique environment for researchers worldwide to explore various fields, including biology, physics, astronomy, and Earth sciences.
  • Through the ISS, valuable insights have been gained in areas such as human health in space, materials science, and climate change.
  • The station serves as a continuous habitat for human presence in space, marking a sustained human presence since the arrival of the first crew.

What do astronauts do onboard the ISS?

  • When ISS astronauts not conducting scientific experiments, they go on regular spacewalks to add new components to the station, such as robotic arms, or run maintenance.
  • There have been times when astronauts have had to inspect or fix holes that were created by space debris.
  • The astronauts are also on a strict health regimen. They have to mitigate the loss of muscle and bone mass, which is caused by microgravity in space.
  • That includes working out on specially designed machines, including treadmills, for at least two hours a day.
  • But the astronauts’ daily exercise is used to improve our scientific understanding of the effects of space on our bodies.

What scientific discoveries on the ISS have benefited life on Earth?

  • Astronauts have conducted hundreds of scientific experiments on the ISS.
  • Sometimes they experiment on themselves, monitoring their general health, nutrition, or the effects of solar radiation and sometimes they conduct experiments for scientists on Earth.
  • These experiments have led to numerous scientific breakthroughs.
  • From Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease to cancer, asthma, and heart disease — it’s all been studied in space.
  • Scientists say some medical experiments are best done in space because cells behave in microgravity more like they do inside the human body, but it’s difficult to recreate such conditions on Earth.
  • There have been discoveries to benefit drug development, new water purification systems, methods to mitigate muscle and bone atrophy, and those that have led innovations in food production.

How long will the ISS be operational?

  • Plans for the future operation of the ISS were thrown into uncertainty with the start of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in early 2022.
  • Both the European Space Agency and national bodies withdrew from international collaborations with Russia, and Russia said it was leaving the ISS to build its own space station.
  • Also, old and new spacefaring nations want to make an independent mark on space.
  • They include Japan, China, India, the United Arab Emirates and others.
  • The US and Europe have said they remain committed to the International Space Station through 2030.
  • But plans are afoot for a post-ISS world, as well: NASA is almost entirely focused on its Artemis program and plans to populate the moon and ESA is working toward a new space station, which it is calling Starlab.

India and Japan Converge in Southeast Asia (The Hindu)

  • 23 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Philippines is now exploring Japan and India as alternative partners for development and security cooperation.

Concerns between the China and Philippines:

  • The relationship between the Philippines and China has been strained for decades due to long-standing territorial disputes in the South China Sea.
  • The Philippines claims sovereignty over several islands and reefs in the South China Sea, while China maintains a sweeping claim over the entire area, known as the "nine-dash line."
  • These competing claims have led to numerous incidents of Chinese vessels blocking or harassing Philippine fishing boats and military vessels.
  • In 2012, the Philippines filed an arbitration case against China under the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) challenging the legality of China's nine-dash line claim.
  • In 2016, the Permanent Court of Arbitration ruled in favor of the Philippines, finding that China's nine-dash line claim had no legal basis.
  • However, China has refused to accept the ruling.
  • The South China Sea is a strategically important waterway, with an estimated $3.3 trillion in trade passing through it annually.
  • It is also believed to be rich in natural resources, including oil and gas.
  • The ongoing territorial disputes have raised tensions in the region and have the potential to escalate into conflict.
  • In addition to the territorial disputes, there have been other issues that have strained relations between the Philippines and China including China's militarization of the South China Sea, its fishing practices in Philippine waters, and its human rights record.

Bilateral Relations Between India and the Philippines:

India and the Philippines have enjoyed a warm and cordial relationship since establishing diplomatic ties in 1949, shortly after both countries gained independence. The relationship is rooted in shared values of democracy, pluralism, and the rule of law, as well as a growing economic partnership.

Political and Strategic Cooperation:

  • India and the Philippines have maintained regular high-level visits and engagements, fostering a strong political and strategic partnership.
  • The two countries have cooperated on a range of issues, including maritime security, counterterrorism, and defense.
  • Intensification of relations with the Philippines resulted from India’s Look East Policy (1992) and further diversified with the Act East Policy (2014).

Economic Partnership:

  • India and the Philippines have a growing economic partnership, with bilateral trade reaching over $3 billion in 2022.
  • India is currently the Philippines' fifteenth-largest trading partner.
  • The two countries have signed several agreements to enhance economic cooperation, including the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA), which is expected to further boost trade and investment.

Cultural and People-to-People Exchanges:

  • Both countries have active diaspora communities that contribute to cultural exchange and people-to-people linkages.
  • India and the Philippines have signed agreements on cultural cooperation and education exchange.

Recent Developments:

  • In recent years, India and the Philippines have elevated their relationship to a "Strategic Partnership."
  • This reflects the growing convergence of their interests in the Indo-Pacific region and their commitment to promote a rules-based international order.

Key Areas of Cooperation:

  • Maritime Security: India and the Philippines have a shared interest in maintaining peace and stability in the maritime domain.
  • The two countries have conducted joint naval exercises and collaborated on maritime surveillance and information sharing.
  • Counterterrorism: India and the Philippines have pledged to cooperate in combating terrorism and preventing the spread of violent extremism.
  • They have shared intelligence and expertise in counterterrorism operations and training.
  • Defense Cooperation: Key developments include the BrahMos missile deal, the establishment of a resident Defense Attache office in Manila, and the consideration of India's proposal for a concessional Line of Credit to fulfill the defense needs of the Philippines.
  • Additionally, collaboration extends to maritime domain awareness (MDA), joint patrols, and the exchange of information.
  • The two countries have also conducted joint military exercises to enhance interoperability and strengthen defense ties.

Japan and India's Involvement in Southeast Asia:

  • Free and Open Indo-Pacific: A joint effort to counter China's growing assertiveness in the Indo-Pacific region.
  • Free and Open Indo-Pacific is an umbrella term that encompasses Indo-Pacific-specific strategies of countries with similar interests in the region.
  • Japan's Free and Open Indo-Pacific aligns with India's Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative.
  • Partnership with ASEAN: Strengthening economic, political, and cultural ties with ASEAN member nations.
  • Infrastructure Development: Japan's Partnership for Quality Infrastructure involvement in Southeast Asian projects (ports, roads, and energy facilities).
  • India also expresses interest in regional infrastructure projects.
  • Connectivity Projects: Both nations actively promote connectivity, with India contributing through projects like the Trilateral Highway (connecting India, Myanmar, and Thailand).
  • Economic Assistance: Providing economic assistance and development aid to support socio-economic growth in Southeast Asia.
  • Assistance includes financial support, capacity building, and technology transfer.
  • Security Cooperation: Engaging in security dialogues and joint military exercises with Southeast Asian countries.
  • Collaborating on common security challenges such as maritime security and counter-terrorism.
  • Human Resource Development: Joint efforts in human resource development programs, including scholarships and training opportunities.
  • Aimed at enhancing skills and knowledge across various sectors.
  • Regional Forums: Active participation in regional forums like the East Asia Summit (EAS) and ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF).
  • Addressing regional challenges and fostering dialogue on a variety of issues.

India-Japan Relations:

The roots of the relationship trace back to ancient times when Buddhism was introduced to Japan in the 6th century. A robust partnership emerged from India's Look East Policy, evolving into a 'Special Strategic and Global Partnership' in 2014.

  • Economic Cooperation: Strong trade and investment ties with significant bilateral investments.
  • Initiatives like Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) and Neemrana Industrial Park for Japanese firms.
  • Collaboration in the automobile sector, exemplified by Maruti Suzuki.
  • Infrastructure Investment: Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) plays a pivotal role in investing in India's infrastructure projects.
  • Contributions range from the Delhi Metro to water and sanitation projects.
  • Strategic Cooperation: Shared commitment to a free, open, and inclusive Indo-Pacific.
  • Highlighted in Japan's National Security Strategy (NSS-2022) and 2021 Acquisition and Cross-Servicing Agreement (ACSA).
  • Defence Collaboration: Steadily growing cooperation in response to regional security challenges.
  • Initiatives like the 2015 Agreements on the transfer of defence Equipment and Technology..
  • In terms of security, India and Japan constantly engage in varied platforms ranging from regular bilateral military exercises and two-plus-two meetings to multilateral frameworks such as the Quad and the G20.
  • Technology Partnership: Collaboration on cutting-edge technologies like robotics, artificial intelligence, and renewable energy.
  • Examples include the India-Japan Digital Partnership (I-JDP) and cooperation in nuclear technology.
  • Regional and Global Cooperation: Active collaboration on climate change, counterterrorism, and United Nations reforms.
  • Joint development of the Asia-Africa Growth Corridor for economic collaboration and capacity-building in African countries.
  • Cultural and People-to-People Ties: Promotion of tourism, educational exchanges, and scholarships.
  • Initiatives like the Japan Exchange and Teaching (JET) Programme and the India-Japan Global Partnership Summit foster personal bonds between citizens.

Accordingly, as India is significantly deepening and broadening its ties with Southeast Asian countries, such as the Philippines, India should consider taking its third-country developmental model with Japan into the sub-region of the greater Indo-Pacific at a time when resident countries are looking for alternative sources of development and security amidst the polarising dynamics of the U.S.-China power competition.

OECD Report About Climate Finance (The Hindu)

  • 22 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

A new report, published by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), showed that economically developed countries fell short of their promise to jointly mobilise $100 billion a year, towards the climate mitigation and adaptation needs of developing countries, in 2021 – one year past the 2020 deadline.

What is the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)?

  • The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) is an association of 38 nations in Europe, the Americas, and the Pacific.
  • Its members and key partners represent 80% of world trade and investment.
  • The goal of the OECD is to promote the economic welfare of its members.
  • It also coordinates its efforts to aid developing countries outside of its membership.
  • As a result, its programs help promote reform in more than 100 countries worldwide.
  • The OECD's main headquarters is located in Paris (France)
  • The OECD collects, analyzes, and reports on economic growth data for its members.
  • This gives them the knowledge to further their prosperity and fight poverty. It also balances the impact of economic growth on the environment.
  • Committees within the OECD analyze the data and make policy recommendations.
  • It's up to each member country to decide how to use OECD recommendations.
  • The OECD publishes mainly two reports:
  • International Migration Outlook
  • Programme for International Student Assessment

Key Findings of the OECD Report Ahead of COP 28:

  • The OECD has released a report titled 'Climate Finance Provided and Mobilised by Developed Countries in 2013-2021.'
  • This comprehensive report highlights the collective patterns in annual climate finance contributed and mobilized by developed nations for developing countries during the period from 2013 to 2021.
  • In-depth analyses are presented, offering insights into climate themes, sectors, financial instruments, and regional distributions specifically for the years 2016 to 2021.
  • Additionally, the report offers essential recommendations for international providers to enhance financial support for adaptation efforts and to more efficiently engage private finance in climate action.

Major Takeaways from the Report Published by OECD:

  • Failure to Meet Commitments: The report revealed that the economically developed countries had failed to meet their commitment to together raise $100 billion annually by 2021, one year after the 2020 deadline, to help developing nations with their climate adaptation and mitigation needs.
  • According to the report, affluent nations raised $89.6 billion in 2021, however, the amount of money allocated for adaptation decreased by 14% from 2020 to 2021.
  • The ability of developing nations to meet their needs for climate adaptation and mitigation is lowered when sufficient climate funding is not raised.
  • It also weakens confidence in the industrialized world's sincerity in addressing the climate catastrophe among the world's poorer nations.
  • Loan-Centric Climate Finance: According to the OECD study, $49.6 billion in loans were given out of the $73.1 billion that the public sector raised in 2021 through bilateral and multilateral channels.
  • It illuminates the degree to which wealthy nations must rely on loans at market rates in order to meet their climate finance commitments.
  • For instance, a research team's evaluation of the worldwide flows of climate finance from 2011 to 2020 revealed that 61% of the funding came from loans.

Issue With 'Additionality'

  • Another issue in the OECD report pertains to additionality.
  • The UNFCCC states that developed countries “shall provide new and additional financial resources to meet the agreed full costs incurred by developing country Parties in complying with their obligations under the convention”.
  • This means developed countries can’t cut overseas development assistance (ODA) in order to finance climate needs because that would effectively rob Peter to pay Paul.
  • In the real world, it could cut off support for healthcare in order to reallocate that money to, say, install solar panels.
  • The “new and additional finance” also means developed countries can’t double-count.
  • For example, a renewable energy project could contribute to both emission reductions and overall development in a region.
  • As per the U.N. Convention, however, donor countries can’t categorise such funding as both ODA and climate finance because it wouldn’t fulfill the “new and additional” criterion.
  • A few years ago, European Union officials admitted to double-counting development aid as climate finance.

What Counts as Climate Finance?

  • At present, there is no commonly agreed definition of ‘climate finance’ because developed countries have endeavored repeatedly to keep it vague.
  • For example, at the COP 27 in Egypt last year, Australia and the U.K. even sought to end discussions to define ‘climate finance’.
  • In the run-up to the COP 26 in Glasgow, the U.S. led an effort to block debate on a common definition, alongside Switzerland, Sweden, and some other developed countries.
  • The lack of definitional clarity has reportedly led to strange situations like funding for chocolate and gelato stores in Asia and a coastal hotel expansion in Haiti being tagged as climate finance.
  • The ambiguity works in favour of richer countries because it leaves the door open to arbitrarily classify any funding, including ODA and high-cost loans, as climate finance and escape the scrutiny that a clearer definition might bring.
  • So while developed countries can claim they have provided billions in climate finance, the actual flows need to be checked for whether they actually went into climate mitigation and adaptation in developing countries or something else.

How much do developing countries need?

  • According to the OECD assessment, climate investments for developing nations are expected to reach approximately $1 trillion year by 2025 and $2.4 trillion annually between 2026 and 2030.
  • In contrast, the $100 billion objective is insufficient and even more so given that it has not yet been reached.

What role can the private sector play?

  • To meet the scale of the challenge, people like the U.S. climate envoy John Kerry and World Bank president Ajay Banga have routinely emphasised the role the private sector could play.
  • But the OECD report shows that private financing for climate action has stagnated for a decade.
  • The problem is particularly worse for climate adaptation because investment in this sector can’t generate the sort of high returns that private investors seek.
  • There also haven’t yet been signs that the private sector is interested in massively scaling up its climate investments.

What is Climate Change?

  • Climate change is the result of long-term shifts in temperatures and weather patterns.
  • Natural variations, like those influenced by changes in the solar cycle, can contribute to these shifts.
  • However, since the 1800s, human activities, particularly the burning of fossil fuels such as coal, oil, and gas, have emerged as the primary driver of climate change.
  • The combustion of fossil fuels produces greenhouse gas emissions, creating a metaphorical blanket around the Earth.
  • This 'blanket' traps the sun's heat, leading to an increase in temperatures.
  • The rising temperatures, a consequence of climate change, accelerate the melting of ice.
  • This, in turn, contributes to elevated sea levels, resulting in flooding and erosion.

Uttarakhand Tunnel Collapse (Indian Express)

  • 21 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

On November 12, the under-construction Silkyara-Barkot tunnel on the Yamunotri National Highway in Uttarakhand’s Uttarkashi district collapsed.

News Summary:

  • On November 12, 2023, the Silkyara Bend - Barkot tunnel, which was under construction, collapsed in the Uttarkashi district of Uttarakhand.
  • The collapse trapped at least 40 workers inside the tunnel.
  • The National Disaster Response Force (NDRF), the State Disaster Response Force (SDRF), and the police promptly initiated and led the rescue operations.
  • The tunnel is a part of the Char Dham all-weather road project which commenced in 2016.

What is the Char Dham All Weather Road Project?

  • It is a central govt. Project to improve the existing condition of Highways in the state of Uttarakhand.
  • In this project, the govt. will upgrade and develop the road which connects all four 'Dhams' i.e.
  • Gangotri, Yamunotri, Kedarnath, and Badrinath  in the upper Himalayas.
  • The 12,000-crore dream project will turn 1100 km of damaged highways of Uttarakhand into all-season roads.

About the Silkyara Tunnel which Collapsed:

  • The tunnel, designed to connect Silkyara to Dandal gaon in Uttarkashi district, spans a total length of 4.5 km.
  • As part of the Char Dham all-weather road project, this double-lane tunnel is recognized as one of the longest and aims to reduce the journey from Uttarkashi to Yamunotri Dham by 26 kilometers.
  • Construction progress includes 2.3 km completed from the Silkyara side and 1.6 km from the Barkot end. Approximately, a 400m stretch of the tunnel is yet to be constructed.
  • Regarding the incident:
  • The Silkyara Tunnel, located on Uttarkashi-Yamnotri Road, became the site of the accident where workers are currently trapped. The collapse occurred approximately 270m from the entrance on the Silkyara side.

What are the Tunnel Excavation Techniques Utilised in India?

In India, two primary methods of Tunnel Excavation are employed: the drill and blast method (DBM) and tunnel-boring machines (TBMs).

  • Tunnel-boring machines (TBMs): TBMs bore into the rock from the front using a rotating head.
  • The excavated tunnel section is supported by installing precast concrete segments.
  • TBMs are preferred when the rock cover is up to 400 meters in height.
  • Notably, the TBM method was applied in constructing tunnels for the Delhi Metro.
  • Drill and Blast Method (DBM): DBM involves drilling holes into the rock and loading them with explosives.
  • Upon detonation, the rock breaks apart.
  • DBM is the chosen method for mountains ranging from 1000 to 1200 meters in height.
  • This method is commonly used for tunnel construction in the Himalayas, Jammu & Kashmir, and Uttarakhand.

What could be the Possible Causes of the Tunnel Collapse in Uttarakhand?

  • Presence of Fractured or Fragile Rock: Fractured rocks with numerous joints are weaker, making them susceptible to collapse under significant overhead weight, possibly leading to tunnel collapse.
  • Water Seepage: Over time, water seepage can erode loose rock particles, creating a void on the top of the tunnel, which might contribute to the tunnel caving in.
  • Landslide-Prone Young Himalayan Rock System: The proximity of the incident site to the Main Central Thrust (MCT)/Barkot thrust of the Himalayas raises the possibility that seismic waves could trigger a landslide in the tunnel.
  • Improper Study of Shear Zone and Lack of Protection Measures: Experts suggest that the lack of adequate geological mapping studies of the shear zone and failure to implement protective measures, such as steel ribs, rock bolts, or shotcrete, may have contributed to the collapse due to insufficient monitoring.

In addition to these, expert-provided reasons, concerns have been raised about the Himalayas' fragility in supporting massive infrastructure projects like the Char-Dham project and large-scale hydroelectric power projects.

What Measures Have Been Taken to Ensure Safe Tunnel Construction in India?

  • Establishment of Tunnel Zone Department in the MoRTH: A dedicated Tunnel Zone department has been set up in the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH).
  • Its primary role is to enhance tunneling capabilities and formulate guidelines for the design and construction of tunnels.
  • Formation of Expert Committee on Tunnel: An Expert Committee on Tunnel has been constituted to address technical challenges arising during the implementation of tunnel projects across the country.
  • Indian Standard Code for Tunnel Construction: The issuance of Indian Standard Codes, specifically IS 15026 (2002) and IS 4756 (1978), provides comprehensive guidelines for tunnel design, lighting, and ventilation.
  • Implementation of IRC Codes for Tunnels: The implementation of the IRC code for tunnels in 2019 ensures that road tunnels adhere to international standards.
  • Adherence to Standard Codes in Tunnel Construction: Ensuring compliance with various standard codes, including Integrated Tunnel Control Systems (ITCS), The Work in Compressed Air Regulations 1996, Emergency Evacuation and Rescue Plans for tunnels, and guidelines from the Research Designs and Standards Organisation (RDSO).
  • Incorporation of International Tunnelling and Underground Space Association Safety Practices: Following safety practices outlined by the International Tunnelling and Underground Space Association, emphasizing specific escape routes marked by signs and the development of contingency plans for emergency situations during tunnel construction.

What Steps Should Be Taken for Ensuring Safe Tunnel Construction?

  • Enhanced Geotechnical Studies: In India, the simultaneous design and construction of tunnel projects should be accompanied by more detailed geotechnical studies, including petrographic analysis.
  • This information is crucial for incorporating precise design and construction elements into the tunnel project.
  • Ongoing Monitoring by Specialist Geologists: Independent specialist geologists should regularly visit construction sites to conduct thorough inspections.
  • This practice ensures the early identification of potential failures and helps determine the stand-up time of the rock. (Rock stand-up time refers to the duration for which a rock can remain stable without support.)
  • Testing Adequacy of Tunnel Supports: All tunnel supports, such as shotcrete, rock bolts, steel ribs, and tunnel pipe umbrellas, need rigorous testing to ensure their adequacy in preventing tunnel collapse.
  • This proactive approach helps in maintaining the stability and integrity of the tunnel structure.
  • Emergency Evacuation Arrangements: Robust arrangements for safe evacuation in the event of a collapse are imperative.
  • Deployment of National Disaster Response Force (NDRF) personnel, along with the provision of proper safety equipment, is essential. Construction companies bidding for projects should submit comprehensive safety plans as part of their project proposals.

High Court Quashes Haryana Govt's 75% Quota in Private Sector Jobs (Indian Express)

  • 20 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Punjab and Haryana High Court on Nov 17 quashed a law passed by the Haryana government in 2020 that provided 75% reservation in private jobs to residents of the state.

Context:

  • The Punjab and Haryana high court on Friday struck down a Haryana law that reserved 75% private sector jobs, paying up to ?30,000 a month, for local candidates.
  • The court found it unconstitutional and stated that the 2021 law violated fundamental rights as per the Constitution, emphasizing that individual rights should align with the Constitution's text and spirit, not popular or majoritarian notions.

Key Provisions of Haryana State Employment of Local Candidates Act 2020:

  • The Act is applicable to all private companies, societies, partnership firms, trusts, any person employing ten or more persons in Haryana, or any other entity as may be notified by the Government.
  • The Act requires private sector employers to reserve 75% of job posts that offer a salary of less than INR 30,000 for individuals who are domiciled in Haryana.
  • The Government of Haryana has also made the residency (domicile) requirement to 5 years for a person to obtain a residency certificate.
  • The Act enables the Haryana Government to focus on securing employment opportunities for domiciled individuals.
  • However, domiciled linked reservations are not a new concept since other States have also introduced similar laws.
  • For instance, the Government of Andhra Pradesh notified the Andhra Pradesh Employment of Local Candidates in the Industries / Factories Act, 2019 which provided for reservation of 75% of posts in existing and upcoming factories, industries, joint ventures, and public-private partnership projects for local candidates.
  • However, central or state governments or any organisation owned by them were kept outside the ambit of this Act.
  • Employers can seek an exemption if enough local candidates with required skills are unavailable; the Designated Officer decides based on an inquiry.
  • The law was made applicable for 10 years but was stayed by the high court last year.

Haryana was also one of several states that have enacted laws in recent years to provide reservations for local residents in the private sector. These include Maharashtra (up to 80% quota), Karnataka (75%), Andhra Pradesh (75%) and Madhya Pradesh (70%). However the validity of most of these laws has been challenged before the Supreme Court and high courts.

Who challenged the law and on what grounds?

  • The Faridabad Industries Association and other Haryana-based associations went to court, contending that Haryana wanted to create reservations in the private sector by introducing a policy of “sons of the soil”, which was an infringement of the constitutional rights of employers.
  • The petitioners argued that private sector jobs are purely based on skills and an analytical bent of mind, and employees have a fundamental right to work in any part of India.
  • Therefore, they argued, “The act of the respondent (government) forcing the employers to employ local candidates in the private sector vide this impugned Act is the violation of the federal structure framed by the Constitution of India, whereby the government cannot act contrary to the public interest and cannot benefit one class”.
  • The Haryana government argued that it had the power to create such reservations under Article 16(4) of the Constitution, which says that the right to equality in public employment does not prevent the State from “making any provision for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which, in the opinion of the State, is not adequately represented in the services under the State”.

What was the ruling of the High Court?

  • The High Court ruled that the law violates Part III of the Constitution (Fundamental Rights) and declared it ineffective "from the date it came into force."
  • It expressed concerns that certain provisions, such as the obligation for employers to submit quarterly reports and the authorization for officers to request documents or verification, resembled an "Inspector Raj" situation.
  • The court concluded that the state's actions constituted an "absolute control over a private employer," leading to violations of an individual's right to engage in occupation, trade, or business under Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution.
  • The judges held that notions about individual rights have to be in accordance with the text and spirit of the Constitution and not popular or majoritarian notions.
  • The court also said that:
  • “The state cannot direct the private employers to do what has been forbidden to do under the Constitution of India.
  • It cannot do such discrimination against the individuals on account of the fact that they do not belong to a certain state and have a negative discrimination against other citizens of the country”.

The Structure and Development of Reservations in Public Employment in India:

  • Reservation in public employment was initially limited to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
  • Later extended to include Other Backward Classes (OBCs) based on Mandal Commission recommendations (1980).
  • Mandal Commission's Recommendations:
  • The Mandal Commission proposed a 27% reservation for OBCs in central services and public sector undertakings.
  • This was an addition to the existing reservation for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
  • Constitutional Perspective: Reservation is not a fundamental right.
  • While the constitution emphasizes non-discrimination in public employment, the state has the authority to promote specific societal sections through reservation in education or employment.
  • Basis for Reservation: Reservation can be based on factors such as domicile (residence) or backwardness.
  • Parliamentary Authority: Parliament can enact laws regarding employment to a state office, specifying requirements like residence within that state (Article 16(3)).
  • State's Authority: The State has the power to advance socially and educationally backward classes or Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Article 15(4)).
  • Provisions can be made to reserve posts for backward classes not adequately represented in the State services (Article 16(4)).

Some Important Judgements related to Reservation:

  • Indra Sawhney v. Union of India Case (1992):
  • The court affirmed the constitutionality of 27% reservation but set a 50% cap on public employment reservation.
  • The court recommended excluding advanced sections within OBCs (creamy layer) from reservation benefits.
  • M.Nagaraj v. Union Of India Case (2006 ):
  • The Supreme Court validated the constitutional legitimacy of the 77th Amendment, allowing the state to reserve posts for underrepresented backward classes.
  • It emphasized excluding the creamy layer from the reservation, extending this principle to Scheduled Castes and Tribes.
  • Dr. Jaishri Laxmanrao Patil vs Chief Minister Case (2021):
  • The Supreme Court reaffirmed the Indra Sawhney decision and invalidated Section 4(1)(a) and Section 4(1)(b) of the Act.
  • These sections provided 12% reservation for Marathas in educational institutions and 13% reservation in public employment.
  • This judicial decision sent a strong message, highlighting instances where certain state governments exceeded the prescribed limits on reservations without any justifiable exceptional circumstances.
  • Janhit Abhiyan (EWS) Case (2022):
  • The Supreme Court upheld the validity of the 103rd Constitutional Amendment, providing 10% reservation for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS).
  • The court clarified that the EWS quota doesn't breach the 50% reservation cap, as it falls within the non-reserved category.

India, UK Proposed Free Trade Agreement (FTA) (Indian Express)

  • 18 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

India and the UK officials are expected to soon hold the next round of talks for the proposed free trade agreement (FTA) to iron out differences on issues such as social security pact, automobiles, medical devices, and the movement of professionals.

Context:

  • External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar discussed the India-UK Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with Britain’s Prime Minister Rishi Sunak and Foreign Secretary David Cameron recently.
  • These talks were held as the bilateral trade between India and the UK increased to USD 20.36 billion in 2022-23 from USD 17.5 billion in 2021-22.
  • When signed, the India-UK FTA will serve as a template for an agreement with India’s second-largest trade partner, the European Union (EU).
  • Breaking from the look east policy for trade deals under the UPA that saw widening deficits with Japan, South Korea, and ASEAN countries, the government is counting on economic integration with Western and African nations to fuel export growth.

What is a Free Trade Agreement?

  • A Free Trade Agreement (FTA) is a deal between two or more countries aimed at lessening obstacles to the exchange of imports and exports.
  • In a free trade arrangement, goods and services can move across borders with minimal government tariffs, quotas, subsidies, or prohibitions.
  • This concept stands in contrast to trade protectionism or economic isolationism.
  • FTAs can take various forms, such as Preferential Trade Agreements, Comprehensive Economic Cooperation Agreements, and Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreements (CEPAs).

Expectations from the India-UK Free Trade Agreement:

  • Merchandise Trade: Indian products like petroleum, medicines, diamonds, machine parts, airplanes, and wooden furniture worth $6 billion already enjoy tariff-free access to the UK, even without the FTA, so there might be limited additional benefits.
  • Services: India aims for immediate advantages, such as obtaining priority visas for Indian professionals on short-term assignments in the UK.
  • However, acquiring a substantial number of short-duration business visas may be challenging, given the UK's cautious approach post-Brexit, associating visas with immigration.
  • Rules of Origin: Ensuring that products from third countries receive FTA benefits only if they undergo significant transformation in the exporting country.
  • India's preference for conservative rules of origin may lead to prolonged discussions and negotiations.
  • Government Procurement: Allowing UK producers to sell to India’s government procurement sector would create a level playing field.
  • Conversely, Indian firms may face a competitive and restricted government procurement market in the UK, necessitating a cautious approach.
  • Labour Standards, Gender, Environment, Digital Trade, IPRs: India should establish domestic rules/standards before committing to these aspects under the FTAs.
  • Until then, India must avoid undertaking burdensome obligations on non-trade issues.

Factors Behind the India-UK Free Trade Agreement:

  • The China Factor: Disruptions in supply chains during the pandemic highlighted the risks of excessive reliance on China, leading Western companies to adopt a 'China-plus one' approach.
  • Australia's tensions with China and the complementary nature of the Indian economy created a compelling case for a trade deal between India and the UK.
  • India's RCEP Exit: Following its withdrawal from the China-dominated Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), India has been actively pursuing trade agreements with the UK, Australia, and the EU to balance its regional engagement against China.
  • Brexit Impact: The UK, facing a challenging election in early 2025, sees a trade deal with India as crucial.
  • The negotiations are influenced by the post-Brexit landscape as the UK seeks to strengthen its economic ties globally.

What India will Gain from this FTA?

  • India’s labour-intensive sectors such as apparel and gems and jewellery have seen a steep decline in market share over the last five years.
  • Indian textile exports face tariffs walls as high as 10% in the UK; a trade deal could put India on par with competition such as Bangladesh, and revive textile exports.
  • However, the British Parliament has been warned in a report that granting zero-duty access to Indian textiles under the FTA could bring stress on Least Developed Countries such as Bangladesh.

UK Gain in this Deal:

  • Past deals with Japan and the ASEAN countries have shown that the elimination of duty does not automatically result in export growth.
  • Also, many Indian exports to the UK already enjoy low or zero tariffs, while British exports to India such as cars, Scotch whisky, and wines, face considerable tariffs of 100-150%.
  • Tariff reductions on these goods will potentially offer them deeper access into Indian markets.
  • Notably, the average tariff on goods imported from India into the UK is 4.2% but the average tariff in India on goods imported from the UK is 14.6%

What are the Challenges in the India-UK FTA?

  • Non-tariff barriers: Modern FTAs go beyond tariff reduction. India could use the negotiations to eliminate non-tariff barriers (NTBs) that have historically been a concern for exporters, especially for agri exports.
  • NTBs often come in the form of regulations, standards, testing, certification, or pre-shipment inspection that are aimed at protecting human, animal, or plant health and the environment.
  • Vegetable and fruit exporters often face strict limits imposed by European economies on pesticides and other contaminants in agri imports.
  • In manufacturing too, Indian products face high rejection based on conformity assessments and technical requirements.
  • Issue of carbon tax: Like the EU, the UK is looking to impose a levy on metal imports based on carbon emissions.
  • An EU-style carbon border adjustment mechanism (CBAM) will hurt India’s exports to the UK even if India wins significant removal of tariffs.
  • The UK’s carbon tax could be harsh, as one of its aims is to reduce dependence on Russian energy imports.

Sub-categorisation Within Castes (The Hindu)

  • 17 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

In an election rally in Telangana, Prime Minister Narendra Modi promised to look into the sub-categorisation of Scheduled Castes (SCs) to identify and help the most backward among them.

Context:

  • During an election rally in Telangana, Prime Minister Narendra Modi pledged to examine the sub-categorization of Scheduled Castes (SCs) to identify and support the most backward among them.
  • This move is perceived as the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) aiming to attract the Madiga community.
  • The Madigas, the largest among all SC communities in the State, have asserted that another SC community, the Malas, is occupying their rightful share of representation.

Is Sub-categorisation within Castes legal?

  • Historical Context: The issue arose in 1996 when the Andhra Pradesh government formed a one-man Commission under Justice Ramachandra Raju.
  • The Commission recommended sub-categorization of SCs in the state based on evidence of varying backwardness and representation among communities.
  • The attempt to implement this recommendation led to legal challenges, reaching the Supreme Court in 2004.
  • The Supreme Court then ruled that states lack the power to unilaterally sub-categorize communities in the SCs or Scheduled Tribes (STs) list.
  • Legality of Sub-categorization: Over the past two decades, states like Punjab, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu have attempted to enact reservation laws at the state level for sub-categorizing SCs.
  • Legal proceedings have ensued, with the Supreme Court establishing a larger Constitution Bench to make a decision on the matter.
  • Contradictory Judgments: In a 2020 judgment, a five-judge Bench, led by Justice Arun Mishra, stated that deciding on the benefits in the SCs/STs lists would not be considered "tinkering," and states could proceed.
  • This contradicts the 2004 Supreme Court ruling and has led to the 2020 judgment being referred to a larger Bench for clarification.

What is the Union Government’s Stand?

  • The Union government established a National Commission to investigate the sub-categorization of Scheduled Castes (SCs) in Andhra Pradesh.
  • The Cabinet at that time proposed an amendment to Article 341 of the Constitution of India to facilitate sub-categorization.
  • Both the National Commission for Scheduled Castes (NCSC) and the National Commission for Scheduled Tribes (NCST) expressed the view that a constitutional amendment was unnecessary.
  • They pointed out that Article 16(4) of the Constitution already empowered states to formulate special laws for any backward classes they deemed under-represented.

Arguments in favour of Sub-Categorization within SCs:

  • From the Justice Raju Commission to the National Commission, the principal argument for sub-categorisation of SCs has been the graded inequalities among SC communities.
  • The Justice Raju Commission was formed by the Andhra Pradesh state government in 1996 to look into the matter.
  • The thrust of it has been that even among the marginalised, there are communities that have lesser access to basic facilities.
  • As a result, the relatively more forward communities among them have managed to avail benefits consistently while crowding the more backward ones out.
  • The solution, therefore is to sub-categorise the communities and provide separate reservations to the more backward communities within the reservation meant for SCs.

Arguments Against Sub-Categorisation within SCs:

  • Both the SC and ST Commissions have noted that allotting separate reservations within the categories would not really address the root cause of the problem.
  • In an internal note prepared by the NCST, it explained that the most backward SCs are lagging so far behind forward SC communities that a separate quota would not help.
  • It said that the idea was to ensure representation at all levels.
  • But given the disparity, even if posts were reserved at higher levels, these most backward SCs would not have enough candidates to be considered for it in the first place.
  • Both the NCSC and the NCST had thus recommended that existing schemes and government benefits should first reach these sections before any sub-categorisation.

Legal experts emphasize the crucial need for substantial data to substantiate the sub-categorization initiative. But what is primarily needed is concrete population numbers of each community and sub-community and their respective socio-economic data, which are the only thing that can provide a reasonable ground to decide how castes can be categorised, how much percentage should be given, etc.

National Commission for Scheduled Castes:

  • The National Commission for Scheduled Castes is a constitutional body established with a view to providing safeguards against the exploitation of Scheduled Castes and Anglo-Indian communities to promote and protect their social, educational, economic, and cultural interests, special provisions were made in the Constitution.
  • Article 338 of the Indian constitution deals with National Commission for Scheduled Castes.
  • Historical Evolution:
  • Initially, Article 338 of the Constitution provided for the appointment of a Special Officer, known as the Commissioner for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
  • 65th Amendment Act, 1990 replaced the single-member system with the establishment of a multi-member National Commission for Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST).
  • The 89th Amendment Act, 2003 resulted in the creation of two separate commissions in 2004:
  • National Commission for Scheduled Castes (NCSC)
  • National Commission for Scheduled Tribes (NCST)

Composition:

  • The NCSC comprises a Chairperson, a Vice-Chairperson, and three additional Members, appointed by the President through a warrant under his hand and seal.
  • The President of India also determines their conditions of service and tenure of office.

Functions:

  • The NCSC is entrusted with several key responsibilities, including:
  • Investigating and monitoring matters related to constitutional and legal safeguards for the SCs.
  • Inquiring into specific complaints regarding the deprivation of rights and safeguards of the SCs.
  • Participating in and advising on the planning process for the socioeconomic development of the SCs.
  • Evaluating the progress of SC development under the Union or a state.
  • Presenting annual reports to the President on the functioning of these safeguards.
  • Making recommendations for effective implementation of safeguards and other measures for the protection, welfare, and socioeconomic development of the SCs.
  • Evolution of Responsibilities:
  • Until 2018, the NCSC also addressed similar functions concerning the Other Backward Classes (OBCs).
  • However, the 102nd Amendment Act, 2018, relieved the commission of this responsibility.

National Commission for Scheduled Tribes:

  • It was formed in 2004 by amending Article 338 and introducing Article 338A through the 89th Constitution Amendment Act, making it a constitutional body.
  • Objective:
  • Article 338A empowers the NCST to oversee the implementation of safeguards for Scheduled Tribes (STs) under the Constitution, prevailing laws, and government orders, and to assess the effectiveness of these safeguards.
  • Composition:
  • Comprises a Chairperson, a Vice-Chairperson, and three Members appointed by the President through warrant.
  • Mandated that at least one Member must be a woman.
  • Term of office for the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson, and Members is three years.
  • Chairperson holds the rank of Union Cabinet Minister, Vice-Chairperson as Minister of State, and other Members as Secretary to the Government of India.
  • Members are ineligible for appointments beyond two terms.
  • Duties and Functions:
  • Investigation and Monitoring: Examine and monitor all matters concerning safeguards for STs under the Constitution, existing laws, and government orders.
  • Complaint Inquiry: Investigate specific complaints regarding the denial of rights and safeguards for STs.
  • Advisory Role: Participate and advise in the planning of socio-economic development for STs, evaluating their progress.
  • Annual Reports: Submit annual reports on the operation of safeguards to the President, including necessary recommendations.
  • Presidential Rule: The President, following parliamentary laws, may assign additional functions related to the protection, welfare, development, and advancement of STs.

What Is Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) And Why India Is Not A Member (Live Mint)

  • 16 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Union Minister Piyush Goyal is attending the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation meeting in the United States today, which will also see US President Joe Biden and his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping hold their second in-person dialogue since Mr. Biden assumed office in 2021, amid tensions and a trust deficit between the two countries.

What is Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC)?

  • The Asia-Pacific Economic Co-operation (APEC) is a regional economic forum and was formed in 1989.
  • It is a grouping of economies around the Pacific Ocean that aims to promote trade, investment, and economic development in the region.
  • The bloc is looking to “leverage the growing interdependence of the Asia-Pacific and create greater prosperity for the people of the region through regional economic integration”.
  • APEC started with 12 members in 1989 but has over the years grown to 21, which includes the US, China, Russia, Japan, and Australia.
  • The other members include Brunei, Hong Kong, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, the Philippines, Indonesia, South Korea, Canada, Mexico, Peru, Chile, Malaysia, Vietnam, Singapore, Thailand and Taiwan.
  • Taiwan and Hong Kong, which China stakes claim to as its territory, participate separately in the forum.
  • APEC accounts for about 62 percent of global GDP and almost half of global trade and around 2.9 billion citizens.
  • As of 2018, they represented 48 percent of global trade.
  • It operates based on non-binding commitments with decisions reached by consensus and commitments undertaken voluntarily.

Why is India not a member of the APEC Group?

  • India attempted to join APEC in 1991, the year the Indian economy was liberalised.
  • A majority of the members of the grouping were in favour of India’s inclusion but some opposed it.
  • They had reservations about India’s “protectionist instincts” and cited its records on the economic reforms.
  • There was also a freeze on membership since 1997.
  • However, it was not extended in 2012.
  • In 2016, then Union Minister for Commerce and Industry Nirmala Sitharaman told Parliament that the request to join was based on India’s geographical location, the potential size of the economy, and the degree of trade interaction with the Asia-Pacific.
  • India remains an observer of APEC and has been expanding trade and investment ties in the region since the 2000s.
  • Among other factors, India’s lack of a Pacific coastline has worked against its membership in APEC, but the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) is clearly meant to give India a more central position, given the US focus on creating alternatives and counterweights to China’s economic influence.

How can India benefit from APEC membership?

  • “Becoming an APEC member would bring several benefits for India, such as promoting closer economic relations, facilitating trade and investment flows, and opening market access to major economies.
  • Aligning with APEC by simplifying and harmonizing trade procedures and regulations could boost India’s exports, attract foreign direct investment, and support domestic initiatives like ‘Make in India‘.
  • A membership could encourage the country to “adopt best practices, streamline trade processes and reduce transaction costs”.
  • It could facilitate “technology transfer” in important areas like information technology, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, renewable energy and manufacturing.
  • The membership will be helpful for improving flows of knowledge, capital, and goods within the region through better coordination of policies.
  • Economies such as Japan and South Korea (members of both APEC and IPEF) are also important for India in terms of the technological and production know-how they can provide, as is Taiwan, which is only a member of APEC.

What is the Significance of APEC?

  • Since its formation, the grouping championed the lowering of trade tariffs, free trade, and economic liberalisation.
  • As per the US State Department, “During its first five years of operation, APEC established its core objectives.
  • In the 1991 Seoul Declaration, APEC member economies proclaimed the creation of a liberalised free trade area around the Pacific Rim as the principle objective of the organisation.”
  • The experts at the think tank Centre for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), stated, “The dynamic growth attributable to APEC initiatives contributed significantly to the development of a growing middle class in the developing Asia-Pacific region.

Conclusion

India must independently pursue trade liberalization, excluding China to ease concerns. Multilateral coordination, more efficient than bilateral deals, is crucial. Empirical evidence emphasizes the clear positive impact of trade liberalization on Indian economic growth, surpassing other policy reforms. India's anxieties about trade openness may impede growth.

Engagement in institutions such as APEC and IPEF provides a platform for addressing and isolating these concerns. India's focused approach to trade liberalization is pivotal for navigating economic complexities and fostering meaningful international collaborations.

Mount Etna Eruption: What is a Volcano and How do they erupt? (Indian Express)

  • 15 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Mount Etna, Europe's tallest and most active volcano, erupted again on the island of Sicily on Sunday, November 12, 2023.
  • The eruption sent a lava fountain into the air and ash miles into the sky.
  • The ash fell on the nearby city of Catania, causing some disruption to air travel.

About Mount Etna:

  • Mount Etna is a large stratovolcano on the eastern coast of Sicily, Italy.
  • It is the highest and most active volcano in Europe, and one of the most active in the world.
  • Its recorded volcanic activity dates back to 1500 B.C. Since then, it has erupted more than 200 times.
  • Mount Etna is a complex volcanic system, made up of several different lava domes and craters.
  • The summit crater, known as the Voragine, is a large depression that is often filled with lava.
  • The volcano also has several calderas, which are large, sunken depressions that are formed by the collapse of the volcano's summit.
  • In recent years, Mount Etna has become increasingly active, with several eruptions in the past decade. The most recent eruption began in 2022 and has produced a number of lava flows and ash clouds.
  • The eruption has also caused a number of earthquakes, some of which have been felt in nearby towns and cities.

Other volcanoes erupt for much longer than Etna:

  • One of the most famous long-term eruptions was the Kilauea volcano in Hawaii.
  • Its spewing spree in 1983 continued — almost nonstop — for 35 years until 2018, only to start again in 2021. The eruption is still ongoing.
  • Dukono in Indonesia started erupting in August 1933 and is still continuing.
  • Santa Maria in Guatemala began erupting in June 1922 and continues to this day.
  • Yasur in Vanuatu first rumbled to life in about 1270 (± 110 years) and as of June 2023, was still erupting.
  • Lava domes: Lava domes are formations created by the slow extrusion of viscous lava, typically rhyolitic or andesitic, forming a steep-sided mound or dome-shaped structure near a volcano's vent.
  • Crater: A volcanic crater is a bowl- or funnel-shaped depression that usually lies directly above the vent from which volcanic material is ejected.

What is a volcano?

  • Volcanoes are openings, or vents where lava, tephra (small rocks), and steam erupt onto the Earth’s surface.”
  • Volcanoes can be on land and in the ocean.
  • They are, in part, a result of their own eruptions but also the general formation of our planet, as tectonic plates move.
  • Mountain ranges like the Andes in South America and the Rockies in North America, as well as volcanoes, formed through the movement and collision of tectonic plates.
  • How do volcanoes erupt?
  • Essentially, it’s a case of magma, or molten rock, below the surface of the Earth, bubbling up, rising, and overflowing, like boiling milk out of a pot on a stove.
  • The magma finds its way to vents in the volcano and gets spewed across the land and into the atmosphere.
  • When magma erupts from a volcano, it is called lava.
  • There are four main types of volcanoes:
  • Cinder cones
  • Composite or stratovolcanoes
  • Shield volcanoes and
  • Lava domes
  • Their type is determined by how the lava from an eruption flows and how that flow affects the volcano, and, as a result, how it affects its surrounding environment.
  • Each volcano is unique and can vary in size and composition, but a crucial aspect of these mountains is the amount of silicon dioxide present in the magma and rocks below the surface.
  • A high silica content can lead to violent eruptions that are categorized as explosive.
  • Silica makes magma preventing it from readily flowing.
  • Eruptions such as Alaska’s Novarupta in 1912 and Washington’s Mount St. Helens in 1980 all were composed of high amounts of silica.
  • When silica values are low, eruptions are categorized as effusive with magma that is thinner and tends to be less explosive.

Types of Volcanoes:

  • Cinder Cones: Cinder cones are considered to be the most common and simplest type of volcano in the world.
  • Their structures are typically small, so their footprint doesn’t cover much terrain.
  • Many are considered by volcanologists to be monogenetic and only erupt once during their lifespan.
  • Once a cinder cone volcano becomes dormant, it usually never erupts again.
  • Composite Volcanoes: Composite volcanoes are some of the largest and the most picturesque of any mountain in the world.
  • Eruptions can be explosive and produce devastating impacts.
  • Unlike a cinder volcano, composite volcanoes are usually active over a period of thousands of years.
  • Mount St. Helens, Krakatoa, Mount Pinatubo, and Hunga-Tonga-Hunga-Ha’apai are all considered to be composite volcanoes, which also can be known as stratovolcanoes.
  • The last significant composite volcano eruption was in Tonga in early 2022.
  • Shield Volcanoes: This type of volcano is typically the largest on Earth and covers a broad swath of terrain.
  • Hawaii’s Mauna Loa and K?lauea are classic examples of shield volcanoes and are among the most active in the world.
  • Mauna Loa, from the sea floor base to its top elevation, is more than 33,000 feet tall.
  • The great width of these volcanoes is a result of thin lava flows.
  • Eruptions are not considered to be eruptive and usually rank low on the VEI.
  • Threats from landslides and volcanic smog are usually significant with these types of volcanoes.
  • Lava Domes: Lava dome features are usually quite small and due to thick magma, the lava doesn’t have wide impacts.
  • These types of volcanoes can be explosive and are frequently found in the craters of composite volcanoes.
  • Domes tend to grow from material that builds up over time by hardening lava from eruptions.
  • Explosive eruptions can occur with little warning, which makes these features dangerous, if in the immediate area.

Volcanoes that are particularly active in the Pacific Ring of Fire:

  • Some of the most active volcanoes are located in the Pacific Ring of Fire, which includes New Zealand, Southeast Asia, Japan, and the western coast of the Americas.
  • About 90% of all earthquakes worldwide strike within this region.

Can scientists predict volcanic eruptions?

  • Scientists are capable of predicting volcanic eruptions hours, or sometimes several days, in advance.
  • This is not the case with earthquakes, which are much harder to predict.
  • Scientists use seismographic data from earthquakes and other tremors, because those can be a precursor to volcanic eruptions.
  • They monitor the ground for signs of deformation, which may be caused by the movement of magma.
  • They also take readings of volcanic gas emissions, and changes in gravity and magnetic fields.

Community Rights & Forest Conservation (The Hindu)

  • 14 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Forest (Conservation) Amendment Act, 2023, marks a noteworthy evolution in the environmental legal landscape of India, amending the pivotal Forest (Conservation) Act of 1980. Despite its substantial implications for forest conservation, the recent amendment has garnered limited attention and scant discussion concerning its potential impact on both forests and their inhabitants.

What is a community forest resource?

  • The community forest resource area is the common forest land that has been traditionally protected and conserved for sustainable use by a particular community.
  • The community uses it to access resources available within the traditional and customary boundary of the village; and for seasonal use of landscape in case of pastoralist communities.
  • Each CFR area has a customary boundary with identifiable landmarks recognised by the community and its neighboring villages.
  • It may include a forest of any category – revenue forest, classified & unclassified forest, deemed forest, DLC land, reserve forest, protected forest, sanctuary and national parks, etc.

What are Community Forest Resource rights?

  • The Community Forest Resource Rights are mentioned under Section 3(1)(i) of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act.
  • It is commonly referred to as the Forest Rights Act or the FRA.
  • It provides for recognition of the right to “protect, regenerate or conserve or manage” the community forest resource.
  • These rights allow the community to formulate rules for forest use by itself and others and thereby discharge its responsibilities under Section 5 of the FRA.
  • CFR rights, along with Community Rights (CRs) under Sections 3(1)(b) and 3(1)(c), which include nistar rights and rights over non-timber forest products, ensure sustainable livelihoods of the community.
  • (Nistar means the concession granted to agriculturists and Villagers for removal from forest coupes on payment at stipulated rates for specified forest produce for bonafide domestic use, but not for barter sale.)
  • These rights give the authority to the Gram Sabha to adopt local traditional practices of forest conservation and management within the community forest resource boundary.

Why is the recognition of CFR rights important?

  • Aimed at undoing the “historic injustice” meted out to forest-dependent communities due to curtailment of their customary rights over forests, the Forest Rights Act or the FRA came into force in 2008.
  • It is important as it recognises the community’s right to use, manage and conserve forest resources, and to legally hold forest land that these communities have used for cultivation and residence.
  • It also underlines the integral role that forest dwellers play in the sustainability of forests and the conservation of biodiversity.
  • It is of greater significance inside protected forests like national parks, sanctuaries and tiger reserves as traditional dwellers then become a part of the management of the protected forests using their traditional wisdom.
  • But while CFR rights are an important empowerment tool, getting a consensus amongst various villages about their traditional boundaries often proves a challenge.

Key Provisions of the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023:

  • Land under the Act: The amended law exclusively applies to areas classified under the Forest Act, 1927, and those designated as such on or after October 25, 1980.
  • Notably, it excludes forests converted for non-forest use after December 12, 1996.
  • The amendments streamline the Act's application to recorded forest lands, private forest lands, plantations, etc.
  • Exempted Categories of Land: To encourage afforestation and plantation outside forests, the Bill proposes exemptions, such as providing 0.10 ha of forest land for connectivity along roads and railways, allocating up to 10 ha for security-related infrastructure, and allowing up to 5 ha in Left Wing Extremism Affected Districts for public utility projects.
  • Exemptions also cover strategic projects related to national security within 100 km of international borders.
  • Leasing of Forest Land: The Act mandates prior approval from the central government for the assignment of forest land to any entity, whether government-controlled or not.
  • This condition now applies to all entities, with approval subject to terms and conditions specified by the central government.
  • Permitted Activities in Forest Land: Restrictions on de-reservation or non-forest use of forest land may be lifted with prior approval from the central government.
  • The Act outlines specific activities exempt from non-forest purposes, including those related to the conservation, management, and development of forests and wildlife.
  • Expansion of Delegated Legislation Power: The amendment broadens the Central Government's power for delegated legislation.
  • In addition to making Rules, it now includes the authority to issue "directions" to central government authorities, state governments, union territories, or any recognized organization, entity, or body, ensuring effective implementation of the Act's provisions.

Key Concerns with the Amendment:

  • Redefining Forests: The amendment introduces a contradiction to the established definition of forests by the Supreme Court in 1996.
  • This change, making any tree patches recorded as forest in government records deemed as forests, jeopardizes legal safeguards for approximately one-fifth to one-fourth of India's forests, as reported by the Public Action Committee (PAC) in Punjab.
  • Infrastructure Encroachment: The exemption of land near border areas for national security projects raises concerns about adverse effects on forest cover and wildlife in northeastern states.
  • Broad exemptions for projects like zoos, eco-tourism facilities, and reconnaissance surveys may also negatively impact forest land and wildlife.
  • Neglect of Tribal Rights: The amendment removes the requirement for prior consent from tribal grama sabhas for alterations to forests for non-forest purposes.
  • Allowing private companies to use forest land for ecotourism could prioritize corporate interests over tribal communities' livelihoods, potentially leading to the erosion of local cultures and traditions due to mass tourism.
  • Top-Down Authority: Concerns have been raised about potential forest exploitation by profit-driven private companies and the consolidation of power in the central government, potentially neglecting the concerns of state governments.
  • This shift in authority could lead to imbalances and adverse consequences for forest management.
  • Human-Animal Conflicts: Allowing infrastructure development on forest land without addressing the growing issue of human-animal conflicts in tribal hamlets poses threats to both livelihoods and wildlife.
  • The amendment lacks provisions to mitigate or prevent such conflicts, potentially exacerbating the situation.

The Path Ahead:

  • Empowerment of Local Communities: Empower local communities, especially tribal groups, by involving them in decision-making processes, recognizing traditional knowledge, and ensuring equitable benefits from forest resources.
  • Reinforce legal safeguards to protect indigenous communities' rights and heritage.
  • Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Strengthen the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process to comprehensively assess proposed projects' environmental impact.
  • This ensures sustainable development while minimizing ecological damage and informs decision-makers.
  • Stakeholder Consultation: Conduct extensive consultations with environmental experts, tribal communities, local stakeholders, and NGOs to address concerns and integrate diverse perspectives.
  • Prioritize inclusiveness, local participation, and transparency in decision-making processes.
  • Capacity Building: Invest in capacity building for relevant authorities to ensure effective implementation of the Act, adherence to guidelines, and competent decision-making.
  • This enhances the capability of authorities to manage and regulate the Act efficiently.
  • Transparency in Decision-Making: Ensure transparency in decision-making regarding forest land use, exemptions, and infrastructure projects to foster trust among stakeholders.
  • Transparent processes enhance accountability and public trust.
  • Periodic Review Mechanism: Establish a robust periodic review mechanism to evaluate the Act's impact on forests, biodiversity, and local communities.
  • Adjustments should be made based on findings, considering feedback and evolving circumstances.
  • Conflict Resolution Mechanisms: Establish efficient conflict resolution mechanisms to address disputes arising from the Act.
  • Provide a fair platform for all stakeholders to voice concerns and seek resolution, promoting constructive dialogue.
  • Scientific Research and Monitoring: Promote scientific research to monitor the Act's impact on forest ecosystems, biodiversity, and climate goals.
  • Use data-driven insights for informed policy adjustments and develop adaptive management strategies for unforeseen challenges.

These comprehensive steps collectively form a holistic approach to navigating the complexities of forest management, ensuring sustainability, equity, and the preservation of environmental integrity.

Digital Advertisement Policy, 2023 (Indian Express)

  • 13 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The government recently announced that it had approved a new policy allowing its advertising wing, the Central Bureau of Communication (CBC), to undertake advertisement campaigns on social media, OTT platforms, and other digital media.

News Summary:

  • The government has introduced a digital advertising policy, facilitating websites with a minimum of 2.5 lakh unique users per month, OTT platforms, and podcasts to participate in publicity campaigns.
  • Released by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, the policy empowers the Central Bureau of Communication (CBC) to conduct digital media campaigns.
  • The policy incorporates competitive bidding for rate discovery, ensuring transparency for three years.

Key Provisions of the Digital Advertisement Policy, 2023:

  • Empowerment for Digital Campaigns: The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting has formally sanctioned the implementation of the "Digital Advertisement Policy, 2023." This landmark decision aims to empower the Central Bureau of Communication, facilitating the execution of comprehensive campaigns within the Digital Media Space.
  • Mission Alignment with Evolving Media Landscape: In response to the dynamic changes in the media landscape, this policy marks a significant milestone in CBC's mission.
  • It focuses on disseminating information and raising awareness about various government schemes, programs, and policies.
  • Expansion into Digital Platforms: The policy extends CBC's reach into the realm of digital advertising by allowing the empanelment of agencies and organizations in the Over-The-Top (OTT) and Video on Demand Space.
  • Leveraging Podcasts and Digital Audio: CBC can now capitalize on the growing number of listeners on Podcasts and Digital Audio platforms.
  • Empanelment of Digital Audio platforms facilitates the dissemination of government messages to a broader audience.
  • Mobile Application Outreach: For the first time, CBC has the capability to channelize public service campaign messages through Mobile Applications.
  • This diversifies the channels through which government communication can reach the public.
  • Streamlined Advertisement on Social Media: Recognizing the popularity of Social Media Platforms as channels for public conversations, the policy simplifies the process for CBC to place advertisements for government clients on these platforms.
  • Enhanced Outreach with Digital Media Agencies: The policy empowers CBC to panel Digital Media Agencies, further expanding its outreach through various digital platforms.
  • This enhances the ability to effectively communicate government initiatives.
  • Embracing Innovation and Transparency: The policy acknowledges the dynamic nature of the digital landscape and allows CBC to onboard New and Innovative Communication Platforms within the Digital Space.
  • The approval process involves a duly constituted committee.
  • Competitive Bidding and Rate Discovery: An important aspect of the policy is the introduction of competitive bidding for rate discovery, ensuring transparency and efficiency in the selection of advertising rates.
  • Rates discovered through this process remain valid for three years and are applicable to all eligible agencies.

Why is there a need for the Digital Advertisement Policy?

Digital advertising is the promotion of products and services via online platforms like streaming media, websites, and more. Digital advertisements are available in text, image, audio, and video formats.

  • Impact of Digital India Initiative: The government's Digital India initiative has significantly increased the country's internet connectivity, leading to a substantial rise in the number of people engaged with online and social media platforms.
  • Substantial Internet Penetration: Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) reports internet penetration in India surpassing 880 million as of March 2023, highlighting the extensive reach and potential of digital media.
  • Consultative Policy Formation: The Digital Advertisement Policy 2023 has been formulated after extensive discussions involving various stakeholders, ensuring a comprehensive and inclusive approach to its design.
  • Enhancing Citizen Outreach: This policy serves as a roadmap for amplifying the Government of India's digital outreach efforts, aiming to enhance information dissemination to its citizens, aligning with the evolving digital landscape.

About Central Bureau of Communication:

  • Central Bureau of Communication (CBC) is a unit of the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting.
  • It has the mandate of providing 360 degrees communication solutions to Ministries, Departments, Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs), and autonomous bodies.
  • It was set up in December 2017 by the integration of the erstwhile Directorate of Advertising and Visual Publicity (DAVP), Directorate of Field Publicity (DFP), and Song & Drama Division (S&DD).
  • With 23 Regional Offices (ROs) and 148 Field Offices (FOs), CBC is engaged in the process of educating people, both rural and urban, about the Government’s policies and programmes to evoke their participation in developmental activities.
  • As an advisory body to the government on media strategy, CBC aims to elevate the government's image as the key enabler of public empowerment, adapting policies to match the evolving media landscape.
  • CBC comprises divisions such as the Advertising and Visual Communication Division, Folk Communication Division, and Field Communication Division, each employing different forms of communication—ranging from traditional media to live performances—to maximize outreach and understanding of government schemes among the populace.
  • CBC orchestrates comprehensive and integrated communication campaigns that transcend singular advertising efforts, employing a diverse range of communication channels to disseminate information and engage with the public extensively.

Ben Gurion Canal: An Alternative to the Suez Canal (Indian Express)

  • 11 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Speculation suggests that Israel's desire to control the Gaza Strip, including the elimination of Hamas, may be tied to a long-debated economic opportunity, the Ben Gurion Canal Project.

Historical Context: Ben Gurion Canal Project:

  • This ambitious project aims to chart a course from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean, echoing historic initiatives such as the Suez Canal, which has long been a pivotal maritime route since its completion in the 19th century.
  • The proposed Ben Gurion Canal not only signals Israel’s aspirations to claim a stake in global trade dynamics but also reflects the ongoing quest to expand its geopolitical influence, a narrative that has been part of the region’s history since Israel’s establishment in 1948.

A Rivalry Revived

  • The Ben Gurion Canal, if completed, would challenge the supremacy of the Suez Canal, potentially diverting commerce and reshaping economic currents.
  • The strategic move can be seen as a continuation of the historical tensions that saw Israel and Egypt at odds during the Suez Crisis in 1956, where control over this critical passageway was a central issue.

About the Ben Gurion Canal Project:

  • The Ben Gurion Canal Project, named after Israel’s founding father David Ben-Gurion (1886-1973), remains one of the most ambitious infrastructure projects ever planned on paper.
  • It was first envisioned in the 1960s to create an alternative route to the Suez Canal, potentially enhancing economic prospects in the region.
  • Estimated cost may exceed $100 billion.
  • The idea is to cut a canal through the Israeli-controlled Negev Desert from the tip of the Gulf of Aqaba — the eastern arm of the Red Sea that juts into Israel’s southern tip and south-western Jordan — to the Eastern Mediterranean coast.

Historical Significance of Suez Canal:

  • Upon its 1869 opening, the Suez Canal transformed global maritime trade.
  • Linking the Mediterranean and Red Seas via the Isthmus of Suez, it facilitated direct ship passage between Europe and Asia, circumventing the need to navigate around the entirety of Africa.
  • The canal significantly reduced the travel distance between London and Bombay (now Mumbai) by over 41 percent.
  • During the 2022-23 fiscal year, approximately 26,000 vessels traversed the Suez Canal, contributing to nearly 13 percent of global shipping.

What are the Issues with the Suez Canal?

  • The Suez Canal, stretching 193 km in length, 205 m in width, and 24 m in depth, stands as the world's largest shipping bottleneck.
  • Despite being widened and deepened over the years, it remains perennially congested, with long queues at either end.
  • In March 2021, the mammoth cargo ship Ever Given got stuck in the canal, blocking passage for more than a week.
  • It was estimated that the resulting “traffic jam” held up an estimated $ 9.6 billion of goods every day.
  • Also, Egypt’s control over the waterway has been a source of conflict for almost 70 years now.
  • In 1956, after President Gamal Abdel Nasser (1918-70) decided to nationalise the canal, war broke out, with the UK, France, and Israel attacking Egypt in order to regain control.
  • The Suez Crisis ended in a military victory for the aggressors but an overwhelming political victory for Egypt, which kept control over the canal, which was shut for more than six months due to the conflict.
  • This was also a pivotal moment in the Cold War, with Soviet threats of intervention key to stopping the allied aggression against Egypt.
  • The Suez Canal was also the focal point of both the 1967 and 1973 Arab-Israeli wars, and was shut from 1967-75.
  • However, the canal holds immense significance for Egypt's economy.
  • The Suez Canal Authority collects all toll revenue generated, along with the local economic advantages it provides.
  • In the 2022-23 fiscal year, toll revenues reached a record $9.4 billion for Egypt's Suez Canal Authority, contributing to almost 2 percent of Egypt's GDP, which stood at $476.8 billion, as per the World Bank.

Thus, for the West, a shipping lane through Israel would be ideal:

  • The idea of a new shipping route through Israel has long interested the West.
  • A declassified 1963 US government memo proposed using nuclear explosives to create a 160-mile sea-level canal across Israel, connecting the Mediterranean to the Gulf of Aqaba.
  • This alternative to the Suez Canal was seen as strategically important and potentially beneficial for regional economic development.

What is preventing Israel from constructing the canal?

  • Cost and Complexity: One of the primary obstacles was the immense cost and complexity of such an endeavor.
  • Estimates suggested a price tag of up to $100 billion, significantly higher than the potential cost of widening the existing Suez Canal to address its traffic issues.
  • Consideration of Nuclear Excavation: Due to the high cost of conventional excavation, planners explored the controversial concept of using nuclear explosives for construction, as indicated in a declassified 1963 US government memorandum.
  • Of course, this is also a very dangerous choice due to the possibility of radioactive fallout.
  • Geographical Limitations: The proposed route faced challenges due to the topography and terrain, resulting in a planned canal that was over 100 kilometers longer than the Suez Canal.
  • Economic Viability and Preference for Shorter Routes: Even if the project were to be realized, concerns existed about the economic viability as many ships might continue to favor the shorter, established route via the Suez Canal.
  • Geopolitical Challenges: The region's ongoing military threats, including the constant risk from conflicts and attacks, presented significant concerns for the feasibility and security of a canal carrying billions of dollars in freight daily.

Cash For Query Charges: Mahua Moitra To Be Barred From The LS (Indian Express)

  • 10 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Ethics Committee of Lok Sabha, which inquired into the cash-for-query allegations leveled by BJP MP Nishikant Dubey against TMC MP Mahua Moitra, adopted its draft report Thursday, recommending her expulsion from the 17th Lok Sabha for “unethical conduct” and “serious misdemeanors.”

Cash-for-Query (Mahua Moitra) News Summary:

  • The report recommending Moitra's expulsion was labeled 'prejudiced and incorrect' by 4 opposition panel members.
  • They accused the Ethics Committee chairman and BJP members of breaching rules by leaking panel proceedings.
  • Next Steps: Former Lok Sabha Secretary General P. D. T. Achary states that the speaker now holds the authority to decide whether the report will be made public.
  • In the upcoming parliamentary session, the committee's chairperson will present the report, sparking a debate and a subsequent vote on the member's expulsion.
  • This event could mark a historic moment as it might be the first time the Lok Sabha Ethics Committee suggests an MP's expulsion.
  • A prior 'cash-for-query' case in 2005 saw 11 MPs facing expulsion, but it was the Rajya Sabha Ethics Committee and a Lok Sabha Inquiry Committee that proposed those expulsions.

The 2005 Cash-for-Query Scandal:

  • Back in 2005, a hidden camera sting operation exposed the involvement of 11 Members of Parliament who were allegedly willing to use their positions to promote a company and ask questions in the House in exchange for money.
  • As a result of the parliamentary committee's investigations, 10 Members of Lok Sabha faced expulsion from the lower house.
  • Furthermore, the Rajya Sabha conducted its own inquiry through the Ethics Committee, leading to the expulsion of 1 of its members.
  • In 2007, the Supreme Court upheld these expulsions, asserting that the authority to expel members was within the privileges and immunities of Parliament.
  • This landmark decision was made in the case of Raja Ram Pal v/s The Hon'Ble Speaker.

About the Lok Sabha’s Ethics Committee:

  • Committee Formation:
  • The Speaker appoints members to the Ethics Committee for a one-year term.
  • This 15-member Committee is responsible for investigating complaints about unethical behavior by Lok Sabha Members referred by the Speaker, offering recommendations accordingly.
  • Historical Insight:
  • The concept of ethics panels for both Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha was first discussed at a 1996 conference in Delhi.
  • Vice President K. R. Narayanan established the Rajya Sabha's Ethics Committee in 1997 to oversee moral conduct and examine misconduct cases.
  • The idea for a Lok Sabha Ethics Committee emerged in 1997 but was officially recommended during the 13th Lok Sabha by the Committee of Privileges.
  • An ad hoc Ethics Committee was formed in 2000 by the late Speaker G. M. C. Balayogi, eventually becoming a permanent House fixture in 2015.
  • Handling Complaints:
  • Anyone, through a Lok Sabha MP, can file a complaint against a Member, supported by evidence and a statement verifying the complaint's validity.
  • The Committee also considers self-complaints by Members without the need for an affidavit.
  • The Speaker refers complaints against MPs to the Committee after a preliminary inquiry.
  • Function and Scope:
  • The Committee examines complaints but does not entertain those solely based on media reports or matters under legal consideration.
  • It presents its findings to the Speaker, seeking approval for the report's consideration.
  • There's provision for a brief discussion on the report in the House.

Ethics Committee vs. Privileges Committee: A Comparison

  • Overlap in Responsibilities: The roles of the Ethics Committee and the Privileges Committee often coincide, leading to some shared functions.
  • The regulations, such as those outlined in the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in the Lok Sabha, that are applicable to the Committee of Privileges also extend to the Ethics Committee.
  • Handling Allegations: When an allegation of corruption involving an MP arises, it can be directed to either committee. Typically, more severe accusations are referred to the Privileges Committee.
  • Privileges Committee's Mandate: The primary role of the Privileges Committee is to protect the "freedom, authority, and dignity of Parliament."
  • These privileges apply to individual Members as well as the entire House, ensuring their collective and individual dignity and authority.
  • Breach of Privilege: MPs can be investigated for breaching privilege, and individuals who are not MPs can also face allegations of breaching privilege for actions that challenge the authority and dignity of the House.
  • Ethics Committee's Focus: In contrast, the Ethics Committee's main responsibility is addressing cases of misconduct involving Members of Parliament only.

What Lies Ahead?

The time taken by a Committee depends on the complexity of the case it's handling. However, the Committee lacks the authority to refer cases to investigative agencies like the CBI or the Police. It also doesn't possess executive powers to directly penalize a Member.

Instead, the Committee can recommend the suspension of a Member for a defined period. These recommendations are then presented to the House for approval or rejection, including the suggested punishment. In the event of claims related to unconstitutionality, gross illegality, or denial of natural justice, a Member has the option to challenge the decision in a court of law.

India Has the Highest Cases Of TB in The World: Global TB Report 2023 (NDTV)

  • 09 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

According to the Global TB Report 2023 by the World Health Organisation, India had the highest number of Tuberculosis (TB) cases in the world in 2022.

What is the Global Tuberculosis Report?

  • The Global Tuberculosis Report published by the World Health Organisation (WHO).
  • It provides a comprehensive and up-to-date assessment of the TB epidemic and progress in prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of the disease at global, regional, and country levels.
  • This is done in the context of global TB commitments, strategies, and targets.
  • This report is based primarily on data gathered by WHO from national ministries of health in annual rounds of data collection.

Key Findings of the Global Tuberculosis Report 2023?

  • India had the highest number of Tuberculosis (TB) cases in the world in 2022.
  • The country accounted for 27 percent of the total TB cases in the world.
  • The report revealed that 30 nations accounted for 87 percent of the world's TB cases. 
  • India was followed by Indonesia (10 per cent), China (7.1 per cent), the Philippines (7.0 per cent), Pakistan (5.7 per cent), Nigeria (4.5 per cent), Bangladesh (3.6 per cent), and the Democratic Republic of Congo (3.0 per cent).
  • In the Case of the Fatality Ratio (the measure of how severe a disease is), India stood at 12 percent, which means 12 out of 100 patients died of the disease.
  • Singapore had the lowest score of 1 percent while China stood at the 14th spot with 4 percent.
  • While TB is curable, death can occur when it is diagnosed late.
  • The report also highlights a recovery trend in TB diagnosis and treatment services in 2022, signaling a potential reversal of the COVID-19 impact on TB control efforts. 

What is Tuberculosis (TB)?

  • Tuberculosis (TB) is an infectious disease primarily caused by the bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
  • It mainly affects the lungs but can also impact other parts of the body such as the pleura (lining around the lungs), lymph nodes, intestines, spine, and brain.
  • Transmission:
  • TB spreads through the air when an infected person with active TB disease coughs, sneezes, or even talks.
  • The bacteria can travel through the air and be inhaled by people who are nearby.
  • Symptoms:
  • Common symptoms include a persistent cough lasting three weeks or more, chest pain, unintentional weight loss, fatigue, and fever.
  • The symptoms may develop gradually, making early detection crucial.
  • Treatment for TB:
  • TB is treated with a course of antibiotics, typically lasting six to nine months.
  • It's crucial to complete the full course to ensure the bacteria are completely eradicated and to prevent drug resistance.
  • Prevention:
  • Prevention involves vaccination with the Bacillus Calmette-Guérin (BCG) vaccine, particularly in regions with high TB prevalence.
  • Avoiding close contact with infected individuals helps prevent transmission.
  • Drug-resistant TB:
  • Drug-resistant TB occurs when the TB bacteria in a person's body don't respond to, or are resistant to, one or more of the primary TB drugs.
  • There are two main categories of drug-resistant TB:
  • MDR (multidrug-resistant) TB and
  • XDR (extensively drug-resistant) TB.
  • MDR TB is characterized by bacteria resistant to at least two vital TB drugs, isoniazid and rifampicin. These drugs are among the most effective in treating TB.
  • On the other hand, XDR TB takes resistance a step further. In addition to being resistant to isoniazid and rifampicin, XDR TB strains are also resistant to any fluoroquinolone and at least one of three injectable second-line drugs: amikacin, kanamycin, or capreomycin.
  • This makes XDR TB more challenging to treat, as it doesn't respond to a broader range of medications commonly used against TB.
  • The World Health Organization's END TB Strategy, initiated in 2014, sets a goal to globally eradicate the TB epidemic by 2035.
  • The strategy targets a 95% reduction in TB-related deaths compared to 2015, a 90% decrease in TB incidence rates by 2035 compared to 2015, and the ambitious aim of ensuring that no families face catastrophic costs due to TB by the year 2035.

Global Initiatives to Combat Tuberculosis:

  • The World Health Organization (WHO), in collaboration with the Global Fund and Stop TB Partnership, has introduced the joint initiative "Find. Treat. All. #EndTB."
  • The release of the Global Tuberculosis Report by WHO serves as a crucial tool in assessing and addressing the global TB situation.

Initiative by Government of India to Tackle Tuberculosis:

  • National TB Elimination Programme: Prioritizing TB elimination by allocating additional resources under the National Health Mission, intensifying efforts towards achieving the goal of a TB-free India.
  • Ayushman Bharat Digital Health Mission: It emphasizes the integration of technology by introducing digital health IDs for TB patients.
  • This initiative aims to guarantee the availability of accurate diagnostics and appropriate treatment through digital means.
  • Pradhan Mantri TB Mukt Bharat Abhiyan: It's an initiative of the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MOHFW) to accelerate the country’s progress towards TB elimination by 2025.
  • Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana: It provides Rs 500 support through direct benefit transfer to eligible patients.
  • Currently, two vaccines VPM (Vaccine Projekt Management) 1002 and MIP (Mycobacterium Indicus Pranii) have been developed and identified for TB, and are under Phase-3 clinical trial.

Way Forward

  • Specialized Active Case Finding Drives: Launch targeted campaigns to actively identify and diagnose TB cases in specific populations.
  • Scaling Up of Molecular Diagnostics to Block Levels: Expanding the use of molecular diagnostic techniques to the grassroots level for efficient and accurate TB detection.
  • Decentralization of Screening Services through Ayushman Bharat Health & Wellness Centres: Extending screening services to local health and wellness centers under the Ayushman Bharat initiative, making TB detection more accessible.
  • Private Sector Engagement: Collaborating with the private sector to enhance TB case identification and treatment.
  • Newer Patient-Centric Initiatives: Introducing innovative models like the Family Caregiver Model and Differentiated Care to reduce mortality and improve treatment success rates.

What are the Pollutants in Our Air, and How They Impact Health (Indian Express)

  • 08 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Rising pollution levels in north India have led to focus returning on the Air Quality Index (AQI) score, a measure of air pollution.

Context:

  • The escalating pollution in northern India has once again drawn attention to the Air Quality Index (AQI) score, which gauges air pollution levels.
  • On Monday, Delhi, for instance, registered an AQI score exceeding 400.
  • This categorizes the air quality as 'severe,' with any reading above 100 indicating at least a moderate level of pollution on the index.

What is the Air Quality Index (AQI)?

  • AQI is a number, which is a measure of air quality.
  • The higher the AQI, the worse the air.
  • The color-coded AQI index was launched in India in 2014, and it helps the public and the government understand the condition of the air and what subsequent measures are to be taken to combat the situation, based on its severity.
  • According to the Central Pollution Control Board, part of the Ministry of Environment, Forests, and Climate Change, the AQI transforms complex air quality data of various pollutants into a single number (index value), nomenclature, and color.
  • The pollutants measured include PM 10, PM 2.5, Nitrogen Dioxide, Ozone, Carbon, etc.
  • There are six categories of AQI, namely ‘Good’ (0-50), ‘Satisfactory’ (51-100), ‘Moderately polluted’ (101-200), ‘Poor’ (201-300), ‘Very Poor’ (301-400), and ‘Severe’ (401-500).

How Pollutants Impact Our Health?

PM 10 and PM 2.5

  • These are extremely fine particulate matter (PM) particles, with the digits accompanying them referring to their diameter.
  • So, PM 10 and PM 2.5 are smaller than 10 and 2.5 microns in their diameter, respectively.
  • One micron is about a thousandth of a millimeter and this tiny size has a role to play in how they impact human health.
  • The finer the particles are, the more difficult it gets to protect oneself from them.
  • Due to their size, the PM 2.5 particles can easily bypass the nose and throat and can enter the circulatory system.
  • The particles can also lead to chronic diseases such as asthma, heart attack, bronchitis, and other respiratory problems.
  • Byproducts of emissions from factories, vehicular pollution, construction activities, and road dust, such particles are not dispersed and stay suspended in the air that we breathe.

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

  • Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) gets in the air from the burning of fuel, with sources including emissions from vehicles and power plants.
  • Short-term exposure to high levels of NO2 can aggravate respiratory diseases like asthma, and lead to other problems such as coughing or difficulty in breathing.
  • Long-term exposure may also contribute to the development of asthma and could increase susceptibility to respiratory infections.

Ozone (O3)

  • Ozone is a gas that is present in the upper layers of the atmosphere, protecting human health from the impact of the Sun’s UV rays.
  • However, surface-level ozone is among the most significant air pollutants. It is formed by the reaction of atmospheric pollutants in the presence of sunlight.
  • According to the International Journal of Medical Public Health, with the increase in surface ozone levels, there is a likelihood of an increase in the risk of hospital admissions for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases (COPD) and the number of cardiovascular and respiratory deaths.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

  • The largest source of SO2 in the atmosphere is the burning of fossil fuels by power plants and other industrial facilities.
  • Additional sources are industrial processes and natural sources such as volcanoes.
  • As with other gases, SO2 exposure is harmful to the cardiovascular system and can lead to the development of respiratory illnesses.
  • SO2 can also react with other compounds to form particulate matter.
  • At high concentrations, gaseous SOx can harm trees and plants by damaging foliage and decreasing growth.

Ammonia (NH3)

  • A 2017 NASA-funded study said that in India, “A broad increase in fertilizer use coupled with large contributions from livestock waste have resulted in the world’s highest concentrations of atmospheric ammonia.”
  • While gaseous ammonia is a natural part of Earth’s nitrogen cycle, excess ammonia is harmful to plants and reduces air and water quality.
  • In the troposphere –where all weather takes place and where people live – ammonia gas reacts with nitric and sulfuric acids to form nitrate-containing particles.
  • Those particles contribute to aerosol pollution that is damaging to human health.
  • Ammonia gas can also fall back to Earth and enter lakes, streams, and oceans, where it contributes to harmful algal blooms and “dead zones” with dangerously low oxygen levels.

Lead (Pb)

  • Lead is a naturally occurring toxic metal found in the Earth’s crust. But in increased quantities, exposure to it becomes extremely dangerous to health.
  • Important sources of environmental contamination come from mining, smelting, manufacturing and even recycling activities.
  • Young children are particularly vulnerable to lead poisoning because they absorb four to five times as much ingested lead as adults from a given source.
  • Children who survive severe lead poisoning may be left with permanent intellectual disability and behavioral disorders.

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

  • A toxic, colorless, and odorless gas, it is given off when fuel containing carbon, such as wood, coal, and petrol, is burned.
  • If CO levels are high enough, a person may become unconscious and die. Long-term exposure has been linked with an increased risk of heart disease.

Power of the Governor Over State Bills (The Hindu)

  • 07 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Recently, Tamil Nadu, Kerala, and Punjab have approached the Supreme Court to decide a time frame for which Governors have to either return or grant assent to Bills passed by Legislatures

News Summary:

  • Punjab government led by Aam Aadmi Party had filed a petition in the Supreme Court, challenging the delay by Governor Banwarilal Purohit in giving assent to the bills passed by the State assemblies or proposed to be tabled by them.
  • The recent feud between Purohit and Chief Minister Bhagwant Mann-led government pertains to three money bills that were proposed to be tabled by the State during a Special Session of the fourth Budget Session on October 20.
  • The governor's approval is needed to table money bills in the House.
  • Tamil Nadu has also accused Governor R.N. Ravi of toying with the citizens’ mandate by sitting on the Bills by neither assenting nor returning them.
  • It said the Governor has positioned himself as a “political rival” who has caused a “constitutional deadlock” by simply sitting on the Bills for months together.
  • Kerala, in its separate petition, said that eight proposed laws passed by its Legislative Assembly were pending with the Governor, not for months, but years.
  • Of the eight, three Bills were waiting for the Governor’s word for over two years.

Observation by the Supreme Court:

  • The Supreme Court on Monday expressed acute displeasure at Governors holding back key Bills, especially in Opposition-ruled States such as Punjab, Tamil Nadu, Kerala, and Telangana, until State governments approach the top court for judicial intervention.
  • The court also questioned the Assembly’s action to reconvene three months after the Vidhan Sabha was adjourned sine die in March.
  • “The Assembly was summoned on March 3 and adjourned sine die, without being prorogued, on March 22. The Speaker then reconvenes the Assembly three months later!
  • The Supreme Court also said that Governors must remember that they are not the elected representatives of states and have limited power over the legislative actions of an elected government.

The process of granting assent:

  • Article 200 of the Constitution covers the options before the Governor when a Bill passed by both Houses of the Legislature is presented to him.
  • The first proviso to the Article says the Governor could either declare his assent to the Bill or withhold the assent if it is not a Money Bill or reserve the law for the consideration of the President if he thinks the Bill derogates from or endangers the power of judicial review of the High Court.
  • In case the Governor chooses to withhold assent, he should return the Bill “as soon as possible” with a message requesting the Legislative Assembly to reconsider the proposed law or any specified provisions or suggest amendments.
  • The Assembly would reconsider and pass the Bill, and this time, the Governor should not withhold his assent.
  • In short, the constitutional head of the State would bow to the considered decision of the elected representatives of the people.

Do Governors have discretion?

  • Governors did have the discretion to return Bills before the first proviso in the draft Article 175 (now Article 200).
  • This was amended by the Constituent Assembly in 1949.
  • Though it was thought that the Governor’s exercise of discretion would act as a “potential check on disruptive legislative tendencies” by States, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, while introducing the amended proviso, said, “in a responsible government there can be no room for the Governor acting on discretion”.
  • T. T. Krishnamachari, a Constituent Assembly member from Madras and later Finance Minister, approved of the amendment, saying “The Governor cannot act on his own, he can only act on the advice of the Ministry.
  • When a Governor sends a Bill back for further consideration, he does so expressly on the advice of his Council of Ministers”.
  • Mr. Krishnamachari explained that if the Bill passed by the Legislative Assembly needs modification or has garnered adverse public opinion, the government uses the Governor to return the Bill to the Lower House as quickly as possible for re-legislation.
  • The first proviso to Article 200 is thus a “saving clause” and retains the discretion over the fate of the Bill solely in the hands of the State Cabinet.
  • Article 163 of the Constitution makes it clear the Governor is not expected to act independently.
  • The Supreme Court in the Shamsher Singh case verdict has held that as a formal head of the State, a “Governor exercises all his powers and functions conferred on him by or under the Constitution on the aid and advice of his Council of Ministers save in spheres where the Governor is required by or under the Constitution to exercise his functions in his discretion.”
  • The assent or return of the Bill does not involve the discretion of individuals occupying the Governor’s post.

By when should Bills be returned?

  • The first proviso of Article 200 says it should be “as soon as possible”.
  • The Constitution is silent on what exactly this phrase means.
  • The Supreme Court has interpreted “as soon as possible” in the proviso to mean “as early as practicable without avoidable delay” in its 1972 judgment in Durga Pada Ghosh versus the State of West Bengal.
  • Justice (now retired) Rohinton F. Nariman, in his 2020 judgment in the Keisham Megha Chandra Singh case, said a ‘reasonable time’ would mean three months.
  • The States have urged the court to interpret the phrase in the proviso and fix a time limit by which Governors should assent or return a Bill.
  • The 1988 Sarkaria Commission report on Centre-State relations had suggested consultation with the Governor while drafting the Bill and fixing a deadline for its disposal.

What Efforts Have Been Made to Address Concerns Regarding Governors' Alleged Partisan Role?

  • Proposal by Sarkaria Commission: The Sarkaria Commission, set up in 1983 to look into Centre-state relations, proposed that the Vice President of India and the Speaker of Lok Sabha should be consulted by the Prime Minister in the selection of Governors.
  • National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (2000): The Commission recommended significant changes in the selection of Governors.
  • The Commission suggested that the “Governor of a State should be appointed by the President, after consultation with the Chief Minister of that State”.
  • Punchhi Committee Proposal: The Justice Madan Mohan Punchhi Committee, constituted in 2007 on Centre-state relations.
  • The committee proposed in its report that a committee comprising the Prime Minister, Home Minister, Vice President, Speaker, and the concerned Chief Minister should choose the Governor.
  • The Punchhi Committee recommended deleting the “Doctrine of Pleasure” from the Constitution but backed the right of the Governor to sanction the prosecution of ministers against the advice of the state government.
  • It also argued for a provision for impeachment of the Governor by the state legislature.

The Way Forward

  • While Governors may hold differing views on the content of a Bill and have constitutional options at their disposal, they should refrain from using their authority to obstruct legislation they personally disagree with.
  • It's essential to put into practice the principle recommended by the Punchhi Commission, which assessed Centre-State relations and proposed that Governors should not be burdened with the role of Chancellors.
  • Governors sometimes appear to have an overly elevated perception of their constitutional roles. Their primary duty is to uphold the Constitution and, if necessary, advise elected governments to align with its provisions. However, this responsibility does not grant them the authority to operate as an independent power center by exploiting the absence of a specific time frame for decision-making and their discretionary powers.

Extension of PM Garib Kalyan Ann Yojana (PMGKAY) (Indian Express)

  • 06 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Recently, Prime Minister Narendra Modi said that the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana, the Centre’s free ration scheme that aids 80 crore poor, will be extended for five more years.

News Summary

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi, announced the extension of the free foodgrain provision under the National Food Security Act, 2013 for the next five years.
  • The PM Garib Kalyan Ann Yojana (PMGKAY) scheme, which was originally set to end in December 2023, will now continue.
  • This scheme was introduced in 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic to provide free food grains to beneficiaries under the National Food Security Act, 2013.

What is Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Ann/Anna Yojana (PM-GKAY)?

  • The Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana (PMGKAY) was launched in April 2020 as a part of the Atmanirbhar Bharat initiative to help the poor people whose livelihoods were shuttered by a countrywide lockdown aimed at containing the spread of the Covid-19.
  • It was a part of Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Package (PMGKP) to help the poor fight the battle against Covid-19.
  • Under this scheme, about 80 crore beneficiaries covered under the National Food Security Act (NFSA) get free 5 kg foodgrains per person per month.
  • This assistance is in addition to the subsidised ration provided under the National Food Security Act (NFSA), allowing families covered under the Public Distribution System (PDS) to access essential food items at a nominal cost ranging from Rs 1 to Rs 3 per kilogram.
  • Objective of PM-GKAY: To feed India's poorest citizens by distributing food grain to all priority households—those with ration cards and those designated by the Antyodaya Anna Yojana scheme—through the Public Distribution System.
  • The Antyodaya Anna Yojana is a centrally sponsored scheme that was introduced in 2000 with the goal of giving millions of the poorest households access to heavily subsidized food.
  • To ensure the availability of protein, 1 kg of pulses were provided to families (as per regional preferences)
  • Implementing Agency: Department of Food and Public Distribution, Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution.

Who is eligible for the scheme?

  • Families eligible for PM-GKAY include those under the Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY) and Priority Household (PHH) categories.
  • PHH beneficiaries are identified by state governments and Union territory administrations based on their specific criteria.
  • This ensures that households in most need receive the necessary support.
  • AAY families, comprising widows, terminally ill persons, disabled individuals, elderly individuals without means of subsistence or societal support, primitive tribal households, and various vulnerable categories, are also eligible for the scheme.

The merger of PMGKAY and NFSA:

  • In January 2023, the government approved the integration of PM-GKAY benefits with the provisions of the NFSA Act.
  • This integration will streamline the delivery of free food grains.
  • It also ensures that families falling under the Antyodaya Ann Yojana (AAY) and priority households (PHH) categories receive free food grains according to their entitlement under NFSA.
  • For the financial year 2023-24, the central government has allocated around 60 mt of food grain under the NFSA.
  • This includes around 40 mt of rice, 19 mt of wheat, and 1 mt of coarse grains.
  • The central issue price (CIP), the rate at which grains are made available to NFSA beneficiaries, is Rs 3 per kg for rice, Rs 2 per kg for wheat, and Rs 1 per kg for coarse cereals.

Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Package (PMGKP) vs PMGKAY:

  • The Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Package (PMGKP) was introduced in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic to provide economic relief to the vulnerable sections of society.
  • Launched in March 2020, the scheme included various measures such as free food grains, cash transfers, and insurance coverage for healthcare workers, among others, to support those affected by the pandemic and the subsequent lockdown measures.
  • The insurance scheme under PMGKP covered Rs 50 lakh per health worker fighting Covid-19.
  • This insurance scheme was further extended by 180 days in April 2022.

What is National Food Security Act (NFSA), 2013?

  • The National Food Security Act (NFSA) was notified on 10th September, 2013.
  • The objective of this scheme was to provide for food and nutritional security in the human life cycle approach, by ensuring access to adequate quantities of quality food at affordable prices for people to live a life with dignity.
  • Coverage: 75% of the rural population and up to 50% of the urban population for receive subsidized food grains under the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS).
  • Overall, NFSA caters to 67% of the total population.
  • State governments are tasked with identifying Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY - poorest of the poor) and priority households (PHH) beneficiaries within the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS)-covered population.
  • Provisions: 5 Kg of foodgrains per person per month at Rs. 3/2/1 per Kg for rice/wheat/coarse grains.
  • The existing AAY household will continue to receive 35 Kg of foodgrains per household per month.
  • Meal and maternity benefits of not less than Rs. 6,000 to pregnant women and lactating mothers during pregnancy and six months after childbirth.
  • Meals for children up to 14 years of age.
  • Food security allowance to beneficiaries in case of non-supply of entitled foodgrains or meals.
  • Setting up of grievance redressal mechanisms at the district and state levels.

What are the Challenges and the Issues?

  • Inadequate Coverage: The National Food Security Act relies on data from the last census in 2011, leaving out a growing number of food-insecure individuals who have emerged since then.
  • Financial Burden: Sustaining the program imposes a significant financial burden on the government, necessitating a continuous supply of affordable grains.
  • In 2022, India had to impose restrictions on wheat and rice exports due to unpredictable weather conditions affecting harvests, adding pressure to food prices and unsettling global agricultural markets.
  • Fiscal Deficit Concerns: The extension of the program could potentially jeopardize the government's goal of further reducing the fiscal deficit to 6.4% of the gross domestic product.
  • Impact on Inflation: The program's continuation may also influence inflation rates, particularly in the case of rice and wheat, which contribute around 10% to India's retail inflation.
  • Decreased production caused by factors like heatwaves and irregular monsoons has led to rising prices for these essential food items.

Delhi Air Pollution: Causes, Impact & Measures (The Hindu)

  • 04 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The air quality in Delhi-NCR declined over the past week due to a gradual drop in temperatures, calm winds that trap pollution, and a surge in post-harvest paddy straw burning across Punjab and Haryana.

Context:

  • The air quality in Delhi has plummeted to hit the ‘severe’ category for the first time this season, with the AQI breaching the 450 mark according to the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).
  • The State government implemented restrictions, including banning construction and demolition activities.
  • Over the last few years, Delhi and its surrounding areas have been subject to hazardous smog, which conincides with the winter months rolling in.
  • Smoke from farmers burning crop stubble, vehicle exhaust and factory emissions combine every winter to blanket the region in a toxic haze.

What is Pollution?

  • Pollution refers to the contamination of the earth's environment with materials that interfere with human health, quality of life or the natural functioning of the ecosystems.
  • The major forms of pollution include water pollution, air pollution, noise pollution and soil contamination.
  • Other less-recognised forms include thermal pollution and radioactive hazards.

What are the Reasons behind Rising Air Pollution in Delhi?

  • Delhi is one of the most polluted capital cities in the world for a variety of factors, including location (landlocked city), traffic patterns, dust, and farm fires.
  • However, weather also has a significant impact.
  • Typically, Delhi experiences deteriorating air quality from October to November, with improvements occurring from March to April.
  • Unlike the winter season, the current weather conditions are not unfavorable.
  • During winter, cool and calm weather tends to trap and intensify daily pollution, especially in northern India within the Indo-Gangetic Plain.
  • In addition to local emissions, the decline in air quality is primarily attributed to an increase in fire incidents, largely resulting from the burning of wheat crop stubble in northern India especially Punjab and Haryana.
  • Air Pollution in Delhi-NCR and the Indo-Gangetic Plains is a complex issue influenced by a variety of factors.
  • Location: Delhi is a landlocked city compared to Mumbai and Kolkata so the level of pollution is more as the level of particulate matter and pollutants is not able to get discharged into the surrounding areas.
  • Wind Direction: In October, the monsoons withdraw from Northwest India, bringing northwesterly winds.
  • During summers, northwesterly winds transport dust from northern Pakistan and Afghanistan.
  • Reduced Wind Speed: Winters see lower wind speeds compared to summers, making the region more susceptible to pollution.
  • Delhi's landlocked position doesn't benefit from the sea breeze that disperses pollutants in other parts of the country.
  • Stubble Burning: Burning crop stubble in states like Punjab, Rajasthan, and Haryana adds to the winter smog.
  • This practice releases harmful gases like methane, carbon monoxide, volatile organic compounds, and carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • Vehicular Pollution: Vehicular emissions significantly contribute to declining air quality in Delhi during winter, accounting for about 20% of the problem.
  • Dust Storms: Dust storms from Gulf countries worsen the existing pollution levels.
  • Dry and cold weather results in dusty conditions from October to June, contributing to PM10 and PM2.5 pollutants.
  • Temperature Drop: Lower temperatures reduce the inversion height, concentrating pollutants in the lower atmosphere.
  • The inversion height is the layer beyond which pollutants cannot disperse upward.
  • Firecrackers: Despite bans on firecracker sales, Diwali celebrations with fireworks contribute to air pollution.
  • Construction Activities and Open Waste Burning: Large-scale construction projects in Delhi-NCR increase dust and pollution.
  • Landfill sites and open waste burning also add to air pollution concerns.

Impact of Air Pollution on health:

  • Respiratory Issues: Air pollution is a major cause of respiratory problems, including asthma, bronchitis, and lung infections.
  • It can exacerbate existing conditions and increase the risk of developing them.
  • Cardiovascular Diseases: Poor air quality is linked to heart problems, including heart attacks and stroke, as it can lead to the buildup of plaque in blood vessels and raise blood pressure.
  • Cancer Risk: Long-term exposure to certain air pollutants is associated with an increased risk of lung and other types of cancer.
  • Neurological Effects: Emerging research suggests that air pollution may have adverse effects on the central nervous system and could be linked to cognitive decline and mental health issues.
  • Reduced Life Expectancy: Prolonged exposure to air pollution is associated with a shortened life expectancy, as it contributes to a range of health problems that can be life-threatening.

Impact of Air Pollution on Economic Growth:

  • Healthcare Costs: Air pollution increases medical expenses due to illnesses, reducing economic growth.
  • Lower Productivity: Poor air quality impairs worker productivity, hampering economic output.
  • Tourism and Investment: Severe pollution deters tourists and investors, affecting local economies.
  • Agricultural Losses: Air pollution harms crops, impacting food production and livelihoods.
  • Environmental Cleanup Costs: Funds spent on pollution control divert resources from productive sectors, hindering economic growth.

What Steps Should Be Taken to Address Pollution in Delhi?

  • Congestion Charge: Introducing a congestion charge for private vehicles during peak hours can alleviate traffic congestion and promote public transport or carpooling.
  • Revenue generated from this charge can support green projects or subsidize electric vehicles, encouraging eco-friendly choices.
  • Cap-and-Trade for Industrial Emissions: Implementing a cap-and-trade system sets emission limits for industries, fostering a market-driven approach to pollution reduction.
  • This incentivizes industries to lower emissions and invest in cleaner technologies, ultimately reducing pollution.
  • Drones for Pollution Control: Utilizing drones to detect and mitigate pollution hotspots is a proactive measure for managing air quality.
  • Drones provide real-time air quality data with high resolution, allowing for public accessibility and targeted intervention.
  • Vertical Gardens: Incorporating vertical gardens in urban areas enhances aesthetics and air quality.
  • They absorb carbon dioxide, release oxygen, and create habitats for wildlife, contributing to urban biodiversity.
  • Rewards for Low-Carbon Lifestyles: Promoting low-carbon living through a rewards system, such as points, vouchers, or tax benefits for eco-friendly choices like public transport or carpooling, encourages environmentally conscious behavior, reducing carbon footprints.

Government Measures to Combat Pollution in Delhi:

  • National Clean Air Programme (NCAP): Aims to reduce PM10 and PM2.5 particles by at least 20% by 2024 compared to 2017 levels.
  • Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP): As per a Supreme Court order, GRAP outlines actions based on different Air Quality Index categories, addressing air quality in Delhi and the National Capital Region.
  • Stubble Burning Mitigation: Various short-term solutions, both in-situ and ex-situ, have been introduced to address crop stubble burning, such as Subsidy to farmers for Turbo happy seeders and bio-decomposers.
  • Turbo Happy Seeder (THS) is a machine mounted on a tractor that cuts and uproots the stubble, in order to reduce stubble burning.
  • Mobile Enforcement Teams: Enforce regulations against vehicular pollution, complemented by public awareness campaigns and investments in mass rapid transport systems. Phasing out old commercial vehicles is also underway.
  • Cleaner Transport: The introduction of BS-VI vehicles, push for electric vehicles (EVs), Odd-Even as an emergency measure and construction of the Eastern and Western Peripheral Expressways to reduce vehicular pollution.
  • Improved Farming Practices: Encouraging better disposal of crop residue and exploring cost-effective solutions, like chemical decomposition by the Indian Agricultural Research Institute, are essential for tackling stubble burning.
  • "Green War Room": This initiative uses satellite data to identify sources of smog, particularly farm fires in Punjab and Haryana, and takes necessary action.

In response to a growing environmental and health crisis, antipollution measures are being strengthened. However, to ensure success, government bodies at various levels must need to gather the political will to boost investment, foster cross-boundary cooperation, and motivate both citizens and businesses to make their contributions.

CAR-T Cell Therapy (Indian Express)

  • 03 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The drugs regulator has granted market authorisation to India's breakthrough CAR-T cell therapy for patients with B-cell lymphomas who didn't respond to standard treatments like chemotherapy.

News Summary:

  • India’s first indigenously developed Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR)-T Cell T therapy, a cutting-edge treatment for specific types of cancer patients, has shown promising results and could be the safest therapy in this category so far, researchers have said.
  • The therapy was tested on six paediatric patients of Acute Lymphocytic Leukaemia and 10 adults suffering from B-cell lymphoma as part of phase one clinical trials by researchers associated with the Tata Memorial Hospital in Mumbai and the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay.

What is CAR-T cell therapy, and how do CAR-T cells find and destroy cancer cells?

  • CAR-T is a revolutionary therapy that modifies immune cells, specifically T-cells, by turning them into potent cancer fighters known as CAR-T cells.
  • T-cells are special cells (white blood cells that find and fight illness and infection) whose primary function is cytotoxic, meaning they can kill other cells.
  • In CAR-T therapy, we genetically modify them into cancer-fighting cells. These supercharged cells are then put back into the body, and they go after cancer cells — especially in blood cancers like leukaemia and lymphomas.

Here's how CAR-T cell therapy works?

  • Collection: First, a patient's T cells are taken from their blood through a process called "leukapheresis."
  • Genetic Modification: These T cells are then sent to a laboratory where they are genetically modified to make them better at attacking cancer.
  • Preparation: Before the modified T cells are returned to the patient, the patient typically undergoes several days of chemotherapy.
  • This chemotherapy helps create the right environment in the body for the modified T cells to work against the cancer.
  • Infusion: Once the environment is ready, the patient receives an infusion of the modified T cells.
  • This process is similar to receiving a blood transfusion and takes about 30 to 90 minutes.
  • Activation: The CAR-T cells become active and start to attack the cancer cells.
  • However, this activation process can lead to side effects, such as a high fever, a fast heart rate, low blood pressure, and low blood oxygen levels.
  • Some patients may also experience temporary neurological effects like confusion, tremors, and difficulty communicating.
  • Recovery typically occurs within two weeks after one cycle of the treatment.
  • Approximately 70% of patients respond to the treatment, with variations between leukaemia and lymphoma cases.
  • About 50% of these responsive patients achieve a complete response.

How effective and different is this from other cancer treatments like, say, chemotherapy?

  • While chemotherapy and immunotherapy may add a few months or years to a cancer patient’s life, cell-and-gene therapy is designed to cure and provide lifelong benefits.
  • It makes treatment easier with a one-time therapy [unlike several sessions of chemotherapy] that can be truly transformative [for a patient].
  • It’s a lifeline for non-responsive cancer patients.

What is NexCAR19?

  • NexCar19 is a type of CAR-T and gene therapy developed indigenously in India by ImmunoACT, which is a company incubated at IIT Bombay.
  • This therapy is designed to target cancer cells that carry the CD19 protein.
  • This protein acts like a flag on cancer cells, which allows CAR-T cells to recognise and attach themselves to the cancer cells and start the process of elimination.
  • India is now one of the first developing countries to have its indigenous CAR-T and gene therapy platform.
  • Even some developed nations don’t have their own CAR-T therapies; they import them from the United States or Europe.

Who is eligible for the NexCAR19 therapy?

  • This therapy is for people with B-cell lymphomas who didn’t respond to standard treatments like chemotherapy, leading to relapse or recurrence of the cancer.
  • B-cell lymphoma is a kind of cancer that begins in white blood cells called lymphocytes.
  • Lymphocytes produce antibodies, which are proteins that aid in the fight against infections.
  • They are frequently discovered in lymph nodes and other lymphoid organs, like the spleen.

Are the children eligible for this therapy too?

  • B-cell leukaemia is most common among children.
  • The paediatric trial phase is currently underway at the Tata Memorial Hospital, in collaboration with IIT-Bombay.
  • Although the therapy for children will not be any different, for now, ImmunoACT has received CDSCO approval for use in patients aged 15 years and older.

Is there any side-effects of this therapy?

  • It significantly reduces drug-related toxicities, causing minimal harm to neurons and the central nervous system—a condition known as neurotoxicity.
  • Neurotoxicity can occasionally occur when CAR-T cells recognize the CD19 protein and access the brain, potentially leading to life-threatening situations.
  • Additionally, the therapy results in minimal Cytokine Release Syndrome (CRS), characterized by inflammation and hyperinflammation in the body due to the death of a substantial number of tumor cells.

Conclusion

The treatment is not intended for someone who is newly diagnosed. Instead, it’s an alternative for those who already have gone through other more conventional cancer therapy, such as chemotherapy or immunotherapy, and that treatment has been unsuccessful.

A considerable amount of research is underway to see if CAR-T cell therapy could be appropriate as a treatment for different forms of cancer, too, including other blood cancers such as multiple myeloma. So if a patient has a type of cancer that hasn’t responded well to traditional treatment, it may be worthwhile to explore the possibility of enrolling in a clinical research trial that’s using CAR-T cell therapy.

Maratha Quota Protest (The Hindu)

  • 02 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Residents in many villages of Maharashtra’s Dharashiv district on November 1 launched a ‘jail bharo’ (court arrest) protest in support of the Maratha quota agitation.

News Summary:

  • The Maratha quota agitation intensified in Maharashtra after activist Manoj Jarange started an indefinite hunger strike to press the quota demand.
  • The demand for OBC reservation emerged with the Supreme Court's May 2021 ruling that invalidated the Maratha quota established by the state's Socially and Educationally Backward Class (SEBC) Act, 2018.
  • The Marathas want to be recognized as Kunbis, which would entitle them to benefits under the Other Backward Classes (OBC) quota.
  • The State Govt. on asked officials to issue fresh Kunbi caste certificates to eligible Maratha community members from Marathwada, paving the way for them to avail reservation benefits under the Other Backward Classes (OBC) category.
  • However, Mr. Jarange opposed the move saying the entire Maratha community should be given reservation.

Historical Background of the Maratha Community:

  • The Marathas, historically identified as a “warrior” caste, comprise mainly peasant and landowning groups and makeup 33 per cent of the population in Maharashtra.
  • The Maratha Kshatriyas have surnames like Deshmukh, Bhonsle, More, Shirke and Jadhav while most others belong to Kunbi, a predominantly agrarian sub-caste.
  • The Kshatriya-Kunbi difference existed till the days of the Maratha empire.
  • Now, most Marathas are engaged in farming activities.

Difference between Marathas and Marathis:

  • While all Marathas are Marathis, not all Marathis are Marathas. Maratha signifies a group of castes, while Marathi is the language spoken by several communities in Maharashtra and some neighbouring areas of other states.
  • A maximal circle of 96 clans is said to include all true Maratha, but the lists of these 96 clans are highly varied and disputed.

What is the issue of Maratha Reservation?

  • The Marathas have been the politically dominant community in Maharashtra — since the formation of the state in 1960 as 12 of its 20 Chief Ministers have been Marathas.
  • However, with a divide in holdings and problems in the farming sector, there has been a decline in the prosperity of middle and lower-middle-class Marathas.
  • The demand for the Maratha reservation has been going on for decades now.
  • The demand for quota for Marathas began in 1981 when Mathadi Labour Union leader Annasaheb Patil staged a morcha in Mumbai in support of the proposal.
  • The Maratha Mahasangh and the Maratha Seva Sangh organized a strong movement for the Maratha reservation in government jobs and educational institutions in 1997.
  • The issue was brought up again in 2000.

Timeline of Maratha Reservation Issue:

  • June 2017: An 11-member commission led by retired Justice M. G. Gaikwad was formed.
  • The commission recommended providing Maratha reservation rights under the category of Socially and Educationally Backward Class (SEBC).
  • November 2018: Maharashtra legislature passed a bill proposing a 16% reservation in education and government jobs for the Maratha community, declared as a socially and educationally backward class by the government.
  • June 2019: The Bombay High Court upholds the constitutional validity of the Maratha quota under the Socially and Educationally Backward Classes (SEBC) Act, 2018.
  • It reduces the quota from 16% to 12% in education and 13% in government jobs, following the recommendations of the Maharashtra State Backward Class Commission.
  • May 2021: The Supreme Court invalidated the Maratha reservation in 2021, citing the 1992 cap of 50% on all reservations. (Indira Sawhney judgment 1992)
  • The total reservation ceiling was raised to 64% and 65%, respectively, by the Maratha reservations of 12% and 13% in employment and education, respectively.

Indira Sawhney judgment 1992

  • In the Indira Sawhney judgment (1992), the Supreme Court made it clear that 50% reservations should generally be the rule, and the limit could only be relaxed in specific exceptional situations, typically in remote areas, to include them in mainstream opportunities.
  • The Supreme Court stated that there were no such "exceptional circumstances" or "extraordinary situations" in Maharashtra to exceed the 50% reservation limit.
  • Additionally, the court ruled that the state government couldn't grant socially and economically backward status to a community.
  • Only the president has the authority to make changes to the central list of socially and backward classes; states can only provide suggestions.
  • While the Bench unanimously upheld the constitutional validity of the 102nd Constitution Amendment, there was a difference of opinion on whether it affected the states' power to identify Socially and Economically Backward Classes (SEBCs).
  • The Supreme Court emphasized that a separate reservation for the Maratha community goes against Articles 14 (right to equality) and 21 (due process of law).
  • November 2022: After the SC struck down the Maratha reservation and upheld the 10 per cent quota for the Economically Weaker Sections, the Maharashtra government said that until the issue of the Maratha reservation is resolved, economically weaker members of the community can benefit from the EWS quota.
  • April 2023: The state government declared that it will file a curative petition and establish a new panel to conduct a thorough assessment of the community's "backwardness" following the SC's denial of its review plea.

Maharashtra Government's Stance:

  • The Maharashtra government has approved the issuance of Kunbi caste certificates to Marathas from Marathwada, based on historical documents from the Nizam era that recognize them as Kunbis.
  • The main goal is to grant Marathas Kunbi caste certificates, which would classify them as Other Backward Classes (OBCs) and grant them access to the benefits reserved for OBCs.
  • To ensure a standardized process, the government has formed a committee consisting of five members, led by former Justice Sandeep Shinde.
  • This committee will create the Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for issuing Kunbi caste certificates.

Who are Kunbis?

  • Kunbis, a community traditionally involved in farming, are categorized as Other Backward Classes (OBC) in Maharashtra.
  • During the period when Marathwada was part of the Hyderabad province, the community in that area was recognized as Kunbis, known for their farming activities.
  • However, when Marathwada became part of Maharashtra, this community was categorized as Marathas.
  • In 1967, Punjab Rao Deshmukh requested OBC status for Marathas in the Vidarbha region, and in 2004, the Maharashtra government issued a Government Resolution (GR) granting Kunbi status to Marathas from that area.

What is the reaction from OBC Organizations?

  • Opposition to Maratha Demand: OBC organizations strongly disagree with the Maratha request for OBC reservations, fearing it might affect their existing quota.
  • Reservation Concerns: OBC leaders argue that the Maratha reservation should not reduce or compromise the existing OBC reservation.
  • They highlight that OBCs in Maharashtra already have a 19% reservation, which is higher than the national average of 27%.

Conclusion

In the current social and political situation, it is becoming increasingly clear that a potential conflict between the Other Backward Classes (OBCs) and the Marathas will emerge big if the problem is not addressed and managed amicably. To ensure social harmony and avoid potential conflicts, stakeholders and policymakers must engage in constructive dialogue and find fair solutions to the OBC and Maratha reservation issue.

Biofuels and Global Biofuels Alliance (TOI)

  • 01 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Global Biofuel Alliance, formed during the recent G20 summit in India, aims to support the development and deployment of sustainable biofuels.

What are Biofuels?

  • Biofuels are sustainable fuels made from a variety of organic materials (e.g. wood, crops, oil, algae, organic residues, etc.) called biomass.
  • According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), biofuels are liquid fuels derived from biomass.
  • It can be used as an alternative to fossil fuel-based liquid transportation fuels such as gasoline, diesel and aviation fuels.

How are Biofuels Produced?

  • Biofuels can be produced from several methods or production pathways, including transesterification, hydrotreating, gasification, Fischer-Tropsch synthesis, fermentation and pyrolysis.
  • Biofuels are generally divided into four categories – or generations – according to feedstock – or the type of biomass – used.
  • First-generation biofuels, known as conventional biofuels, are produced from agricultural food crops, vegetable oil, and food waste.
  • Higher carbon content and emit greenhouse gases.
  • Second-generation biofuels, called advanced biofuels, are made from energy crops, agricultural or forest residue, known as lignocellulosic biomass.
  • Greenhouse content less than 1st generation biofuel
  • Third-generation biofuels are made from the byproducts of microorganisms, such as algae, natural organisms that can be rapidly produced with little energy and without disrupting ecosystems.
  • Carbon Neutral (CO2 emitted=CO2 sequestered)
  • 4th Generation biofuels are produced from genetically engineered crops like GM crops, pyrolysis, gasification etc. and are Carbon Negative.

What are the advantages of Biofuels?

  • Biofuel Availability: Biofuels can be produced in multiple locations and from diverse sources, making global production and distribution realistic.
  • Renewable Energy: Biofuels come from plants, so we can keep growing them, making biofuels a sustainable energy source.
  • Energy Independence: Using biofuels means we rely less on foreign oil, saving money on imports and boosting our energy security.
  • Cleaner Environment: Biofuels produce fewer harmful gases compared to fossil fuels, which helps keep our environment cleaner.
  • Income for Farmers: Biofuels can give farmers extra income, which aligns with the goal of doubling their earnings.
  • Plenty of Biofuel Sources: We can make biofuels from different things like plants, waste, and algae, so there's a lot of it available.

What are the disadvantages of Biofuels?

  • Biofuel sustainability: End-to-end sustainability is a key question, as biofuels must come from a green supply chain, starting with sustainable biomass production.
  • Land used for biofuel production needs to be closely monitored, ensuring sustainable management practices and avoiding crop displacement.
  • Resource Demand: Making biofuels needs a lot of land and water.
  • In countries like India, where there's not much extra land for farming, it might not be a good idea to use it for biofuels.
  • Competition with Food: Biofuel production and food production sometimes fight for the same land and resources.
  • This can lead to higher food prices and make it hard for people to get enough to eat.
  • Greenhouse Gases: Surprisingly, some biofuels can produce even more greenhouse gases than regular fossil fuels.
  • This happens when we use land that was once covered in forests to grow crops for biofuels.

Are Biofuels a Replacement for Fossil Fuels?

  • There is a difference between biofuels and sustainable biofuels according to experts.
  • While 1G ethanol is considered a biofuel, experts categorize 2G ethanol as sustainable biofuels.
  • The problem has gained significant attention recently due to the acceleration of climate change, raising worries about the threat to food security and the increasing loss of forests and biodiversity as a result of the increased area required for farming.
  • Estimates show that far over half of all vegetated land is currently under cultivation, making agriculture one of the primary global sources of carbon emissions.
  • The Global Biofuels Alliance (GBA) has said unequivocally that producing 2G ethanol would be its primary objective.

Biofuels and the Energy Shift:

When it comes to changing our energy sources, biofuels play a role:

  • Right now, most biofuels are mixed with regular gasoline or diesel to some extent.
  • India, for example, is increasing the use of 20% ethanol-blended petrol across the country by 2025.
  • Some experts think that electric vehicles (EVs) and green hydrogen are the main focus for our energy future.
  • But others believe that 2G ethanol can help in the transition. It can reduce greenhouse gas emissions and keep internal combustion engines in use longer.
  • This gives time for new alternatives to develop, helps farmers, and creates jobs.

What is the Global Biofuels Alliance (GBA)?

  • The Global Biofuel Alliance (GBA) is an initiative by India as the G20 Chair.
  • The Alliance intends to expedite the global uptake of biofuels through facilitating technology advancements, intensifying the utilization of sustainable biofuels, and shaping robust standard setting and certification through the participation of a wide spectrum of stakeholders.
  • The alliance will also act as a central repository of knowledge and an expert hub.
  • GBA aims to serve as a catalytic platform, fostering global collaboration for the advancement and widespread adoption of biofuels.
  • This transition aims to reduce reliance on fossil fuels, create employment opportunities, and stimulate economic growth.
  • Members: The GBA has already gained support from 19 countries and garnered the interest of 12 international organizations.
  • Notably, seven G20 countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, India, Italy, South Africa, and the United States, are actively supporting the GBA
  • Additionally, four G20 invitee countries (Bangladesh, Singapore, Mauritius, UAE) are also backing this initiative.
  • Furthermore, eight non-G20 countries (Iceland, Kenya, Guyana, Paraguay, Seychelles, Sri Lanka, Uganda, and Finland) have agreed to be initiated members of the GBA.
  • International organizations including, the World Bank, Asian Development Bank, World Economic Forum, World LPG Organization, UN Energy for All, UNIDO, Biofutures Platform, International Civil Aviation Organization, International Energy Agency, International Energy Forum, International Renewable Energy Agency, World Biogas Association.

How the GBA Operate?

  • The GBA has a multifaceted approach to support the global development and deployment of sustainable biofuels.
  • It provides capacity-building exercises across the entire biofuel production value chain and offers technical support for national biofuel programs.
  • Moreover, the GBA aims to foster knowledge sharing regarding policy best practices among its members.
  • The GBA plans to establish a virtual marketplace that helps industries, countries, ecosystem participants, and key stakeholders connect by mapping the demand and supply of biofuels.
  • It will also facilitate the development, adoption, and implementation of internationally recognized standards, codes, sustainability principles, and regulations.
  • These efforts are designed to incentivize the adoption and trade of biofuels on a global scale.

Significance for India:

  • The GBA holds particular significance for India.
  • It is a tangible outcome of India's G20 presidency, reinforcing the nation's global presence.
  • Collaboration within the alliance provides additional opportunities for Indian industries, allowing them to export technology and equipment related to biofuels.
  • This collaboration also accelerates existing Indian biofuel programs, such as PM-JIVAN Yojna, SATAT, and the GOBARdhan scheme.
  • By doing so, it contributes to increasing farmers' income, creating job opportunities, and fostering overall development within the Indian ecosystem.

Steps taken by GOI to promote biofuels:

  • Pradhan Mantri JI-VAN Yojana (2019): This scheme aims to create a system for commercial projects and boost Research and Development in 2G Ethanol production.
  • GOBAR DHAN Scheme (2018): This scheme focuses on managing cattle dung and farm waste to create useful compost, biogas, and bio-CNG.
  • This not only keeps villages clean but also increases the income of rural households.
  • It was launched under the Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin).
  • Ethanol Blending: The 2018 Biofuel Policy set a goal to reach 20% ethanol blending and 5% biodiesel blending by 2030.
  • However, the government now plans to achieve the 20% ethanol blending target by 2025-26 instead of 2030.
  • National Policy on Biofuels (2018): This policy classifies biofuels into "Basic Biofuels" like 1G bioethanol and biodiesel and "Advanced Biofuels" like 2G ethanol, converting municipal solid waste into drop-in fuels, 3G biofuels, and bio-CNG.
  • It provides financial and fiscal incentives to promote each category of biofuels.
  • Repurpose Used Cooking Oil (RUCO): This initiative, launched by the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI), aims to collect and convert used cooking oil into biodiesel.

Conclusion

While biofuels hold potential in the fight against climate change, their practical viability remains uncertain. In countries like India, where agricultural surplus is limited, their role as a major energy source may be challenging. Nevertheless, biofuels can still contribute to a greener future through sustainable production and consumption practices. The success of the GBA will determine the extent to which biofuels can play a meaningful role in addressing climate change and energy needs.

Vision document to make India a $30 trillion economy by 2047 (TOI)

  • 31 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

India will aim to become a ‘developed nation’ by 2047, with an economy of $30 trillion in its 100th year of independence, which will be propelled by radical policy changes and reforms in governance by 2030.

News Summary:

  • The 'Viksit Bharat @2047' document, which outlines this vision, is nearing completion, following its inception in December 2021 by Prime Minister Narendra Modi.
  • Ten sectoral groups of secretaries (SGoSs) were entrusted with the task of preparing sector-specific visions, and these are nearly finalized.
  • Niti Aayog will consolidate these sectoral visions into a single comprehensive document by December, following consultations with SGoSs and thought leaders, including industry leaders.
  • Prime Minister Modi is expected to unveil this vision document in December or January.

What is the Current State of the Indian Economy?

  • India’s economy was $3.5 trillion in FY23, but currently with a GDP of $3.7 trillion, it is estimated to be the 5th largest economy in the world and according to some projections, India's GDP will surpass that of Germany and Japan by 2030.
  • The country’s per capita income was estimated at around $2,500 in FY23.
  • Nations with per capita income beyond a threshold of $17,000 are considered as developed.
  • This rapid rate of economic expansion would result in India becoming the second-largest economy in the Asia-Pacific region.

NITI Aayog Vision India@2047 Document:

  • The process of shaping the Vision India@2047 document commenced in December 2021.
  • To ensure comprehensive coverage, ten groups of secretaries were assembled, each focused on distinct sectors such as rural and agriculture, infrastructure, social vision, welfare, technology, governance, security, foreign affairs, and more.
  • This document will provide a blueprint for achieving the ambitious goal of transforming India into a $30-trillion developed economy by 2047, with a per-capita income ranging from $18,000 to $20,000.
  • It will encompass a range of crucial elements, including re-engineering government processes, implementing reforms, and streamlining the efforts of various ministries and departments to eliminate redundancy.
  • Expect insights into India's global involvement in areas like trade, investment, technology, capital flows, and research and development.
  • Furthermore, the document will shed light on which Indian companies are poised to lead on the global stage and the strategic approach for nurturing the ecosystem required to realize this vision.
  • It will also delve into matters related to human capital development, leveraging the nation's vast market size, and addressing regional disparities.
  • The vision document will also provide a roadmap, delineating where India aims to be in 2030 and, ultimately, in 2047."

What are the obstacles ahead in implementing the Vision India@2047?

  • NITI Aayog is assisting Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh in preparing their vision documents in order to bring them into compliance with the national vision document.
  • While other states, such as Uttarakhand, Goa, Tamil Nadu, and Uttar Pradesh, are working on their own documents.
  • Middle-income trap: The plan will include safeguards to make sure the economy stays out of the "middle-income trap".

What is the middle-income trap?

  • According to the World Bank, the term "middle-income trap" describes a scenario in which a nation with a middle-class income is unable to make the transition to a high-income economy because of growing expenses and a decrease in its competitiveness.
  • It's when per capita income reaches around $5,000 to $6,000, and then progress slows down.
  • Low-income countries often tend to transition faster to middle-income levels, driven by low wages, cheap labour and basic technology catch-up.
  • However, only a few countries manage to achieve high-income status.

What are the reasons for the middle-income trap?

  • An example of what is known as the "middle-income trap" is when labour wages become so high that a middle-income nation is unable to compete on a global scale in the production of standardized, labour-intensive goods.
  • But because of its relatively low productivity, it is also unable to compete on a large enough scale in higher value-added activities.
  • As a result, growth is slowing, wages are stagnant or falling, and the informal economy is expanding.

Countries that are stuck in the middle-income trap:

  • Historically, some evidence suggests that Latin American and Middle Eastern countries suffered middle-income traps for at least four or five decades.
  • According to a World Bank report, out of 101 middle-income countries in 1960, only 13 countries achieved high-income status by 200
  • The most recent examples are Brazil and Mexico, which were touted to transition to developed economies but failed to achieve the same success as Japan or some countries in Eastern Europe.

What Strategies Can Help India Overcome Middle-Income Traps?

  • Investment: India should aim for an investment-to-GDP ratio of 35%. Achieving this goal requires boosting savings to 32% of GDP.
  • In the fiscal year 2022, savings and investment rates were 30.2% and 29.6%, respectively, indicating the need for further growth.
  • Balancing Fiscal Consolidation with Growth: India faces a challenge with a general public debt of 83% of GDP and high fiscal deficits.
  • Balancing fiscal consolidation while meeting targets set under the Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) framework is crucial.
  • Structural Reforms: The Asian Development Bank (ADB) emphasizes the need for structural reforms in India to address issues like structural bottlenecks, declining investment, and an increasing current account deficit.
  • Notable reforms include the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), which has strengthened the country's banking systems.
  • Education and Skill Development: Skill development is vital for enhancing labour productivity and promoting inclusive growth.
  • Recent reports suggest that employability among young people needs improvement, emphasizing the importance of education and skill enhancement programs.
  • Research, Development, and Innovation: Innovation plays a significant role in transforming India's economy. India's progress in the Global Innovation Index reflects its potential.
  • Initiatives like the CoWin platform for monitoring vaccination programs and the development of data ecosystems through platforms like UPI and Aadhaar are driving India's growth.
  • Climate Change Adaptation: India should focus on developing and customizing adaptation technologies and solutions to address climate-induced vulnerabilities.
  • This includes addressing challenges in agricultural production, food security, disaster risks, resource access (water, power, coastal resources), and human health in the face of climate change.

Kerala Blast: Who are Jehovah’s Witnesses (Indian Express)

  • 30 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Two people were killed and scores injured after a series of blasts at a Sunday prayer convention of the Jehovah’s Witnesses sect near Kochi.
  • The incident took place at the Zamra International Convention and Exhibition Centre at Kalamassery, where around 2,500 faithful from across the state had gathered for a prayer session.
  • Dominic Martin, an estranged member of Jehovah’s Witnesses, who is now in police custody, posted a video on social media taking responsibility for the act.

Who are Jehovah’s Witnesses?

  • Jehovah’s Witnesses are a Christian sect with a distinctive monotheistic belief system.
  • They do not adhere to the Holy Trinity doctrine, which sees God as existing in three equal persons: the Father, the Son (Jesus Christ), and the Holy Spirit.
  • Origins in the 1870s:
  • The sect's origins trace back to the Bible Student movement initiated in the 1870s by American pastor Charles Taze Russell.
  • Today, the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses is headquartered in Warwick, New York.
  • The primary organization responsible for disseminating the sect's doctrines is the Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society of Pennsylvania, also headquartered in Warwick.
  • Worship of Jehovah:
  • They worship Jehovah as "the one true and Almighty God, the Creator."
  • Jehovah is viewed as the God of key biblical figures, including Abraham, Moses, and Jesus.
  • Their places of worship are called "Kingdom Halls," which are plain, functional buildings resembling small conference centers.
  • View of Jesus Christ:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses recognize Jesus Christ as the "King of God’s Kingdom in heaven" but not as the Almighty God.
  • Their beliefs are solely based on the text of the Bible, which they consider to be the word of God.
  • Rejection of Traditional Festivals:
  • They do not celebrate Christmas or Easter, as they believe these festivals have roots in Pagan traditions.
  • Evangelical Work and End-Times Beliefs
  • Door-to-Door Evangelism:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses are well-known for their evangelical work, which involves going door to door to share their religious teachings, often referred to as "The Truth."
  • They believe that the end of the world is imminent.
  • According to their teachings, the "Kingdom of God" will replace human governments and fulfill God's purpose for the Earth.
  • Religious Isolation:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses tend to keep a distance from other religious groups.
  • They maintain strict neutrality in political affairs and avoid affiliation with other religions.
  • Despite their own religious isolation, they respect the choices made by individuals in matters of religion and politics.
  • Political Neutrality:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses are well-known for their political neutrality, which sets them apart from many other religious groups.
  • While they accept government authority in many matters and pay taxes, they do not vote in elections, serve in the military, or salute the flag.
  • They believe that engaging in such acts compromises their primary loyalty to God.

Jehovah’s Witnesses: A History of Persecution

  • Jehovah’s Witnesses have no political affiliations, and they renounce violence. However, they make an easy target for governments looking for internal enemies, as they refuse to bow down to government symbols. Many nationalists call them “enemies of the state.”
  • As a result, they have often suffered persecution throughout history in many parts of the world.
  • In Nazi Germany, they were killed in concentration camps.
  • African Jehovah’s Witnesses faced violence for refusing to support dictators.

Jehovah’s Witnesses in India:

  • Jehovah’s Witnesses have been present in India since 1905.
  • They established an office in 1926 in Bombay (now Mumbai), and obtained legal registration in 1978.
  • The Jehovah’s Witnesses website (jw.org) mentions that their members in India have at times been accused of trying to convert people due to their evangelical work.

Jehovah’s Witnesses and National Anthem Case:

  • Bijoe Emmanuel & Ors vs State Of Kerala & Ors
  • In 1985, three Jehovah’s Witness students in Kerala faced suspension for refusing to sing the national anthem on religious grounds.
  • Their case reached the Supreme Court in 1986, emphasizing the freedom of conscience enshrined in Article 25 of the Constitution.
  • The Supreme Court ruled that respectfully standing, without vocal participation, during the anthem did not violate the Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act of 1971.
  • This landmark case balanced religious freedom with national symbols, setting a significant precedent in India's legal history.

India-Qatar Relations: Death Sentence to Eight Former Indian Navy Officers (Indian Express)

  • 28 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

In a setback to India’s efforts at securing their release, eight former personnel of the Indian Navy, arrested in an alleged case of espionage, were handed the death sentence by a court in Qatar.

About India- Qatar Relations:

  • Economic Cooperation: Economic cooperation is a cornerstone of the India-Qatar relationship.
  • Qatar exports products like LNG, LPG, chemicals, petrochemicals, fertilizers, plastics, and aluminum articles to India.
  • India exports cereals, copper articles, iron and steel articles, vegetables, and fruits to Qatar.
  • In 2021, India ranked among the top four largest export destinations for Qatar and is among the top three sources of Qatar's imports, with bilateral trade totaling approximately $15 billion.
  • The India-Qatar Start-up Bridge is a collaborative initiative to connect the startup ecosystems of both nations.
  • Energy Partnership: Qatar is a significant supplier of LNG to India, and this energy partnership has grown over the years.
  • India's total imports from Qatar in FY2022-23 were valued at $16.81 billion, of which LNG imports alone were worth $8.32 billion.
  • Political and Diplomatic Relations: Both countries maintain strong political ties. High-level visits by leaders from both sides have led to the signing of various agreements and Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) covering diverse areas, including defense, trade, and investment.
  • For instance, former PM Manmohan Singh’s visit in November 2008
  • In November 2022, Vice President Jagdeep Dhankar traveled to Doha for the FIFA World Cup and addressed the Indian diaspora.
  • Cultural and People-to-People Exchanges: The cultural aspect of the relationship is strengthened by the presence of a large Indian community in Qatar.
  • An extensive Indian community of over 800,000 individuals resides in Qatar, fostering strong ties between the two nations through expatriates.
  • The Qatar Fund for Development (QFFD) provided COVID-19 medical relief materials to India.
  • Defense Collaboration: The two countries have explored defense collaboration and joint military exercises, strengthening their defense ties and strategic partnerships.
  • For instance, Joint military exercises, such as the Za’ir-Al-Bahr (Roar of Sea) naval exercise, promote cooperation between the Indian and Qatari Navies.
  • The 2008 Defense Cooperation Agreement is a pivotal aspect of India-Qatar relations, involving mutual training and visits, notably for the Qatari Emiri Naval Forces in India.
  • Maritime collaboration includes interactions between Indian and Qatari ports.
  • Education and Skill Development: Qatar has also partnered with India in the field of education and skill development, providing opportunities for Indian workers to enhance their skills and employability.
  • For instance, 14 Indian schools in Qatar are offering CBSE curricula.

What are the challenges associated with the India-Qatar relationship?

  • Detention of 8 Ex-Navy Personnel: Eight former Indian Navy personnel are imprisoned in Qatar, with some facing the death sentence.
    • This is a significant concern, particularly as a large Indian expatriate community resides in Qatar.
  • Strained Relations Post-2017 Qatar Blockade: India's engagement with nations like Saudi Arabia and the UAE has strained its relationship to some extent with Qatar due to the Gulf blockade in 2017.
  • Geopolitical Complexities within OIC: Qatar, in collaboration with Turkey, Pakistan, and Malaysia, has challenged the UAE and Saudi Arabia within the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC), raising concerns for India.
  • Support for Militant Groups: Qatar's alignment with Iran and its support for groups like the Muslim Brotherhood and Hamas have caused tensions with India.
  • Historical Rivalry with Israel: Qatar and Israel have a historical enmity, and India's growing ties with Israel have not been well-received by the Qatari leadership.
  • Controversy Over Prophet Comments: Controversy arose due to comments by an Indian ruling party spokesperson against the Prophet.
    • Qatar demanded a public apology, which was resolved after the spokesperson was removed from their position.
  • Media Concerns About Minorities: Qatar's media (i.e. Al Jazeera) has expressed concerns about the treatment of minorities by the ruling government, further impacting bilateral relations.
  • Participation in US-Led Initiatives: India's involvement in U.S.-led initiatives like I2U2 and the IMEEEC has contributed to strained relations with Qatar, particularly in light of the Hamas attacks and the Abraham Accords.

Why is Qatar important to India's Look West Policy despite these challenges?

  • Geopolitical Significance: Qatar hosts leaders from various opposition and militant movements, including Hamas, the Muslim Brotherhood, and the Taliban, positioning itself as a key player in the intricate dynamics of the Islamic world.
  • Global and Regional Interests: Qatar houses American and Turkish military bases while maintaining diplomatic ties with Iran, which significantly influences the geopolitics of the region.
  • Soft Power Influence: Qatar wields substantial soft power through the government-owned Al Jazeera broadcaster, allowing it to shape opinions across the region.
  • GCC Membership: Qatar's membership in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) holds strategic importance for India, especially concerning regional matters such as Kashmir.
  • UNSC Support: Qatar's support is crucial for India's pursuit of a permanent seat on the United Nations Security Council.
  • Business Relationships: Numerous major Indian companies operate in Qatar, fostering economic ties between the two nations.
  • Gulf Stability: The stability of the Gulf region is of paramount importance to India's energy and maritime security, underscoring the significant role Qatar plays in this context.

What are the options available for India in the present case?

  • Legal Recourse and Diplomatic Pressure: In response to the verdict, India is actively pursuing a range of legal options and retains the possibility of escalating the matter to the International Court of Justice (ICJ) if due process is not followed.
  • Transfer of Sentenced Persons: There exists a bilateral agreement for the transfer of sentenced prisoners, enabling Indian nationals sentenced in Qatar to serve their sentences in India.
  • Economic Influence: India's substantial market for Qatar's LNG stands as a potent economic leverage.
  • Given India's sustained growth and energy demands, Qatar maintains a vested interest in nurturing a robust economic relationship.
  • This opens avenues for potential concessions and a review of trade agreements that could mutually benefit both nations.
  • Prudent Diplomacy: Effectively navigating challenges and engaging in constructive dialogue underscores the importance of diplomacy in resolving international disputes.
  • For instance, India is dedicated to providing consular and legal support and has raised the verdict issue with Qatari authorities, particularly in light of families filing a mercy plea with the Emir of Qatar.

Conclusion

The situation involving the 8 Indian citizens and former naval servicemen necessitates a concerted effort involving legal, diplomatic, and humanitarian actions. The government must place a strong emphasis on negotiations with Qatari authorities, potentially warranting high-level intervention. At this juncture, a swift and diplomatic approach, rather than brinkmanship, is of utmost importance.

Provisions Regarding Surrogacy in India (The Hindu)

  • 27 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Two-judge Bench comes to the rescue of a woman suffering from the rare medical condition of Mayer Rokitansky Kuster Hauser syndrome by staying the operation of a law that threatened to wreck her hopes of becoming a mother.

What was the case, and why did the woman approach the Supreme Court?

  • There was a woman who had the Mayer Rokitansky Kuster Hauser (MRKH) syndrome.
  • Medical board records showed she has absent ovaries and an absent uterus, hence she cannot produce her eggs/oocytes.
  • The couple had begun the process of gestational surrogacy, through a donor, last year.
  • However, a government notification (on March 14 this year) amended the law, banning the use of donor gametes.
  • It said “intending couples” must use their gametes for surrogacy.
  • The petition was filed in the SC challenging the amendment as a violation of a woman’s right to parenthood.

What are Gametes?

  • Gametes are reproductive cells that fuse during fertilization to form a new organism.
  • They are haploid cells, meaning they contain only one copy of each chromosome. This ensures that the offspring has the correct number of chromosomes from both parents.
  • In animals, the male gamete is called a sperm cell and the female gamete is called an egg cell.
  • Sperm cells are small and motile, while egg cells are large and nonmotile.
  • Gametes are produced through a process called meiosis, which reduces the number of chromosomes in a cell by half.
  • This process is essential for sexual reproduction.

What were the petitioner’s arguments?

  • The woman said that she started the surrogacy procedure months before the amendment took effect, so it cannot be implemented retrospectively.
  • She and her spouse were unable to proceed with the surrogacy procedure in order to become parents because the Surrogacy (Regulation) Rules 2022 amendment prohibited the use of donor eggs.
  • The Surrogacy Act 2021, which recognized situations where a couple would have to choose gestational surrogacy in order to become parents due to a medical condition, is in conflict with the amendment.
  • The medical or congenital conditions listed in the Surrogacy Rules allowed a woman to choose to become a mother through gestational surrogacy.
  • These included not having a uterus, having one that is missing, having an abnormal uterus, or having had surgery to remove the uterus because of a medical condition like gynecological cancer.
  • It was explicitly stated in the Surrogacy Rules that the woman had the final say in the matter.
  • Government's argument: According to the law, surrogacy cannot be used unless the intended couple and the child are "genetically related." This made using donor eggs exempt.

What was the Supreme Court’s (SC’s) Verdict?

  • The Surrogacy Act's main provisions, both in form and content, imply that the amendment is prima facie contrary to their intended meaning.
  • It was a "woman-centric" law that allowed gestational surrogacy.
  • The woman's incapacity to become a mother due to her ailment or birth defect was the sole reason for choosing to have a surrogate child.
  • Among these conditions were the lack of a uterus, multiple pregnancies, recurrent miscarriages, or an illness that would make the pregnancy dangerous or impossible for her to carry to term.
  • The amendment cannot be in conflict with the Rules, which expressly identify the lack of a uterus or any related condition as a medical necessity for gestational surrogacy.
  • The court emphasized that the surrogate child would be related to the husband in response to the government's argument that the child should be "genetically related" to the couple.
  • It should be noted in this context that the phrase "genetically" related to the prospective couple must be interpreted as referring to the husband.

What is surrogacy?

  • Surrogacy is the act of bearing and delivering a child on behalf of a different individual or couple (i.e., intended parents).
  • A woman who bears a child on behalf of another woman is known as a surrogate mother. This can be done either naturally (traditional surrogacy) or by implanting a fertilized egg from another woman into her womb (gestational surrogates).
  • The biological mother of the child serves as a traditional surrogate. Because it was their egg that was fertilized by the father's sperm.
  • Eggs from the mother (or an egg donor) can now be collected, and fertilized with sperm from the father (or a sperm donor), and the embryo can be placed into the uterus of a gestational surrogate thanks to a process known as "in vitro fertilization" (IVF). Gestational surrogates are genetically unrelated to the child because their egg was not used in the process.

Provisions regarding the Surrogacy (Regulation) Act 2021:

  • Prohibition of commercial surrogacy: The Act prohibits commercial surrogacy, meaning that no monetary or other material benefit can be given to the surrogate mother, except for medical expenses and insurance coverage.
  • Permissibility of altruistic surrogacy: The Act only allows altruistic surrogacy, where the surrogate mother is a close relative of the intending couple or intending woman, and does not receive any financial or other material benefit, except for medical expenses and insurance coverage.
  • Eligibility criteria for intending couples and surrogate mothers: Intending couples must be legally married and have a medical condition that necessitates surrogacy.
  • Surrogate mothers must be between the ages of 25 and 35 years, have at least one child of their own, and be medically and psychologically fit for surrogacy.
  • Registration of surrogacy clinics and assisted reproductive technology (ART) banks: All surrogacy clinics and ART banks must be registered with the National Assisted Reproductive Technology and Surrogacy Board.
  • Establishment of National and State Boards: The Act establishes a National Assisted Reproductive Technology and Surrogacy Board and State Assisted Reproductive Technology and Surrogacy Boards to regulate the practice of surrogacy and to ensure the welfare of surrogate mothers and children born through surrogacy.
  • Penalties for violations: The Act prescribes penalties for violations of its provisions, including imprisonment for up to 10 years and fines up to Rs. 10 lakhs.

Women, Marriage and Labour Market Participation (The Hindu)

  • 26 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • With the high percentage of married women in the working-age population, there is growing concern about the economic impact of their non-participation in India's workforce.
  • Women who work have better economic opportunities and more household decision-making authority.
  • The work of Nobel laureate Claudia Goldin draws attention to differences in women's employment outcomes.

What is the Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR)?

  • The Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR) is an important indicator in labor market studies because it represents the proportion of a country's working-age population that is either employed or actively looking for work.
  • The female labor force participation rate (FLFPR) is the percentage of working-age women who are currently employed or looking for work.

Data on Women’s Labour Participation:

  • In 2022, the global LFPR for women was 47.3%.
  • Women's LFPR decreased in developing nations;
  • For example, in India it fell from 28% in 1990 to 24% in 2022.
  • Based on data from India's NSSO Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) for individuals aged 25 to 49, the following trends have been noted::
  • Compared to the Usual Principal and Subsidiary Status (UPSS) status, married women exhibit a significantly lower employment proportion under the Usual Principal Status (UPS) status.
  • Marriage has a significant impact on women's labor-force outcomes.
  • The female labor force participation rate (FLFPR) among married women between the ages of 25 and 49 decreased by 5% in 2022–2023.
  • The FLFPR for this group decreased to 45% in 2022–2023 from 50% in 2004–05.
  • Most of the FLFPR decline is concentrated in the 25–29 age range.

What is the Periodic Labour Force Survey?

  • The Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) was introduced by the NSO in April 2017 in response to the growing need for labor force data to be available at more frequent intervals.
  • PLFS aims to accomplish two main goals:
  • to estimate, for the urban areas only in the CWS, the major employment and unemployment indicators (i.e., the worker population ratio, labor force participation rate, and unemployment rate) in a brief period of three months.
  • to annually estimate the indicators of employment and unemployment in both CWS and usual Status in both rural and urban areas.

What is NSSO?

  • The National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) is an organization within the Government of India's Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation.
  • It is in charge of carrying out extensive nationwide sample surveys on a range of socioeconomic topics.
  • The NSSO was established in 1950 to meet the data needs of post-independence India.
  • The National Sample Survey (NSS) Commission, which is composed of state officials, academics, and subject-matter experts, provides overall direction for the organization's operations.
  • Regular "rounds" of surveys are carried out by the NSSO, and they typically last for a year. These rounds are usually named after the year they begin, such as "68th round" or "75th round."
  • In 2019, the NSSO merged with the Central Statistics Office (CSO) to form the National Statistical Office (NSO) in order to streamline and consolidate the country's statistical system.

What is the reason behind the decline/low participation rate of women in labor force?

  • Movement of Production: According to economist Claudia Goldin (1994), adult women's LFPR shows a U-shaped pattern during periods of economic expansion.
  • She also mentioned that the shift in production from the family farm, small business, and home to the larger market is the reason for the initial drop in the participation rate.
  • Marriage Issues: When married women indicate a desire to enter the workforce, the problem gets worse.
  • Women's LFPR tends to decline after marriage for a variety of reasons.
  • When comparing the Usual Principal Status (UPS) to the Usual Principal and Subsidiary Status (UPSS), married women exhibit a significantly lower employment proportion, according to the PLFS data (25 to 49 years).
  • The age range of 25 to 29 is where the majority of the decline in the female LFPR is found.

What are the Problems Faced by Married Women?

  • Growing Family Obligations: Due to women's lower educational attainment and restricted mobility, there is a growing social disapproval of women working outside the home, which in turn leads to an increase in family obligations.
  • Marriage Increases Domestic Responsibilities: In addition to increasing women's domestic responsibilities, the institution of marriage places numerous social and cultural constraints on them that limit their ability to engage in the workforce.
  • Social Elements: Women's limited labor participation is also influenced by a number of other societal factors, including their location and affiliations with particular castes and religions.
  • The level of wealth in their home and the social norms that are in place regarding women working outside the home also influence how many women enter the workforce.

Other challenges faced by married women:

  • When women choose to return to the workforce after marriage, they typically show a preference for jobs that are located close to their homes and provide more flexibility.
  • Due to a number of social restrictions, women also face gender-asymmetrical professional costs.
  • It causes gender differences in decisions about fertility, age at marriage, income inequality, and premarital career choices.
  • It has been noted that women in higher social classes typically fulfill home duties in order to conform to strict social norms.
  • Women from lower socioeconomic classes are more likely to work, mainly due to financial limitations brought on by poverty.
  • When compared to their more educated counterparts, women who are illiterate are more likely to enter the workforce following marriage.
  • According to empirical research on the distribution of female labor across various industry sectors in India, the agricultural sector continues to be the most popular choice for women seeking employment.

What can be solutions to promote greater participation of married women in the labour market?

  • Offering Child Care Services: By helping women handle their caregiving duties, this program will allow them to dedicate enough time to gainful employment.
  • It is also crucial to invest in the establishment of childcare services in office buildings through cooperative models and in industrial corridors with industry associations.
  • Public crèches can be run in worksite clusters like labor nakas, close to markets, industrial areas, and densely populated low-income residential areas.
  • Additionally, the establishment of work environments that give precedence to the requirements and welfare of female employees, the supply of safe modes of transportation, and the growth of opportunities for part-time employment would function as inducers for increased female participation in the Indian labor market.

Government Initiatives to increase female labor participation rate:

The government has targeted the issue by taking various prominent steps to increase the female labour participation rate which includes:

  • Enactment of the Maternity Benefit (Amendment) Act, 2017 which provides for enhancement in paid maternity leave from 12 weeks to 26 weeks.
  • Provisions for mandatory crèche facility in establishments having 50 or more employees.
  • Issue of an advisory to the States under the Factories Act, 1948 for permitting women workers in the night shifts with adequate safety measures.

Conclusion

  • Married women's lower participation in the labor force and their propensity to leave the workforce after marriage are caused by a variety of factors.
  • In light of this, it is critical to consider appropriate strategies for advancing women's empowerment during this period of rapid economic expansion.
  • Empowering women in the workforce is not only economically necessary, but also a crucial first step toward achieving gender equality and inclusive economic growth.

Canada-India Standoff and Vienna Convention (Indian Express)

  • 25 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Relationships between India and Canada, which were already tense, have gotten worse as a result of Canada's most recent accusation that India has unilaterally revoked the diplomatic immunity of Canadian diplomats based in India.
  • According to Canada, India has violated both the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (VCDR) and international law.

Context:

  • The recent diplomatic dispute between India and Canada arose due to controversial comments by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau linking Indian agents to the killing of a Khalistani separatist leader.
  • In response, India demanded that Canada withdraw 41 of its diplomats to ensure parity in diplomatic representation.
  • India cited provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations to justify its demand.
  • The convention allows the receiving state to limit the size of a diplomatic mission to a reasonable number.
  • Canada complied with India's demand, withdrawing the 41 diplomats, but expressed concerns about potential violations of the Vienna Convention.
  • This ongoing dispute between India and Canada has brought attention to the Vienna Convention and its rules governing diplomatic relations between states.

What is the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations?

  • The Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (1961) is a United Nations treaty that set some common principles and terms on how countries must treat each other’s diplomatic representatives, in order to ensure friendly relations and maintain proper communication channels between countries.
  • It was approved on April 14, 1961, at the Neue Hofburg in Vienna, Austria, during the United Nations Conference on Diplomatic Intercourse and Immunities.
  • 193 nations have ratified the convention as of right now.
  • India ratified it through the Diplomatic Relations (Vienna Convention) Act of 1972.

Major Provisions of the Vienna Convention:

  • Diplomatic immunity is one of the Convention's guiding principles.
  • It guarantees that ambassadors can carry out their responsibilities without intimidation, fear, or threat.
  • Diplomats are exempt from arrest and detention under Article 29 of the Convention.
  • The host nation is obliged to treat the diplomatic agent with due respect and to take all reasonable precautions to shield the diplomat's person, liberty, or dignity from any harm or violation.

Does India Have the Right to Ask Any Country to Reduce the Size of its Mission?

  • Yes, India has every right to make unilateral decisions and it’s actions are entirely compliant with the parity clause.
  • According to the Ministry of External Affairs, India's action is consistent with Article 11(1) of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (VCDR).
  • According to Article 11.1 of the Convention, the host nation may set reasonable and suitable restrictions on the size of a foreign diplomatic mission, taking into account the specific needs of the mission as well as the conditions and circumstances that currently exist in the host country.
  • The receiving State may, at any time and without cause, declare the head of the mission or any member of the diplomatic staff persona non grata, or unwelcome, in accordance with Article 9 of the Convention.
  • According to MEA, India feels that a reciprocal diplomatic presence in both nations is necessary due to the significantly greater number of Canadian diplomats in India and their ongoing meddling in (India's) internal affairs.
  • People with diplomatic privileges and immunities are required by Article 41(1) of the VCDR to refrain from meddling in the domestic affairs of the receiving state.
  • Therefore, it would be a violation of Canada's VCDR if these Canadian diplomats were meddling in internal matters in India.
  • Additionally, this may be cause to revoke or limit diplomatic immunity.
  • In Line with India’s Diplomatic Relations Act of 1972,
  • India passed this law in accordance with the Diplomatic Relations Act of 1972 to give the VCDR effect.
  • According to Section 4 of this Act, if a nation violates the VCDR, the central government may limit diplomatic privileges and immunities granted to that nation.

International Precedents and Legal Grounds for India's Actions:

  • UK's Restriction on the Soviet Mission: The United Kingdom imposed restrictions on the Soviet Union's mission in the UK due to the discovery of Russian diplomats involved in unacceptable activities.
  • The UK invoked Article 11 of the VCDR to substantiate its decision.
  • US Measures against the Iranian Mission (1979): In 1979, the United States exercised its authority to limit the number of Iranian diplomats stationed in Washington.
  • Estonia and Moldova's Approach to the Russian Mission: Earlier this year, Moldova and Estonia both requested Russia to reduce the size of its mission, emphasizing the principle of parity.
  • In justifying their actions, both Moldova and Estonia relied on Article 11 of the VCDR.
  • Moldova alleged the involvement of Russian diplomats in destabilizing Moldova's internal situation, while Estonia argued that Russian diplomats were actively undermining its security.

Conclusion

Beyond the legal aspects, a larger issue is the current lack of trust between Ottawa and New Delhi. Both sides should focus on adopting confidence-building measures to address this issue.

Allegations of breaching international law could further strain the situation and hinder diplomatic relations.

Allocation of Election Symbols to Political Parties in India (Indian Express)

  • 24 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The Supreme Court declined to hear a petition that the ruling Telangana's Bharat Rashtra Samiti (BRS) party filed challenging the attribution of election symbols to two other parties.
  • BRS contended that the symbols 'road roller' and 'chapatti roller' given to 'Yuga Thulasi Party' and 'Alliance of Democratic Reforms Party' resembled BRS's car symbol, potentially causing confusion among voters during elections.
  • The Supreme Court declined the petition, expressing confidence in voters' ability to distinguish between the symbols.

How are Election Symbols Allotted to Political Parties in India?

  • The Election Commission of India (ECI) is responsible for symbol allotment, operating under The Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, 1968.
  • This order aims to specify, reserve, choose, and allocate symbols for elections in Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies, primarily for recognized political parties.
  • Symbols can be either reserved for exclusive use by recognized political parties or 'free' for unrecognised registered parties.
  • Unrecognized registered parties or candidates can choose from 'free' symbols because they have not secured enough percentage of votes to fulfill the prescribed criteria to become a recognised party.
  • Once selected by parties, these symbols become 'free' for others to choose in subsequent elections.
  • Recognized national and state parties receive exclusive symbols.
  • For instance, the Samajwadi Party leader Mulayam Singh Yadav chose the symbol of a bicycle for the 1993 Uttar Pradesh Assembly polls.
  • The ECI announces party symbols through notifications published in the Gazette of India.
  • As per recent notifications, there are six national parties, 26 state parties, and 2,597 registered unrecognised parties in India.

Do political parties get to state their preferences?

  • The 1968 order empowers the Election Commission (EC) to manage the specification, reservation, choice, and allocation of symbols for parliamentary and assembly elections, particularly for recognizing political parties.
  • Unregistered parties are required to provide a list of ten symbols in order of preference from the set of free symbols published by the EC.
  • Parties have the option to propose up to three new symbols of their choice.
  • These proposals should include names and clear designs, ranked in order of preference.
  • The EC may consider these proposals for allocation as a common symbol if no objections arise.
  • Proposed symbols must not resemble existing reserved or free symbols, have no religious or communal connotations, and should not depict birds or animals.

What happens when a recognised political party splits?

  • When a recognised political party splits, the Election Commission takes the decision to assign the symbol.
  • For instance, the Congress party, in the first elections of 1952, had a pair of bulls as its symbols. Following splits in the party over the years, the current symbol of hand eventually went to the party.
  • More recently, the EC allowed the Eknath Shinde faction of the Shiv Sena to retain the party’s traditional bow and arrow symbol, while the Udbhav Tackeray faction was allotted a flaming torch.
  • The factions had asked for the trident (Trishul) and the mace (Gada), which were rejected citing religious connotations.
  • Both factions had also wanted the ‘rising sun’, which the EC pointed out was the DMK’s election symbol.
  • In case of a split, the EC is empowered to decide on the claims of opposing factions under Paragraph 15 of the Symbols Order, 1968.
  • After considering all of the relevant information, considering the circumstances of the case, and consulting with the parties' representatives, the EC makes a decision.
  • All of these rival sections or groups are bound by the Commission's decision.
  • When registered but unrecognized parties split, the ECI usually advises the warring factions to settle their differences internally or go to court.

Sadiq Ali Case

  • In the Sadiq Ali v. Election Commission of India (1971), it was decided that in matters of disputes among groups of a political party, the test of majority support among members of the party's "organizational and legislative wings" was the critical test to decide the dispute.
  • It includes the Party Constitution Test, Party Constitution Aims and Objectives Test, and Majority Test.

What happens to the faction that doesn't receive the symbol of the parent party?

  • Before 1997, the Election Commission recognized the group not obtaining the symbol based on specific criteria defined in Paras 6 and 7 of the Symbols Order.
  • This recognition depended on whether the breakaway party had the support of a sufficient number of MPs/MLAs according to those criteria, leading to their recognition as a National or State Party.
  • However, in 1997, the Election Commission determined that merely having MPs and MLAs was insufficient.
  • This was because these elected representatives had contested and won elections on the tickets of their parent (undivided) parties.
  • Consequently, the Election Commission introduced a new rule.
  • Under this rule, the splinter group of the party, different from the group that received the party symbol, was required to register itself as a separate political party.
  • These newly registered parties could only attain national or state party status based on their performance in elections at the state or central level following their registration.

Registration of Political Parties:

  • According to the Election Commission of India (ECI), any party seeking registration must submit an application to the Commission within 30 days of the date of its formation in accordance with the Commission's rules.
  • It acts in accordance with Article 324 of the Indian Constitution and Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
  • According to Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act of 1951, all political parties must register before participating in elections.

Dam Safety Act (The Hindu)

  • 23 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • India has nearly 6,000 large dams, 80% of which are over 25 years old and pose safety risks.
  • A new Dam Safety Act (DSA) was enacted in late 2021.
  • On October 4, 2023, the Teesta III dam at Chungthang, one of the largest hydropower projects in India, was destroyed by a glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) in North Sikkim's South Lhonak Lake.
  • Since then, reports have shown there were no early warning systems, risk assessments, or preventive measures implemented as required by the Act.

What are the provisions of the Dam Safety Act, 2021?

  • The Dam Safety Act was introduced in the Rajya Sabha in December 2021 in response to inadequate surveillance and maintenance, which resulted in dam failure-related disasters.
  • The Act outlined important duties and required the creation of bodies at the federal and state levels to carry them out.
  • Key provisions:
  • Dam safety policies and rules would be supervised by a National Committee on Dam Safety;
  • State-level disputes would be handled by a National Dam Safety Authority, which would also be responsible for implementation;
  • The Chairman of the Central Water Commission (CWC) would be in charge of dam safety protocols on a national scale.
  • There would be a State Committee on Dam Safety (SCDS) and a State Dam Safety Organization (SDSO).

What do the States need to do?

  • States are required by provisions to: categorize dams according to risk of hazards; carry out routine inspections; develop emergency action plans; implement emergency flood warning systems; and carry out safety reviews and period risk assessment studies.
  • States were asked to report and document incidents of dam failures.
  • Until now, no statutory provision required systemic reporting of failures, and no single agency was in charge of tracking this information.
  • The CWC maintains a list, but it is not consistently updated.

Is there any action taken for failing to comply?

  • Any provision of the Act that is broken is punishable by imprisonment and/or monetary penalties.
  • The entity shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years if such obstruction or refusal to comply with directions results in the loss of lives or imminent danger.
  • For failing to comply with the Dam Safety Act, the Sikkim High Court ordered the Gati Hydropower Project company to pay two widowed mothers 70 lakh in February 2023.

What are the challenges?

  • Blind spots in the implementation of the law
  • The Dam Safety Act (DSA) fails to encourage transparency and does not support risk-based decision-making.
  • Such disasters occur frequently, and their size reveals a pattern of neglect.
  • Access to Information
  • A strong Dam Safety Act (DSA) should make it simple for various stakeholders to access information, but India's framework falls short.
  • Safety at dams serves a public purpose.
  • The general public should have immediate access to all information regarding dam safety, including the roles played by all institutions, committees, and authorities, as well as their reports, decisions, minutes, and agendas.
  • Nothing is, however, in the public domain.
  • Absence of a cyclical review
  • Periodic reviews are frequently not carried out, or if they are, the results are not readily accessible to the public.
  • Comprehensive dam safety evaluations are mandated by the Act for dam builders. The failure's analysis and reporting, however, are not standardized.

How is dam safety undertaken?

Dam safety is a function of many parts:

  • Design and Construction: Building dams with safety margins is the initial step.
  • Dams should be designed and constructed to withstand potential hazards.
  • Maintenance and Operation: Dams need regular upkeep and should be operated following safety guidelines to ensure their long-term stability.
  • Real-Time Data: Continuous monitoring and recording of dam data in an easily accessible format is crucial for prompt action in case of emergencies.
  • Hazard Forecasting: Being prepared for hazardous events is key. This includes forecasting potential risks and having emergency plans in place.
  • The incident in Sikkim revealed poor compliance with safety measures, ranging from dam design to the capacity of spillways that manage water release.
  • Hazard Profiling: Regular assessment and profiling of potential hazards are mandated.
  • Hazards can change due to factors like climate change, urbanization, and water usage patterns.
  • Periodic Reviews: Periodic reviews are essential to update inundation maps and dam reservoir capacity rules.
  • This contributes to downstream safety.
  • Review Frequency: Spillway capacity and safety metrics should be reviewed approximately every five years.
  • However, these reviews may not be conducted as required.
  • Dam Safety Evaluations: The Act requires comprehensive dam safety evaluations by dam builders.
  • Unfortunately, there's a lack of standardization in how failure analysis and reporting are carried out.
  • Non-Compliance: In certain cases, such as the July-August floods in Himachal Pradesh, dam builders were found guilty of non-compliance with dam safety regulations, leading to government notices.

Manual Scavenging in India (The Hindu)

  • 21 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the Supreme Court, in a judgment, said claims of fraternity, equality, and dignity among citizens remain a mere illusion if a sizeable section of society is forced to enter sewers for a living and die trapped in them even a decade after the outlawing of the inhuman practice of manual scavenging.

What is Manual Scavenging?

  • The practice of manually cleaning, handling, and disposing of human excreta and other waste materials from dry latrines, open drains, and sewers is known as manual scavenging.
  • Although it has been formally prohibited since 1993, manual scavenging has long been a problem in India.

Manual Scavenging in India:

  • According to the 2011 Census of India, there were over 740,000 households in India where manual scavenging was still practiced.
  • The National Commission for Safai Karamcharis reports that between 2016 and 2019, 482 manual scavengers lost their lives while clearing septic tanks and sewers throughout India.
  • An advocacy group fighting to end manual scavenging, the Safai Karamchari Andolan, calculates that there are still roughly 1.8 million manual scavengers in India.
  • Many manual scavengers suffer from a variety of health issues, including skin diseases, respiratory problems, and even death, as a result of their exposure to toxic fumes in septic tanks and sewer lines.
  • From 2019 to 2022, a total of 233 people died as a result of accidents while performing hazardous sewer and septic tank cleaning.
  • Haryana had the most deaths (13), followed by Maharashtra (12) and Tamil Nadu (10).

Why does manual scavenging still occur frequently in India?

  • Ineffective sewage management system: In India, the majority of municipalities lack the newest sewage cleaning equipment, necessitating the entry of sewage workers through manholes into the underground sewerage systems.
  • However, because they are much less expensive to hire, contractors illegally hire unskilled laborers and pay them a daily wage.
  • Social stratification based on caste: Manual scavenging has long been connected to India's caste system, where some castes have been marginalized and compelled to work in fields that are deemed "unclean" or "polluting."
  • Manual scavenging as a source of income for these marginalized communities continues as a result of the persistence of caste-based discrimination and social stigma.
  • Lack of Alternative Livelihood Opportunities: Manual scavenging is common in affected communities due to a lack of alternative employment opportunities.
  • Many manual scavengers are trapped in a cycle of poverty and exclusion, with no access to education or skill development programs that could provide them with alternative means of subsistence.
  • Due to a lack of economic alternatives, they must continue to engage in manual scavenging for survival.

What Are the Consequences of Manual Scavenging?

  • Health Effects: Manual scavengers face significant health risks as a result of direct exposure to human waste and hazardous substances.
  • They are especially vulnerable to diseases like cholera, typhoid, hepatitis, and various respiratory infections.
  • The lack of protective equipment and poor sanitation conditions exacerbate the health risks, leading to an increase in illnesses and premature deaths among manual scavengers.
  • Dignity and Human Rights Violations: Manual scavenging is a clear violation of the individual’s dignity and human rights.
  • They live in deplorable and inhumane conditions, handling human waste with their bare hands and without access to basic sanitation facilities.
  • This occupation reinforces caste-based oppression by perpetuating social stigma, discrimination, and marginalization of affected communities.
  • Psychological and Emotional Trauma: Manual scavenging can have serious psychological and emotional consequences for those involved.
  • Their mental health suffers as a result of their constant exposure to filth, the humiliation of their work, and the discrimination they face.
  • Manual scavengers frequently suffer from feelings of shame, low self-esteem, and depression, which can lead to long-term psychological trauma.

Steps Taken by Government to Reduce Manual Scavenging:

  • In an effort to prevent deaths caused by hazardous cleaning of sewers and septic tanks, the government created the NAMASTE scheme or National Action Plan for Mechanised Sanitation Ecosystem.
  • The Employment of Manual Scavengers and Construction of Dry Latrines (Prohibition) Act, 1993 was enacted to prohibit manual scavenging.
  • The Prohibition of Employment as Manual Scavengers and Their Rehabilitation Act of 2013 was passed to strengthen the ban and provide for the rehabilitation of manual scavengers.

Prohibition of Employment as Manual Scavengers and their Rehabilitation Act, 2013:

  • It was passed in 2013 to make provisions for the banning of employment as manual scavengers and the rehabilitation of manual scavengers and their families.
  • The act's main goals are to get rid of unhygienic latrines, forbid hiring manual scavengers, forbid dangerous manual cleaning of septic and sewer tanks, and keep track of manual scavengers and their rehabilitation.
  • Provisions:
  • No person or organization may hire or engage any person to perform manual scavenging.
  • Anyone who engages in manual scavenging in violation of the provisions of the MS Act, 2013, faces imprisonment for up to two years, a fine of up to one lakh rupees, or both.
  • It outlines the measures taken to help sanitation workers and their families get back on their feet.
  • Following a survey of manual scavengers, the local administration must issue them with a photo identity card containing information about their family members as well as monetary compensation.
  • Their children must receive a government scholarship, as well as a residential plot and the funds necessary to build on it.
  • It is also illegal for a person to clean a sewer or septic tank without the employer providing protective gear and cleaning devices and following safety precautions.
  • Every local authority is required by the Act to ensure that there are no insanitary latrines in its jurisdiction and that no manual scavengers are employed.
  • A municipality or a panchayat is a local authority that is in charge of sanitation in its jurisdiction.
  • Local governments must build community sanitary latrines (that do not require manual removal of human excreta) and make plans for their sanitary upkeep at all times.
  • They must also ensure that technological appliances are used to clean sewers, septic tanks, and other similar spaces in their jurisdictions.
  • Despite legal prohibitions and government efforts to eliminate manual scavenging, the practice continues in various parts of the country.

Way Forward

  • Technology-Driven Solutions: Innovative tools and machinery that can take the place of manual scavenging work must be developed.
  • For instance, septic tanks and sewer lines can be cleaned by automated robots, eliminating the need for human intervention in potentially dangerous situations.
  • Encourage Entrepreneurship and Skill Development: There is a need to encourage affected individuals' training and skill development, allowing them to explore alternative livelihood opportunities.
  • To assist former manual scavengers in transitioning to safer and more dignified professions, governments and non-governmental organizations can provide vocational training in areas such as plumbing, electrical work, computer literacy, and entrepreneurship.
  • Upgrades to Sanitation Infrastructure: Invest in sanitation infrastructure development and improvement, such as the construction of modern toilets, sewage treatment plants, and efficient waste management systems.
  • These improvements will reduce the need for manual scavenging and provide safer waste disposal options.

10 Years of China's Visionary Belt and Road Initiative (The Hindu)

  • 20 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Recently Chinese President Xi Jinping commemorated the 10th anniversary of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).

What is the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)?

  • The Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), also known as the One Belt, One Road (OBOR) initiative, is a massive infrastructure and economic development project launched by China.
  • It was introduced by Chinese President Xi Jinping in 2013 and aims to enhance trade and investment connectivity between China and various countries in Asia, Europe, Africa, and beyond.
  • The initiative comprises two main components:
  • The Silk Road Economic Belt: This land-based component envisions the construction of a network of roads, railways, and pipelines connecting China to Europe through Central Asia, the Middle East, and Eastern Europe.
  • Maritime Silk Road: This sea-based component focuses on developing a network of ports and coastal infrastructure, linking China to Southeast Asia, South Asia, Africa, and Europe via the Indian Ocean and South China Sea.

What are the objective of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)?

  • The BRI aims to stimulate economic development, improve trade relationships, and foster cultural exchanges across participating countries.
  • It involves extensive investments in infrastructure, including roads, railways, ports, and energy projects, with the goal of boosting economic growth and connectivity.
  • The initiative has been met with both enthusiasm and scrutiny, as it has the potential to reshape global trade and geopolitical dynamics.
  • It is scheduled to be finished in 2049, to coincide with the centennial of the People's Republic of China.

Geographic Corridors:

The land-based Silk Road Economic Belt envisions six key development corridors:

  • China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC).
  • New Eurasian Land Bridge Economic Corridor.
  • China-Indochina Peninsula Economic Corridor.
  • China-Mongolia-Russia Economic Corridor.
  • China-Central Asia-West Asia Economic Corridor.
  • China-Myanmar Economic Corridor.

What is India's position on BRI?

  • India objects to the project on the grounds of transparency and national sovereignty. India has boycotted China's BRI summits in 2017 and 2019 and has not endorsed the BRI joint statements issued by the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO).
  • The main reason India opposes the BRI is that it includes the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC), which passes through Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK), which India claims as its own territory.
  • India also contends that BRI projects must adhere to international norms, the rule of law, and financial sustainability, and must not create debt traps or environmental and social risks for host countries.
  • India has instead advocated for other connectivity programs, such as the Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment (PGII), a G7 program to finance infrastructure projects in developing nations.

What are the concerns related to the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI)?

  • Debt burden: The debt sustainability and transparency of BRI projects, particularly in countries with weak governance, high corruption, and low credit ratings.
  • Some critics have accused China of engaging in "debt-trap diplomacy" by lending money to countries like Sri Lanka and Zambia that eventually find themselves unable to repay, and then seizing strategic assets or extracting political concessions in exchange.
  • Geostrategic Concerns: The Belt and Road Initiative has raised geopolitical concerns, particularly about China's growing influence and control over critical infrastructure in partner countries.
  • Because of these concerns, some countries have reconsidered their participation in the initiative.
  • Political Tensions: Geopolitical rivalries and disputes, such as the India-China border dispute, have hampered BRI project implementation in some regions.
  • The progress of the initiative could be hampered by these political tenses.
  • Multilateral Governance: The BRI is not a multilateral initiative, but rather a collection of mostly bilateral projects. This decentralized approach may cause coordination and governance issues.
  • Unlike initiatives such as the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB), the BRI lacks a centralized governing structure, making collective action difficult.
  • Environmental and social concerns: The BRI's infrastructure development projects have been criticized for their potential environmental and social impacts.
  • It is difficult to ensure that BRI projects are environmentally sustainable and take into account the well-being of local communities.

Alternatives to BRI concerns include:

  • Blue Dot Network (BDN): A multi-stakeholder initiative led by the United States, Japan, and Australia to promote high-quality global infrastructure development standards.
  • B3W Initiative: The B3W Initiative, led by the G7, seeks to address the infrastructure gap in developing and low-income countries.
  • Global Gateway: The European Union launched the Global Gateway to compete with BRI, focusing on various sectors such as climate change, digitalization, health, and education.
  • PGII (Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment): A rebranded version of B3W. It is a G7 initiative to fund infrastructure projects in developing countries. India is in favor of it.
  • India's Efforts:
  • India's counter to BRI, supported by Lines of Credit (LOCs) to countries in Asia, Africa, the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), and Latin America.
  • It includes projects such as IMEC and INSTC.
  • During the recent G20 summit, India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC) initiative
  • International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) connecting India to the Middle East and Russia

To protect its own interests, China has established a network of investments that has left several low- and middle-income countries in severe debt; thus, global initiatives have provided a counter-block for monopoly and taken steps to focus on more inclusive and sustainable development.

Supreme Court’s Same-sex Marriage Verdict (Indian Express)

  • 18 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

A five-judge Constitution Bench led by Chief Justice of India (CJI) D Y Chandrachud unanimously rejected same-sex marriage recognition. In a 3-2 majority decision, the Bench also refused to authorize civil unions for non-heterosexual couples.

What is the Supreme Court's Observation?

The Denial of Marriage as a Fundamental Right:

  • All five judges on the Bench agreed that there's no fundamental right to marry in the Constitution.

Limitations on Modifying the Special Marriage Act (SMA), 1954:

  • They also unanimously agreed that changing the Special Marriage Act (SMA) of 1954 using gender-neutral language to allow same-sex marriage isn't possible.
  • The petitioners wanted the Supreme Court to interpret the word marriage as being between spouses instead of man and woman.
  • Alternatively, they asked for removing the gender-restrictive provisions of the SMA.
  • The Chief Justice of India (CJI) said that striking down the SMA provisions would impact the legal framework for interfaith and inter-caste couples.
  • Interpreting the SMA in a gender-neutral way, he added, would be like making new laws from the judiciary, which goes against the separation of powers.

Rejection of Civil Unions for Non-Heterosexual Couples:

  • The bench ruled 3:2 against allowing civil unions for non-heterosexual couples.
  • The minority judges believed that the right to form unions comes from the fundamental right to freedom of speech and expression, and the right to life.
  • They argued that the right to enter into a union shouldn't be restricted based on sexual orientation, as it's a violation of Article 15 of the Constitution.
  • The majority view was that it's the legislature's role, not the Court's, to recognize and grant legal status to non-heterosexual relationships formally.
  • Regarding rights for non-heterosexual couples, all five judges noted that a high-level Cabinet committee will consider the rights that can be given to non-heterosexual couples.
  • This could include joint bank accounts, same-sex spouses being beneficiaries for provident funds, pensions, inheritance, and making medical decisions for the other spouse.

Considerations on Adoption Rights of Children:

  • On the rights to adopt children, the Supreme Court unanimously agreed that one's sexual orientation shouldn't determine one’s suitability to be adoptive parents.
  • However, in a 3:2 split verdict, the Court upheld the existing regulations that deny unmarried couples, including queer individuals, the right to adopt a child as a couple.
  • Since same-sex marriage isn't legal in India, they also cannot adopt children as a couple.
  • In 2022, the Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA) issued new Adoption Regulations, requiring a couple to be in a stable marital relationship for two years to be eligible for adoption.
  • This made it impossible for queer couples to adopt, as it prohibited individuals in live-in relationships from adopting children.
  • The minority view by CJI Chandrachud and Justice Kaul argued that CARA's guidelines discriminate against unconventional, unmarried couples seeking to adopt children.

What is the Legal Status of Same-Sex Marriages in India?

  • The right to marry isn't explicitly recognized as a fundamental or constitutional right in the Indian Constitution; instead, it's a statutory right.
  • However, the recognition of marriage as a fundamental right has evolved through judicial decisions by India's Supreme Court.
  • These legal declarations are binding on all courts throughout India under Article 141 of the Constitution.

Earlier Views of the Supreme Court on Same-Sex Marriages:

  • Marriage as a Fundamental Right (Shafin Jahan v. Asokan K.M. and others 2018):
  • The Supreme Court, while referring to Article 16 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Puttaswamy case, determined that the right to marry a person of one's choice is an integral aspect of Article 21 of the Constitution.
  • Article 16 (2) in the Indian Constitution prohibits discrimination based on religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence, or any of these factors.
  • The right to marry is an inherent part of the liberty guaranteed by the Constitution as a fundamental right, as it pertains to individuals' ability to make decisions crucial to their pursuit of happiness, including matters of belief and faith.
  • LGBTQ Community's Entitlement to Constitutional Rights (Navtej Singh Johar and others v. Union of India 2018):
  • The Supreme Court ruled that members of the LGBTQ community "are entitled, just like all other citizens, to the complete spectrum of constitutional rights, including the liberties protected by the Constitution."
  • They have the right to equal citizenship and "equal protection of the law.

What are the Arguments Supporting Same-Sex Marriage?

  • Equal Rights and Protection Under the Law: Every person, regardless of their sexual orientation, has the fundamental right to marry and build a family.
  • Parity in Legal Rights: Same-sex couples should enjoy the same legal rights and safeguards as heterosexual couples.
  • Combating Discrimination: The non-recognition of same-sex marriage constitutes discrimination that undermines the dignity of LGBTQIA+ couples.
  • Strengthening Families and Communities: Marriage offers social and economic advantages to couples and their families, which are equally valuable to same-sex couples.
  • Cohabitation as a Fundamental Right: The Chief Justice of India (CJI) has recognized cohabitation as a fundamental right, emphasizing the government's responsibility to legally acknowledge the societal significance of such relationships.
  • Challenging Absolute Biological Gender: The Supreme Court of India acknowledges that biological gender is not an absolute concept and that gender is more intricate than merely one's physical characteristics.
  • The understanding of a man or woman is not fixed.
  • Global Acceptance: Same-sex marriage is legally recognized in many countries worldwide.
  • Denying this right to individuals in a democratic society contradicts global principles. Notably, same-sex marriage is legal in 32 countries.

What are the Arguments Opposing Same-Sex Marriage?

  • Religious and Cultural Beliefs: Many religious and cultural communities uphold the belief that marriage should exclusively involve a man and a woman.
  • They contend that altering the traditional definition of marriage would contradict their fundamental religious and cultural principles.
  • Procreation: Some argue that the primary purpose of marriage is procreation, and same-sex couples are unable to have biological children.
  • Consequently, they believe that permitting same-sex marriage contradicts the natural order of reproduction.
  • Legal Concerns: There are apprehensions that legal issues may arise if same-sex marriage is allowed, including complications related to inheritance, taxation, and property rights.
  • Some argue that modifying existing laws and regulations to accommodate same-sex marriage would be overly complex.
  • Adoption Challenges: When queer couples adopt children, it can lead to societal stigma, discrimination, and potential negative effects on the emotional and psychological well-being of the child.
  • This is particularly relevant in Indian society, where universal acceptance of the LGBTQIA+ community is not yet achieved.

What Can Be the Way Forward?

  • Promoting Awareness: Conduct awareness campaigns to foster equality and acceptance of all sexual orientations, broadening public understanding of the LGBTQIA+ community.
  • Legal Reforms: Consider amending the Special Marriage Act of 1954 to permit same-sex couples to legally marry and access the same rights and privileges as heterosexual couples.
    • In the interim, establishing contract-like agreements can provide similar rights for LGBTQIA+ individuals.
  • Dialogue and Engagement: Initiate conversations with religious leaders and communities to bridge the gap between traditional beliefs and contemporary attitudes regarding same-sex relationships.
  • Legal Challenges: The Indian LGBTQIA+ community can legally challenge the constitutionality of existing laws that prohibit same-sex marriage.
    • Such challenges can set a legal precedent, potentially leading to the legalization of same-sex marriage.
  • Collaboration: Achieving the legalization of same-sex marriage necessitates a collective effort involving various stakeholders, including the LGBTQIA+ community, government, civil society, and religious leaders.
  • Collaboration is key to creating a more inclusive society where everyone has the freedom to love and marry whomever they choose, regardless of their gender.

What is the Special Marriage Act (SMA) 1954?

In India, all marriages can be registered under their respective personal laws, such as the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, or the Muslim Marriage Act, 1954. Alternatively, couples can choose the Special Marriage Act, 1954, for their marriage registration, ensuring the protection of the rights of both partners.

About:

  • The Special Marriage Act, 1954, is legislation enacted by the Parliament of India that provides for civil marriages, open to Indian citizens and nationals abroad, regardless of their religious or faith affiliations.
  • This act enables individuals from diverse religious backgrounds to unite in matrimony and outlines the procedures for both solemnizing and registering the marriage.

Key Provisions:

  • Advance Notice to the Marriage Officer: Couples are required to provide a notice to the Marriage Officer, along with the necessary documents, 30 days prior to the intended wedding date.
  • Registration Process: After the submission of documents, both parties must be present for the issuance of a public notice, inviting objections.
  • The registration takes place 30 days after the notice date, following the resolution of any objections that may have arisen during that period, overseen by the Sub-Divisional Magistrate (SDM).
  • Presence of Parties and Witnesses: On the registration day, both parties, along with three witnesses, must be present to complete the marriage registration process.

Women Reservation Bill 2023 (Times Now)

  • 17 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Congress leader Dr. Jaya Thakur on Monday filed a PIL in the Supreme Court for implementing the Women's Reservation bill before the 2024 general elections. Former congress president Sonia Gandhi also alleges BJP govt of creating anti-women policies and deprived women of their rights.

What Are the Main Provisions of the Women’s Reservation Bill?

  • Reservation for Women in the Lower House: The Bill introduces Article 330A to the constitution, borrowing inspiration from Article 330, which focuses on seat reservations for SCs/STs in the Lok Sabha.
  • The Bill proposes the rotation of reserved seats for women among different constituencies in states or Union Territories.
  • For seats designated for SCs/STs, the Bill aims to reserve one-third for women in a rotational manner.
  • Reservation for Women in State Legislative Assemblies: The Bill introduces Article 332A, making it mandatory to reserve seats for women in every state Legislative Assembly.
  • Additionally, one-third of the seats reserved for SCs and STs must be specifically allocated to women, and one-third of the total seats filled through direct elections in the Legislative Assemblies will also be reserved for women.
  • Reservation for Women in NCT of Delhi (New Clause in 239AA): The Bill amends Article 239AA of the constitution, which grants special status to the Union Territory of Delhi as the national capital concerning its administrative and legislative functions.
    • The amendment specifies that laws enacted by the parliament shall apply to the National Capital Territory of Delhi.
  • Commencement of Reservation (New Article - 334A): The reservation for women will take effect after the census conducted following the Bill's commencement has been published.
  • Subsequently, delimitation will occur to allocate reserved seats for women. This reservation will initially be implemented for a 15-year period.
  • However, it will persist until a later date, as determined by a law passed by Parliament.
  • Rotation of Seats: Seats reserved for women will undergo rotation after each delimitation, in accordance with a law enacted by Parliament.

What Is the Historical Background of Women's Reservation in Indian Politics?

  • The roots of women's reservation in Indian politics can be traced back to the Indian national movement.
  • In 1931, leaders Begum Shah Nawaz and Sarojini Naidu, representing three women's organizations, submitted a joint official memorandum to the British Prime Minister.
  • This memorandum addressed the status of women in the new Constitution.
  • The National Perspective Plan for Women, proposed in 1988, recommended reserving seats for women at various political levels, starting from the panchayat and extending to Parliament.
  • These recommendations paved the way for the groundbreaking 73rd and 74th amendments to the Constitution.
  • These amendments mandated that all State governments reserve one-third of seats for women in Panchayati Raj Institutions and one-third of chairperson positions at all levels of Panchayati Raj Institutions, as well as in urban local bodies.
  • Within these reserved seats, one-third were specifically allocated for Scheduled Caste/Scheduled Tribe women.
  • In 2001, the National Policy for the Empowerment of Women expressed the idea of considering reservations in higher legislative bodies.
  • In May 2013, the Ministry of Women and Child Development established a committee on the status of women, which recommended ensuring a minimum of 50% reservation of seats for women in various governmental bodies, including local bodies, State Legislative Assemblies, Parliament, ministerial positions, and all government decision-making bodies.
  • In 2015, the Report on the Status of Women in India highlighted the inadequate representation of women in state assemblies and Parliament.
  • It recommended reserving at least 50% of seats for women in local bodies, State Legislative Assemblies, Parliament, ministerial positions, and all government decision-making bodies.

What Are the Supporting Arguments for the Bill?

  • Historical Underrepresentation: Despite some progress, the number of women Members of Parliament remains relatively low.
  • Research has shown that women elected under reservation policies invest more in public goods closely related to women's concerns.
  • Reservations in local bodies have enabled women to make meaningful contributions.
  • Gender Equality: Enhancing women's representation in politics is a crucial step toward achieving gender equality.
  • However, India's ranking in the Global Gender Gap Report 2022, at 48th out of 146 in Political Empowerment, suggests room for improvement, with a score of 0.267, notably lower than top-ranking countries like Iceland and Bangladesh.
  • Women's Right to Self-representation and Self-determination: Ensuring proportional representation for underrepresented groups in the political system is vital for their ability to influence policy-making.
  • The Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women underscores the need to eliminate discrimination in political and public life.
  • Diverse Perspectives: A more diverse legislature, including a substantial number of women, can bring a broader range of perspectives to decision-making.
  • This diversity can lead to more effective policy formulation and governance.
  • Empowerment of Women: Women's reservation in politics empowers them at various levels, encouraging their participation in politics and inspiring them to take on leadership roles in other sectors.
  • Promotion of Women's Issues: Women in politics often prioritize and advocate for issues directly affecting women, such as gender-based violence, women's health, education, and economic empowerment.
  • Their presence can lead to the prioritization of these issues in policy discussions.
  • Role Models: Women leaders in politics can serve as role models for young girls, encouraging them to aspire to leadership positions in various fields.
  • Representation in politics can break stereotypes and inspire future generations.
  • Examples include Indira Gandhi, India's first and only female Prime Minister, who served from 1966 to 1977, and Sushma Swaraj, the second woman External Affairs Minister of India after Indira Gandhi.

What Are the Arguments Against the Bill?

  • Exclusion of Separate OBC Reservation: The Bill, while providing separate reservation for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes women within the existing one-third quota, does not include separate reservations for Other Backward Classes (OBC) women, who constitute a significant portion of the female population.
  • No Reservation in the Rajya Sabha and Legislative Councils: The Bill does not extend the reservation to women in the Rajya Sabha and legislative councils, which limits the scope of its impact.
  • Dependence on Census and Delimitation: The implementation of reservation for women in Parliament relies on the census and delimitation processes.
  • The delay in conducting the census and the potential political sensitivity of delimitation, particularly in regions with slower population growth, could hinder the bill's effectiveness.
  • Concerns of Women as Proxies: The phenomenon of 'Panchayat Patis' in local governments, where husbands use their wives as proxy candidates for reserved seats, has raised concerns.
  • With an extension of reservations to women in Parliament, there is a fear of the emergence of 'MP and MLA Patis,' where husbands wield real power.
  • Challenges to Equality Principles: Opponents argue that the bill contradicts the principles of equality enshrined in the Constitution.
  • Some believe it may perpetuate the unequal status of women, as they might not be perceived as competing on merit.
  • Diverse Interests of Women: Women do not constitute a homogenous group, unlike caste-based groups.
  • As a result, the arguments used to justify caste-based reservations may not be directly applicable to reservations for women.
  • Women's interests cannot be isolated from other social, economic, and political strata.
  • Restriction of Voter Choice: Some opponents of the Bill argue that seat reservations for women would limit voter choice.
  • They propose alternative methods such as reservations for women within political parties and the implementation of dual-member constituencies.
  • Lack of Widespread Consultation: The bill was introduced through a "supplementary list" in a hastily organized Parliament session.
  • Critics argue that such a vital constitutional amendment for women's reservations should have been introduced following extensive discussion and analysis.

How Can Effective Implementation of Women's Representation be Achieved?

  • Strengthen Independent Decision Making: Establishing independent monitoring systems or committees that explicitly prevent family members from exerting influence on the decision-making process of women representatives.
  • This can be achieved by reducing the impact of patriarchal mindsets.
  • Increasing Awareness and Education: Disseminate awareness among women about their rights and the significance of their participation in politics.
  • Educational programs and awareness campaigns are instrumental in raising women's political engagement.
  • Addressing Gender-based Violence and Harassment: Gender-based violence and harassment are significant barriers to women's involvement in politics.
  • Address these issues through policy and legal measures to create a safer and more supportive environment for women in politics.
  • Electoral Process Reforms: Implement reforms, such as introducing proportional representation and preferential voting systems, to enhance women's representation in politics.
  • These reforms ensure that more women can be elected.

These are only a few strategies to increase the number of women in Indian politics. Achieving lasting change necessitates a multifaceted approach that tackles various challenges simultaneously.

Electoral Bonds Case Referred to 5-Judge Constitution Bench for Hearing (The Hindu)

  • 16 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Electoral Bonds Case Referred to 5-Judge Constitution Bench for Hearing on October 31 by Supreme Court.
  • Two NGOs, Common Cause and Association for Democratic Reforms (ADR), have filed petitions challenging the electoral bonds scheme.
  • The petitioners argue that anonymous funding through these bonds promotes corruption and infringes on citizens' right to a corruption-free nation.

What Are Electoral Bonds (EBs)?

  • Electoral bonds, introduced by the Government of India in 2018, serve as a financial instrument to facilitate anonymous political donations.

Key Points:

  • An electoral bond is a bearer instrument, akin to a promissory note, allowing the bearer to make contributions to political parties.
  • Eligibility to Receive Electoral Bonds: Only registered political parties qualify to receive electoral bonds. Specific criteria apply:
  • Recognition: The party must be registered under Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
  • Recent Election Performance: The party must have secured at least 1% of the votes polled in the most recent Lok Sabha or State Assembly election.
  • Available Denominations: The Government has specified various denominations for electoral bonds, ranging from Rs. 1,000 to Rs. 1 crore.
  • Authorized Bank: The State Bank of India (SBI) is the sole authorized institution for the sale of electoral bonds.

How They Work:

  • Eligibility to Purchase: Indian citizens or entities incorporated in India are eligible to buy these bonds.
  • Denominations: Electoral bonds are available in various denominations, such as Rs. 1,000, Rs. 10,000, Rs. 1,00,000, Rs. 10,00,000, and Rs. 1,00,00,000.
  • Lifespan: These bonds have a short life of 15 days, during which they can be used solely for making donations to registered political parties.
  • Availability: Electoral bonds can be purchased during specific periods, typically 10 days in the months of January, April, July, and October as specified by the Central Government.
  • Encashment: Eligible political parties can encash these bonds through a designated bank account with the authorized bank.
  • Disclosure: Political parties are required to disclose the amount received from electoral bonds to the Election Commission.

Key Features of Electoral Bonds:

  • Anonymity: Electoral bonds ensure donor anonymity by keeping the identity of the donor confidential, both to the public and the recipient’s political party.
  • Purchase and Redemption: These bonds can be purchased from authorized banks using legal tender.
  • They are available in fixed denominations, with the minimum value set by the government.
  • Redemption is exclusive to registered political parties within a specified time frame.
  • Validity: Electoral bonds have limited validity, typically 15 days, during which they can be utilized for making donations to eligible political parties.
  • Exclusivity: Only political parties that have garnered at least 1% of the votes in the most recent Lok Sabha or State Assembly election are qualified to receive electoral bond donations.
  • Transparency: While donor identities are kept confidential, political parties receiving electoral bond donations are obligated to disclose donation details in their financial statements submitted to the Election Commission of India.

What are the Reasons for Introducing Electoral Bonds?

  • Promoting Digital Transactions: The electoral bond scheme was introduced to encourage the transition from cash-based political donations to digital transactions.
  • This shift aimed to reduce the use of unaccounted or black money in political funding.
  • Ensuring Donor Anonymity: The scheme's objective was to safeguard donor anonymity.
  • The donor's name is not disclosed on the bond. Donors contributing less than Rs 20,000 to political parties through the purchase of electoral bonds are not required to provide identity details like PAN, enhancing protection against potential backlash due to their political affiliations.
  • Formalizing Political Contributions: Electoral bonds aimed to formalize political contributions by routing donations through the banking system.
  • This formalization establishes a documented record of donations, making the process more transparent and accountable.
  • Enhancing Transparency: While donor identities are shielded, the electoral bond scheme sought to enhance transparency in political funding.
  • This is achieved by mandating political parties to disclose the details of electoral bond donations in their financial statements.

Criticisms of Electoral Bonds:

  • Lack of Transparency: While political parties must disclose the amount of donations received through electoral bonds, the identity of donors remains confidential.
  • Potential for Money Laundering: Critics argue that the anonymity provided by electoral bonds can be exploited for money laundering or funneling black money into the political system.
  • Unequal Advantage to Ruling Parties: The sale of such bonds via a government-owned bank (SBI) raises concerns that the government could discern who is funding its opponents.
  • This may create opportunities for extortion or victimization of companies that don't support the ruling party.
  • Bypassing Election Commission Scrutiny: Unlike other forms of political funding, electoral bonds do not necessitate approval or verification by the Election Commission of India (ECI), potentially undermining the ECI's oversight role in regulating political funding and ensuring a level playing field.
  • No Upper Limit on Funding: The removal of the cap on corporate donations to political parties has raised concerns about unlimited corporate funding.
  • Concerns by RBI and EC: Both the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and the ECI have expressed concerns about electoral bonds, highlighting the potential for increased black money circulation, money laundering, counterfeiting, and forgery.
  • They also worry about setting a precedent for money laundering, eroding trust in Indian banknotes, undermining central banking legislation, legitimizing opacity in election funding, and facilitating money laundering for shell companies and foreign donations.

What are the Challenges Associated with Electoral Bonds?

  • Compromising the Right to Know: Electoral bonds, by concealing the identities of donors and recipients, may pose challenges to the right to know, which is a component of the right to freedom of expression under Article 19 of the Constitution.
  • Government Access to Donor Data: The risk of anonymity compromise arises from government access to donor data, enabling the government in power to exploit this information, potentially impacting the fairness of elections.
  • Unauthorized Donations Violating Regulations: There is a risk of unauthorized donations violating existing regulations and guidelines.
  • Crony Capitalism and Black Money: Electoral bonds may create a risk of crony capitalism, which entails mutually beneficial relationships between business leaders and government officials. It also opens the door to the infusion of black money into political funding.
  • Loopholes in Corporate Transparency and Donation Limits: Concerns arise from loopholes regarding transparency for corporate entities and the removal of the 7.5% clause in the Companies Act 2013. This change raises concerns about the potential use of shell companies for political funding, including the circulation of black money.

Way forward

  • Enhance Transparency: Take steps to improve transparency within the Electoral Bond Scheme.
  • Stricter Regulation and Disclosure: Enforce more stringent regulations for political parties, mandating full disclosure and permitting the Election Commission of India (ECI) to scrutinize donations, both in terms of bonds and expenditure.
  • Address Loopholes: Identify and rectify any existing loopholes in the Electoral Bond system to mitigate the potential for misuse, violation of donation limits, and risks like crony capitalism and the infusion of black money.
  • Ongoing Monitoring and Review: Establish a system for continuous monitoring and review of the Electoral Bond Scheme.
  • This can be achieved through judicial oversight, periodic assessments, and engagement with the public.
  • This approach will help address emerging concerns and adapt to evolving political landscapes, ultimately promoting a more inclusive decision-making process.

Key Findings from the Association of Democratic Reforms (ADR) Report:

Donations and Funding Sources Analysis:

  • The highest donations from Electoral Bonds, amounting to ?3,438.8237 crore, were received in the year 2019-20, coinciding with the general elections.
  • In 2021-22, a year with 11 Assembly elections, donations through Electoral Bonds reached ?2,664.2725 crore.
  • Out of the total donations of ?16,437.635 crore received by the 31 political parties analyzed, 55.90% came from Electoral Bonds, 28.07% from the corporate sector, and 16.03% from other sources.

National Parties:

  • National parties experienced a significant surge in donations through Electoral Bonds, with a 743% increase from FY 2017-18 to FY 2021-22.
  • In contrast, corporate donations to national parties increased by only 48% during the same period.

Regional Parties and Electoral Bond Contributions:

  • Regional parties also witnessed a substantial proportion of their donations coming from Electoral Bonds.

Power-Biased Donations via Electoral Bonds:

  • The BJP, as the ruling party, received the highest donation among national political parties, with more than 52% of its total donations sourced from Electoral Bonds, totaling ?5,271.9751 crore.
  • The Congress secured the second-highest Electoral Bond donations, with ?952.2955 crore, constituting 61.54% of its total donations.
  • The Trinamool Congress received ?767.8876 crore through Electoral Bonds, accounting for 93.27% of its total donations.

Digital India Act, 2023

  • 09 Oct 2023

Why in the News?

The recent announcement of the Digital India Act, 2023 (DIA) marks a substantial step forward in constructing a forward-looking legal framework for India's thriving digital environment. This development is particularly timely, coinciding with the nation's ongoing digital transformation. The proactive approach by the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) harmonizes with India's ambitious 'Digital India' initiative.

Current Status of Internet Usage in India:

  • As of May 2023, India boasted a substantial 759 million Internet users.
  • According to Statista, the Internet penetration rate in India reached 47.0% of the total population in early 2022.
  • India stands as the second-largest online market across the globe, following China.
  • This achievement is attributed to the growing affordability of smartphones, the extensive reach of mobile broadband networks, and the government's initiatives to bolster digital literacy.
  • The character of internet usage has also transformed, with the rise of various intermediaries and the proliferation of new forms of user harm, including cyberstalking, trolling, and doxing.

What is the Digital India Act, 2023?

Objectives:

  • To establish adaptable regulations that align with the evolving trends in technology and are amenable to updates according to the nation's digital infrastructure requirements.
  • To provide a readily accessible adjudication mechanism for addressing online civil and criminal offenses.
  • To ensure timely remedies for citizens, resolving cyber disputes and upholding the rule of law on the internet.
  • To create a legislative framework grounded in overarching guiding principles to ensure compliance.

Key Components:

  • Open Internet: As envisioned by the Indian government, an open internet should embody elements such as choice, competition, online diversity, fair market access, ease of doing business, and streamlined compliance for startups.
  • These attributes serve to prevent the concentration of power and gatekeeping.
  • Online Safety and Trust: The Act places a significant focus on protecting users from cyber threats, including issues like revenge porn, defamation, and cyberbullying.
  • It aims to advocate for digital rights such as the Right to be Forgotten and the Right to Digital Inheritance (the passing down of digital assets to designated beneficiaries), safeguard minors and their data from addictive technology, and moderate the spread of fake news on social media platforms.
  • Accountable Internet: The Act seeks to enhance accountability in internet use and activities.
  • It introduces legal mechanisms for addressing complaints, upholds constitutional rights in cyberspace, promotes algorithmic transparency, periodic risk assessments, and disclosure norms for data collected by intermediaries.

 

Salient Features:

  • The Digital India Act, 2023 (DIA) will serve as a replacement for the Information Technology Act of 2000 (IT Act), which has become inadequate in addressing the evolving challenges and opportunities brought about by the rapid growth of the internet and emerging technologies.
  • DIA's framework will prioritize crucial aspects including online safety, fostering trust, ensuring accountability, upholding the principles of an open internet, and regulating cutting-edge technologies like artificial intelligence and blockchain.
  • DIA will collaborate with other pertinent laws and policies, encompassing the Digital Personal Data Protection Act, Digital India Act Rules, National Data Governance Policy, and amendments to the Indian Penal Code pertaining to Cyber Crimes.
  • DIA will reassess the 'safe harbor' principle, which provides legal protection to online platforms such as Twitter and Facebook against liability for user-generated content.
  • DIA introduces stringent Know Your Customer (KYC) requirements for wearable devices used in retail sales, backed by criminal law provisions and penalties.
  • DIA aligns with the Digital India Goals for 2026, aimed at cultivating a USD 1 trillion digital economy and shaping the trajectory of global technologies.

Why the Digital India Act is Necessary?

  • Outdated Regulations: The current IT Act of 2000 was conceived during a time when the internet had a mere 5.5 million users and is now inadequate to address the complexities of today's internet landscape.
  • With 850 million users, numerous intermediaries, and emerging issues like cyberstalking and doxing, the IT Act falls short of addressing these modern challenges.
  • Inadequacy of Existing Regulations: Despite the presence of regulatory components such as Intermediary Guidelines, Digital Media Ethics Code, and data protection rules, they prove insufficient in governing cutting-edge technologies.
  • Adapting to Technological Advancements: With advancements like AI, Blockchain, and IoT, the legal framework must evolve to effectively address their distinctive challenges.
  • This entails enhancing cybersecurity measures, fortifying data protection, and regulating emerging tech sectors.
  • Addressing E-commerce and Online Content: The surge in e-commerce, digital transactions, and online content sharing necessitates up-to-date regulations.
  • The Digital India Act will handle matters concerning consumer protection, electronic contracts, and content moderation on social media platforms.
  • Global Alignment and Best Practices: To actively engage in the global digital landscape, India's regulations must be in harmony with international standards and best practices.

Challenges in Implementing Digital India Act (DIA), 2023:

  • Balancing regulation with innovation and economic growth: Tighter regulations, especially in emerging tech sectors, might unintentionally hinder entrepreneurial endeavors and discourage foreign investments.
  • Freedom of Expression: The review of the 'safe harbor' principle for online platforms has the potential to affect freedom of expression.
  • Balancing regulatory needs without curbing this fundamental right is a delicate task.
  • Resource and Infrastructure Requirements: Effective enforcement of the DIA will demand substantial resources, expertise, and infrastructure.
  • Investments in these areas are essential.
  • Balancing Stakeholder Interests: Striking a balance between the interests of various stakeholders, including tech giants and citizens' rights, presents a significant challenge.
  • Ensuring that all perspectives are considered in the implementation process is crucial.
  • Surveillance and Privacy Concerns: Critics argue that certain provisions of the act may grant excessive surveillance powers to the government, potentially compromising privacy rights.
  • Strong safeguards should be integrated to prevent abuse of power and privacy violations.
  • Data Localization and Cross-Border Data Flows: The act's stance on data localization is a contentious issue.
  • While localization can enhance data protection and security, it may disrupt cross-border data flows, impacting global businesses reliant on efficient data transfers.

How Other Countries Approach Data Privacy Regulation:

  • Approximately 70% of countries globally have implemented data protection legislation, as reported by the United Nations trade agency UNCTAD.
  • The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), enacted in 2018, is often considered the most stringent privacy and security law globally and serves as a global standard.
  • Various nations, including China and Vietnam, have recently strengthened regulations concerning the cross-border transfer of personal data.
  • In 2018, Australia enacted a bill that granted law enforcement access to encrypted data.

Way Forward for Effective Implementation of Digital India Act (DIA), 2023:

  • Stakeholder Involvement: Engage all relevant stakeholders, including government bodies, tech companies, legal experts, and civil society, in the drafting and execution of the act.
  • This collaborative effort will lead to a balanced and comprehensive legal framework.
  • Balancing Regulation and Innovation: While stricter regulations, particularly in emerging tech fields, are essential, they should be carefully designed to avoid unintentionally stifling entrepreneurship and deterring foreign investments.
  • Striking the right balance between regulation and innovation is imperative.
  • Collaboration and Capacity Enhancement: Invest in building the capacity of law enforcement agencies, the judiciary, and regulatory bodies to ensure effective enforcement of the DIA.
  • International Alignment: Collaborate with other countries and international organizations to align the DIA with global best practices and standards in the digital sphere.
  • Public Awareness: Conduct public awareness campaigns to educate citizens about their rights and responsibilities in the digital realm, promoting a culture of digital literacy.

Conclusion

The effectiveness of the Digital India Act, 2023 will hinge on its practical implementation. Striking the right balance between enforceability, privacy protection, and fostering innovation is key. Addressing these considerations with care, this act holds the promise of sculpting a digital environment that benefits not only individuals and businesses but the entire nation.

Israel-Palestine Conflict

  • 07 Oct 2023

Why in the News?

  • In a recent onslaught, Hamas, the ruling militant group in Gaza, launched a fierce attack on Israel via land, air, and sea, resulting in numerous casualties and reigniting the century-old Israel-Palestine Conflict.
  • This has prompted global and regional powers to intervene.
  • Israel, which had recently solidified peace agreements with neighboring nations like the UAE and Saudi Arabia, faces potential strain due to this attack.
  • Moreover, Israel declared a state of war as Palestinian militants launched a barrage of rockets into the southern and central regions, combining a breach of security barriers and rocket attacks.
  • The assault occurred on the 50th anniversary of the Yom Kippur War, with the goal of reclaiming territory lost during the 1967 conflict, prompting the Israel Defense Forces to initiate airstrikes on Hamas targets in Gaza.

What is the History of Israel-Palestine Conflict?

Early phase:

  • In the 19th century, the land of Palestine was home to a diverse population, with approximately 86% Muslims, 10% Christians, and 4% Jews, living together in harmony.
  • However, in the late 1800s, a European group called the Zionists decided to colonize this land with the aim of establishing a Jewish homeland. Initially, they explored various locations in Africa and the Americas but eventually settled on Palestine.
  • The rise of Hitler to power in Europe led to a significant increase in Jewish immigration to Palestine. This influx of Jewish people contributed to the escalation of conflict in the region.

Balfour Declaration:

  • The British government issued this historic document in 1917, endorsing the concept of a Jewish homeland in Palestine.
  • This declaration triggered a significant increase in Jewish immigration to the region.

Establishment of Palestine:

  • As a result of the inability to control the escalating conflict between Arabs and Jews, Britain withdrew its forces from Palestine in 1948.
  • This decision transferred the responsibility for resolving the conflicting claims to the newly formed United Nations.
  • The UN proposed a partition plan to create independent Jewish and Arab states within Palestine. However, it faced widespread rejection by most Arab nations.

1948 Arab-Israeli Conflict:

  • In 1948, the declaration of Israel's independence by the Jewish community led to an attack by neighboring Arab states.
  • By the war's end, Israel had gained control of approximately 50% more territory than what the UN partition plan had originally anticipated.

UN Partition Plan:

  • In 1947, the United Nations decided to step in, but it didn't adhere to the principle of 'self-determination of peoples.'
  • Under significant Zionist influence, the UN proposed allocating 55% of Palestine for a Jewish state.
  • This decision was made, despite the fact that the Jewish population represented only around 30% of the total population and owned less than 7% of the land.

1947-1949 Conflict

  • Hostilities erupted almost immediately after the approval of the November 1947 Resolution.
  • On May 14, 1948, just one day before the expiration of the British Mandate (as Palestine was a British colony), Britain announced the 'establishment of a Jewish State in Eretz-Israel, to be named the State of Israel.'
  • This declaration ignited a large-scale conflict known as the 1948 Arab-Israeli War.
  • By the war's conclusion, Israel had gained control over 78 percent of Palestine, resulting in the redrawing of the map."

The Suez Crisis of 1956:

  • In 1956, Israel, France, and the United Kingdom initiated a military operation against Egypt in response to the nationalization of the Suez Canal.
  • In the course of this conflict, Israel gained control of the Sinai Peninsula and the Gaza Strip. However, due to international pressure, these territories were relinquished, and Israel withdrew in 1957.

1967 War - The Six-Day War:

  • Often referred to as the Six-Day War, this conflict began with a highly effective surprise attack by Israeli forces on Egypt.
  • During this war, Israel took control of the remaining 22% of Palestine that had evaded its grasp in 1948, including the West Bank and Gaza Strip.
  • Additionally, Israel occupied parts of Egypt (which were later returned) and still retains control over areas in Syria.

Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO):

  • The PLO was established with the goal of liberating Palestine from Israeli control and Jewish dominance while seeking to establish the influence of the Muslim Brotherhood in the Arab world.
  • In 1975, the United Nations granted the PLO observer status and acknowledged the right of Palestinians to self-determination.

Camp David Accords (1978):

  • The U.S.-brokered 'Framework for Peace in the Middle East' provided the foundation for peace negotiations between Israel and its neighboring countries, aiming to resolve the 'Palestinian problem.'
  • Unfortunately, these efforts ultimately went unfulfilled.

The Rise of Hamas:

  • In 1987, Hamas was established as a violent offshoot of Egypt's Muslim Brotherhood, with the intention of advancing its agenda through armed conflict or 'jihad.'
  • The U.S. government has designated Hamas as a terrorist organization.
  • Notably, in 2006, Hamas achieved success in the Palestinian Authority's legislative elections.
  • Subsequently, in 2007, it ousted Fatah from Gaza, leading to a geographical split in the Palestinian movement.
  • The year 1987 also witnessed escalating tensions in the occupied territories of the West Bank and Gaza, resulting in the First Intifada, which evolved into a minor conflict between Palestinian militants and the Israeli army.

The Oslo Accords:

  • In 1993, the Oslo Accords marked an agreement between Israel and the PLO to officially acknowledge each other and renounce the use of violence.
  • These accords also led to the creation of the Palestinian Authority, which gained limited autonomy in the Gaza Strip and certain areas of the West Bank.
  • By 2005, Israel initiated a one-sided withdrawal of Jewish settlements from Gaza, while still maintaining strict control over all border crossings, effectively establishing a blockade.
  • In 2012, the United Nations elevated Palestinian representation to that of a 'non-member observer state.

Repeated Clashes and Ceasefires:

  • Israel and Hamas have been involved in several significant conflicts, including Operation Cast Lead (2008-2009), Operation Pillar of Defense (2012), and Operation Protective Edge (2014).
  • These conflicts resulted in substantial casualties on both sides.
  • In 2021, tensions escalated due to Israeli policies in Jerusalem, including the proposed eviction of Palestinian families from Sheikh Jarrah and restrictions on access to the Al-Aqsa Mosque compound.
  • In response, Hamas launched rocket attacks on Jerusalem and other Israeli cities, and Israel carried out airstrikes on Gaza.
  • These hostilities led to the loss of over 250 Palestinian lives and 12 Israeli lives.
  • A ceasefire was eventually brokered by Egypt, with support from the United States and other international parties.

Possible Implications of the Israel-Palestine Conflict on India:

  • Trade Relations: An escalation in the conflict might have consequences for India's trade ties with Israel, particularly in critical sectors like defense equipment.
  • Israel is a major supplier of defense technology to India, and any disruptions in this trade partnership could impact India's defense capabilities.
  • Diplomatic Complexities: India has traditionally pursued a balanced foreign policy approach, maintaining relations with both Israel and Arab nations.
  • If the conflict escalates and involves other Arab countries, it could pose diplomatic challenges for India.
  • Striking a balance between its ties with Israel and maintaining positive relations with Arab nations could become more intricate.
  • Economic and Strategic Links with the Middle East: India's economic and strategic ties with the Middle East have gained significance, especially concerning initiatives like the India-Middle East-Europe economic corridor.
  • If the conflict intensifies and includes other regional actors like Hezbollah and Iran, it may lead to instability in the West Asian region, affecting India's interests.
  • Energy Supplies: The West Asian region serves as a crucial source of energy imports for India.
  • Any disruption in the stability of the region could potentially impact India's energy supply, resulting in economic challenges.
  • Welfare of Indian Expatriates: India hosts a substantial expatriate population working in various Middle Eastern countries.
  • The safety and well-being of these Indian citizens could be jeopardized if the conflict escalates, making it imperative for India to ensure their protection.

India's Position on the Israel-Palestine Conflict:

  • In November 1947, India was one of the few countries that opposed the UN's partition plan, reflecting its own recent experience with independence. In the following decades, India's political leadership actively supported the Palestinian cause and maintained limited diplomatic relations with Israel.

Recognizing Palestine:

  • India recognized Israel in 1950, making it one of the first non-Arab countries to do so.
  • However, India also holds the distinction of being the first country to recognize the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) as the sole representative of the Palestinian people.
  • Moreover, India was among the early nations to recognize Palestine's statehood in 1988.

UNHRC Engagement:

  • In 2014, India supported a UN Human Rights Council (UNHRC) resolution that aimed to investigate Israel's human rights violations in Gaza.
  • Despite endorsing this probe, India abstained from voting against Israel in the UNHRC in 2015.

De-Hyphenation Policy:

  • As part of its 'Link West Policy' in 2018, India de-hyphenated its relationship with Israel and Palestine, treating both countries as independent and exclusive partners.

UN Vote on Palestinian NGO:

  • In June 2019, India voted in favor of a decision introduced by Israel in the UN Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) that objected to granting consultative status to a Palestinian non-governmental organization.

Balancing Act:

  • India has endeavored to maintain its historical image as a moral supporter of Palestinian self-determination while simultaneously engaging in military, economic, and other strategic relations with Israel.

Advocating Peace:

  • India firmly advocates dialogue and diplomacy as the only viable means to resolve the Israel-Palestine conflict.
  • India also supports the role of the Quartet, composed of the US, Russia, the EU, and the UN, along with other regional and international actors, in facilitating peace talks between Israel and Palestine.
  • In recent years, India’s position has also been perceived as pro-Israel.

Potential Solutions for the Israel-Palestine Conflict

  • The need for a peaceful solution in the Israel-Palestine conflict is paramount, and it's incumbent on the global community to come together to facilitate it. However, the reluctance exhibited by the Israeli government and other involved parties has only exacerbated the issue. Therefore, adopting a balanced approach is crucial to maintain positive relations with both Arab countries and Israel.
  • The Two-State Solution: One of the most broadly endorsed proposals is the two-state solution, which envisions the establishment of an independent and sovereign Palestinian state alongside Israel, with mutually agreed and internationally recognized borders.
  • This approach seeks to address the fundamental issues at the heart of the conflict, including matters like Jerusalem, refugees, settlements, security, and water resources.
  • It has garnered support from numerous global leaders, including countries like India, the United States, and China.
  • The Abraham Accords: The recent normalization agreements, such as the Abraham Accords, between Israel and the UAE, Bahrain, Sudan, and Morocco, signify steps in the right direction.
  • It's imperative for all regional powers to envision a peaceful resolution between Israel and Palestine, following the model of the Abraham Accords
  • India's Role in Multilateral Organizations: India, in its role within multilateral organizations, should work diligently in collaboration with all relevant stakeholders to achieve security and stability in the Middle East and West Asia.
  • With its substantial 90 lakh-strong Indian community in the region and its strategic connectivity to both West Asia and Europe, is well-positioned to engage with all sides in the complex West Asian landscape.
  • Having been re-elected to the United Nations Human Rights Council for 2022-24, India should leverage these multilateral platforms to act as a mediator in resolving the Israel-Palestine issue.
  • Genuine normalization between Israel and Palestine can only occur when past annexations and other contentious issues are effectively addressed.

Disputed Territories:

  • Gaza Strip - Residence to approximately 2 million Palestinians, a significant portion of whom were displaced during or after the War of Independence in Israel.
  • West Bank - This area is home to about 3 million Palestinians, primarily comprising Muslim Arabs. It also encompasses several Jewish holy sites that draw thousands of pilgrims annually.
  • East Jerusalem - Jerusalem itself stands as a city marked by division and dispute. Following the 1948 Arab-Israeli conflict, it was physically divided into two parts. The western side was administered by Israel, while the eastern section was under Jordanian control. However, Israel seized control of the entire city during the Six-Day War in 1967.

The figures of Sammakka-Sarakka, their significance (Indian Express)

  • 06 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Union cabinet has given its approval for the establishment of the Sarakka Central Tribal University in Telangana. This university will be located in the Mulugu district, with a budget of Rs 889 crore allocated for its development. During a recent visit to Telangana, the Prime Minister of India announced that the university would be named after Sammakka-Sarakka, a respected mother-daughter duo within the local tribal community.

News regarding the Sarakka Central Tribal University:

  • The Central government had committed to establishing the Tribal University as part of the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2014.
  • This Act resulted from the division of the former state of Andhra Pradesh into Telangana and the remaining Andhra Pradesh state, following the Telangana movement.
  • According to the Act, both Andhra Pradesh and Telangana were entitled to support for the creation of a tribal university each.
  • However, the Telangana tribal university faced significant challenges, primarily related to the timely allocation of 500-600 acres of land.

About the Legend of Sammakka and Sarakka:

  • The Legend of Sammakka and Sarakka tells the story of Sammakka, who was married to Pagididda Raju, a feudal chief of the Kakatiyas, a Deccan dynasty that ruled the Warangal area.
  • They had two daughters, Sarakka (also known as Saralamma) and Nagulamma, as well as a son named Jampanna.
  • In the 13th century, a battle against local rulers erupted due to the imposition of taxes.
  • Tragically, Saralamma lost her life in the conflict, while Sammakka disappeared into the hills.
  • The local Koya tribals held a belief that Sammakka transformed into a vermillion casket.

The Sammakka Saralamma Jatara:

  • Mulugu hosts a biennial festival known as the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara, often referred to as the tribal version of the Kumbh Mela.
  • This event commemorates the courageous stand of the mother-daughter duo against the taxation imposed on the Koya people.
  • Over time, this festival has grown significantly in importance, and it is believed that after the Kumbh Mela, the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara attracts the largest number of devotees in the country.
  • Approximately 1.5 crore devotees, hailing from various tribal and non-tribal communities, participate in this festival, including people from Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, and other regions.
  • Due to the immense turnout, the Samakka-Sarakka Jatara was designated as a state festival in 1996.

The Political and Cultural Significance of the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara:

  • This festival receives consistent participation from both the Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs and the Telangana state government, including the Chief Minister.
  • The Central Government allocated Rs 6.25 crore for the yatras held in 2018, 2020, and 2022, with additional funds set aside for the construction of community shelters and other essential infrastructure.
  • Furthermore, the Ministry of Tourism approved a substantial sum of Rs. 75.88 crore for the comprehensive development of a tribal circuit under the Swadesh Darshan Scheme.
  • This tribal circuit encompasses Mulugu, Laknavaram, Medavaram, Tadvai, Damaravi, Mallur, and Bogatha Waterfalls, where the Sammakka-Sarakka temple is situated.
  • Mulugu, an assembly seat reserved for Scheduled Tribes (ST), boasts a population of approximately 2.6 lakhs as per the 2011 Census, with a 75% ST population.
  • Notably, the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Ramappa Temple is located just around 15 km from Mulugu.

Cyclone Michaung to make landfall in Tamil Nadu: What is a cyclone — and its different types? (Indian Express)

  • 02 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Cyclone Michaung: The deep depression currently over the Bay of Bengal is likely to intensify into a cyclonic storm within the next 24 hours, bringing heavy rain to coastal Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh.

News Summary:

  • The India Meteorological Department (IMD) has issued a warning as Cyclone Michaung looms over the Bay of Bengal and the South Andaman Sea.
    • It is the fourth tropical cyclone of the year over the Bay of Bengal.
  • With the potential to intensify, the cyclone is expected to make landfall in and around Tamil Nadu on December 4, prompting concerns and precautionary measures across southern India.
  • Govt. has issued an ‘orange’ alert over Tamil Nadu, as well as coastal and interior Andhra Pradesh, and issued advisories to fishermen in coastal areas, urging them to suspend activities in the sea for safety reasons.

What is a Cyclone?

  • A cyclone is a large-scale system of air that rotates around the centre of a low-pressure area. It is usually accompanied by violent storms and bad weather.
  • As per NDMA, a cyclone is characterised by inward spiraling winds that rotate anticlockwise in the Northern Hemisphere and clockwise in the Southern Hemisphere.
  • The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) classifies cyclones broadly into two categories: tropical cyclones and extratropical cyclones.

What are Tropical Cyclones?

  • Tropical cyclones is a weather phenomenon formed only over warm ocean waters near the equator.

Formation:

  • When warm, moist air over the ocean rises upward from near the surface, a cyclone is formed.
  • When the air rises up and away from the ocean surface, it creates an area of lower air pressure below.
  • It causes the air from surrounding areas with higher pressure to move towards the low-pressure area which further leads to the warming up of the air and causes it to rise above.
  • As the warm, moist air rises and cools the water in the air forms clouds.
  • The complete system of clouds and wind spins and grows, along with the ocean's heat and water evaporating from the ocean surface.
  • As the wind system rotates with increasing speed, an eye gets formed in the middle.
  • The centre of a cyclone is very calm and clear with very low air pressure.
  • The difference in temperature between the warm, rising, and cooler environment causes the air to rise and become buoyant.
  • When the wind speed is 39 mph (63 kmph), the storm is called a "tropical storm".
  • Whereas when the wind speed reaches 74 mph (119 kmph), the storm is officially a "tropical cyclone" or hurricane.
  • Annually, around 70 to 90 cyclonic systems develop all over the globe.
  • The Coriolis force causes the wind to spiral around a low-pressure area.
  • As the presence of Coriolis force is negligible in the equatorial belt between 5 degrees north and 5 degrees south latitudes, hence cyclonic systems do not develop in this region.

What are Extratropical Cyclones?

  • Extratropical cyclones are also known as mid-latitude depressions, temperate cyclones, frontal depressions, and wave cyclones.
  • They occur in the mid-latitudinal region, between 35° and 65° latitude, in both hemispheres.
  • These cyclones move from west to east, especially during the winter seasons, when polar and tropical air masses meet and create fronts.

Formation of Extratropical Cyclones:

  • Temperate cyclones form following the Polar Front theory.
    • This theory explains that warm-humid air from the tropics meets cold-dry air from the poles, forming a polar front.
    • The denser and heavier cold air pushes up the warm air, creating instability and low pressure at their meeting point.
    • This low pressure results in a void that surrounding air rushes in to fill.
    • Due to the Earth's rotation, a cyclone is formed at the center of these interactions.
  • Extratropical cyclones are less intense compared to the more severe cyclones or hurricanes in tropical regions, which develop in areas with more consistent temperatures.

How are Tropical Cyclones Named?

  • The meteorologist gives each tropical cyclone a name to avoid confusion, according to the World Meteorological Organisation.
  • In general, tropical cyclones are named according to the rules at the regional level.
    • For the Indian Ocean region, a formula for naming cyclones was agreed upon in 2000.
    • Thirteen countries in the region - Bangladesh, India, Iran, Maldives, Myanmar, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sri Lanka, Thailand, United Arab Emirates, and Yemen - contributed a set of names, which are assigned sequentially whenever a cyclonic storm develops.
  • Worldwide, there are six regional specialised meteorological centres (RSMCs) and five regional Tropical Cyclone Warning Centres (TCWCs) mandated for issuing advisories and naming tropical cyclones.
  • The names are chosen to be easy to remember and pronounce, and they must not be offensive or controversial.
  • They are also chosen from a variety of languages so that people from different regions can identify with them.
    • Cyclone Michaung, for example, is one of the names proposed by Myanmar, which means "strength and resilience".
  • The responsibility of choosing a name for a cyclone in the North Indian Ocean falls upon the Indian Meteorological Department, in accordance with the decree issued by the World Meteorological Organisation (WMO).
  • The naming system has evolved over time. In the early years of the practice, the names were chosen alphabetically, with one name assigned to each letter of the alphabet.
  • However, this system was found to be confusing and difficult to remember, so the current system of pre-defined names was introduced.
  • In the Atlantic and Southern hemispheres (Indian Ocean and South Pacific), tropical cyclones receive names in alphabetical order, alternating between women’s and men's names.
  • In the Northern Indian Ocean, nations began using a new system for naming tropical cyclones in 2000.
    • Names are listed alphabetically country-wise and are neutral gender-wise.
  • The name list is proposed by the National Meteorological and Hydrological Services of WMO Members of a specific region and approved by respective tropical cyclone regional bodies at their annual or biennial sessions.

How are Cyclones Classified?

  • Cyclones are categorized on the basis of the strength of the winds by the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD):
    • Depression: Wind speeds of between 31–49 km/h
    • Deep Depression: Between 50-61 km/h
    • Cyclonic Storm: Between 62–88 km/h
    • Severe Cyclonic Storm: Between 89-117 Km/h
    • Very Severe Cyclonic Storm: Between 118-166 Km/h
    • Extremely Severe Cyclonic Storm: Between 166-221 Km/h
    • Super Cyclonic Storm: Above 222 Km/h

Indian Meteorological Department (IMD):

  • Established in 1875, the India Meteorological Department (IMD) serves as the National Meteorological Service of the country and is the primary government agency for meteorology and related subjects.
  • The Director General of Meteorology leads the department, overseeing its operations.

Key Features:

  • The IMD operates under the Ministry of Earth Sciences (MoES) and has its headquarters in New Delhi.
  • There are six Regional Meteorological Centres, each headed by a Deputy Director General, located in Mumbai, Chennai, New Delhi, Calcutta, Nagpur, and Guwahati.

IMD's Mandate:

  • Conduct meteorological observations and provide current and forecast meteorological information for activities such as agriculture, shipping, aviation, and offshore oil explorations.
  • Issue warnings for severe weather phenomena, including tropical cyclones, norwesters, duststorms, heavy rains and snow, and cold and heat waves.
  • Supply meteorological statistics essential for agriculture, water resource management, industries, oil exploration, and other nation-building activities.
  • Conduct and promote research in meteorology and related disciplines.

Bucking global trends, Malaria cases and deaths have continued to decline in India. (Indian Express)

  • 04 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The recently released World Malaria Report shows that the number of cases and deaths due to the mosquito-borne infection India have continued to decline.

About the World Malaria Report 2023:

Every year, the World Health Organization (WHO) releases a report on malaria worldwide. This report gives us the latest information about how malaria is being controlled and reduced globally.

Global Malaria Trends:

  • The number of malaria cases had dropped from 243 million to 233 million globally between 2000 and 2019.
  • However, the number of malaria deaths also remained higher than the pre-pandemic levels.
    • There were 608,000 deaths reported in 2022 as compared to 576,000 cases in 2019.

Climate Change Challenge:

  • This time, the report talks about how climate change and malaria are connected. Changes in temperature, humidity, and rainfall can affect the mosquitoes that carry malaria.

Other Challenges:

  • Besides climate change, things like conflicts, humanitarian crises, and problems with drugs and insecticides also make it hard to control malaria.

Positive Takeaway:

  • The report shares some positive news, too. It talks about the first malaria vaccine, RTS, S/AS01, being used in three African countries.
  • And now, in October 2023, WHO recommended another safe and effective malaria vaccine, R21/Matrix-M.
  • Having two vaccines should help more people get protection, especially in Africa.
  • Some countries with low malaria cases are also making progress towards getting rid of malaria. In 2022, 34 countries had less than 1000 cases, compared to only 13 countries in 2000.

What does the Report Say About India?

  • According to the World Malaria Report, India accounted for 66% of malaria cases in the World Health Organization’s South-East Asia region in 2022.
  • India and Indonesia accounted for about 94% of all malaria deaths in the region last year, the World Health Organization said.
  • The report said that nearly 46% of all cases in the region were caused by Plasmodium vivax, a protozoal parasite and a human pathogen.
  • According to World Malaria Report 2023, the number of cases and deaths due to the mosquito-borne infection India have continued to decline.
    • With an estimated 33.8 lakh cases and 5,511 deaths, India saw a decline of 30% in malaria incidence and 34 per cent in mortality in 2022, compared to the previous year.
  • India’s downward trend was reflected in the larger WHO South East Asian region that remained on track to achieving the 2030 target of reducing cases and deaths by 90%.

What is the Reason Behind India’s Success Story?

  • As per experts, a focus on providing primary healthcare to the remotest areas, surveillance that is now being backed by digital data, and better handling of extreme weather events such as cyclones have been key to India’s success.
  • Good preventive practices, use of effective tools to keep the mosquito population in check, use of point of care tests for quick diagnosis, and good management of the malaria cases have been key to reducing cases and deaths due to malaria over the years.
  • There has been a lot of investment in insecticide mosquito nets, antimalarial drugs, and point of care tests to quickly detect the disease.
    • Urbanisation also reduces incidence of malaria by reducing breeding grounds for most mosquitoes that spread the disease.”
  • States such as Odisha that regularly see extreme weather events such as cyclones are now well prepared to handle it, thereby reducing incidences of malaria associated with such events.

Climate Change and Malaria:

  • The malaria parasite and mosquito are both extremely sensitive to temperature, humidity, and rainfall.
  • The report says that climate change can not only directly increase geographies for malaria spread, but also indirectly affect the impact of the disease by reducing access to healthcare facilities and timely treatment.
  • Climate change is likely to lead to an increase in temperatures, with newer areas especially in the Himalayan belt suitable for the spread of the disease.
    • High risk zones will also emerge in states that face very high rainfall periodically.     
    • Planning for the disease should also take into account such extreme weather events as better planning for them can reduce incidence of malaria.
  • Almost half of the five million additional malaria cases reported globally in 2022, 2.1 million, were from Pakistan that witnessed an extreme flood.
    • The standing water after the floods became ideal breeding ground for mosquitoes and led to a five-fold increase in malaria cases in Pakistan.
    • The floods destroyed infrastructure and isolated millions, hindering medical access and increasing disease risk.
  • With increasing frequency of such extreme weather events, the annual report for the first time focused on climate change and malaria.

Need for Improved Surveillance:

  • With fewer cases being reported, there has to be intensified efforts to find and treat the scattered cases.
    • “When the burden of disease is higher, any intervention in areas reporting most of the cases results in drastic reduction in numbers.
    • However, when the numbers go down, the cases are scattered and difficult to find.
    • This is where the role of surveillance comes in
  • It is important to have real-time digital data of these cases to help local administrations better plan the interventions.

Challenges Ahead:

  • While India is doing well when it comes to malaria, issues such as resistance may derail it from its target of elimination by 2030.
    • The biological threats include drug resistance, insecticide resistance, gene deletions in parasites which make diagnosis difficult.
  • Another challenge is vivax malaria, which accounts for over 40 per cent of malaria cases in India.
    • The vivax plasmodium is known to hide in the liver and cause recurrent infections.
    • To treat, a 14-day course of therapy has to be taken.
    • Experts say the challenge with that is many do not complete the treatment and stop taking the drug once they feel better.
  • To achieve the malaria elimination target of 2030, there has to be emphasis on strengthening of surveillance as well as tailoring of malaria interventions at sub-national level which should be data driven.
  • In addition updating policies and adopting new tools as per national and subnational need in line with WHO guidance is critical.

Government Initiatives to Control Malaria in India:

  • From 2000 onward, India has successfully reduced malaria cases by over 50% and malaria-related deaths by more than 66%.
  • In 2016, India implemented its inaugural National Framework for Malaria Elimination (2016-2030).
  • The objective is to achieve a malaria-free nation by 2027, with complete elimination by 2030.
  • In 2019, the Indian government significantly boosted funding for the National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme by over 25%.
  • Additionally, India increased its support as a donor to the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria.

What is Malaria and how is it Spread?

  • Malaria is an illness caused by the Plasmodium parasite, primarily transmitted to humans through bites from infected mosquitoes, specifically female Anopheles mosquitoes.
  • These mosquitoes are often referred to as "night-biting" mosquitoes because they typically bite between dusk and dawn.
  • While there are various types of the Plasmodium parasite, only five can cause malaria in humans.
    • Plasmodium falciparum: Most common in Africa, responsible for the majority of malaria deaths globally.
    • Plasmodium vivax: Predominant in Asia and South America, causing milder symptoms and potential for relapses due to lingering in the liver.
    • Plasmodium ovale: Uncommon and typically found in West Africa, can persist in the liver for several years without symptoms.
    • Plasmodium malariae: Rare and mainly present in Africa.
    • Plasmodium knowlesi: Very rare and located in parts of Southeast Asia.

How Malaria Spreads?

  • Female Anopheles mosquitoes transmit the Plasmodium parasite during their bites, primarily occurring between dusk and dawn.
  • When an infected mosquito bites a person, the parasite enters the bloodstream and travels to the liver.
  • After developing in the liver, the infection re-enters the bloodstream, invading red blood cells (RBCs).
  • The parasites multiply within the RBCs, causing them to burst at regular intervals, releasing more parasites into the blood.
  • While mosquitoes can become infected by biting an already infected person, malaria does not spread directly from person to person.

How to read the NCRB 2022 report on crime in India (Indian Express)

  • 05 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) released its annual report on crime in India for the year 2022 on Sunday (December 3).
  • The report is a compilation of data on reported crime from across the country, and provides the big picture of broad trends in crime registration.
  • Reports by the NCRB, which functions under the Union Ministry of Home Affairs, include statistics on offences ranging from crimes against women to economic and financial crimes.

What does the 2022 NCRB report say?

  • Overall Crime Statistics: In 2022, a total of 58,24,946 cognizable crimes, including 35,61,379 Indian Penal Code (IPC) crimes and 22,63,567 Special & Local Laws (SLL) crimes, were officially recorded.
    • This marked a 4.5% decrease in case registrations compared to the challenging pandemic year of 2021.
  • The crime rate has declined: The crime rate, indicating crimes registered per lakh population, saw a decline from 445.9 in 2021 to 422.2 in 2022.
    • This shift is considered a more insightful indicator, recognizing that absolute crime numbers tend to rise with population growth.
  • Increase in crime against women: Crime against women witnessed an uptick in 2022, with 4,45,256 reported cases, reflecting a 4% increase from the figures recorded in 2021.
    • Notably, the major share of these crimes under IPC sections included 'Cruelty by Husband or His Relatives' (31.4%), 'Kidnapping & Abduction of Women' (19.2%), and 'Assault on Women with Intent to Outrage her Modesty' (18.7%).
  • Increase in reporting of cybercrime: Cybercrime reporting witnessed a substantial surge, increasing by 24.4 percentage points compared to 2021, with a total of 65,893 cases.
    • Predominantly, 64.8% of these cases involved fraud, followed by extortion (5.5%), and sexual exploitation (5.2%).
  • Significant increase in suicides cases: Suicides reported during 2022 increased by 4.2% compared to 2021, totaling 1,70,924 cases.
    • Major contributing factors were 'Family Problems (other than marriage-related problems)' (31.7%), 'Marriage Related Problems' (4.8%), and 'Illness' (18.4%), collectively accounting for 54.9% of total suicides.
    • The overall male-to-female ratio of suicide victims stood at 71.8:28.2.

What are the headline trends in state-wise data in the report?

  • The states/ UTs reporting the highest chargesheeting rate under IPC crimes are Kerala (96.0%), Puducherry (91.3%), and West Bengal (90.6%).
  • This is the percentage of cases in which the police reached the stage of framing charges against the accused, out of the total true cases (where a charge sheet was not laid but a final report submitted as true, plus the total cases chargesheeted).

Does this mean that these states are more crime-prone than others?

  • Not necessarily. The NCRB report underlines that the data record the incidence of registered crime, not the actual occurrence of crime.

  • This is an important distinction — and also an acknowledgement of the fact that there are limitations to the data.
  • So, when reported crimes against women in Delhi rose significantly in the aftermath of the 2012 bus gangrape case, it may have been a reflection of increased awareness about the need for registering crimes, both among those affected and the police, rather than an actual increase in the incidence of crime against women.

What are the limitations to the data compiled by NCRB?

  • Data Reflects Registered Crimes, Not Actual Occurrence: The NCRB report captures registered crimes, not the actual occurrence of crime.
    • Instances like the reported rise in crimes against women in Delhi post the 2012 bus gangrape may indicate increased awareness rather than an actual surge in crime.
  • Limitations Due to Principal Offence Rule: NCRB employs the Principal Offence Rule, counting the most severe crime in a single FIR.
    • This may lead to undercounting, as in cases like 'Murder with Rape' being categorized as 'Murder' rather than rape.
  • Local-Level Inefficiencies Impact Report Accuracy: Inefficiencies at the local level influence report accuracy as the NCRB data relies on submissions from local sources.
    • The recording of details in an FIR, for example in suicide cases, depends on the understanding of the local police officer visiting the scene.
  • Socio-Economic Causative Factors Not Captured: The NCRB acknowledges the omission of socio-economic causative factors or reasons for crimes in its data compilation.
    • Important factors influencing criminal behavior may be overlooked.
  • Factors Affecting Data Collection: Certain groups may refrain from reporting crimes due to reasons such as fear of an uncooperative or hostile response from the police.
    • Shortage of police officers or unfilled vacancies at the local level can hinder effective data collection.
    • These limitations underscore the need for a nuanced interpretation of NCRB data, recognizing the potential biases and gaps inherent in its compilation process.

About National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB):

  • The NCRB was established in January 1986 as a body mandated to compile and keep records of data on crime.
  • It’s headquartered is in New Delhi and is part of the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), Government of India.
  • It was set up based on the recommendation of the National Police Commission, 1977 and a Task force, 1985.

Function of the NCRB:

  • The NCRB functions as a crucial repository, aiding investigators in tracing crimes and criminals.
  • It serves as a national warehouse for fingerprint records, encompassing both Indian and foreign criminals.
    • This facilitates the identification and tracking of interstate criminals through fingerprint searches.
  • Entrusted in 2009, the NCRB is responsible for monitoring, coordinating, and implementing the Crime and Criminal Tracking Network & Systems (CCTNS) project.
  • In 2017, the NCRB introduced the National Digital Police Portal, empowering police officers to search for criminals or suspects in the CCTNS database.
    • Additionally, it provides citizens with services like online complaint filing.

Reports Published:

  • Apart from the esteemed Crime in India report, the NCRB publishes:
    • Prisons Statistics India Report.
    • Accidental Deaths and Suicides
    • Prison Statistics
    • Reports on Missing Women and children in India

Compilation of Data for NCRB Reports:

  • For the NCRB’s flagship annual Crime in India reports, information is obtained from the police forces of 36 states and Union Territories.
    • Similar data are furnished for 53 cities with populations exceeding 10 lakh each as per the 2011 Census, by respective state-level crime records bureaus.
  • The information is entered by state/UT police at the level of the local police station, and is validated at the levels of the district and state, and finally, by the NCRB.

How to Enhance the Effectiveness of NCRB's Operations:

  • States should leverage NCRB's data in crafting their annual police strategies, ensuring its multi-dimensional use in crime control to achieve tangible outcomes.
  • Despite the connection of 16,390 police stations on CCTNS, it's crucial for central agencies like the CBI, NCB, and NIA to integrate with it, fostering comprehensive data sharing.
  • It is imperative for all agencies to promptly join the CCTNS, striving for 100 percent completeness in data to enhance the network's efficiency.
  • With the conclusion of phase 2 of ICJS, there is an opportunity to augment its utility further.
  • This can be achieved through the integration of cutting-edge technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain, analytical tools, and an enhanced fingerprint system.

Controversies Arising from a Potential Nobel Prize for mRNA COVID Vaccines (The Hindu)

  • 05 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

The 2023 Nobel Prize for Physiology or Medicine has been granted to Katalin Karikó and Drew Weissman in recognition of their contribution to the development of mRNA vaccine technology. While the Nobel Prizes are intended to honor achievements that have benefited humanity, a strict assessment of scientific accomplishments raises questions about whether the subset of mRNA vaccines used during the COVID-19 pandemic fully aligns with these standards.

What is an mRNA Vaccine?

  • Messenger RNA (mRNA) is a type of single-stranded RNA crucial for protein synthesis.
  • It is synthesized from a DNA template during the transcription process.
  • mRNA vaccines function by introducing a specific mRNA fragment that corresponds to a viral protein, often a segment of a protein located on the virus's outer surface.
  • When this mRNA enters cells, it instructs them to produce the viral protein.
  • As part of the body's natural immune response, the immune system recognizes this foreign protein and generates specialized proteins known as antibodies.
  • Antibodies play a vital role in defending the body against infections by identifying individual viruses or pathogens, binding to them, and marking them for elimination.
  • Even after the body has cleared the pathogen, these antibodies persist in the body, providing long-lasting immunity and enabling a rapid response if the same pathogen is encountered again.

Challenges Surrounding Nobel Recognition for mRNA Vaccines:

Prioritizing Profit over Ethics

  • Katalin Karikó and Dr. Weissman initiated their collaboration on mRNA technology while at the University of Pennsylvania in the late 1990s.
  • The University granted patents for this technology to mRNA RiboTherapeutics, which subsequently sublicensed them to CellScript.
  • CellScript, in turn, sublicensed the technology to Moderna and BioNTech for substantial sums of $75 million each.
  • Karikó joined BioNTech as a senior vice president in 2013, leading to the company's partnership with Pfizer to develop an mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccine in 2020.

Substantial Research Supported by Public Funds

  • A considerable portion of the research underpinning many new drugs and vaccines is conducted with funding from governments and public resources.
  • This phase of drug development is both risky and time-consuming, involving the exploration of potential biomolecular targets within the body that can be targeted by drugs to treat specific ailments, as well as the identification of suitable chemical candidates.
  • The estimated costs and timeframes for this stage typically range from $1 billion to $2.5 billion and several decades, respectively.

Later Commercialization of Publicly Funded Research by Private Entities

  • Private companies then proceed to commodify and commercialize the outcomes of this research, often reaping substantial profits—frequently at the expense of the very taxpayers who funded the initial research.
  • For instance, when Moderna and Pfizer began manufacturing their mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccines, they prioritized securing ample supplies for themselves before allowing exports to the global community.
  • Furthermore, the use of these vaccines in other countries, including India, faced complications due to protracted negotiations related to pricing and liability.

The Challenges Encountered by the COVAX Program:

The COVAX Program

  • The COVID-19 Vaccines Global Access program, abbreviated as COVAX, was a global initiative with the goal of ensuring fair access to COVID-19 vaccines. It was led by the GAVI vaccine alliance.
  • COVAX constituted one of the four essential components of the Access to COVID-19 Tools Accelerator, initiated in 2020 by the WHO, the European Commission, and the government of France in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • This initiative orchestrated international efforts to provide equitable access to COVID-19 tests, treatments, and vaccines for low- and middle-income countries.
  • UNICEF played a crucial role as the primary delivery partner, leveraging its extensive experience as the world's largest vaccine purchaser.
  • UNICEF was responsible for procuring COVID-19 vaccine doses, managing logistics, ensuring country readiness, and overseeing in-country vaccine distribution.
  • As of October 19, 2020, 184 countries had become participants in the COVAX program.

Challenges Faced by the COVAX Program

  • Unfortunately, the COVAX program encountered significant obstacles in achieving its objectives.
  • Notably, India, Russia, and China were notable exporters of billions of vaccine doses.
  • However, their efforts faced issues related to the potential overestimation of manufacturing capacity in India, as well as concerns about the quality of vaccines from Russia and China.
  • Moreover, there were reports of several African countries having to discard large quantities of vaccine doses due to their proximity to expiration dates when they were exported.

The Corbevax Initiative: Contrasting Dr. Karikó's Journey

  • A team of researchers from the Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, among others, pioneered the development of a protein sub-unit vaccine called Corbevax.
  • This vaccine was subsequently licensed to India's Biological E for production, notably without pursuing a patent.
  • In February 2022, a Texas politician penned a letter recommending the vaccine's creators for the Nobel Peace Prize.
  • They were acknowledged for their remarkable efforts in developing and distributing an affordable COVID-19 vaccine worldwide, free from patent constraints.
  • Kenya's Ambassador to the United Nations also lauded these researchers for providing essential ethical and scientific guidance on a global scale.

In Conclusion

  • Scientists should not be faulted for seeking to benefit from their research.
  • However, the narrative of mRNA vaccines during the COVID-19 pandemic has raised questions about this selflessness.
  • Throughout the pandemic, this technology had the potential to benefit everyone but faced certain limitations.
  • Therefore, it is essential for history to accurately record the events that unfolded during the pandemic, contrasting with what the 2023 Nobel Prize in Medicine signifies.

Cancer Screening in India (The Hindu)

  • 04 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

As only a handful of Indian districts currently meet the Health Ministry's cancer screening standards, the ICMR is preparing to address this issue.

The Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) has called for Expressions of Interest to advance research aimed at speeding up cancer screening, early diagnosis, and treatment.

About Cancer:

Cancer is a complex and devastating group of diseases characterized by the uncontrolled growth and spread of abnormal cells in the body.

  • Cellular Aberration: At its core, cancer begins with mutations in the DNA of normal cells.
  • These mutations disrupt the intricate mechanisms that regulate cell growth and division.
  • Uncontrolled Growth: Cancer cells multiply uncontrollably, forming a mass of tissue known as a tumor. Not all tumors are cancerous; benign tumors are non-cancerous and do not invade nearby tissues.
  • Malignant Tumors: Cancerous or malignant tumors are invasive and can infiltrate nearby tissues and even spread to distant parts of the body through the bloodstream or lymphatic system.
  • This process is called metastasis.
  • Diverse Types: There are over 100 different types of cancer, each originating in specific cell types or tissues.
  • Common types include breast, lung, prostate, and colon cancer.
  • Risk Factors: Several factors can increase the risk of developing cancer, including genetics, exposure to carcinogens (such as tobacco and UV radiation), poor diet, lack of physical activity, and certain infections.
  • Survival Rates: Cancer survival rates have improved over the years due to advances in research and treatment.
  • Early diagnosis and prompt intervention often lead to better outcomes.

Cancer incidence and mortality in India:

  • Cancer's Impact in India: Cancer is a formidable public health concern in India, where it stands as the third-highest country for cancer incidence, following China and the United States.
  • Future Trends: Projections from the Global Cancer Observatory indicate a noteworthy 57.5% surge in cancer cases in India between 2020 and 2040.

Trends in cancer incidence and their contributing factors:

  • Divergent Trends in Cancer Incidence: In India, there are varying trends in cancer incidence.
  • Notably, cervical cancer rates have dropped from 45 to 10 cases per 100,000 people over the past five decades.
  • In contrast, breast cancer rates are on the rise, especially in urban areas like Hyderabad, where it stands at 45 cases per 100,000.
  • Factors Behind the Trends: Cervical cancer's decline can be attributed to factors like delayed marriages, smaller family sizes, improved hygiene practices, and the introduction of the human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine.
  • The increase in breast cancer cases is linked to late marriages, delayed childbirth, reduced breastfeeding, and diets high in protein.
  • Unlike cervical cancer, there's no known specific cause for breast cancer, which makes screening crucial.
  • Tobacco-related cancers, such as oral and esophageal cancer, have seen a decrease thanks to tobacco control laws that have curbed public smoking.
  • Lung cancer, driven by both pollution and smoking, remains a concern.
  • In regions like Arunachal Pradesh, indoor fires during winter contribute to high lung cancer rates.
  • Unfortunately, lung cancer often goes undiagnosed until advanced stages, resulting in a low survival rate.

Improvements in cancer treatments and the infrastructure challenges in India:

  • Advancements in Cancer Treatments: Progress in cancer treatment can be measured by examining cure rates for different types of cancers.
  • For instance: Over the past half-century, the cure rate for pancreatic cancer has doubled, moving from 3% to 6%.
  • The cure rate for prostate cancer has seen significant improvement, rising from 60% to 100%.
  • Newer treatments have substantially boosted breast cancer survival rates, elevating them from 50% to 90%.
  • Challenges in Cancer Care Infrastructure: Despite these treatment advancements, India faces challenges in its cancer care infrastructure, encompassing seven critical pillars: prevention, surgery, chemotherapy, radiotherapy, imaging, laboratory diagnostics, and palliative care.
  • In developing countries, including India, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommends one radiotherapy machine per million people. Given India's population of 1.4 billion, this would require 1,400 machines. However, the country currently has only 700 such machines, highlighting a substantial deficit in cancer care infrastructure.

Steps required to reduce overall cancer mortality in India, similar to the approach in the US:

  • Prioritize Screening: The initial step should focus on widespread cancer screening.
  • The government has already initiated this process by upgrading health and wellness centers to screen for the three most prevalent cancers in India - breast, cervical, and oral (which together account for 34% of cancer cases).
  • Accessible and Affordable Treatment: Effective screening should seamlessly lead to accessible and affordable hospital treatment.
  • Ensuring that cancer care is within reach for all is crucial.
  • Expand Cancer Care Facilities: The existing ratio of one cancer care facility for every 5 crore people in India must be improved.
  • Increasing the number of facilities is essential to guarantee timely diagnosis and treatment.
  • Early Diagnosis and Prompt Treatment: The key goal is to ensure early cancer diagnoses and prompt treatment to improve survival rates.
  • Enhanced Coordination: Coordination is vital. Currently, various government programs operate independently and in isolation.
  • Streamlining and synchronizing these efforts can enhance the overall impact of cancer control initiatives in India.

ICMR Project to Enhance Cancer Screening at the District Level:

  • This project is scheduled to run for four years, including six months for preparatory activities and another six months for analysis and interpretation.
  • It encompasses formative phases, implementation, and evaluation.
  • The Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) aims to enhance both the coverage and quality of cancer screening within the existing healthcare system, employing established and validated methods.
  • The plan involves engaging non-specialist physicians and other healthcare personnel within a supportive healthcare framework to conduct cancer and precancerous condition screenings.
  • A key objective is to ensure that individuals testing positive are promptly connected to facilities for early diagnosis and treatment.
  • Active involvement of local communities is crucial to motivate the target population to undergo screening for early detection and treatment.
  • For instance, research has shown that frontline health workers like Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) can promote and perform home-based cancer screening, which has led to higher participation rates due to the privacy and convenience it offers.

Mains Question:

  • What strategies can be implemented to improve cancer screening rates and access to timely treatment in India, especially considering the existing deficit in cancer care facilities and the need for coordinated efforts? (10M)

Why the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) Is Expected to Sustain the Repo Rate Pause: Insights into RBI's Policy (Indian Express)

  • 03 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The Reserve Bank of India's Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) is going to meet from October 4 to 6.
  • During this meeting, it is expected that the MPC will not change the repo rate, which is currently at 6.5 percent.
  • This will be the fourth time in a row that they keep it the same.
  • The reason for this decision is that inflation, which is measured using the consumer price index (CPI), is staying high.
  • Additionally, it's likely that the central bank will stick to its plan of reducing the amount of money in the economy, which is known as a 'withdrawal of accommodation' stance.
  • This is done to control inflation and prevent it from getting worse.
  • On the other hand, if they were to take an 'accommodative stance,' it would mean that the central bank is willing to increase the money supply in order to boost economic growth.

Why is RBI likely to keep things the same in its policy?

Domestic Challenges:

  • Consumption Concerns: There are worries about people buying less due to high food prices.
  • Monsoon Trouble: The monsoon season hasn't been consistent, which is affecting crops like kharif.
  • Higher Interest Rates: Interest rates are up, which can impact borrowing and spending.
  • Inflation is still high, at 6.8 percent. While it's expected to drop, there's some concern about the kharif crop, especially pulses, which could make prices go up.
  • The RBI Governor has also pointed out that frequent food price increases can make it harder to control inflation.

External Challenges:

  • Rising Oil Prices: Oil prices worldwide have gone up, averaging nearly $89 per barrel. This is a 12.6 percent increase since the last policy.
  • Russia-Ukraine War: The conflict between Russia and Ukraine is causing problems in the supply chains for many goods.

Is there going to be a revision in the GDP growth prediction?

  • According to experts, it's unlikely that the RBI will alter its GDP forecast in the upcoming monetary policy announcement.
  • The basic factors supporting growth still look positive, but there's a significant question mark regarding how a poor monsoon might affect agricultural production.
  • Additionally, there's anticipation of an ongoing economic slowdown in Europe and China, which could lead to reduced exports and potential challenges for rural demand due to this year's weak monsoon.

Will there be any announcements regarding liquidity measures?

  • According to experts, it's unlikely that the RBI will introduce any specific liquidity measures at this time, as the current liquidity situation is already tight.
  • Furthermore, the RBI is in the process of reversing the incremental cash reserve ratio (I-CRR), which was introduced in the August policy.
  • I-CRR is an extra cash reserve that banks have to maintain on top of the standard cash reserve ratio (CRR), which is the portion of deposits that banks must keep with the RBI.
  • The RBI declared the discontinuation of I-CRR on September 8.
  • However, despite the gradual withdrawal of I-CRR, there has been a liquidity deficit in the system since mid-September due to quarterly tax outflows and GST payments.
  • Additionally, interventions in the foreign exchange market aimed at supporting the rupee may have slightly absorbed some rupee liquidity.

What is the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC)?

  • According to Section 45ZB of the revised RBI Act of 1934, the central government has the authority to establish a six-member Monetary Policy Committee (MPC).
  • The MPC's main responsibility is to decide the policy interest rate necessary to achieve the inflation target. The first MPC was formed in September 2016.
  • Members of MPC
  • As per the amended RBI act, the MPC is composed of the following members:
  • The RBI Governor, who serves as its ex officio chairperson.
  • The Deputy Governor responsible for monetary policy.
  • An officer from the Bank nominated by the Central Board.
  • Three individuals appointed by the central government.

Functions of MPC:

  • Setting Policy Interest Rates: The primary role of the MPC is to determine policy interest rates, specifically the repo rate.
  • Inflation Targeting: The government has set a current inflation target, which is a Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation goal of 4% with a tolerance range of +/- 2%.
  • Economic Analysis and Forecasting: The MPC conducts comprehensive analysis and forecasting of various economic indicators, including inflation, GDP growth, employment, fiscal conditions, and global economic trends.
  • Decision-Making: The MPC convenes at least four times a year to assess the direction of monetary policy.

Presidential Election in Maldives and India (The Hindu)

  • 02 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Mohamed Muizzu, the leading candidate from the Opposition, has secured the position of President in the Maldives. He emerged victorious in a closely contested election, defeating the incumbent Ibrahim Mohamed Solih, who had friendly relations with India.

News Summary About Maldives Presidential Election:

  • The Maldives has chosen Mohamed Muizzu as its new president, ousting the incumbent Ibrahim Mohamed Solih, known for his pro-India stance.
  • President Solih faced criticism from the Opposition for his 'India first' policy.

Key Points:

  • In the second round of the Presidential Election, Mr. Muizzu secured approximately 54% of the vote, while Mr. Solih garnered nearly 46%.
  • The run-off election witnessed a higher voter turnout of 86%, surpassing the 79.85% recorded in the first round, which was the lowest in Maldivian presidential election history.
  • The initial round did not produce a clear winner, as no candidate managed to obtain more than 50% of the votes.

Electoral System in the Maldives:

  • Parliament Name: The legislative body in the Maldives is known as Majlis or People's Majlis.
  • Parliament Structure: Maldives follows a unicameral parliamentary structure.
  • First-Past-the-Post Majority System: In the Maldives, both Parliament and Council elections utilize the first-past-the-post majority system, where voters cast their ballots for a single candidate.
  • Term Duration: The Majlis consists of 87 members, each directly elected for a five-year term from 87 individual single-member constituencies.
  • Two-Round System: The President of the Maldives is elected using a two-round system.
  • If no candidate secures more than 50% of the votes in the first round, a second round or run-off is conducted.
  • 2023 Maldives Election: The initial round of the election featured eight candidates, marking the highest number of candidates so far.
  • The Maldives has a population of approximately 5.2 lakh people.
  • As per the Election Commission of the Maldives, there are 2.8 lakh eligible voters, with around 1.6 lakh being members of various political parties.

Evolution of the Executive Presidency System in the Maldives:

  • Single-Party System Until 2008: The Maldives operated under an Executive Presidency system since 1968.
  • It adhered to a single-party system until 2008, where the President was elected for a five-year term through a referendum.
  • Maumoon Abdul Gayoom's 30-Year Rule: Ibrahim Naseer served as the first executive President from 1968 to 1978.
  • Due to political protests in 1978, Naseer did not seek re-election for a third term.
  • In 1978, the Maldivian parliament selected Maumoon Abdul Gayoom as the succeeding President.
  • Gayoom led the nation for an astonishing 30 years, until 2008, effectively managing protests and famously thwarting a coup attempt with India's assistance in 1988.
  • Era of the Multi-Party System: In response to protests by various factions, Gayoom initiated political reforms in 2004.
  • Political parties were officially registered in 2005, and a new Constitution was adopted in 2008.
  • These changes paved the way for Presidential elections every five years, embracing a multi-party system.

India's Engagement with Maldivian Politics:

  • India's relationship with Maldivian politics has been a blend of experiences, with the Solih government being the most favorable thus far.
  • India collaborated closely with Abdul Gayoom's administration for three decades.
  • When Mohamed Nasheed assumed power in 2008, India expressed its support through then Vice President Hamid Ansari's attendance at his inauguration ceremony.
  • Tensions arose in 2012 when the Maldivian government terminated the GMR contract for the Maldives' airport, straining the bilateral relationship significantly.
  • Following Yameen's rise to power in 2013, he pursued a more aggressive courtship with China.
  • During his tenure, the Maldives joined President Xi Jinping's Belt and Road Initiative.
  • When India and Western lenders hesitated to extend loans to Yameen's government due to allegations of human rights violations, he turned to Beijing, which provided funding without stringent conditions.
  • Solih's victory in the 2018 elections was met with relief in Delhi.
  • Prime Minister Modi even attended Solih's swearing-in ceremony during his visit to the Maldives.

Potential Shift in Maldives' Foreign Policy:

  • The victory of Muizzu might indicate a possible adjustment in the Maldives' foreign policy.
  • He enjoys the support of former President Abdulla Yameen, known for his pro-China stance and 'India out' campaign.
  • Despite this, local observers in the Maldives believe that Mr. Muizzu is unlikely to abruptly sever ties with India.
  • The newly elected leader is expected to pursue a balanced approach in managing India-China relations.
  • Meanwhile, India hopes for the continuity of its various infrastructure projects in the Maldives.
  • India's recent initiatives in the Maldives encompass a wide range of projects, including water and sanitation in 34 islands, road construction, land reclamation as part of the Addu development project, a cancer hospital, a port project, a cricket stadium, two airport development projects, the Greater Male connectivity project with bridges, causeways, and roads, social housing projects, mosque renovations, and the establishment of the national college for police.
  • Estimates indicate that Indian aid to the Maldives from 2018 to 2022 exceeded Rs 1,100 crore, more than double the amount provided in the preceding five-year period (approximately Rs 500 crore).

Mains Question:

  • Evaluate the potential shifts in the Maldives' foreign policy under President Mohamed Muizzu, and elucidate the impact on its relationship with India, given historical dynamics and infrastructure projects. (15M)

Law Commission against lowering the age of consent under the POCSO Act (The Hindu)

  • 30 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Law Commission advises maintaining the current age of consent at 18 years under the Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act. Reducing it could harm efforts to combat child marriage and trafficking.

Context:

  • The Law Commission, led by Justice (Retired) Ritu Raj Awasthi, submitted Report No. 283 to the Law Ministry.

Key Points from the 22nd Law Commission Report:

  • It advises against lowering the age of consent, citing potential negative impacts on combating child marriage and trafficking.
  • The panel recommends amendments to the POCSO Act, 2012, addressing cases where 16 to 18-year-olds give tacit approval, not legal consent.
  • Courts are advised to handle adolescent love cases with caution to maintain a balanced approach, prioritizing the child's best interests.
  • The Law Commission also proposed phased implementation of e-FIR registration, starting with offenses carrying up to three years of imprisonment. This move aims to address delays in FIR registration and enable real-time reporting of crimes.

The Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act:

  • POCSO Act, enacted in 2012 and administered by the Ministry of Women and Child Development, is India's first comprehensive law addressing child sexual abuse.
  • It aims to safeguard children from sexual assault, harassment, and pornography and establishes Special Courts for such cases.
  • In 2019, amendments were made to enhance penalties for specific offenses, discouraging perpetrators and promoting a dignified upbringing.
  • Key Features:
  • Gender-neutral definition: The Act defines a child as "any person" below 18 years.
  • Non-reporting as an offense: Those responsible for institutions must report sexual offenses involving subordinates, with penalties for failure to do so.
  • No time limit for reporting abuse: Victims can report offenses at any time, even years later.
  • Confidentiality of victim's identity: The Act prohibits the disclosure of the victim's identity in any media without authorization from special courts.
  • Challenges:
  • Rising abuse, especially during the Covid-19 pandemic, with the emergence of new forms of cybercrime.
  • Lack of awareness among minors, parents, and society.
  • Concerns about the criminalization of consensual sexual activity among adolescents prompted calls for legislative review by CJI D Y Chandrachud.

The Issue of Minors Facing Legal Action for Consensual Acts:

  • Minors aged 16 to 18 engaging in consensual activities that could be considered sexual under the law face potential bookings under POCSO.
  • Even though these cases of adolescent consensual activity may not always lead to the conviction of a minor, the legal framework could lead to the denial of bail and prolonged detention.
  • A study revealed that in West Bengal, Assam, and Maharashtra, one in every four cases under the POCSO Act involved what could be termed as "romantic cases," where the victim was in a consensual relationship with the accused.

What Does 'Age of Consent' Mean?

  • The 'age of consent' is the legal threshold at which a person is deemed capable of giving consent for sexual activities. Before the POCSO Act, this age was set at 16.
  • Under the POCSO Act, any sexual activities involving individuals under 18 are classified as criminal offenses, regardless of whether mutual consent exists among minors.
  • This determination is rooted in the legal assumption that individuals under 18 lack the capacity to provide consent within the legal framework.

China Rejects Expanding CPEC Cooperation in Energy, Water, and Climate with Pakistan (The Hindu)

  • 29 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

China has refused to further expand cooperation in the areas of energy, water management, and climate change under the multi-billion dollar China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC), it emerged on September 25, signalling a strain in the 'ironclad' friendship between the two all-weather allies.

Summary of News: Challenges Arise as China Rejects Pakistan's CPEC Expansion Proposals:

  • In a significant development, Beijing has declined multiple investment proposals from Islamabad, spanning various sectors like energy, tourism, water management, and climate change, all within the ambit of the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC).
  • These decisions were revealed through the minutes of the 11th Joint Cooperation Committee (JCC) meeting, where the future of CPEC projects is discussed.
  • The JCC serves as a pivotal decision-making body for CPEC matters.
  • China's reluctance to expand cooperation in these specific areas within the CPEC framework highlights the current challenges faced by both nations in their efforts to further strengthen their economic partnership.

What is CPEC?

  • CPEC, short for the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor, is a vast network of infrastructure projects spanning 3,000 kilometers.
  • It connects China's northwest Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region to the Gwadar Port in Pakistan's western province of Balochistan.
  • This initiative represents a bilateral partnership between Pakistan and China, designed to enhance connectivity within Pakistan through the development of highways, railways, pipelines, as well as energy and industrial infrastructure projects.
  • The primary objective of CPEC is to enable China to establish access to the Middle East and Africa via the Gwadar Port, providing a strategic link to the Indian Ocean.
  • In return, China actively supports various development projects in Pakistan, addressing the country's energy shortages and assisting in stabilizing its economic situation.
  • It's important to note that CPEC is an integral part of the broader Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), initiated in 2013.
  • The BRI aims to create an extensive network of land and sea routes connecting Southeast Asia, Central Asia, the Gulf region, Africa, and Europe, fostering international economic cooperation and development.

What are the Implications of CPEC for India?

  • Challenges to Sovereignty: India has consistently voiced opposition to the CPEC project because it passes through the Pakistan-occupied Kashmir territory of Gilgit-Baltistan, a disputed region claimed by both India and Pakistan.
  • The corridor is also perceived as a potential alternative economic route for the Indian-administered Kashmir Valley.
  • Regional Optimism: Despite India's official stance, key stakeholders in the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir have expressed optimism about the potential benefits of the CPEC project.
  • Some local business and political leaders have even proposed declaring both sides of the Line of Control (LoC) in Kashmir as a 'Special Economic Zone.'
  • Territorial Implications: The success of CPEC could bolster Gilgit-Baltistan's international recognition as part of Pakistani territory, undermining India's claim over this region, which spans 73,000 square kilometers and is home to over 1.8 million people.
  • China's Maritime Influence: Once fully operational, CPEC could offer China a more efficient trade route to major U.S. ports on the East Coast, potentially reshaping international trade dynamics.
  • This could grant China greater influence over global goods movement between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans.
  • China's 'String of Pearls': CPEC aligns with China's broader strategy of expanding its presence in the Indian Ocean, often referred to as the 'String of Pearls.'
  • This involves establishing a network of airfields and ports in countries surrounding India.
  • Gwadar port's control would solidify China's dominance in the Indian Ocean region.
  • Pakistan's Economic Boost: CPEC has the potential to accelerate Pakistan's economic development.
  • With easier access to Chinese raw materials, Pakistan's textile and construction material industries could become regional leaders, potentially impacting Indian exports in similar sectors.
  • Strengthening BRI and Chinese Influence: CPEC is a significant component of China's Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), aimed at enhancing trade connectivity with Eurasia.
  • A more integrated China in the global economy may challenge India's aspirations for a permanent seat on the UN Security Council.

Way forward

  • India has the opportunity to capitalize on its strategic positioning by collaborating with like-minded nations and actively engaging in multilateral endeavors such as:
  • Asia-Africa Growth Corridor: This India-Japan economic cooperation agreement holds significant promise for India's strategic interests and serves as a potential counterbalance to China's influence.
  • Blue Dot Network: Championed by the United States, the Blue Dot Network is a multi-stakeholder initiative that unites governments, the private sector, and civil society in the pursuit of establishing high-quality, trustworthy standards for global infrastructure development.
  • It is poised to become a globally recognized system for evaluating and certifying infrastructure projects, particularly in the Indo-Pacific region.

Renewed Dispute Over Cauvery Water Sharing (Indian Express)

  • 28 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The resurgence of the Cauvery water-sharing conflict between Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, despite the Supreme Court's 2018 ruling on the longstanding dispute, is primarily due to inadequate rainfall in Karnataka's Cauvery river catchment area.

A Historical Overview of the Cauvery Water Dispute

  • Origin of the Dispute Before Independence: The origins of the Cauvery water dispute trace back to 1892 during the British colonial era, involving the Madras Presidency and the Princely state of Mysore.
  • In 1924, an agreement was reached between Mysore and Madras, with a validity period of 50 years.
  • Post-Independence Dispute: The agreement signed between the Madras Presidency and the Princely state of Mysore concluded in 1974.
  • Starting in 1974, Karnataka began diverting water into its four newly constructed reservoirs without obtaining consent from Tamil Nadu, leading to a post-independence dispute.

Supreme Court's Ruling on the Cauvery Water Dispute:

  • Clear Allocation of Water Quantities to TN and Karnataka: In 2018, the Supreme Court made a definitive decision to allocate an additional 14.75 TMC (Thousand Million Cubic Feet) of water to Karnataka while reducing Tamil Nadu's share by the same amount.
  • Karnataka's additional allocation was primarily designated for addressing the drinking water needs in southern Karnataka.
  • As per this ruling, out of the total annual Cauvery water share of 740 TMC, Tamil Nadu was granted 404.25 TMC, Karnataka received 284.75 TMC, and Kerala obtained 30 TMC.
  • Furthermore, the court allocated 7 TMCs to Puducherry and reserved 14 TMCs for environmental conservation and preventing waste into the sea.
  • Establishment of CWMA (Cauvery Water Management Authority): The Supreme Court also mandated the establishment of the Cauvery Water Management Authority (CWMA) along with the Cauvery Water Regulatory Committee (CWRC) to resolve inter-state disputes according to the court's directives.
  • The CWMA operates as a primarily non-political body operating under the supervision of the Union Water Resources Ministry.
  • It serves as the central agency responsible for regulating disputes between the two states.

Reasons for the Ongoing Dispute:

  • Political parties in both Karnataka and Tamil Nadu argue that the 2018 Supreme Court order delineated water-sharing guidelines solely for typical monsoon years, not accounting for scenarios of water scarcity.
  • The present monsoon season is unfolding as deficient, with rainfall measuring more than 30 percent below the usual levels.
  • In particular, the months of August and September, within the four-month monsoon period that commenced in June, have experienced the lowest rainfall in Karnataka in 123 years.

How the Current Crisis Has Unfolded?

  • Karnataka's Reduced Water Release: Per the 2018 Supreme Court verdict, Karnataka is obligated to release 123.14 TMC (Thousand Million Cubic Feet) of water to Tamil Nadu between June and September during a normal monsoon year.
  • For August and September in a typical monsoon season, Karnataka should release a combined total of 82.71 TMC.
  • However, this year, Karnataka had only released 40 TMC of water by September 23, citing an ongoing distress situation in the state.
  • Tamil Nadu's Engagement with CWMA: In August, Tamil Nadu turned to the Cauvery Water Management Authority (CWMA) to ensure regular water supplies.
  • The Cauvery Water Regulatory Committee (CWRC), functioning under the CWMA, noted that rainfall in the Cauvery basin in Karnataka was 26 percent below normal by early August.
  • The committee also observed that Karnataka had only released 30.252 TMC of water from June 1 to August 28, far less than the usual 80.451 TMC in a typical year.
  • CWMA's Decision: In accordance with the committee's advice, the CWMA initially ordered the release of approximately 13 TMC of water for 15 days at a rate of 12,000 cubic feet per second (cusecs) per day, despite Tamil Nadu's request for 25,000 cusecs per day.
  • Subsequently, after reviewing the monsoon situation once more, the CWRC and CWMA decreased Karnataka's water release to 5,000 cusecs per day, while Tamil Nadu sought 12,000 cusecs.
  • Supreme Court's Verdict on CWMA's Decision: Both Tamil Nadu and Karnataka appealed to the Supreme Court to contest the CWMA's orders.
  • However, the Supreme Court upheld the release of 5,000 cusecs of water until September 26.
  • The Karnataka government has stated its intention to adhere to the Supreme Court's order until September 26 and then reassess the situation.

Karnataka's Arguments:

  • Reliance on Southwest Monsoon: Karnataka contends that Tamil Nadu predominantly receives its significant rainfall during the retreating northeast monsoon period, typically occurring between October and November.
  • In contrast, Karnataka heavily depends on rainfall during the southwest monsoon months from June to September.
  • Protesters argue that water is being directed to Tamil Nadu as the southwest monsoon season nears its end, resulting in critically low storage levels in the Cauvery basin reservoirs in Karnataka.
  • The Cauvery River serves as the primary source of drinking water for Bengaluru and for irrigation purposes in the Mandya region of the state.
  • Mekedatu Check Dam Project Implementation: The Karnataka government is advocating for the execution of the Mekedatu Check Dam project on the Cauvery River.
  • This project is designed to serve as a reservoir for Bengaluru's drinking water needs and to release surplus water to Tamil Nadu during crisis situations, such as the current one.

The Storage Status of Cauvery Basin Reservoirs in Karnataka:

  • As of September 23, the four reservoirs located in the Cauvery basin – Krishna Raja Sagar, Kabini, Hemavathy, and Harangi – were at 50% of their storage capacity.
  • Collectively, these reservoirs held 51.1 TMC (Thousand Million Cubic Feet) of water, compared to their total capacity of 104.5 TMC.
  • According to the Karnataka government, the state's water requirements are estimated at 112 TMC (79 TMC for crop irrigation and 33 TMC for supplying Bengaluru's drinking water needs) until June 2024.
  • Given that the southwest monsoon season in Karnataka is concluding, the Karnataka government asserts that the remaining water in the Cauvery basin reservoirs must be preserved for essential drinking water and agricultural irrigation purposes.

Is the Current Situation Unique?

  • The current Cauvery water crisis bears similarities to previous crises that occurred in 1991, 2002, 2012, and 2016.
  • What sets this crisis apart is that it has arisen after the Supreme Court's final resolution of the dispute in 2018.
  • Furthermore, historical protests related to the Cauvery issue have sometimes escalated into violence, often driven by mainstream political parties attempting to gain favor with voters by adopting chauvinistic stances.
  • In recent years, however, Karnataka's politicians have adopted a more conciliatory approach.
  • Notably, in the Mandya region, farmers have shifted towards cultivating less water-intensive crops, and younger generations are increasingly moving away from agriculture.
  • As a result, the Cauvery issue is no longer as emotionally charged as it was three decades ago.

In Conclusion

  • The Cauvery River, often referred to as the 'Dakshina Ganga,' has long been recognized as the economic lifeline of the states it traverses, with its most significant impact being felt in Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
  • Although the contest over Cauvery's waters can be traced back to the 11th century AD, contemporary Tamil Nadu and Karnataka have grappled with disagreements regarding the sharing of Cauvery's waters.
  • It is imperative for the states to shift away from a regional-centric approach and embrace cooperation and coordination as genuine solutions, transcending conflicts for the benefit of all.

Mains Question:

  • How has the Cauvery River played a pivotal role in the economic development of Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, and what are the contemporary challenges and potential cooperative solutions in managing its water resources? (15M)

Parliament Panel Findings on the New Education Policy, 2020 (The Hindu)

  • 27 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Education Committee of the Parliament has just presented a report about how the National Education Policy (NEP) from 2020 is being put into action in higher education.

Assessment in the report:

  • The report checks how well the National Education Policy (NEP) from 2020 is being used in higher education and what progress has been made.
  • In India, there are currently 1043 universities.
  • Most of them, around 70%, are run by state laws, while about 18% are managed by the Central Government.
  • When it comes to students, 94% of them study at state or private institutions, and only 6% are in central institutions.
  • The report says that more students are going to college now compared to a few years ago. This is measured using something called Gross Enrollment Ratio (GER), which has gone up from 24.1% in 2016-17 to 27.3% in 2020-21. It's also improved for ST and SC students during this time.
  • GER is like a way to see how many students in the right age group (18-23 years) are in higher education compared to the total population.

Report's Status of Implementation:

  • Things are going well with the implementation of NEP 2020, thanks to different initiatives like PM Schools for Rising India (PM SHRI), e-VIDHYA, and NIPUN Bharat. The goal is to change higher education to be more inclusive, flexible, and meet global standards.
  • Jammu and Kashmir is leading the way by being one of the first places in India to start using NEP 2020 in all Higher Education Institutions starting from 2022.
  • NEP 2020 wants students to become more creative and innovative. It encourages connections between colleges and industries and works on joint programs.
  • Indian universities will get more freedom to set up campuses in other countries and welcome top 100 universities from around the world to work in India.
  • NEP 2020 also allows students more flexibility with something called "Multi Entry and Multiple Exit (MEME)" options, which gives them more choices in their education.

Issues Related to NEP:

  • Accessibility: Some students in economically disadvantaged areas can't easily access higher education because of money problems, where they live, and because they might feel like they don't belong due to stereotypes.
  • Multiple Entry And Multiple Exit (MEME)System: Even though the MEME system seemed flexible, the report suggests it might not work as well in India as it does in Western countries.
  • Language Barrier: Most higher education institutions use English to teach, but not many teach in local languages. This can be a problem for students who are more comfortable in their local language.
  • Lack of Funding: India needs to spend more on education. Right now, it's only about 2.9% of the country's total income (GDP), but experts say it should be 6%. This means there's not enough funding for education.

Way Forward

  • By 2030, the goal is to have at least one multi-purpose higher education institution in every district in India. And by 2035, they want 50% of students to be in higher education, including vocational training.
  • They want to focus more on research and innovation to help India file more patents and improve its global ranking.
  • To get more money for education, Higher Education Financing Agency (HEFA) should look for funds from sources other than the government, like private companies, foundations, and international banks.
  • They plan to make better use of technology in education. Creating a National Educational Technology Forum (NETF) will help expand digital resources and make India a top place for knowledge.
  • They also want to make it easier for students who study different subjects to get credit for their work. This will help them move between schools and colleges more smoothly.

National Education Policy (NEP) 2020:

  • The National Education Policy, created in July 2020, shows what India's new education system will look like.
  • A group led by Shri K. Kasturirangan made this policy.
  • NEP 2020 has five important ideas: making education affordable, easy to access, high-quality, fair for everyone, and making sure everyone is responsible for learning.
  • It's like a big plan to change both basic and higher education in India by 2040.
  • This is the third big education plan since India became independent. The earlier ones were made in 1968 and 1986.
  • The new policy focuses on things like studying different subjects, using technology, writing well, solving problems, thinking logically, and getting experience in different jobs.

The Geopolitical Significance of the Israel Link in an Economic Corridor (The Hindu)

  • 26 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The G-20 Summit in 2023, hosted by India, achieved remarkable success despite the group's focus on economic matters in addressing global complexities. The global media recognized India's accomplishments during this summit for its diverse outcomes.

The significance of the G20 Delhi Declaration:

  • A Collaborative Consensus: The declaration achieved a rare consensus among countries with diverse perspectives and interests.
  • Balancing Act: The Delhi Declaration strikes a delicate balance by addressing global challenges without directly singling out specific nations for their actions.
  • For instance, it refrains from naming Russia's aggression against Ukraine but underscores the importance of upholding the United Nations charter and principles of territorial sovereignty.
  • Tailored to Diverse Interests: This balanced approach enables each member to identify elements in the declaration that align with their interests, contributing to its overall success.
  • Showcasing India's Diplomatic Expertise: The declaration's significance lies in its ability to secure agreement from major world leaders, even in the midst of international power dynamics.
  • Despite the absence of China's President Xi Jinping and Russian President Vladimir Putin at the summit, India demonstrated its diplomatic skill in bridging divides and fostering consensus among a diverse array of nations.

What is India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC)?

  • One of the most significant outcomes of the G20 summit was the unveiling of the ambitious India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor, IMEEC.
  • This corridor features a rail and sea route designed to facilitate the transportation of goods from India to Europe, passing through the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, and Israel.
  • The project's implications extend beyond economic matters; it has the potential to reshape geopolitics in the future.
  • Notably, it presents an intriguing challenge to China's Belt and Road Initiative, although this is just one aspect of its broader significance.
  • The U.S. President hailed IMEEC as 'a truly monumental development,' emphasizing its transformative potential for all parties involved and the global community at large.
  • The prompt endorsement of this project by the Israeli Prime Minister underscores Israel's eagerness to participate in this remarkable endeavor.

The Significance of IMEEC: A Game-Changer in Global Trade

  • A Transformative Impact: IMEEC is poised to be a potential game-changer in the realm of global trade, offering an alternative to China's extensive strategic infrastructure investments.
  • Enhancing Prosperity: This corridor promises to boost prosperity in the participating countries by facilitating the flow of energy and digital communications.
  • It addresses the pressing need for infrastructure in lower- and middle-income nations, fostering economic growth.
  • Strengthening Regional Ties: The improved infrastructure will not only drive economic growth but also promote closer ties among Middle Eastern countries.
  • Countering China's Influence:
  • IMEEC arrives at a juncture when Saudi Arabia and the UAE, traditional U.S. allies, have been strengthening their connections with China and the rapidly growing Eastern economies.
  • China's role in the Middle East has expanded, including its involvement in brokering regional agreements.
  • A Response to China's Belt and Road Initiative (BRI): Washington views IMEEC as an ambitious endeavor to counter China's Belt and Road Initiative, which aimed to enhance global connectivity with China's economy.
  • Recent challenges, such as rising loan defaults and slowed investments, have cast doubts on the viability of China's BRI.
  • Strategic Significance for India: For India, IMEEC holds immense geopolitical and trade importance.
  • Concerns arose over China's connectivity projects in the region, and India faced hurdles, including Pakistan's refusal to grant overland access.
  • India's attempts to establish credible connectivity through Iran faced challenges due to geopolitical complexities.
  • IMEEC provides a solution by offering connectivity to both the Arabian Peninsula and Europe, addressing India's strategic concerns.

The Role of Israel in the Economic Corridor

  • The U.S. initiative is designed to reshape the geoeconomic landscape of the Middle East through connectivity projects like IMEEC.
  • The United States believes that these projects can address concerns among Gulf countries, reaffirm its commitment to the region, reduce tensions with Iran, and strengthen its leadership in the Gulf.
  • However, achieving these strategic objectives hinges on advancing the normalization agenda outlined in the Abraham Accords, particularly with Saudi Arabia.
  • Furthermore, the normalization of relations between Israel and Saudi Arabia is a critical prerequisite for the realization of this economic corridor.

Why Israel Wasn't Part of the Corridor Launch

  • Unprecedented Middle Eastern Presence: India made history within the G20 by inviting the largest number of Middle Eastern countries ever to participate as guests in the summit.
  • However, notably, India's strategic partner from the region, Israel, did not receive a similar invitation.
  • Regional Considerations: India's decision to exclude Israel from the guest list may have been influenced by regional sensitivities, particularly regarding the preferences of Arab countries.
  • U.S. Influence: The U.S. administration's avoidance of engaging with the Israeli Prime Minister for several months due to domestic politics may have played a role in Israel's role at the summit.
  • Domestic Political Factors: In his statement following the corridor's launch, the Israeli Prime Minister expressed gratitude to the U.S. President but did not mention the Indian Prime Minister.
  • This omission could be linked to Netanyahu's domestic political challenges and his previous inattention to U.S. foreign policy goals.

The Path Ahead

  • Normalization of Saudi-Israel Relations: Saudi Arabia is open to ending its diplomatic boycott of Israel, but it comes with conditions.
  • Saudis expect Israel to commit to the two-state solution and the well-being of the Palestinian people, even if the occupation persists for some time.
  • Resolution of Israel-Palestine Conflict: Currently, on the sidelines of the UN General Assembly, Saudi Arabia, along with the Arab League and the EU, is collaborating with Egypt and Jordan to launch a 'Peace Day Effort.'
  • This initiative aims to encourage Israelis and Palestinian leaders to find compromises.
  • Achieving peace in the Israel-Palestine conflict is a formidable challenge, especially considering the rise of extremism on both sides.
  • Waiting for Progress: The realization of the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor may need to await progress in the Israel-Palestine situation.

The IMEEC plan faces a significant hurdle with Israel's aspiration for normalized relations with Saudi Arabia, which Riyadh does not currently endorse. Despite not formally joining, the new IMEEC effectively brings Saudi Arabia into the fold. With time, the corridor could create the economic and psychological conditions necessary for normalization.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the role of regional dynamics and international influences in the potential normalization of relations between Israel and Saudi Arabia, and how this could impact the progression of the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC). (15M)

The NIA and its Authority Regarding Property Seizure (Indian Express)

  • 25 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The National Investigation Agency (NIA) seized property, including land and a portion of a house owned by Gurpatwant Singh Pannu, the founder and attorney of the banned Sikhs for Justice based in the United States, in Amritsar and Chandigarh.

Why Was the National Investigation Agency Established?

  • In recent decades, India has faced significant acts of terrorism originating from beyond its borders.
  • Many of these attacks have intricate connections across states and international boundaries, possibly linked to activities like arms and drug smuggling, as well as the circulation of counterfeit Indian currency.
  • Recognizing these challenges, there arose a need to establish a central-level agency dedicated to investigating terrorism-related offenses and certain other acts with nationwide implications.
  • Various experts and committees, including the Administrative Reforms Commission in its report, had proposed the creation of such an agency.

About the National Investigation Agency:

  • The National Investigation Agency (NIA) came into existence with the enactment of the National Investigation Agency Act in 2008.
  • This Act empowers the NIA to:
  • Take proactive notice of terrorist activities anywhere in India and initiate investigations.
  • Enter any state without requiring permission from the state government.
  • Conduct investigations and make arrests.
  • The NIA is India's primary Central Counter-Terrorism Law Enforcement Agency.

Objectives:

  • Establish high standards of excellence in national-level counter-terrorism and other security-related investigations by developing a highly skilled, collaborative workforce.
  • Act as a deterrent to both existing and potential terrorist groups or individuals.Jurisdiction:
  • The provisions of the NIA Act apply throughout India and extend to Indian citizens residing outside the country.
  • Headquarters: New Delhi
  • Supervising Ministry: Ministry of Home Affairs

Roles of NIA:

  • Conducting thorough, expert investigations of scheduled offenses utilizing state-of-the-art forensic techniques, and establishing high investigative standards to guarantee the detection of all cases assigned to the NIA.
  • Facilitating efficient and prompt legal proceedings.
  • Fostering professional and cooperative interactions with the governments of States, Union Territories, and other law enforcement agencies, in accordance with the legal requirements of the NIA Act.
  • Providing assistance to all States and other investigative bodies in handling terrorist cases.
  • Establishing a comprehensive database containing all pertinent terrorist-related information and sharing this database with States and other relevant agencies.

Is the NIA Authorized to Carry Out Searches and Asset Seizures?

  • Under the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Amendment Act (UAPA), enacted in 2019, NIA officers have the authority to conduct searches and confiscate properties suspected of being associated with terrorist activities.
  • NIA is not obligated to obtain permission from a state's Director General of Police.
  • The investigating officer only needs approval from the Director General of NIA.

What Changes Were Introduced by the NIA (Amendment) Act 2019?

  • Offenses Beyond Borders:
  • Initially, the NIA had jurisdiction over crimes solely within India.
  • However, the amended Act extends its authority to investigate crimes committed outside of India, provided it adheres to international treaties and the laws of the respective countries involved.
  • If the Central Government believes that a crime committed abroad falls within the Act's jurisdiction, it can direct the NIA to investigate it as if it occurred in India.

Expanded Scope of Legal Authority:

  • The NIA can investigate offenses listed in the Schedule of the NIA Act.
  • Originally, this Schedule included Acts such as The Atomic Energy Act, 1962, The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967, and The Anti-Hijacking Act, 1982, among others.
  • With the amendment, the NIA can now also probe cases related to:
  • Human Trafficking
  • Counterfeit currency or banknotes
  • Prohibited arms
  • Cyber-terrorism
  • Crimes under the Explosive Substances Act, 1908

Establishment of Special Courts:

  • The 2008 Act established Special Courts for the trial of cases under the Act.
  • The 2019 amendment grants the central government the authority to designate Sessions Courts as Special Courts for the trial of Scheduled Offenses under the Act.
  • Before doing so, the central government must consult with the Chief Justice of the relevant High Court.
  • In cases where multiple Special Courts exist in an area, the most senior judge will assign cases.
  • Additionally, state governments have the power to designate Sessions Courts as Special Courts to try scheduled offenses.

Non-performing Assets (NPAs) and Wilful Defaulters (Indian Express)

  • 23 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has put forth a proposal that requires lenders to categorize a borrower as a "wilful defaulter" within six months of their account being declared a non-performing asset (NPA). Previously, the RBI did not have a specific timeframe for identifying such borrowers.

Context:

  • The RBI defines wilful defaulters as individuals or entities that have the means to repay a bank's dues but deliberately do not, or divert bank funds.
  • A "large defaulter" refers to someone with outstanding dues of Rs 1 crore or more, whose account has been categorized as doubtful or a loss.
  • A "wilful defaulter" is a borrower or guarantor who has committed wilful default, with an outstanding amount of Rs 25 lakh or more.

According to the RBI's draft guidelines:

  • Lenders must assess the "wilful default" aspect for all accounts with outstanding amounts of Rs 25 lakh and above or as per RBI notifications.
  • The process of classifying or declaring a borrower as a wilful defaulter should be completed within six months of the account becoming an NPA.
  • An Identification Committee, established by lenders, must scrutinize evidence of wilful default.
  • Lenders must investigate the wilful default aspect thoroughly before transferring the credit facility to other lenders or asset reconstruction companies (ARCs).

Other aspects of the RBI's draft guidelines include:

  • No additional credit facility should be extended by any lender to a wilful defaulter or any entity associated with them.
  • This prohibition on additional credit lasts for up to one year after the wilful defaulter's name is removed from the List of Wilful Defaulters (LWD) by the lenders.
  • Wilful defaulters are ineligible for credit facility restructuring.
  • These guideline revisions come after reviewing instructions and considering various judgments and orders from the Supreme Court and High Courts.

What is Non-Performing Assets (NPAs)?

  • Non-Performing Assets, often referred to as NPAs, represent loans or advances for which the principal or interest payments have remained overdue for a period of 90 days or more.
  • For banks, loans are considered assets because the interest they generate is a significant source of income.
  • However, when customers, whether individuals or corporations, are unable to make interest payments, these assets become "non-performing" for the bank as they cease to generate income.
  • Therefore, the RBI defines NPAs as assets that no longer generate income for banks. Banks are required to disclose their NPA figures to the public and report them to the RBI periodically.
  • Classification of Assets: According to RBI guidelines, banks must further categorize NPAs into three types:
  • Substandard assets: These are assets that have been NPAs for less than or equal to 12 months.
  • Doubtful assets: Assets that have remained in the substandard category for 12 months.
  • Loss assets: These are considered uncollectible and of such minimal value that keeping them as bankable assets is not justified, although some minimal recovery value may exist.
  • NPA Provisioning: Provisioning for a loan refers to setting aside a certain percentage of the loan amount as a reserve. The standard rate of provisioning in Indian banks ranges from 5-20%, depending on the business sector and the borrower's repayment capacity. However, in the case of NPAs, 100% provisioning is required in accordance with Basel-III norms.
  • GNPA and NNPA: Two key metrics help us understand a bank's NPA situation.
  • GNPA (Gross Non-Performing Assets) represents the total value of gross NPAs a bank has in a specific quarter or financial year.
  • NNPA (Net Non-Performing Assets) subtracts the provisions made by the bank from the gross NPA, providing the exact value of NPAs after specific provisions.
  • NPA Ratios: NPAs can also be expressed as percentages of total advances, indicating the proportion of advances that are not recoverable.
  • For instance:
  • GNPA ratio is the ratio of the total GNPA to the total advances.
  • NNPA ratio uses net NPA to calculate the ratio to the total advances.

Impact of NPAs and the Current Situation with Future Projections for India:

  • Effects of NPAs: Banks face a shortage of funds for lending to other productive sectors in the economy.
  • To maintain their profit margins, banks may need to raise interest rates.
  • Reduced investments could lead to an increase in unemployment rates.
  • Banks have the option to retain NPAs in their books with hopes of recovery, make provisions for them, or write off the loans entirely as bad debt.
  • Present State of NPAs in India: According to the latest RBI Financial Stability Report, the gross NPA ratio of scheduled commercial banks (SCBs) reached a 10-year low of 3.9% in March 2023.
  • Both gross and net NPA ratios have declined significantly from their peak levels of 11.5% and 6.1% in March 2018 to 3.9% and 1.0% in March 2023, respectively.
  • A contributing factor to the reduction in gross NPAs in 2022-23 was the substantial write-offs undertaken by banks.
  • Future Projection for India: Based on stress test results, it is anticipated that the GNPA ratio for all SCBs may improve to 3.6% by March 2024.
  • However, in the event of a deterioration in the macroeconomic environment, leading to medium or severe stress scenarios, the GNPA ratio could potentially rise to 4.1% and 5.1%, respectively.

Mains Question:

  • Evaluate the impact of rising NPAs on the Indian economy, including effects on bank lending, interest rates, and employment. Elucidate the current NPAs situation in India and discuss future projections in light of recent trends. (10M)

Canada Needs to See India – Not Just the Diaspora (Indian Express)

  • 22 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

The Canadian Prime Minister's statement in Parliament, accusing Indian agents of the death of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, has significantly strained India-Canada relations. Rebuilding trust will necessitate a thorough and open political dialogue on the role and politicization of Canada's Indian diaspora and its impact on bilateral relations.

Recent Developments Leading to the Current Standoff:

  • Death of Khalistan Tiger Force (KTF) Chief:
  • Hardeep Singh Nijjar, wanted by the Indian government, was killed in a shooting in Surrey in June.
  • The National Investigation Agency (NIA) had announced a Rs 10 lakh reward for Nijjar in 2022, accusing him of conspiring to kill a Hindu priest in Jalandhar, Punjab.
  • G20 Summit Discussions:
  • During the G20 Summit in Delhi, the Canadian PM and the Indian PM discussed Khalistani extremism.
  • The Canadian PM raised concerns about foreign interference in Nijjar's murder and sought India's cooperation in the investigation.
  • The Indian PM expressed deep concerns about ongoing anti-India activities by extremist elements in Canada.
  • Canadian Parliament Statement and Diplomatic Expulsions:
  • Canada's PM accused "agents of the Indian government" in Nijjar's killing.
  • Canada expelled the top Indian diplomat, the head of RAW, from the country.
  • In response, the Indian government summoned the High Commissioner of Canada and expelled a senior Canadian diplomat from India.

The Evolution of India-Canada Relations:

  • During the Cold War:
  • During the Cold War, India and Canada enjoyed a positive relationship, driven by their shared Commonwealth status and common views on the importance of the United Nations, multilateralism, and global development.
  • However, differences arose during Cold War conflicts like Korea, Hungary, and Vietnam, straining relations. India's pursuit of a nuclear program also added complexity.
  • Post-Cold War (1980s):
  • Increasing immigration from India began to improve relations, but limited opportunities for trade and security cooperation hindered substantial diplomatic engagement.
  • Post-1998:
  • Significant efforts were made to reinvigorate the relationship after 1998 when Canada rejected India's nuclear status.
  • Current Status:
  • Today, the focal point of the relationship is investment and trade.
  • However, it's important to note that certain segments of the diaspora community harbor strong negative sentiments towards India, reject its territorial integrity, and aim to fragment it.

Canada's Role in Straining India-Canada Relations:

  • Failure to Address Anti-India Activities:
  • Canada's reluctance to take action against anti-India activities on its soil has contributed to the deterioration of relations.
  • The Canadian PM's emphasis on the rule of law overlooks the impact of individuals like Nijjar and his separatist associates, who have engaged in activities affecting both Canada and India.
  • Instances of violence against Indian diplomats were not adequately addressed, and some individuals continued vandalizing places of worship in Canada while disregarding Indian legal processes, as seen during the farmer protests.
  • Appeasement of Diaspora Politics:
  • The Canadian government, both Liberal and Conservative parties, has shown sympathy toward Khalistani groups and other diaspora elements, influencing its foreign policy.
  • These policies have accommodated diaspora groups using Canadian soil for activities that pose risks to the interests and security of other nations, notably India.

Significance and Hurdles in Engaging with the Indian Diaspora:

  • Importance to the Indian Economy and Strategic Relations:
  • The current Indian government has intensified diaspora engagement, encouraging them to invest in India's economic development.
  • Wealthy NRIs play a crucial role in sending remittances, establishing networks, and contributing ideas to India.
  • Diaspora support has strengthened India's strategic alliances, including with the US, and has furthered national initiatives like Make in India and Digital India.
  • Challenges:
  • The Indian government is concerned about the views of pro-Khalistan groups within the diaspora, which challenge India's territorial integrity and criticize its treatment of ethnic minorities.
  • These challenges are growing, posing a significant issue for Indian foreign policy that traditionally had a strategic perspective on most diaspora groups.
  • Indian PM's foreign visits are increasingly met with civil society groups advocating for human rights.
  • Recent pro-Khalistan protests in the US, UK, Canada, and Australia have become
  • increasingly contentious and sometimes violent.

Realigning India's Diaspora Engagement:

  • The digital age has reshaped the way Indian immigrants connect with their homeland, influencing their political views, language preferences, and ideological inclinations.
  • Ideas disseminated online can have cross-border consequences, as evident in the Khalistani context.
  • In the era of social media, the impact and influence of diaspora groups are magnified.
  • India should move beyond conventional approaches that emphasize engaging and mobilizing the Indian diaspora for national objectives.
  • It's essential to recognize that certain groups actively oppose India's interests and foreign policy goals.

Steps to Improve India-Canada Relations:

  • Focus on Engaging India, Not Diaspora Politics:
  • The root cause of strained India-Canada relations lies in a problematic form of diaspora politics, where Canadian political parties engage with and appease groups involved in anti-India activities.
  • Canadian governments should prioritize national security and foreign policy interests over short-term electoral gains, moving away from this type of diaspora politics.
  • Ottawa should engage with New Delhi without viewing it solely through the lens of diaspora politics.
  • Establish a Political Agreement:
  • India is essential for Canada's Indo-Pacific strategy to remain relevant.
  • Both nations have shared interests in upholding the international order, managing China's rise, collaborating on climate change, global health, and addressing challenges related to digital technologies.
  • Addressing these challenges requires a political agreement that considers how both countries perceive Canada's Indian diaspora and curbs any negative influences, particularly those fueling India's separatist agenda.

In conclusion, bridging the gap between Ottawa and Delhi requires addressing India's concerns and establishing direct communication with India. This divide should be measured not only in terms of geography but also in terms of mindset.

The Shift to Eurasia: Global Order Changes with the G20-IMEC Plan (Indian Express)

  • 21 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

  • At the 18th G20 Summit held in New Delhi, the US President, along with leaders from India, Saudi Arabia, UAE, France, Germany, Italy, and the European Commission, introduced the expansive India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEC) project.
  • This ambitious initiative aims to establish robust connections for India, including sea routes to the Arabian Gulf and a northern pathway connecting Saudi Arabia to Europe through Jordan and Israel.

Importance of the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEC):

  • Shared Vision Embodied: The IMEC embodies a collective vision uniting nations with a combined GDP of approximately $47 trillion, constituting roughly 40 percent of the world's total GDP.
  • This vision extends beyond trade, energy, and digital resilience.
  • Pathway to an Interconnected Transoceanic System: The Corridor paves the way for a more interconnected transoceanic system, stretching from the Mediterranean region through West Asia into the vast Indo-Pacific.
  • Recognition of Non-Western Powers: The IMEC signifies recognition by the US and EU of the ascent of non-Western powers and the undeniable shift of the global economic and geopolitical center eastward.
  • It underscores the need to allocate more substantial global leadership roles to India, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, key actors reshaping the future economic and geopolitical landscape in Eurasia.
  • Influence of Emerging Powers: Abu Dhabi, Riyadh, New Delhi, and other emerging powers in Eurasia will wield significant influence in recalibrating broader power dynamics across the supercontinent.

How Will IMEC Impact the Global Order in Eurasia?

  • Facilitating Diplomacy Between Hostile Nations: An often overlooked aspect of IMEC is how its very existence, along with its design and operational challenges, serves as another step toward bringing Saudi Arabia and Israel closer together.
  • This initiative aligns with ongoing US-backed attempts to secure a normalization agreement between the two nations.
  • Promoting Equitable Power Dynamics in Eurasia: IMEC aligns with the US's Eurasian strategy in a post-hegemonic era, aiming to establish a more balanced power structure across the wider Eurasian landscape.
  • The objective is to prevent a loose coalition of states, including China, Russia, and Iran, from dominating the supercontinent.
  • Instead, it seeks to bolster the influence of countries like India, Saudi Arabia, and Japan, enabling them to project economic and geopolitical power and contribute actively to a balanced Eurasian power structure.
  • Europe Embracing Multipolarity Beyond Its Borders: Particularly for Europe, the Corridor represents a significant effort to attain geopolitical relevance and unity beyond the European continent in a new multipolar reality.
  • Countries such as Italy, Germany, and France are aligning their efforts with the United States and Asian powers, aiming to move beyond occasional maritime exercises in the Indo-Pacific and integrate their economic systems into high-growth markets in the East.

How Will IMEC Serve India's Geopolitical Interests?

  • Enhancing Strategic Engagement with the Arab World: The Indian government now has a unique opportunity to establish enduring connectivity between India and the Arabian region.
  • This initiative will reassert India's role as a driving force in shaping regional connectivity.
  • Bypassing Pakistan's Veto: For decades, Pakistan had staunchly opposed granting India access to land-locked Afghanistan and Central Asia.
  • The successful implementation of this project will provide India with an alternative route to connect with Central Asia and Europe, circumventing Pakistan's objections.
  • Strengthening US-India Cooperation in the Middle East: While conventional wisdom suggested that India and the United States primarily collaborated in the Indo-Pacific, with limited common interests in the Middle East, this perception changed when India and the US, alongside Israel and the UAE, established the I2U2 forum to develop joint economic projects.
  • The India-Arabia-Europa corridor could prove to be even more impactful.

IMEC and Its Relationship with China:

  • The US and EU might be inclined to present IMEC as a potential counterpart to China's Belt and Road Initiative.
  • For Delhi, Abu Dhabi, and Riyadh, whether as existing (in India's case) or new members (in the case of Saudi Arabia and the UAE) of the BRICS group, IMEC symbolizes the emergence of a West Asian framework.
  • Within this framework, countries like India, Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Oman, and Egypt are steadily expanding their integration, encompassing aspects beyond energy, remittances, and ideology.

Way Forward

  • Preserving the Significance of the Corridor Launch: The symbolism associated with the Corridor's launch in New Delhi and the absence of Russia and China at the Summit should not be underestimated. It's crucial to avoid drawing misguided conclusions from this symbolism by the US and EU.
  • Embracing a Balanced Approach: For countries like India, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, the pursuit of a balanced Eurasian structure doesn't necessitate forming a coalition aimed at containing China and Russia.
  • The Russian President's statement that the IMEC complements Russia's North-South project should be considered in this context.
  • Ensuring IMEC Success: The success of IMEC hinges on several critical factors, including conducting a pragmatic assessment of each nation's motivations for participation, advancing the project beyond a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU), addressing logistical challenges, and prioritizing elements like electricity, digital connectivity, and clean hydrogen during the Corridor's initial phases.
  • Addressing Security Concerns: The IMEC nations should also proactively address potential security challenges that may arise due to increased Eurasian connectivity.
  • The inauguration of IMEC represents a noteworthy step in the evolving global power dynamics, with a clear shift towards the East.
  • It underscores the dedication of the US, Europe, and emerging players like India, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE to foster a more equitable and interconnected Eurasian arrangement.
  • The success of IMEC has the potential to set a precedent for future transcontinental initiatives seeking to establish a more balanced Eurasian framework.

Mains Question:

  • Elaborate on the implications of the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEC)  launch for the global power shift, highlighting the potential influence on India including global power dynamics and future transcontinental initiatives. (15M)

Women’s Reservation Bill Introduced in Loksabha (Indian Express)

  • 20 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

The One Hundred Twenty-Eight Amendment Bill 2023, also known as the Women Reservation Bill, has been presented in the Lok Sabha. This bill aims to allocate one-third of all seats for women in both the Lok Sabha and state legislative assemblies.

The Historical Background of the Women's Reservation Bill:

  • The demand for political reservation for women has been a longstanding one, dating back to the pre-independence era.
  • Various committees have advocated for women's political reservation.

A Brief Journey of Women's Political Reservation:

  • During the National Movement, in 1931, three women's organizations sent a letter to the British Prime Minister requesting political reservation for women.
  • In the Constituent Assembly debates, the issue of women's reservation was discussed.
  • However, it was rejected on the premise that a democracy should provide representation to all groups.
  • In 1971, the Committee on the Status of Women in India and in 1988, the National Perspective Plan for Women both recommended reserving seats for women in local bodies.
  • These recommendations led to the 73rd and 74th amendments to the Constitution, which mandate that all State governments reserve one-third of seats for women in local bodies.
  • Nonetheless, the matter of reservation in the Parliament and Legislative Assemblies remained unresolved until the introduction of the Women's Reservation Bill.

Historical Progression of the Women's Reservation Bill:

  • 1996: The Women's Reservation Bill made its debut in 1996 as the 81st Constitutional Amendment Bill under the Deve Gowda government.
  • It was referred to a parliamentary select committee led by Geeta Mukherjee. However, the Bill expired with the dissolution of the Lok Sabha due to a lack of consensus, particularly regarding reservation for OBC women.
  • 1999: The NDA government revived the Bill in the 13th Lok Sabha and presented it twice in 2003.
  • Unfortunately, these attempts to pass the bills were unsuccessful, resulting in their expiration.
  • 2004: The UPA government incorporated the reservation bill into its Common Minimum Programme and placed it in the Rajya Sabha to prevent it from lapsing once more.
  • 2010: The Women's Reservation Bill, initially introduced as the 108th Constitutional Amendment Bill in 2008, was successfully passed in the Rajya Sabha but lapsed in the Lok Sabha.
  • Its most vocal opponents included the RJD, the JD(U), and the SP, who advocated for 33% reservation for backward groups within the 33% women's quota.

Arguments in Support of the Bill:

  • Enhancing Women's Political Representation: India ranks lower than 140 other nations in terms of women's representation in national legislatures, as per the Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU) 'Women in Parliament' Report (2021).
  • Despite some increase in women's representation in the Lok Sabha since independence (around 16% in the 17th Lok Sabha), India lags behind several African and South Asian countries like Nepal, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
  • Empowering Women's Leadership for Change: Studies on panchayats have demonstrated the positive impact of women's reservation on women's empowerment and resource allocation.
  • For instance, a former woman Sarpanch of Dhani Mayan Khan GP in Haryana established a training center for women and ensured that every village child attended school.
  • Advancing the Decriminalization of Politics: Reserved seats for women could contribute to the decriminalization of Indian politics.
  • Currently, in the Lok Sabha, 159 MPs have declared serious criminal cases against them, including rape, murder, attempted murder, kidnapping, and crimes against women.
  • Addressing Crimes Against Women: The Women's Reservation Bill can play a role in addressing crimes against women in society, potentially leading to a decrease in cases like the Nirbhaya Rape Case.
  • Aligning Representation with Vote Share: Despite an increase in women's vote share, their representation in political positions has not kept pace.
  • Women in India vote at a rate similar to men, but their representation in political roles remains significantly lower.
  • Breaking the Patriarchal Nature of Indian Politics: Indian politics has traditionally been patriarchal, with top party positions and positions of power predominantly held by men.
  • The Women's Reservation Bill has the potential to challenge and transform this patriarchal aspect of Indian politics.
  • Challenging Stereotypes: An increase in women politicians can help break stereotypes that limit women to the role of 'homemakers,' fostering a broader acceptance of women as lawmakers.

Arguments Opposing the Bill:

  • Lack of Separate OBC Reservation: The Bill reserves seats separately for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes women within the existing one-third quota of seats.
  • However, it does not provide separate reservation for OBC women, who constitute 60% of the female population.
  • Exclusion from Rajya Sabha and Legislative Councils: The Bill does not extend reservations to women in the Rajya Sabha and the Legislative Councils, limiting its scope.
  • Potential Misuse with Proxy Candidates: Some argue that the introduction of women's reservations could lead to the emergence of 'MP and MLA Patis,' where individuals use their wives as proxy candidates for reserved seats, wielding the actual power.
  • Contradiction with Equality Principles: Opponents contend that the idea of women's reservation contradicts the principle of equality enshrined in the Constitution.
  • They argue that such reservations could perpetuate the unequal status of women, as they might not be perceived as competing based on merit.
  • Heterogeneity of Women: Women are a diverse group with varied backgrounds and interests, unlike caste groups.
  • Consequently, the same arguments used to justify caste-based reservations may not be directly applicable to women.
  • Women's interests are interconnected with other social, economic, and political strata.
  • Restricting Voter Choice: Critics argue that reserving seats for women could limit voter choices.
  • Instead of reservations, opponents of the Bill have proposed alternative approaches, such as women's reservation within political parties and the implementation of dual-member constituencies, where each constituency has two MPs, with one being a woman.

Key Provisions of the Women Reservation Bill 2023:

  • Reservation of one-third of all seats for women in the Lok Sabha, state legislative assemblies, and the legislature of the National Capital Territory of Delhi.
  • Within this allocation, one-third of the seats will be reserved for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.
  • The reservations will remain in effect for 15 years from the law's commencement.
  • However, Parliament has the authority to extend the reservation period beyond 15 years through legislation.
  • Reserved seats may be subject to rotation.
  • This means that seats designated for women will not remain fixed but will rotate after each election cycle.
  • The provisions will come into effect only after a delimitation exercise is carried out for this purpose.
  • Delimitation will be based on the data collected in the first census conducted after the bill's passage.
  • The amendment will be implemented following the dissolution of the respective house or legislative assembly and will not impact any existing representation.
  • For instance, even after the Bill's passage, one-third women's representation will not be immediately applicable.
  • It will become effective as each state completes its assembly term and holds elections.

What Steps Can Be Taken Moving Forward?

In addition to the Women's Reservation Bill, India should consider implementing the following reforms to enhance the political empowerment of women:

  • Institutionalizing Intra-Party Democracy: Encourage intra-party democracy to broaden the pool of women candidates within political parties.
  • Strengthening Women's Agencies and Organizations: Support and reinforce women's agencies and organizations to contribute to the creation of a progressive society with equal opportunities for all citizens.
  • Promoting Women's Participation at the Panchayat Level: Enhance women's participation at the panchayat level by strengthening women's self-help groups.
  • Encouraging Girls' Participation in College/University Politics: Promote the active involvement of girls in college/university student political parties and political debates to nurture future women leaders.

Mains Question:

  • What are the key provisions and potential challenges associated with the Women's Reservation Bill 2023, and how can these challenges be addressed to ensure effective implementation and increased political empowerment of women in India? (15M)

Enhancing the Benefits of Research for Basmati Rice in India (Indian Express)

  • 19 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

Over the past three decades, the yearly exports of Basmati Rice have surged from 0.3-0.35 million tonnes (valued at $200-250 million) to 4.5-4.6 million tonnes, with a value of $4.7-4.8 billion.

Transforming the Rice Industry in India:

  • Until the late 1980s, Indian farmers cultivated traditional tall basmati rice varieties, which reached heights of 150-160 cm.
  • However, these tall plants were susceptible to lodging, bending over when laden with well-filled grains, and they produced a meager 10 quintals of paddy per acre over a lengthy period of 155-160 days, from nursery sowing to harvesting.
  • Some of these traditional varieties included Taraori (also known as Karnal Local or HBC-19) and Dehraduni (Type-3).
  • The turning point occurred when the Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI) introduced Pusa Basmati-1 (PB-1), an improved variety released in 1989.
  • By the early 21st century, India was exporting 0.6-0.7 million tonnes of basmati rice, generating annual revenues of $400-450 million, with PB-1 accounting for approximately 60% of this success.

Evolution of the Rice Sector in India:

  • The first significant change occurred with the introduction of Pusa Basmati-1 (PB-1), which led to a doubling of India's basmati exports.
  • However, the true transformation took place in 2003 when Pusa Basmati-1121 (PB-1121) was released.
  • PB-1121's standout feature was its grain quality: each kernel averaged 8 mm in length but elongated 2.7 times to approximately 21.5 mm when cooked.
  • One cup of milled PB-1121 grains yielded 4.5 cups of cooked rice, compared to 4 cups for PB-1 and 3.7 cups for Taraori.
  • Following the introduction of PB-1121, India's basmati rice exports surged from 0.7 million tonnes to 3.7 million tonnes and from $390 million to $4.9 billion in value terms between 2001-02 and 2013-14.
  • Another significant development occurred in 2013 when the IARI released Pusa Basmati-1509 (PB-1509).
  • PB-1509 had a shorter seed-to-grain duration of just 115-120 days, making it advantageous for farmers as they could cultivate an extra crop.
  • After harvesting PB-1509, farmers began adopting various crop combinations, including planting a three-month potato crop in early October, followed by sunflower, sweet corn, or onion in early January, all of which matured in 90-100 days.

Enhancing Disease Resistance in Basmati Rice:

  • In recent years, scientists at IARI have been dedicated to safeguarding the improved yield of their basmati varieties by introducing genes for disease resistance.
  • An example is PB-1121, which became vulnerable to bacterial leaf blight. To combat this, IARI introduced Pusa Basmati-1885 and Pusa Basmati-1847.
  • These varieties were essentially PB-1121 and PB-1509 but equipped with "built-in resistance" to both bacterial blight and rice blast fungal disease.
  • The incorporation of resistance traits through marker-assisted backcross breeding eliminates the need for farmers to use fungicides.
  • This reduction in the application of crop protection chemicals not only promotes sustainable farming but also preserves the premium reputation of Indian basmati in the global market.

Challenges Faced by Basmati Rice:

  • Basmati Rice encounters two primary challenges:
  • Lack of Minimum Support Price (MSP): Unlike other crops, basmati paddy does not have a minimum support price (MSP) established by the government, which can affect the income security of farmers.
  • Export Dependency: The majority of basmati rice is exported, with a limited domestic market. This export-centric nature exposes farmers to market fluctuations and government export policies.
  • For instance, the Union government recently imposed restrictions, disallowing basmati shipments priced below $1,200 per ton.

India's Rice Exports in 2023:

  • India holds the title of the world's largest rice exporter, commanding a substantial 45% share of the global rice market.
  • During April-May 2023, the nation's rice exports surged by 21.1% compared to the same period in the previous fiscal year.
  • In May 2023, the export of Basmati rice experienced a notable increase of 10.86% compared to its exports in May 2022.
  • Non-Basmati rice shipments have been consistently growing for the past three years, and the export of Basmati rice in 2022-2023 exceeded the figures of the previous year.
  • Government data up to August 17, 2023, reveals that total rice exports (excluding broken rice) reached 7.3 million tonnes, marking a 15% increase compared to the 6.3 million tonnes exported during the corresponding period last year.

India-Canada FTA Stalled (Indian Express)

  • 18 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

Negotiations for a bilateral free trade agreement between India and Canada have been temporarily halted. This decision followed Prime Minister Modi's concerns about anti-India activities by extremist groups in Canada, which he discussed with Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau during the G20 Summit.

Context:

  • Negotiations on the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) between India and Canada have been temporarily suspended due to political differences.
  • Talks are expected to resume once these issues are resolved.

Possible Reasons for the pause:

  • Strained Relations: The relationship between the two countries has become tense due to concerns related to pro-Khalistan groups operating in Canada.
  • Diplomatic Actions: In July, India summoned the Canadian envoy and issued a formal demarche after posters naming senior Indian diplomats in Canada surfaced.
  • Strong Response: Following a meeting between Prime Ministers Modi and Trudeau during the G20 Summit, India released a strongly-worded statement.

India-Canada Relations:

  • Diplomatic relations between India and Canada were formally established in 1947. However, the partnership took a significant step forward when it was elevated to a strategic level during Prime Minister Modi's visit to Canada in 2015.

Commercial Relations:

  • Bilateral Trade: The economic relationship between the two nations has witnessed substantial growth. India has become Canada's 10th largest trading partner.
  • Trade Figures: In the fiscal year 2022-23, India's total exports to Canada amounted to US$ 4.10 billion, showing an increase from US$ 3.76 billion in the previous year.
  • Simultaneously, India's imports from Canada reached US$ 4.05 billion in 2022-23, up from US$ 3.13 billion in 2021-22.
  • Key Exports and Imports: The bilateral trade consists of a range of items. India exports gems, pharmaceutical products, ready-made garments, among others.
  • In contrast, India imports commodities like pulses, newsprint, wood pulp, asbestos, potash, iron scrap, copper, minerals, and industrial chemicals from Canada.
  • Investment: Canadian Pension Funds have made cumulative investments of around US$ 55 billion in India.
  • Additionally, the cumulative Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) from Canada since the year 2000 amounts to approximately US$ 4.07 billion.
  • CEPA/EPTA Negotiations: In March 2022, both countries agreed to re-launch negotiations for the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA).
  • Furthermore, they explored the possibility of an interim agreement called the Early Progress Trade Agreement (EPTA), which could bring mutual commercial benefits.
  • Negotiations on CEPA and EPTA resumed in April 2022 and continued through nine rounds of talks until July of the same year.

Nuclear Cooperation:

  • Canada's nuclear aid to India began in 1956 and saw collaboration until 1974, when India conducted its nuclear test, Smiling Buddha.
  • Canada was among the earliest participants in India's nuclear power program, notably contributing to the construction of CIRUS, India's first research reactor.
  • The restoration of nuclear cooperation between the two countries occurred in June 2010 with the signing of a Nuclear Cooperation Agreement (NCA).

Science and Technology:

  • Bilateral collaboration extends to various sectors, including joint research projects in healthcare, agri-biotech, and waste management under the IC-IMPACTS program.
  • Furthermore, the Department of Earth Science and Polar Canada initiated a program for the exchange of knowledge and scientific research focused on Cold Climate (Arctic) Studies.

Cooperation in Space:

  • Notably, the commercial arm of the Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO), ANTRIX, has successfully launched several nanosatellites from Canada.
  • In a significant milestone, ISRO included Canada's first Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellite on its 100th satellite PSLV launch in January 2018.

Development Cooperation:

  • After 55 years of bilateral programming in India with a total aid of $2.39 billion, Canada's bilateral development assistance program came to an end in 2006.
  • This change resulted from a shift in Indian government policy regarding aid.
  • Presently, Canada supports various projects in India through Grand Challenges Canada.
  • The main programming sector of the Partnerships for Development Innovation Branch focuses on maternal, newborn, and child health, including support for early childhood development.

Cooperation in Indo-Pacific:

  • In November 2022, Canada unveiled its Indo-Pacific strategy.
  • Although Canada is the last G7 nation to formally embrace the concept of the Indo-Pacific, its strategy emphasizes India's strategic importance.
  • The document highlights India as a key partner and calls for close collaboration with the country.

People-to-People Relation:

  • Canada is home to one of the largest Indian diasporas globally, numbering 1.6 million individuals (comprising Persons of Indian Origin - PIOs and Non-Resident Indians - NRIs), which constitutes more than 4% of its total population.
  • In the political arena, the present Canadian House of Commons, with a total strength of 338, includes 22 Members of Parliament of Indian origin.
  • Additionally, there has been an encouraging cultural exchange, symbolized by a commemorative Diwali stamp jointly issued by Canada Post and India Post in 2017.
  • Furthermore, Diwali celebrations on Parliament Hill have been a tradition for 18 years.

Challenges in India-Canada Relation:

  • Khalistani Groups: A significant challenge lies in Canada providing a safe haven for separatist Khalistani groups.
  • New Delhi has expressed concerns regarding the Liberal Party's alleged alignment with these groups for political support.
  • Some members of the Sikh diaspora, backed by pro-Khalistan groups, are politically active in Canada.
  • Anti-India Elements: Concerns have also arisen about Canada's perceived slow response to address anti-India elements operating on its soil.
  • Instances such as the vandalization of a Hindu temple near Toronto and the defacement of Indian symbols with anti-India graffiti have added to these concerns.
  • Diplomatic Tensions: Occasional diplomatic tensions have arisen due to issues such as Canadian comments regarding India's farmer protests and India's subsequent cancellation of diplomatic talks in response.
  • India-Canada relations are multifaceted, encompassing trade, investment, scientific collaboration, and more. However, they also face challenges related to certain groups and diplomatic issues."

Apple support for NavIC prompts consideration of mandatory adoption and extra incentives by the government. (Indian Express)

  • 16 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

  • Following Apple's adoption of the NavIC navigation technology in select iPhone 15 models, the government is contemplating a mandate for all smartphones sold in India to incorporate this homegrown GPS alternative.
  • According to the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY), this requirement would apply to all 5G phones by January 1, 2025, and other phones by December 2025.

Context:

  • Currently, only a few smartphone brands like Poco, Vivo, and Xiaomi incorporate NavIC support.
  • To encourage wider adoption of this indigenous navigation system, the government is contemplating additional incentives for smartphone manufacturers.
  • These incentives may be included in the upcoming round of the production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme if manufacturers utilize chips designed or produced in India that support NavIC technology.
  • As an example, the existing IT hardware PLI offers cashback incentives to companies employing India-designed or -manufactured chips in their systems.
  • The Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) aims to make it nearly mandatory, similar to the automobile sector, for all GPS-enabled devices to include NavIC chipsets, alongside other technologies like GPS.
  • Apple's recent announcement of NavIC support in its latest iPhone models marks the company's first inclusion of this technology, potentially driving its mainstream acceptance.
  • The achievements of ISRO, including the successful lunar mission (Chandrayaan 3), the maiden solar mission (Aditya L1), and the growing recognition of NavIC technology, demonstrate India's expanding capabilities in the realm of space technology.

What is NavIC?

  • NavIC, also known as the Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS), is an independent and self-reliant navigation satellite system developed by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).
  • Initially approved in 2006 with a budget of $174 million, NavIC was anticipated to be completed by 2011 but became operational in 2018.
  • Comprising seven satellites, NavIC covers the entirety of India's landmass and extends up to 1,500 km beyond its borders.
  • Its primary objective is to reduce dependence on foreign navigation satellite systems, particularly for critical sectors.
  • Currently, NavIC is utilized in India for:
  • Public vehicle tracking, ensuring emergency alerts for fishermen in remote deep-sea areas with no terrestrial network connectivity.
  • Tracking and disseminating information related to natural disasters.
  • India's next goal is to integrate NavIC into smartphones, aligning with the draft satellite navigation policy of 2021, which outlines plans to expand coverage from regional to global.

What are the Benefits of a Regional Navigation System?

  • India is the sole country with its regional satellite-based navigation system.
  • Four global satellite navigation systems exist: the American GPS, Russian GLONASS, European Galileo, and Chinese Beidou.
  • Japan also has a four-satellite system similar to India's GAGAN (GPS Aided GEO Augmented Navigation) that can enhance GPS signals over its territory.
  • When fully operational, NavIC (supported by ground stations in Japan, France, and Russia for improved signal triangulation) will provide highly accurate open signals, up to 5 meters, and even more precise restricted signals (comparable to GPS's ~20 meters accuracy).
  • Unlike GPS, NavIC employs satellites in high geostationary orbits, ensuring they remain fixed relative to Earth and continuously cover the same Earth region.
  • NavIC signals approach India at a 90-degree angle, enhancing their reach to devices located in congested urban areas, dense forests, or mountainous terrain.

Comparison Between Old and New (2nd-Generation) NavIC Satellites:

  • The existing seven satellites in the IRNSS constellation were launched using the Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV), which is ISRO's reliable launch rocket.
  • In 2018, the IRNSS-1I satellite joined the constellation, replacing an older, partially malfunctioning satellite. It was ISRO's ninth satellite for NavIC, although it's often considered the eighth due to the loss of IRNSS-1H in 2017 when the payload's heat shield failed to open on schedule.
  • The 2nd-generation satellite, NVS-01, launched in May 2023, belongs to ISRO's NVS series and is notably heavier.
  • NVS-01 features an onboard Rubidium atomic clock, a significant indigenous development for precise object location determination.
  • Currently, only four IRNSS satellites offer location services, while others are designated for messaging services.
  • The 2nd-generation satellites will introduce signals in a third frequency, L1 (in addition to the existing L5 and S frequencies), enhancing interoperability and supporting use in wearable devices.
  • These upgraded satellites will also boast a longer mission lifespan, exceeding 12 years, in contrast to the 10-year mission life of the existing satellites.

Mains Question:

  • How has the implementation of NavIC benefited India's navigation autonomy and strategic importance, and what are the key challenges and planned enhancements, particularly regarding mobile phone compatibility and signal security? (15M)

India's Supply Chain Opportunity (Indian Express)

  • 15 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

Nevertheless, the declaration made during the G20 Leaders' Summit about the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC) has the capability to position India as a key player in the Asian segment of global supply chains. This holds substantial importance as part of endeavors to reduce reliance on supply chains centered around China.

What Are Supply Chains?

  • A supply chain encompasses all the stages involved in delivering a final product or service to the customer, starting from raw material producers.
  • It involves strategically locating various production stages (like design, production, assembly, marketing, and service activities) in a cost-effective manner.
  • Global supply chains have been the dominant model of industrial production since the 1980s, shaping the trajectory and character of globalization and regionalization.
  • These global supply chains are prevalent in a wide spectrum of industries, from simpler ones like textiles, food processing, and consumer goods to more intricate sectors such as automobiles, aircraft, machinery, electronics, and pharmaceuticals.

Why Are Global Supply Chains Shifting Away from China?

  • Presently, China plays a significant role in global value chains, contributing to nearly 20% of global manufacturing trade and a substantial share of key inputs required for production within global value chains.
  • Nevertheless, even before the Covid-19 pandemic, Western companies were progressively reducing their dependence on China as a sourcing market, and its appeal among Western buyers was waning.
  • This shift was driven, in part, by increasing labor costs and supply chain challenges within China, along with concerns among investors about tighter regulation of foreign businesses.
  • Additionally, the trade disputes between China and the US prompted multinational companies to reconsider their global sourcing strategies.
  • Certain segments of Chinese supply chains, especially those reliant on labor-intensive processes, were relocating to more cost-effective locations.
  • However, complete relocation from China is challenging due to the substantial costs associated with shifting supply chains, including establishing new facilities and recruiting and training workers, among other factors.

Why are India and Southeast Asia Considered Favorable Supply Chain Destinations?

  • Southeast Asia has been successful in luring foreign companies due to its combination of low labor costs, tax incentives, and enhanced logistical capabilities.
  • Notably, countries like Vietnam and Thailand have emerged as prominent choices for supply chain relocation.
  • India, however, is poised to become an accompanying manufacturing hub in Asia alongside China by leveraging foreign technology transfers and creating value-added employment opportunities. This is evident in various developments:
  • Increased production of iPhones within India.
  • Early-stage technology transfer for the technologically advanced Mercedes Benz EQS to India.
  • Foxconn Technology Group's establishment of a chip-making fabrication plant in Gujarat.
  • India's existing manufacturing sectors, including automobiles, pharmaceuticals, and electronics assembly, already possess sophistication and are likely to excel in this competition.
  • Foreign investors are drawn to India due to both geopolitical and economic considerations.
  • India's services sector, encompassing ICT, back-office functions, financial and professional services, as well as transport and logistics, is also positioned for success.

Initiatives Taken by India to Strengthen its Supply Chain Network:

  • Since 2022, the Indian government has prioritized preferential trade through various bilateral agreements with trading partners.
  • The UAE-India Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement became effective in May 2022.
  • Ongoing discussions aim to finalize the Australia-India free trade agreement (FTA) by the close of 2023. Negotiations are also underway for UK-India and EU-India FTAs.
  • The Indian Prime Minister's visit to Washington DC in June 2023 underscored the pivotal role of supply chains in India-United States relations.
  • These new agreements with Western trading partners signify a commitment to extensive economic integration, surpassing India's previous FTAs, which primarily focused on goods trade and related measures.

Path Ahead for India - Drawing Lessons from China's Success:

  • Encouraging foreign direct investment (FDI) with an export focus remains a key strategy for engaging in supply chains.
  • Local businesses must devise strategic approaches to integrate into global supply networks.
  • Large conglomerates can allocate resources and costs effectively among their business units.
  • Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) can play pivotal roles as industrial suppliers and subcontractors for major exporters.
  • Strategic moves such as mergers, acquisitions, and collaborations with multinational corporations and prominent domestic enterprises are sensible steps.
  • Investing in domestic technological capabilities to meet international benchmarks for price, quality, and timeliness is crucial.
  • Identifying and targeting multinational corporations involved in industries where India holds a potential comparative advantage, coupled with improved coordination between central and state governments, is essential.
  • Investing in higher education in fields like science, technology, engineering, and mathematics is a forward-looking approach.
  • Caution should be exercised when contemplating the adoption of China's interventionist state model, as it carries significant risks of government failures.
  • Engaging with think tanks to gain insights into effective strategies is a prudent course of action.
  • India stands at a pivotal moment in history to foster industrialization in South Asia, which would enhance regional stability, create employment opportunities, and reduce susceptibility to Chinese influence.
  • To promote regional supply chains, the Indian government should consider the following policy actions:
  • Expanding the Make in India Programme into a broader Make in South Asia Programme.
  • Establishing a comprehensive bilateral Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with Bangladesh.
  • Enhancing the Indo-Sri Lanka FTA to bolster regional trade and investment based on established rules.
  • Without forging connections within South Asia, India's appeal to the Global South remains limited. The emerging supply chain opportunities with the United States offer India a promising pathway to embark on its journey of global integration, while maintaining a 'Neighbourhood First' approach.

Latest NSO Data on Inflation in India (The Hindu)

  • 14 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

  • Recent data from the National Statistical Office (NSO) reveals that India's retail inflation rate decreased to 6.83% in August.
  • This decline came after hitting a 15-month high of 7.44% in July 2023, primarily because of falling prices of food items, particularly vegetables.
  • However, it's worth noting that the inflation rate still remains above the upper limit of the Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) medium-term inflation target range of 4+/-2%.

Key Points from the Recent NSO Data:

  • In August 2023, retail inflation stood at 6.83%, marking the fourth instance this year and the seventh since August 2022 where it exceeded the upper limit of the target.
  • Policymakers are increasingly concerned about high inflation rates.
  • In its recent monetary policy review, the RBI maintained the key repo rate at 6.50% but raised the inflation projection for FY2024 from 5.1% to 5.4%.
  • In the Index of Industrial Production (IIP), manufacturing showed improvement, rising to 141.2 in July from 135 a year ago and 141.1 in the previous month.
  • Of concern, consumer durables contracted by 2.7% year-on-year in July 2023, indicating weaknesses and imbalances in consumption demand.

Key Insights from the Recent NSO Data:

  • Consumer Confidence Declines: In August 2023, consumer sentiment dropped by 1.5%, breaking a streak of continuous increases since January 2023.
  • This decline can impact the Indian economy and businesses, particularly in anticipation of the upcoming festive season.
  • A significant contributor to this drop is a decrease in consumers' intentions to buy consumer durables like cars and TVs.
  • This pessimism is not only due to stagnant perceived incomes but also concerns about future earnings.
  • Persistent Inflation: According to RBI projections, inflation is expected to remain above 5% until the first quarter of 2024-25, with the likelihood of reaching 6.2% in the current quarter (July-September), which is beyond the RBI's comfort zone.
  • Although overall food inflation has moderated, certain food items like cereals, pulses, and milk are experiencing upward price momentum.
  • Factors such as irregular rainfall and low reservoir levels pose further risks to food inflation.
  • Additionally, the recent surge in global crude oil prices is a cause for concern. However, the continuing deflation in the Wholesale Price Index (WPI) will have a delayed impact on Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation.
  • The government's decision to reduce cooking gas prices by Rs 200 per cylinder is expected to benefit domestic LPG consumers and those under the Pradhan Mantri Ujjwala Yojana (PMUY).
  • India's GDP Growth Prospects: India's potential GDP growth rate has steadily decreased from around 8% just before the Global Financial Crisis of 2008-09 to 6% before the Covid pandemic.
  • The potential GDP growth rate represents the rate at which an economy can expand without causing high inflation.
  • The temporary increase in India's GDP growth rates in 2020-21 was primarily due to a lower base.
  • The Indian economy faces various challenges, including a slowing global economy, elevated oil prices, and climate change. Economists estimate that, under a business-as-usual scenario, India's economy cannot grow more than 5% over the next decade.
  • While this growth rate may be attractive from a global perspective, it may not be sufficient to meet the employment needs of India's large youth population.

What is Inflation?

  • Inflation signifies an increase in prices, resulting in a decrease in the purchasing power of money over time.
  • The rate at which purchasing power diminishes is measured by tracking the average price increase of a specific set of goods and services over a specified period.
  • This price hike, typically expressed as a percentage, signifies that a unit of currency can purchase fewer goods and services compared to previous periods.
  • In contrast, deflation occurs when prices fall, leading to an increase in purchasing power.

What are the causes of inflation?

  • Demand-Pull Inflation: This occurs when the demand for goods and services exceeds their supply.
  • When demand is high and supply is limited, businesses often raise prices, leading to inflation.
  • It's often associated with strong economic growth.
  • Cost-Push Inflation: In this scenario, rising production costs, such as increased wages or the cost of raw materials, force businesses to raise prices to maintain their profit margins.
  • Oil price spikes are a classic example of cost-push inflation.
  • Built-In Inflation: Sometimes called wage-price inflation, this happens when workers consistently demand higher wages to keep up with rising prices.
  • Businesses then raise prices to cover increased labor costs, creating a cycle of inflation.

Categories:

  • Consumer Price Index (CPI): This index calculates the weighted average of prices for a basket of goods and services at the consumer or retail level.
  • Wholesale Price Index (WPI): The WPI monitors price changes for goods in stages before reaching the retail level.

Inflation Targeting in India:

  • The RBI Act of 1934 establishes a legal and institutional framework for ensuring price stability while also considering growth objectives.
  • In 2016, the Finance Act amended the RBI Act to establish a Monetary Policy Committee (MPC).
  • The MPC issues a bi-monthly Monetary Policy Report to set India's benchmark interest rate, enhancing transparency and accountability in the country's monetary policy.
  • The current mandate of the MPC is to maintain an annual inflation rate of 4% (with a tolerance range of +/-2%).
  • If inflation exceeds this range for three consecutive quarters, the committee is accountable to the Government of India.

Mains Question:

  • How does the RBI's inflation targeting framework impact India's economic stability and growth? Discuss the tools and effectiveness of RBI's strategies in controlling inflation. (10 M)

Ridding India of Food Insecurity (The Hindu)

  • 13 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

  • While India is currently the world's fastest-growing major economy, it is also grappling with a rapid increase in food-price inflation.
  • The surge in food prices began to intensify notably in 2019 and has continued to rise in most subsequent years.
  • In July of this year, annual inflation surpassed 11%, reaching its highest level in the past decade.
  • One consequence of this sustained high food-price inflation is the possibility that a portion of the population may encounter difficulties in accessing food with sufficient nutritional value.

Key Findings of Concern:

  • The 'State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World' report by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) assesses the percentage of people in different countries who cannot afford a nutritious diet.
  • Approximately 74% of the population is unable to afford a healthy diet.
  • This likely results in decreased food consumption due to reduced purchasing power.
  • Food prices in India have been on a consistent upward trend since 2019, with annual inflation exceeding 11% in July 2023, the highest rate in a decade.
  • There has been a notable increase in the prevalence of anaemia, with over 50% of adult women estimated to be affected according to the latest National Family Health Survey conducted between 2019 and 2021.
  • Critics argue that macroeconomic policies, including the Reserve Bank of India's focus on inflation control through measures like inflation targeting, are ineffective in addressing food inflation, which is primarily driven by supply-side factors.

Importance of Food Security:

  • Enhanced Health and Nutrition: Food security plays a crucial role in improving the health and well-being of individuals by preventing malnutrition and its associated health issues, including stunted growth, cognitive impairment, and increased susceptibility to diseases.
  • It's worth noting that malnutrition is responsible for the deaths of approximately 3.1 million children each year, accounting for nearly half of all child deaths under the age of 5.
  • Economic and Social Stability: Food security contributes to the economic and social stability of individuals and nations by enabling increased productivity, income generation, and participation in trade.
  • According to a World Bank study, the global cost of undernutrition, in terms of lost productivity and human capital, amounts to USD 3.5 trillion per year.
  • Additionally, a United Nations report highlighted that food insecurity played a pivotal role in 58% of conflicts between 2017 and 2019.
  • Poverty Alleviation: Food security is instrumental in reducing poverty as it enables people to afford and access nutritious food while also investing in other essential needs such as education and healthcare.
  • These factors help break the cycle of poverty.
  • National Security: Food security bolsters national security by ensuring a reliable food supply that is not vulnerable to external factors like global food prices or supply chain disruptions.
  • Food insecurity can make nations susceptible to such factors, compromising their sovereignty.
  • Sustainable Development: Food security aligns with sustainable development goals, particularly Goal 2: Zero Hunger.
  • It also supports related goals such as poverty reduction, improved health, gender equality, and environmental sustainability, contributing to a holistic approach to sustainable development.

Causes of Food Insecurity:

  • Impact of Russia-Ukraine Conflict: The Russia-Ukraine conflict has disrupted the global supply chain due to trade-related policies imposed by countries, exacerbating the global food crisis.
  • Several nations have implemented food trade restrictions to bolster domestic supply and reduce prices.
  • Rising Domestic Inflation: Many countries are grappling with domestic food inflation, which has intensified the issue of food insecurity.
  • For instance, India has imposed bans on wheat and rice exports to support its domestic population.
  • Climate Variability and Extremes: Climate change has significantly affected the availability and quality of critical resources like water, land, and biodiversity essential for food production.
  • It has also led to shifts in the patterns and severity of pests, diseases, and natural disasters, resulting in reduced crop yields and livestock productivity.
  • The Global Report on Food Crises highlights that weather and climate extremes were the primary drivers of acute food insecurity in 12 countries in 2021, impacting nearly 57 million people.
  • Economic Slowdowns and Downturns: Economic slowdowns have diminished the income and job prospects of vulnerable populations, who typically allocate a substantial portion of their income to food purchases.
  • These economic shocks have disrupted both the supply and demand for food, leading to increased food prices and reduced food quality.

Learning from the Green Revolution:

  • India boasts a rich historical backdrop of the Green Revolution, a transformative period during the 1960s.
  • The government initiated a supply-side approach, providing farmers with high-yield seeds, accessible credit, and guaranteed prices through procurement.
  • This initiative achieved remarkable success, swiftly liberating India from dependence on food imports and fulfilling its ambition of self-sufficiency.
  • However, certain strategic errors were made during this period.
  • Excessive use of chemical fertilizers resulted in soil degradation.
  • An overemphasis on procurement prices, rather than prioritizing productivity to enhance farm incomes, contributed to inflation.
  • The policy primarily focused on cereals, neglecting pulses, a vital source of protein for the majority of Indians.

The Path Ahead: Suggested Actions

  • Enhanced Agricultural Investment: Evaluate and optimize public expenditure on irrigation to improve its efficiency.
  • Revitalize Research Institutes: Revamp India's network of public agricultural research institutes to rekindle their pivotal role, reminiscent of their contributions during the 1960s.
  • Reinvigorate the Role of Local Village Representatives (Gram Sevak): Empower and elevate the role of the gram sevak in villages, making them instrumental in disseminating best agricultural practices.
  • Boost Protein-Based Crop Production: Implement a comprehensive program to significantly increase protein production by incorporating various initiatives.
  • Foster Cooperative Federalism: Encourage states to actively contribute to enhancing agricultural productivity rather than relying solely on food allocations from the central pool for their Public Distribution System.
  • Ensure Permanent Access to a Balanced Diet: Prioritize measures consistent with ecological sustainability to ensure that all Indians have continuous access to a nutritious diet.
  • Supply-Side Interventions: Implement interventions on the supply side to stabilize food prices by improving land yield.
  • Focus on Cost Reduction: Concentrate on the specific objective of reducing food production costs.
  • Multifaceted Approach: Extend irrigation coverage to 100% of the net sown area, eliminate land leasing restrictions, accelerate agricultural research efforts, and reinstate agricultural extension services.

Mains Question:

  • Examine the key agricultural issues in India today, encompassing food security, sustainability, and economic stability. Propose a holistic approach that integrates government funding, research, inter-state collaboration, and supply-side interventions to pave the way for a resilient and prosperous future in Indian agriculture. (15M)

Strategic Partnership Council (SPC) Meeting Between India & Saudi Arabia (Indian Express)

  • 12 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

Saudi Arabia’s Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman Al Saud and Prime Minister Narendra Modi held extensive talks on Monday, agreeing to expand trade and security ties. The leaders also co-chaired the first summit-level meeting of the India-Saudi Arabia Strategic Partnership Council (SPC).

What is India-Saudi Arabia Strategic Partnership Council (SPC)?

  • The agreement to create the SPC was inked during Prime Minister Modi's official visit to Saudi Arabia in October 2019. This partnership was conceived to establish a top-tier council to guide and enhance the Indo-Saudi relationship.
  • Key Pillars:
  • The SPC operates through two primary pillars:
  • Committee on Political, Security, Social, and Cultural Cooperation.
  • Committee on Economy and Investments.
  • These sub-committees engage at four distinct levels:
  • Summit Level (Involving the Prime Minister and Crown Prince)
  • Ministerial Level
  • Senior Officials' Meetings
  • Joint Working Groups (JWGs)

Key Highlights From the Recent Meeting Between Saudi's Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and PM Modi:

  • Notable Developments:
  • Advancing the $50-billion West Coast refinery project, a massive undertaking with a capacity of 60 million tonnes.
  • It will be a refinery and petrochemical complex situated on the Maharashtra coast.
  • Identifying energy, defense, semiconductors, and space as sectors where cooperation will be intensified.
  • Recognizing various other areas of collaboration, including security, education, technology, transportation, healthcare, tourism, and culture.
  • Expanding the Relationship:
  • Both parties agreed to transform their existing hydrocarbon relationship into a more comprehensive energy partnership.
  • Signed Agreements:
  • Additionally, eight agreements were formally signed to enhance cooperation in various domains, encompassing digitization and investment.

India-Saudi Arabia Bilateral Relations:

  • India and Saudi Arabia share warm and amicable bilateral relations that are a testament to their deep-rooted economic and socio-cultural connections spanning centuries.
  • These relations were formalized with the establishment of diplomatic ties in 1947, and since then, both nations have engaged in high-level exchanges and visits.

The Economic Cooperation Between India and Saudi Arabia:

Trade:

  • In the fiscal year 2022-23, the bilateral trade volume between India and Saudi Arabia surged to a historic high of $52.75 billion.
  • India's exports to Saudi Arabia saw significant growth, reaching $10.7 billion, compared to $8.8 billion in 2021-22.
  • India stands as the second-largest trading partner for Saudi Arabia, while Saudi Arabia ranks as the fourth-largest trading partner for India.

Investment:

  • Indian investments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia have now reached approximately USD 2 billion.
  • Saudi Arabia, on the other hand, is recognized as the 18th largest investor in India, with investments amounting to $3.14 billion as of March 2022.
  • During the visit of the Saudi Crown Prince to India in February 2019, he made a significant announcement of the Kingdom's plans to invest a substantial sum of US $100 billion across various sectors in India.

Energy Partnership Between India and Saudi Arabia:

Vital Energy Collaboration:

  • Energy collaboration stands as a foundational element of the bilateral relationship between India and Saudi Arabia, playing a crucial role in ensuring India's energy security.
  • Saudi Arabia maintains its position as one of India's key partners in the sourcing of crude oil and petroleum products.

Crucial Import Destination:

  • During the fiscal year 2022-23, Saudi Arabia retained its status as India's third-largest supplier of crude oil and petroleum products.
  • India imported a substantial 39.5 million metric tonnes (MMT) of crude oil from Saudi Arabia in FY23, constituting 16.7% of its total crude oil imports.

LPG Contribution:

  • India also benefitted from Saudi Arabia as a significant source of LPG (liquefied petroleum gas) imports, with 7.85 MMT of LPG imported from Saudi Arabia in FY23. This accounted for 11.2% of India's total petroleum product imports during that fiscal year.

Defense Partnership Between India and Saudi Arabia:

High-Level Engagement:

  • In a significant diplomatic move, General Manoj Mukund Naravane, the Chief of Naval Staff of India, paid a landmark visit to Saudi Arabia in December 2020.

Naval Exercises:

  • The two nations have successfully conducted two editions of their bilateral naval exercise titled 'Al Mohed al Hindi.'

Collaborative Defense Endeavors:

  • India and Saudi Arabia are actively engaged in fostering collaboration within the realm of defense industries and capacity building, further strengthening their partnership in the defense domain.

Indian Community Living in Saudi Arabia:

  • Prominent Expatriate Community:
  • The Indian community in Saudi Arabia is a substantial one, numbering around 2.2 million people.
  • This makes it the largest expatriate community within the Kingdom.
  • Economic Contribution:
  • Indians constitute approximately 7% of Saudi Arabia's total population, and they play a significant role in driving the country's economic growth.
  • Migration Process Enhancement:
  • During Prime Minister Modi's visit to Riyadh in October 2019, a noteworthy development was announced. India's e-Migrate system would be integrated with Saudi Arabia's e-Thawtheeq system, streamlining the migration process for workers.
  • Hajj Pilgrimage:
  • The annual Hajj pilgrimage holds immense importance in the Indo-Saudi bilateral relationship.
  • During the visit of the Saudi Crown Prince to New Delhi in February 2019, it was revealed that India's Hajj quota would be expanded by 24,975 in 2019, allowing 200,000 Indians to partake in the Hajj pilgrimage in August 2019.

Recent Diplomatic Engagements:

  • In 2019, the then Indian Prime Minister, Manmohan Singh, undertook a significant visit to Saudi Arabia, culminating in the signing of the 'Riyadh Declaration.'
  • This landmark agreement elevated the bilateral relationship between the two nations to the status of a 'Strategic Partnership.'
  • During Prime Minister Modi's visit to Saudi Arabia in 2016, King Salman bestowed upon him the Kingdom's highest civilian honor.
  • In February 2019, Crown Prince Salman of Saudi Arabia visited India and announced the Kingdom's decision to invest approximately US$100 billion in India.

Later in the same year, during Prime Minister Modi's visit to Riyadh, the two nations signed the Strategic Partnership Council (SPC) Agreement, marking a pivotal moment in their diplomatic relations.

African Union Joined G20 (G20 Becomes G21) (The Hindu)

  • 11 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

At the 18th G20 Summit in India, the African Union (AU) became a new member of the G20, just three months after India proposed the idea of their inclusion.

Context:

  • In June of this year, Prime Minister Modi suggested to G20 leaders that the African Union should be granted full membership at the upcoming G20 Summit in Delhi.
  • This idea was born after the 'Voice of the Global South' Summit in January 2023, which saw participation from most of the African Union's 55 member countries.
  • Up to that point, only one country from the African Union, South Africa, was a part of the G20.
  • Several African leaders had emphasized that Europe had representation from five countries and the European Union (EU) within the G20, and they believed the African Union deserved similar representation.

What is the African Union (AU)?

  • The African Union (AU) is a group of 55 member states representing the countries of the African Continent.
  • In essence, it's a union that has various objectives aimed at enhancing the well-being of its member countries, both on their own and as a collective.
  • It was formally established in 2002, succeeding the Organisation of African Unity (OAU, 1963-1999).
  • The AU's main offices are located in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.

Vision of the African Union (AU):

  • The AU is driven by its vision of "A united, prosperous, and peaceful Africa, led by its own people and serving as a dynamic force on the global stage."
  • To accomplish this mission, a target year of 2063 has been established, marking the 100th anniversary of the OAU's establishment.
  • Agenda 2063's key objectives include:
  • Fostering prosperity in Africa through inclusive growth and sustainable development.
  • Achieving a politically unified and integrated continent, inspired by the principles of Pan-Africanism.
  • Cultivating a Africa characterized by good governance, democracy, human rights, justice, and the rule of law.
  • To realize the aims outlined in Agenda 2063, the AU has devised a series of five 10-year plans, with the initial plan spanning from 2014 to 2023.

Objectives of the African Union (AU):

  • The AU dedicates its efforts and resources to fostering stronger unity and solidarity among African nations and their citizens.
  • Its goal is to expedite the political and socio-economic integration of the continent, addressing the diverse social, economic, and political challenges faced by African nations.
  • Additionally, the AU actively works to promote peace, stability, and security throughout the region.

The Role of the AU in Promoting Peace on the Continent:

  • The AU strongly believes that resolving conflicts is essential for achieving prosperity.
  • In pursuit of this goal, it established a Peace and Security Council in 2004.
  • This council has the authority to intervene in conflicts, replacing the principle of non-interference with one of non-indifference.
  • It can deploy military forces in situations involving genocide and crimes against humanity and can authorize peacekeeping missions.
  • The AU also oversees the New Partnership for Africa's Development (Nepad), an anti-poverty plan that offers a partnership with the West.
  • It promotes good political and economic practices in exchange for increased aid and investment.
  • Many of the AU's peacekeeping missions have been instrumental in helping governments combat terrorism across Africa, from the Sahel to northern Mozambique.
  • Diplomatic efforts by the AU have also successfully resolved conflicts in Africa, such as brokering a peace deal between the Ethiopian Government and the Tigray People's Liberation Front (TPLF) in South Africa in 2022.
  • Another notable achievement is the establishment of the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA), which became operational in 2021.
  • With 54 member countries as signatories, AfCFTA is the world's largest new free trade area since the creation of the WTO in 1994.
  • Its aim is to boost intra-African trade by implementing deeper trade liberalization and improved regulatory harmonization.
  • The AfCFTA is projected to increase Africa's income by $450 billion by 2035 and elevate intra-African exports by more than 81%.

Limitations of the African Union (AU):

  • The AU has faced challenges in preventing coups in Africa, with over 200 coups occurring on the continent since the 1960s. Some of the most recent ones happened in Gabon and Niger.
  • Another issue is the AU's struggle to ensure that its member nations fulfill their annual financial obligations.
  • This has led to financial constraints, forcing the organization to rely on external funding, which can affect its independence.

Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan 2023 (Indian Express)

  • 09 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

The second year of the Swachh Vayu Survekshan, carried out by the ministry based on self-assessments submitted by 130 identified cities under the National Clean Air Programme, saw Agra in Uttar Pradesh securing the second rank, followed by Thane in Maharashtra on the third spot.

About Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan:

  • In September 2022, the Union Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change published rules for 'Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan - Ranking of Cities' as part of the National Clean Air Programme (NCAP).
  • The idea behind Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan is to rank 131 cities in India based on how well they follow City Action Plans from NCAP.
  • These plans are meant to reduce air pollution by up to 40% by 2025-26.

How Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan works?

  • The Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan methodology categorizes 131 cities into three groups based on population:
  • The first group includes 47 cities with a population exceeding 10 lakhs.
  • The second group comprises 44 cities with a population ranging from 3 to 10 lakhs.
  • The third group consists of 40 cities with a population less than 3 lakhs.
  • Cities are required to perform self-assessments using the framework available on the PRANA online portal, which stands for "Portal for Regulation of Air-pollution in Non-Attainment Cities."
  • The assessment focuses on key components, including solid waste management, road dust control, management of construction and demolition waste, and the control of emissions from vehicles and industries.
  • Cash awards will be given to the top three performing cities in each group, fostering a spirit of competitive federalism.
  • This Sarvekshan serves as a valuable tool for cities to plan and execute actions aimed at improving air quality.
  • It's important to note that this ranking is not based on direct measurements of air quality parameters but on the proactive measures taken by cities to enhance air quality across various domains.

About Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan 2023:

  • The Union Environment, Forest and Climate Change Minister, Bhupender Yadav, recently announced awards for the Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan 2023, which is a survey aimed at assessing clean air.
  • In the first category, which includes cities with a population of more than 10 lakhs, Indore secured the top spot, followed by Agra and Thane.
  • Indore achieved the highest score of 187 out of 200.
  • In the second category, which covers cities with populations between 3-10 lakhs, Amravati took the first position, with Moradabad and Guntur following closely.
  • Similarly, in the third category, which comprises cities with populations less than 3 lakhs, Parwanoo (Himachal Pradesh) secured the first rank, with Kala Amb (Himachal Pradesh) and Angul (Odisha) in the second and third positions, respectively.
  • The assessment considered eight categories, including biomass and municipal solid waste burning, road dust, dust from construction and demolition waste, vehicular emissions, emissions from industries, other emissions, IEC activities (public awareness), and improvement in PM10 concentrations.
  • Urban local bodies submitted self-assessment reports with supporting documents to determine the rankings.
  • Notably, in the 2022 survey, Lucknow, Prayagraj, and Varanasi were the top three cities in the million-plus population category, but they ranked lower in the current year's survey.

What is National Clean Air Programme?

  • The National Clean Air Programme (NCAP), initiated in 2019, stands as India's primary initiative to improve air quality significantly.
  • This program was introduced as a comprehensive, time-bound, national-level strategy aimed at addressing the widespread issue of air pollution throughout the country.
  • The primary objective is to achieve a reduction of 20% to 30% in Particulate Matter concentrations by 2024, with 2017 serving as the baseline year.
  • NCAP has identified 132 non-attainment cities nationwide. These cities have consistently failed to meet the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for over five years.
  • The Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change serves as the nodal ministry responsible for overseeing NCAP's implementation.

Measurement of Unemployment in India? (The Hindu)

  • 08 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

  • Based on the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS), India's unemployment rate reached a peak of 6.1% in 2017, which was the highest ever recorded.
  • However, the latest PLFS data from 2021-22 indicates a decrease to 4.1% in unemployment.
  • This article underscores the challenges in accurately measuring unemployment in India.
  • While there has been a reduction in unemployment from 2017 to 2022, it is still higher than the rates observed in some developed economies, such as the United States, where it hovers around 3.5%.

What is the Meaning of Unemployment:

  • As per the International Labour Organisation (ILO), unemployment involves being without a job, being ready to accept a job, and actively seeking employment.
  • In other words, if someone loses their job but doesn't actively seek another, they are not considered unemployed. Hence, unemployment is distinct from being without a job.

Measuring the Unemployment Rate:

  • The unemployment rate is calculated by dividing the number of unemployed individuals by the total labor force.
  • The labor force is the combined count of both employed and unemployed individuals.
  • People who are neither employed nor unemployed, like students and those involved in unpaid domestic work, are categorized as outside the labor force.
  • It's important to note that the unemployment rate may also decrease when an economy doesn't create sufficient jobs or when individuals choose not to actively seek employment.

Challenges in Measuring Unemployment in India:

  • Cultural Factors: Social norms and cultural constraints influence job search decisions in developing economies like India.
  • A definition of unemployment that relies on active job seeking may underestimate the true situation.
  • Informal Work: In contrast to developed economies, individuals in India often hold informal, intermittent jobs.
  • This means someone might be unemployed one week but engaged in various roles over time, such as casual labor or farming.
  • Varying Methodologies: Different organizations use distinct methodologies to measure unemployment.
  • For instance, the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy categorizes individuals based on their daily activity preceding the interview, leading to variations in unemployment rates and labor force participation rates.
  • Data Timing: Timing can also impact unemployment rates.
  • For example, the lockdown in March 2020 had a profound effect on the Indian economy, but this disruption was not immediately reflected in the PLFS unemployment rates, which cover a period from July of one year to June of the next.
  • Trade-offs: Developing economies face trade-offs in choosing reference periods for data collection.
  • Shorter periods yield higher unemployment rates and lower employment rates, while longer periods tend to show the opposite.
  • This dilemma is less common in developed nations with more consistent, year-round employment.

Differences in Rural and Urban Unemployment Rates in India:

  • The lenient criteria for categorizing someone as employed contribute to the lower unemployment rates in rural regions compared to urban areas.
  • Agricultural economies provide individuals with opportunities like family farming or occasional agricultural work, increasing the likelihood of finding some form of employment in rural settings.
  • While these definitions may seem to 'underestimate' unemployment, they were primarily crafted to account for the substantial informal economy prevalent in these areas.

Classifying Employment Status in India:

  • The National Sample Survey Organisation (NSSO) employs two primary methods for this purpose: Usual Principal and Subsidiary Status (UPSS) and Current Weekly Status (CWS).
  • UPSS determines an individual's primary employment status based on their predominant activity during the previous year, whether employed, unemployed, or out of the labor force.
  • For instance, even if someone's principal status is not that of a worker, they would still be considered employed under UPSS if they engaged in economic activity in a subsidiary role for a period of not less than 30 days.
  • CWS, on the other hand, uses a shorter reference period of one week. An individual is counted as employed if they worked for at least one hour on at least one day during the seven days leading up to the survey date.
  • UPSS unemployment rates consistently tend to be lower than CWS rates because it is more likely that individuals will find employment over the course of a year compared to just one week.

Unemployment is becoming a significant issue in the upcoming election. To address it effectively, it's crucial to grasp how unemployment is defined and measured in a developing economy like India.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the challenges associated with measuring unemployment in India and how these measurement methods impact our understanding of the employment situation in the country. (15M)

At G20, the Eend of Old Multilateralism – and the Beginning of a New Order (Indian Express)

  • 07 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

Delhi’s current emphasis is on building bridges between developing and developed countries. Many in the developed world are waking up to the importance of greater cooperation between the North and the South amidst the breakdown of relations between the East and the West.

What are the factors contributing to the weakening of global cooperation in the post-Cold War era?

  • Russian Conflicts: International relations have been strained due to Russia's aggressive actions, notably its annexation of Ukraine's Crimean Peninsula in 2014 and the ongoing conflict with Ukraine.
  • China's Territorial Ambitions: Concerns have arisen from China's territorial disputes with neighboring Asian countries, including India, Japan, the Philippines, and Vietnam.
  • Economic Leverage: China's attempts to leverage its economic power for political and strategic purposes have led to growing distrust among nations worldwide.
  • Change in Chinese Policies: A shift in Chinese policies under Xi Jinping, departing from the peaceful periphery and shared prosperity approach of the 1980s, has had adverse effects on regional and global institutions.

How is Asia reacting to China's actions?

  • Security Institutions: New security coalitions such as the Quad, comprising India, the United States, Japan, and Australia, have been formed to counterbalance China's growing influence in the region.
  • AUKUS Pact: The establishment of the AUKUS alliance, which includes Australia, Britain, and the United States, is a direct response to China's expanding military presence in the area.
  • Questioning ASEAN's Role: China's assertive territorial expansion has raised concerns about the effectiveness of ASEAN-led regional organizations in maintaining stability.
  • Bilateral Relationships: Many Asian nations are reinforcing bilateral ties to deter China's unilateral actions. For instance, the trilateral agreement involving the United States, Japan, and South Korea aims to enhance security in Northeast Asia.
  • Economic Diversification: Countries like Japan and the United States are actively seeking to reduce their economic reliance on China by diversifying their trade partnerships.

How is India's role undergoing transformation?

  • Central Player: India is increasingly assuming a central role in shaping both regional and global dynamics, evident in its active participation in forums such as the Indo-Pacific Quadrilateral Forum.
  • G20's Evolution: India is advocating for the G20 to address the concerns of the Global South, indicating its aspiration to have a more significant role in global economic discussions.
  • Shifting Alliances: While historically aligned with Moscow and Beijing for a multipolar world, India's focus has shifted due to China's growing assertiveness, leading it closer to nations like Australia, Japan, and the United States.
  • Embracing the Indo-Pacific: India has embraced the Indo-Pacific concept and revitalized the Quad alliance to counterbalance China's influence in the region.

What are the key elements of India's new approach to multilateralism?

  • Quad Collaboration: During the Jakarta summit, the Prime Minister of India emphasized the Quad's role in complementing ASEAN's efforts and promoting regional stability.
  • Re-globalization Focus: India's External Affairs Minister, S Jaishankar, advocates for a diversified and democratic form of globalization that moves away from a production model centered around China.
  • Collective Solutions: Despite the challenges faced in multilateralism, India remains committed to seeking collective solutions to various global issues, including the modernization of the global tax regime.

Global South Concerns: India places a strong emphasis on addressing the concerns of the Global South within the G-20 agenda, with a goal of fostering greater cooperation between developed and developing nations, rather than reviving past confrontational politics.

SBI allows interoperability of UPI and Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) (The Economic Times)

  • 06 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

The State Bank of India has announced the implementation of UPI interoperability in its Digital Rupee (eRupee) also called Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC).

Context:

  • Banks are making it possible for Unified Payments Interface's (UPI) Quick Response (QR) codes to work seamlessly with their central bank digital currency (CBDC) or e? applications.
  • Interoperability means that the payment system can function smoothly alongside other payment systems.
  • It enables system providers and participants from different systems to conduct, process, and settle payment transactions across systems without the need for involvement in multiple systems.
  • As a result of this interoperability, users of the retail digital rupee will be able to make transactions by scanning any UPI QR code at a merchant's establishment.
  • Additionally, merchants can now accept digital rupee payments through their existing UPI QR codes.
  • This integration of UPI and CBDC is part of the Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) ongoing pilot project to promote the adoption of the retail digital rupee (e?-R).

What does UPI QR code-CBDC interoperability mean?

  • Interoperability between UPI and the digital rupee ensures that all UPI QR codes can now be used seamlessly with CBDC apps.
  • Initially, during the launch of the pilot for the retail digital rupee, e?-R users were required to scan a specific QR code for their transactions.
  • However, thanks to the interoperability of these systems, payments can now be initiated using a single QR code.
  • In this setup, the e? is stored in a digital wallet, which is connected to the customer's existing savings bank account, while UPI is directly linked to the customer's account for payments.

How will interoperability contribute to increased CBDC adoption?

  • Interoperability between CBDC and UPI is poised to drive the adoption of the digital rupee, especially considering UPI's widespread use.
  • Currently, UPI is a highly popular payment method, with more than 70 mobile apps and over 50 million merchants accepting UPI payments.
  • In July, the RBI Deputy Governor reported that there were 1.3 million customers and 0.3 million merchants using the retail digital rupee.
  • However, the daily e?-R transactions in July ranged from 5,000 to 10,000, indicating room for growth.
  • The seamless integration of CBDC with UPI is expected to boost the acceptance and utilization of digital currencies in everyday transactions.

How will this benefit customers and merchants?

  • The UPI and CBDC interoperability will streamline transactions for both customers and merchants, eliminating the need to switch between multiple digital platforms.
  • Digital rupee users can now effortlessly make payments for everyday essentials like groceries and medications by scanning any UPI QR code at any merchant's store.
  • Merchants will no longer need a separate QR code to accept digital rupee payments; they can seamlessly receive CBDC payments through their existing QR code setup.
  • If the merchant has a CBDC account, the payment will be settled in their CBDC wallet. For merchants without a CBDC account, there will be an option to process payments using UPI.

What is a QR code?

  • A QR code, short for Quick Response code, is a pattern of black squares arranged in a square grid against a white background, designed to be read by imaging devices like cameras.
  • These codes contain information related to the item they are associated with. QR codes serve as a convenient and contactless method for various purposes, including enabling businesses to receive payments directly into their bank accounts from customers.

What is Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC)?

  • CBDC stands for Central Bank Digital Currency, which is a digital form of legal tender issued by a central bank.
  • In the case of India, the Reserve Bank of India has introduced the digital rupee, known as e-Rupee.
  • This digital currency holds the same value as traditional fiat currency and can be exchanged on a one-to-one basis.
  • The primary distinction is its digital format.
  • The launch of the digital rupee is divided into two main categories: general purpose (retail) and wholesale.
  • This categorization is based on how the digital rupee is used and its accessibility levels.
  • Starting from November 1, 2022, the RBI initiated its first pilot project for the use of the digital rupee in the wholesale market, specifically for secondary trade in government securities (G-secs).
  • Wholesale CBDC has the potential to enhance the efficiency and security of settlement systems for financial transactions conducted by banks, particularly in the government securities segment, inter-bank market, and capital market.
  • This transformation is achieved by reducing operational costs, improving collateral usage, and enhancing liquidity management.
  • Subsequently, from December 1, 2022, the pilot for the retail digital rupee (e-R) was launched.
  • Essentially, the retail e-rupee serves as an electronic substitute for physical cash and is primarily intended for everyday retail transactions.
  • It is accessible to all, including the private sector, non-financial consumers, and businesses.
  • Distribution of the retail digital rupee will be facilitated through intermediaries, such as banks.
  • It does not accrue any interest and can be converted into other forms of money, such as bank deposits.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the potential advantages and disadvantages of implementing a Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) like the digital rupee (e-R) in India, and elucidate its possible implications on the broader financial ecosystem? (10M)

Chandrayaan-3 | Vikram Hops on the Moon and Lands Safely (The Hindu)

  • 05 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

Surpassing its intended mission goals, the Chandrayaan-3 mission's lander, Vikram, has reached a noteworthy milestone by successfully conducting a hop experiment.

Context:

  • The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) announced on Tuesday that the lander completed a successful hop experiment.
  • Upon receiving the command, it activated its engines, lifting itself by approximately 40 cm as planned and made a safe landing within a range of 30–40 cm.
  • This achievement in the hop experiment is of significant importance for upcoming missions, especially those aimed at retrieving lunar samples and future human expeditions to the moon. The lander module, which carried the rover Pragyan, had previously executed a successful soft landing on August 23. Following that, Pragyan was carefully deployed onto the lunar surface.

What is Hop Test?

  • In the context of space exploratiom a "hop test" is typically refers to an experiment where a spacecraft's lander or rover briefly lifts off or hops above the surface of a celestial body, such as the moon or Mars, before landing back safely.
  • This test is conducted to demonstrate the spacecraft's ability to perform controlled vertical takeoffs and landings.
  • In lunar missions, for example, a hop test is crucial for various reasons:
  • Mobility: Hopping allows the lander or rover to move to a different location on the lunar surface, providing it with increased mobility and access to a wider range of scientific targets.
  • Avoiding Obstacles: Hopping can help the spacecraft avoid obstacles or hazards on the surface, such as large rocks or rough terrain.
  • Positioning: Hopping can reposition the spacecraft's instruments or cameras for better observations.
  • The successful execution of a hop test demonstrates the spacecraft's precision in controlling its engines, which is crucial for safe landings, mobility, and conducting experiments on celestial bodies with low or no atmosphere.

Post Hop Experiment Updates:

  • ISRO reported that the spacecraft and its onboard instruments remained in excellent working condition after the successful 'hop.'
  • Instruments such as the deployed ramp, ChaSTE, and ILSA were folded back and redeployed without any issues following the experiment.
  • Subsequently, the payloads onboard the lander were deactivated in anticipation of the approaching lunar night.
  • The solar-powered instruments were not designed to endure the extremely frigid temperatures of the lunar night, which can plummet to below -120 degrees Celsius.
  • Therefore, the instruments on the rover were placed in a sleep mode a few days ahead of the start of the lunar night, which lasts for 14 Earth days.
  • If the battery retains some charge during this period, the instruments can be reactivated when sunlight becomes available once more.
  • Additionally, the ISRO Chairman announced plans to extend the mission life of both the lander and rover shortly after the launch of the Aditya-L1 mission.
  • Originally, the mission life for both the lander and rover was set at just one lunar day, equivalent to 14 Earth days.

Why is the Hop Test Significant?

  • Even though ISRO has not officially disclosed subsequent lunar missions, scientists believe that a sample return mission is a logical progression after Chandrayaan-3.
  • In fact, had Chandrayaan-2 succeeded in 2019, Chandrayaan-3 would have been designed as a sample return mission.
  • A human lander mission is also anticipated in the future.
  • China's Chang'e lunar program has followed a similar trajectory, starting with an orbiter in 2007 and advancing to a lander and sample return mission (most recently in 2020).
  • Therefore, the hop test holds critical importance for upcoming lunar missions. In missions involving sample return or human landings, the lander must take off from the lunar surface and return to Earth, necessitating much higher thrust.
  • Nevertheless, as a technology demonstration, the 'hop experiment' remains a noteworthy achievement within the Chandrayaan-3 mission.
  • The successful hop experiment also showcases India's prowess in space exploration, which could potentially attract international investments to the country's space endeavors.

One Nation, One Election (Indian Express)

  • 04 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

  • The Centre on Saturday (September 2) set up a committee to examine various aspects, both legal and logistical, for implementing the “one nation, one election” idea.
  • The Law Ministry has outlined seven terms of reference for the eight-member panel headed by former President Ram Nath Kovind and including Union Home Minister Amit Shah.
  • One of the terms of reference is to examine if a constitutional amendment to facilitate simultaneous polls would have to be ratified by the states.

What is the 'One Nation One Election' system?

  • The current electoral system in the country conducts separate elections for the Lok Sabha and state Assemblies with a five-year gap.
  • This gap is based on the conclusion of the Lower House's tenure, the state government's term, or premature dissolution of either.
  • State assemblies may not align their terms with each other or with that of the Lok Sabha, resulting in a continuous cycle of elections throughout the year.
  • The 'One Nation One Election' proposal suggests holding simultaneous elections for all states and the Lok Sabha every five years.
  • This would require restructuring the Indian election calendar to synchronize state and central elections.
  • Voters would then cast their ballots for both the Lok Sabha and state assemblies on a single day, simultaneously or in phased manner as needed.

Amending the Constitution:

Constitutional Provisions:

  • In India, Article 368 of the Constitution outlines the power and procedure for amending the Constitution.
  • The interpretation of this provision has led to tensions between Parliament and the judiciary since 1951.

Mixing of Flexibility and Rigidity:

  • During the debates of the Constituent Assembly, there was extensive discussion on whether the Constitution should be flexible or rigid.
  • The British constitution is often considered flexible because it can be amended by Parliament just like any other ordinary legislation.
  • In contrast, the United States Constitution cannot be amended without the ratification of at least three-fourths of the individual states.

India's Approach:

  • The Indian Constitution adopted a combination of flexibility and rigidity.
  • It allows for constitutional amendments through judicial interpretation and conventions established through usage.

Informal Amendments:

  • Informally, the Constitution is modified through judicial interpretation and established conventions.
  • For instance, in the process of appointing judges to the higher judiciary, although the Constitution refers to a consultation between the President and the Chief Justice of India, the Supreme Court's interpretation has evolved it to mean "concurrence."
  • This interpretation led to the development of the collegium system for appointing judges, effectively bringing about a change in the essence of the Constitution.

What is the Amendment Process?

Simple Majority:

  • Many provisions of the Constitution can be amended through a straightforward legislative process similar to passing regular laws in Parliament.
  • This amendment method is achieved by a majority of those present and voting and does not require a quorum.
  • Although Article 368 doesn't explicitly list such 'less significant' provisions, they are excluded from its scope throughout the Constitution, establishing a separate category.
  • Examples include changing state names, admitting new states to the Union, and adjusting state boundaries.

Special Majority:

  • For amending provisions that don't fall into the first category, Article 368 mandates that the amendment Bill must be approved by both Houses of Parliament with a majority of at least two-thirds of the members present and voting.
  • According to Rule 158 of the Lok Sabha Rules, the total membership encompasses all members of the House, regardless of any vacancies or absentees at the time.

Ratification by States:

  • A third category of provisions not only requires a special majority for amendment but also necessitates ratification by the legislatures of at least half of the states.
  • Only after receiving ratification from the states can such an amendment be presented to the President for approval.
  • These provisions pertain to the federal character of the Constitution and are commonly known as entrenched provisions.
  • For instance, the 99th Constitutional Amendment in 2014, which established the national judicial accountability commission, was ratified by 16 state legislatures before receiving the President's approval.
  • Similarly, in 2016, the 122nd Constitutional Amendment Bill introducing the Goods and Services Tax regime was ratified by 23 states.

Established Provisions:

  • Article 368 identifies six segments of the Constitution that are subject to additional safeguards when it comes to their amendment.
  • These segments include:
  • Article 54 and 55, which pertain to the election of the President of India.
  • Article 73 and 162, addressing the extent of executive power for the Union and states, respectively.
  • Articles 124–147 and 214–231, dealing with the powers of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
  • Article 245 to 255, concerning the distribution of legislative, taxing, and administrative powers between the Union and the states.
  • Article 81–82, governing the representation of states in Parliament.
  • Article 368 itself.

State Ratification: A Supreme Court Perspective

  • The significance of state ratification was highlighted in the 1992 Supreme Court case of Kihoto Hollohan v Zachillu.
  • In this case, the constitutionality of the Tenth Schedule was challenged on the grounds that it had not been ratified by the states.
  • The Tenth Schedule deals with the disqualification of elected representatives and aimed to, among other things, limit the jurisdiction of courts in matters related to disqualifications.
  • This aspect of the amendment pertained to one of the six areas that require ratification by at least half of the states, namely, the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
  • The Supreme Court ruled in favor of the validity of the Tenth Schedule but struck down the part of the amendment that tinkered with the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Mains Question:

  • Critically evaluate the impact of the 'One Nation One Election' proposal on India's political landscape, and elucidate the potential benefits and drawbacks of such a system? (10M)

Equatorial-Origin Cyclones and Pacific Decadal Oscillation (The Hindu)

  • 02 Sep 2023

Syllabus: Mains – GS I (Geography)

Why in the News?

  • In recent decades, tropical cyclones starting near the Equator have been less destructive.
  • The most recent big cyclone like this in the Indian area was Cyclone Okchi in 2017. It caused a lot of damage in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Sri Lanka.
  • But, in the future, these cyclones might happen more often. This is because of two things: global warming and a repeating event called the Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO). The PDO comes back every 20-30 years.

What are Equatorial-Origin or Low Latitude Cyclones?

  • Equatorial-Origin or Low Latitude Cyclones (LLCs) are cyclones that start between 5°N and 11°N.
  • They are smaller in size than cyclones in higher areas but can get much stronger very quickly.
  • Normally, cyclones don't form near the equator (low latitude), but when the water is warm, they can gather more moisture and become more powerful.
  • Most of these cyclones begin in the Western Pacific Ocean.
  • The last big cyclone like this in the Indian area was Cyclone Ockhi in 2017.
  • It traveled more than 2000 km and caused a lot of damage in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Sri Lanka.
  • In the post-monsoon season (Oct-Nov-Dec), the north Indian Ocean (NIO) is a hotspot for LLCs.
  • They make up about 60% of all Tropical Cyclones in the NIO since 1951. However, they haven't received as much attention as they should have.

What is the Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO)?

  • The Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) is a long-term change in the Pacific Ocean.
  • It's like a cycle that happens every 20-30 years, and it has both "cool" and "warm" phases.
  • Positive (Warm) PDO: During this phase, the western part of the Pacific Ocean becomes cooler, while the eastern part gets warmer. It's the opposite during a negative PDO.
  • The term Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) was first used around 1996 by a scientist named Steven Hare.
  • Impact of PDO:
  • On Global Climate: The PDO's phase can have a big impact on the world's weather. It affects things like hurricanes in the Pacific and Atlantic, droughts and floods around the Pacific, how well marine life does, and patterns in global land temperatures.
  • On Cyclones: When the PDO is warmer (positive phase), there tend to be fewer cyclones that start near the equator.
  • In 2019, the PDO started getting cooler, going into a negative phase.
  • If this continues, it could mean more of those equatorial-origin cyclones in the months after the monsoon.

ENSO and PDO:

  • Positive PDO with ENSO is generally unfavorable, but a negative PDO brings more rain to India.
  • When the Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) is in a positive phase along with the El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), it's often not good.
  • However, when the PDO is negative, it brings more rain to India.
  • When Both ENSO and PDO Match:
  • If both ENSO and PDO are in the same phase, it's believed that the impacts of El Niño or La Niña events may be stronger.

PDO vs. ENSO:

  • Difference in Repeating:
  • El Niño or La Niña events happen in the Pacific Ocean every 2-7 years, but the PDO has a pattern that lasts much longer, often over decades.
  • Identifying Positive PDO Takes Time:
  • You can figure out if the PDO is in a "positive" or "warmer phase," but it takes several years of measuring ocean temperatures and their interaction with the atmosphere.
  • In contrast, you can determine the stage of an ENSO event in any given year.

What is El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO)?

ENSO is one of the most important climate phenomena on Earth due to its ability to change the global atmospheric circulation, which in turn, influences temperature and precipitation across the globe.  We also focus on ENSO because we can often predict its arrival many seasons in advance of its strongest impacts on weather and climate.

  • The El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) is a recurring climate pattern involving changes in the temperature of waters in the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean.
  • On periods ranging from about three to seven years, the surface waters across a large swath of the tropical Pacific Ocean warm or cool by anywhere from 1°C to 3°C, compared to normal.
  • This oscillating warming and cooling pattern, referred to as the ENSO cycle, directly affects rainfall distribution in the tropics and can have a strong influence on weather across the United States and other parts of the world.
  • El Niño and La Niña are the extreme phases of the ENSO cycle; between these two phases is a third phase called ENSO-neutral.
  • El Niño:  A warming of the ocean surface, or above-average sea surface temperatures (SST), in the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean.
  • Over Indonesia, rainfall tends to become reduced while rainfall increases over the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean.
  • The low-level surface winds, which normally blow from east to west along the equator (“easterly winds”), instead weaken or, in some cases, start blowing the other direction (from west to east or “westerly winds”).
  • In general, the warmer the ocean temperature anomalies, the stronger the El Niño (and vice-versa).
  • La Niña:  A cooling of the ocean surface, or below-average sea surface temperatures (SST), in the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean.
  • Over Indonesia, rainfall tends to increase while rainfall decreases over the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean.
  • The normal easterly winds along the equator become even stronger.
  • In general, the cooler the ocean temperature anomalies, the stronger the La Niña (and vice-versa).
  • Neutral: Neither El Niño or La Niña. Often tropical Pacific SSTs are generally close to average.
  • However, there are some instances when the ocean can look like it is in an El Niño or La Niña state, but the atmosphere is not playing along (or vice versa).

Mains Question:

  • What are the key environmental and geographical factors that influence the formation and distribution of tropical cyclones in various ocean basins around the world, and how do they differ? (15M)

Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme for IT Hardware (Business Standard)

  • 01 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

As many as 38 companies, including big names like Foxconn Group, HP, Dell and Lenovo, have applied for incentives under the mega Production Linked Incentive (PLI) IT hardware scheme for manufacturing laptops, PCs and servers.

Context:

  • In addition to Asus, Dell, HP, and Foxconn, several other companies, including Lenovo, Acer, and Flex, have submitted applications for the scheme. Notably, Flex is reportedly involved in manufacturing Reliance's JioBook laptop.
  • HP Enterprises (HPE) has also sought approval for server manufacturing operations within India.
  • Although the expected incremental production over the scheme's six-year duration is projected to reach Rs 3.35 lakh crore, the anticipated additional investment during this period is relatively modest, at just Rs 4,000 crore.
  • The government anticipates that the manufacturing activities enabled by the scheme will create approximately 75,000 direct jobs, with the potential to generate up to 2 lakh indirect jobs when considering the broader economic impact.

What is the PLI Scheme?

  • The PLI scheme was created to boost domestic manufacturing, reduce reliance on imports, and create more jobs.
  • The government has allocated Rs 1.97 lakh crore for various sectors under the PLI schemes, with an additional Rs 19,500 crore designated for PLI in solar PV modules in the 2022-23 Budget.
  • Initiated in March 2020, the scheme initially focused on three industries:
  • Mobile and allied Component Manufacturing
  • Electrical Component Manufacturing
  • Medical Devices
  • Incentives Under the Scheme:
  • The incentives, based on increased sales, vary from 1% for electronics and technology products to 20% for critical key starting drugs and certain drug intermediaries.
  • In some sectors like advanced chemistry cell batteries, textile products, and the drone industry, incentives are calculated based on sales, performance, and local value addition over a five-year period.
  • Sectors Covered by the PLI Scheme:
  • The government has introduced PLI schemes for 14 sectors, including automobiles and auto components, electronics and IT hardware, telecom, pharmaceuticals, solar modules, metals and mining, textiles and apparel, white goods, drones, and advanced chemistry cell batteries.
  • Objectives:
  • The government introduced this scheme to reduce India's dependence on foreign countries, particularly China.
  • It aims to support labor-intensive sectors and increase employment in India while reducing import bills and promoting domestic production.
  • The PLI Yojana also encourages foreign companies to establish operations in India and domestic enterprises to expand their production facilities.

What is the PLI scheme for IT Hardware?

  • The PLI scheme for IT Hardware was initially announced in February 2021, with an initial allocation of approximately Rs 7,300 crore over a four-year period.
  • Incentive Structure:
  • Under this scheme, domestic companies that invest Rs 20 crore and achieve sales of Rs 50 crore in the first year, Rs 100 crore in the second year, Rs 200 crore in the third year, and Rs 300 crore in the final year can receive incentives ranging from 1% to 4% on incremental sales compared to the base year of 2019-20.
  • Revised Version:
  • The initial version of the scheme had limited success, with only two companies, Dell and Bhagwati, meeting the first-year targets.
  • Consequently, the industry called for a revamped scheme with a larger budget.
  • In response, the Union Cabinet approved a revised PLI scheme for IT hardware in May 2023, allocating Rs 17,000 crore, more than doubling the budget.
  • Potential Impact:
  • PLI 2.0 has the potential to attract major global IT hardware manufacturers to establish their production operations in India, bolstering the local production of laptops, servers, personal computers, and more.
  • Over a six-year period, the average incentive is expected to be around 5%, compared to the previous 2% over four years.
  • Achieving Digital Economy Goals:
  • With the IT hardware industry aiming for a production value of $24 billion by 2025-26 (with exports estimated at $12-17 billion), this scheme plays a crucial role in realizing the goal of a $1 trillion digital economy, including $300 billion from electronics manufacturing by 2025-26.

How Will the PLI Scheme Drive Local Production in India?

  • Despite identifying electronics manufacturing as a pivotal sector for future economic growth, India has witnessed a surge in the import of electronic goods in recent years.
  • Import Scenario:
  • For instance, the import of electronic goods surged to $6.96 billion during April-June this year, up from $4.73 billion in the same period last year, constituting 4-7% of overall imports.
  • The category with the highest import share includes personal computers, including laptops and palmtops.
  • China Dominance:
  • China commands a significant portion, approximately 70-80%, of India's imports in the personal computer and laptop category.
  • Incentives for Component Manufacturers:
  • Companies engaged in local manufacturing of specific components like memory modules and display panels will receive supplementary incentives under the revised scheme.
  • Performance-Driven Approach:
  • The PLI scheme is designed to encourage companies to meet production targets.
  • If companies fall short of these thresholds, they may face deductions of up to 10% from their subsidies.
  • Synergy with Semiconductor Scheme:
  • The PLI scheme will complement the government's semiconductor scheme, with domestically produced chips finding application in laptop manufacturing, further bolstering the local industry.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the impact of the PLI Scheme for IT Hardware on the Indian electronics manufacturing sector. Evaluate its effectiveness in reducing imports and critically assess its potential to stimulate job growth in the country. (15M)

Curbs on Rice Exports (The Hindu)

  • 31 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

In a move to check domestic rice prices and ensure domestic food security, the Indian government has prohibited the export of white rice, levied a 20% export duty on par-boiled rice till October 15, and permitted the export of Basmati rice for contracts with value of $1,200 a tonne or above.

India's Rice Exports:

  • India is the biggest rice seller in the whole world, making up 45% of the global rice market.
  • In the months of April and May in 2023, the amount of rice sent out of the country was 21.1% more compared to the same time in the previous financial year.
  • Just in May, the export of Basmati rice was 10.86% higher than how much was exported in May of 2022.
  • The amount of non-Basmati rice being shipped out has been increasing for three years, and in the year 2022-2023, more Basmati rice was exported than the year before.
  • According to the information the government provided, until August 17 this year, the total rice exports (not including broken rice) were 15% more, reaching 7.3 million tonnes.
  • This is compared to 6.3 million tonnes during the same time last year.
  • Thailand thinks it will produce almost 25% less rice in 2023-2024; Myanmar has stopped sending out raw rice; and it seems like there might be less rice available in Iraq and Iran too.

Rice Production in Current Season:

  • The Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare has reported that during the Rabi season of 2022-2023, the amount of rice produced was 13.8% lower, reaching 158.95 lakh tonnes.
  • This is compared to 184.71 lakh tonnes in the Rabi season of 2021-2022.
  • For the Kharif season, the data about planting shows that rice has been planted on 384.05 lakh hectares this year as of August 25.
  • This is more compared to 367.83 lakh hectares during the same time last year.
  • People in the trading and rice milling business are saying that the new season's rice will start arriving after the first week of September.
  • They also mentioned that the effects of El Nino might have some impact on how much rice arrives.
  • Rice prices were ?27 per kilogram at this time last year, but now they've gone up to ?33 per kilogram.

Challenges in India’s Rice Export Strategy:

  • India managed to export a record-breaking 21 million metric tonnes (MMT) of rice in the fiscal year 2021-22 (FY22), which made up around 41 percent of the global exports in a market of about 51.3 MMT.
  • Exporting such large amounts of rice led to a drop in global rice prices by approximately 23 percent in March (compared to the previous year), while other cereal prices like wheat and maize were increasing significantly in the global market. In fact, in FY22, the price for each tonne of common rice exported was only $354, which was lower than the Minimum Support Price (MSP) for rice.
  • Buying below MSP or issues with distribution which means that either rice exporters were buying rice (paddy) from farmers and millers at prices below the MSP, or a significant portion of rice provided for free under the PM Garib Kalyan Ann Yojana (PMGKAY) was being sent for export at prices below the MSP.
  • Certain states, particularly Punjab, provide free electricity for irrigation, and highly subsidized fertilizers, especially urea, which gives Indian rice an artificial competitive edge in global markets.

What Can Indian Farmers and Consumers Anticipate?

  • The government has raised the Minimum Support Price (MSP) for rice, and rice millers are now buying paddy at a price higher than the MSP.
  • Because of this, farmers can expect that prices won't go down.
  • Limits on exports will make sure that rice prices in the market don't suddenly go up by a lot.
  • For people in India who are buying rice, there's a small increase in prices right now, but over time, there will still be enough rice available and prices aren't predicted to go way up.

Actions Taken by the Central Government:

  • To control the prices of rice in the country and make sure there's enough food for people here, the Union government has stopped exporting regular (non-basmati) white rice.
  • They have also put a 20% tax on exporting partially cooked rice until October 15.
  • For Basmati rice, the government says it can be exported if the contract's value is $1,200 per tonne or more.
  • Since last September, exporting broken rice has not been allowed.
  • However, in some cases, the government can allow exporting broken rice if other countries need it for their food security and if their government asks for it.

Opinions of Rice Exporters:

  • Indian par-boiled rice is still competitively priced in the global market, even with the 20% duty added.
  • When the world rice market is strong, it can handle higher prices as well. Overall, there's a lot of demand from other countries.
  • Countries like Indonesia, which usually sell rice, are now buying (raw rice) from other places.
  • According to rice exporters, instead of dividing rice into Basmati and non-Basmati, the government should think about categorizing it as regular rice and special rice for making export decisions.
  • Around 12 types of rice have something called Geographical Indication (GI) recognition, and these should be kept separate from general market rules.
  • For Basmati rice, the government could have let exports continue or set a minimum value for exports at $900 per tonne.
  • Basmati rice is unique, and there will be new rice arriving soon, so there's no real need for restrictions.
  • Since Indian rice quality is good and supply is steady, other countries will want it even more in the future.

India's G20 Presidency and Financing the green transition (Indian Express)

  • 30 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

With India gearing up to host the G20 summit on September 9 and 10, the focal points of extensive discussions are expected to revolve around climate change and its financial aspects. The current pledges from developed nations, particularly concerning climate financing mechanisms, fall short in effectively addressing the challenges posed by climate change.

What is Climate Finance?

  • Climate finance encompasses funding at the local, national, or transnational levels.
  • The UNFCCC, the Kyoto Protocol, and the Paris Agreement emphasize the need for financial support from wealthier Parties to aid those with fewer resources and greater vulnerability.
  • This acknowledgment is rooted in the understanding that countries' contributions to and capabilities for addressing climate change differ widely.
  • Mitigation efforts demand substantial investments for significant emission reductions.
  • Equally, adaptation efforts rely on substantial financial resources to counter the adverse effects and mitigate the impacts of a shifting climate.

Challenges with the Current Framework of Climate Financing:

Inadequacy of the $100 Billion Target

  • During COP15 in 2009 (Copenhagen, Denmark), developed nations collectively committed to mobilize $100 billion annually by 2020 to support climate initiatives in developing countries.
  • However, the basis for this figure, established over a decade ago, lacks rationale and logic.
  • Even at its inception, the estimated amount was insufficient to meet the actual requirements, leading to ongoing debates about its adequacy.
  • Moreover, the developing world has consistently raised concerns that the promised $100 billion annually is not being delivered by developed nations.
  • Today, to meet the objectives of the Paris Agreement, the demand for climate finance stands at approximately $4.35 trillion.
  • Actual expenditure remains just a fraction of this, around one-seventh of the needed sum.

Inclusion of Commercial Loans as Grants

  • Developed nations (OECD) claim to have provided nearly $80 billion to developing nations as climate finance in 2020.
  • However, the actual financial transfers amount to only $19-22 billion.
  • This discrepancy arises from the developed world including regular commercial debt related to climate activities in their calculations.
  • This approach reveals an evasion of responsibility, as the committed $100 billion is intended to be in the form of concessional finance or grants, not loans.

Challenges in Financing Adaptation vs. Mitigation

  • Climate finance is comprised of two main categories: mitigation and adaptation.
  • A significant majority (93 percent) of funds directed toward climate finance are channeled into mitigation projects, with an understandable rationale.
  • Mitigation initiatives often generate revenue streams and are perceived as financially viable, making them conducive to loans under standard market conditions.
  • In contrast, adaptation projects entail substantial initial expenses, prolonged timeframes, and a lack of predictable income sources.
  • This makes them appear risky to financial institutions, resulting in limited funding availability.

Limited Progress in Grant Provision

  • Despite the recurrent commitment to deliver $100 billion annually, little tangible progress has been achieved.
  • Even during recent Conferences of Parties (CoP), this promise is reiterated, yet real-world advancements remain limited.
  • In the most recent CoP (CoP27 in Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt), an agreement was reached to establish a loss and damage fund.
  • However, the fund's specifics and quantum will be finalized later.
  • This fund is intended to address immediate challenges like rising sea levels and desertification.
  • Considering historical trends in concessional finance, substantial outcomes from this proposed fund are unlikely in the near future.
  • Furthermore, there is ambiguity regarding whether countries like India will be eligible to receive assistance or provide it.

Strides Toward Fulfilling Climate Finance Objectives:

  • Global Financing Pact 2023
  • In June 2023, the French President orchestrated a summit aimed at funding climate change mitigation (as well as poverty reduction) in the Global South.
  • During this Summit, it was declared that an additional lending capacity of USD 200 billion would be made accessible to emerging economies.
  • Moreover, the Summit signaled the imminent achievement of the long-anticipated USD 100 billion climate finance target within the current year.
  • Integration of Disaster Clauses:
  • To address the impacts of extreme weather occurrences, the World Bank introduced disaster clauses.
  • These clauses allow for the suspension of debt payments during such events, providing relief to affected nations.
  • Investment in Special Drawing Rights (SDRs):
  • The IMF unveiled a commitment to allocate USD 100 billion in Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) to support vulnerable nations.
  • However, certain SDR allocations are pending approval from the US Congress.

Way Forward for India and Other Developing Nations Amidst Limited Support from Developed Countries:

  • Resource Mobilization for Climate Finance:
  • In the face of the inadequacies in support from developed nations, countries like India must now turn inwards and strategically mobilize resources for climate finance.
  • This endeavor calls for collaborative efforts among various institutions that can complement each other's strengths.
  • Financial organizations will need to invest in mature technologies, such as wind and solar, which are commercially viable.
  • Investing in Advanced Technologies:
  • For technologies not yet ready for widespread commercial viability, governments must play a pivotal role.
  • For instance, direct financial backing is essential for the adoption of electrolysers in nascent areas like green hydrogen.
  • Currently, the cost of electrolysers poses a barrier, and scaling up through substantial orders can trigger cost reductions through economies of scale.
  • Private Sector Engagement in Adaptation Projects:
  • Regarding adaptation initiatives, involving the private sector is crucial, necessitating government intervention to facilitate collaboration.
  • Globally, most adaptation funding originates from multilateral development banks in the form of loans.
  • However, private sector participation in adaptation projects remains below 2 percent.
  • This imbalance arises from the private sector's perception of adaptation projects as high-risk ventures, given the limited incentives available for such engagements.
  • If governments co-finance adaptation projects with the private sector, it could mitigate risks and attract private sector participation.

Securing Additional Resources

  • To enable government involvement in these endeavors, additional resources will be indispensable. Possible avenues include imposing carbon taxes, issuing green bonds, and exploring catastrophe (CAT) bonds, among other innovative mechanisms.

When it comes to climate finance, countries must primarily look within, given the apparent lack of full commitment from the developed world to provide necessary assistance.

This holds special importance for nations like India, particularly as they might not qualify for concessional financing. As a result, these countries need to prioritize self-reliance and innovative strategies to address the challenges of climate change.

Mains Question:

  • How can developing countries like India address climate finance challenges in the face of limited commitment from developed nations? Discuss strategies for effective funding and the role of self-reliance. (15M)

Aditya-L1 (Indian Express)

  • 29 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Aditya-L1 mission will launch on September 2 from Sriharikota, according to ISRO. The first Indian observatory in space, Aditya L1, will study the Sun.

What is the Aditya-L1 Mission?

Aditya, which in Sanskrit means "Sun," is a coronagraphy spacecraft that is intended to research the solar atmosphere, or solar corona, which is its outermost region. It was created by ISRO and several other Indian scientific organizations. It will be launched on a PSLV-XL launch vehicle and is the first specifically designed Indian mission to view the Sun.

Objectives of Aditya-L1 Mission:

  • The Aditya L1 payloads' suits are anticipated to deliver vital data for comprehending the phenomenon of:
  • The dynamics of space weather, particle and field propagation.
  • Coronal mass ejection (CME), pre-flare and flare activities and their features, etc.
  • The position of the spacecraft:
  • The spacecraft will be positioned in a halo orbit around the Sun-Earth system's Lagrange point 1 (L1), according to ISRO.
  • The main benefit of having a satellite in the halo orbit around the L1 point is being able to continuously see the Sun without any occultation or eclipses.
  • This will provide us a better opportunity to watch the solar activity and how it affects the space weather in real time.
  • 1.5 million kilometers separate L1 from the planet. The spacecraft is anticipated to take more than 120 days to arrive to L1.
  • Study conducted by Aditya L1
  • The photosphere, the lowest layer of the sun that we can see directly, the chromosphere, the layer 400–2,100 km above the photosphere, and the outermost layers of the sun (the corona), are the three layers that the spacecraft is equipped to observe.
  • The remaining three playloads will examine particles and fields in situ at the Lagrange point L1, while the final four playloads will directly research the Sun.
  • Remote sensing payloads that will study the sun include:
  • The Visible Emission Line Coronagraph (VELC) for corona/imaging and spectroscopy and CME;
  • The Solar Ultraviolet Imaging Telescope (SUIT) for photosphere and chromosphere imaging;
  • The Solar Low Energy X-ray Spectrometer (SoLEXS), a soft X-ray spectrometer for Sun-as-a-star observation; and
  • The High Energy L1 Orbit
  • The payloads used to study the L1 in situ Aditya Solar Wind Particle Experiment (ASPEX) for solar wind/particle analyzer protons and heavier ions with directions;
  • Plasma Analyser Package For Aditya (PAPA) for solar wind/particle analyzer electrons and heavier ions with directions; and
  • Advanced Tri-axial High Resolution Digital Magnetometers for in situ magnetic field study.

Why is it necessary to study the Sun?

  • Every planet, including Earth and the exoplanets outside the Solar System, evolves — and the parent star governs this evolution.
  • The weather of the entire system is influenced by the solar weather and environment.
  • Variations in this weather can cause satellites' orbits to shift or their lives to be cut short, interfere with or damage onboard electronics, and cause power outages and other disruptions on Earth.
  • Understanding space weather requires knowledge of solar occurrences.
  • Continuous solar observations are required to learn about, track, and anticipate the impact of Earth-directed storms.
  • Every storm that forms in the Sun and travels to Earth passes through L1.

What is the first Lagrange point?

  • A Lagrange point is a place in space where the gravitational attraction of two enormous masses exactly equals the centripetal force necessary to move with them.
  • That is, at that moment, the gravitational attraction and repulsion between two celestial entities is such that an object put between them effectively stays in the same relative position while travelling with them.
  • These spots in space can be employed by spacecraft to lower the amount of fuel required to stay in position.
  • The five Lagrange points are named after the Italian-French mathematician Josephy-Louis Lagrange: L1, L2, L3, L4, and L5.
  • The Earth-Sun system's L1 point provides an unobstructed view of the Sun.
  • The Solar and Heliospheric Observatory Satellite SOHO is currently based there.
  • The James Webb Space Telescope of NASA is at L2.

Other Solar Missions by Different Countries:

  • United States
  • Parker Solar Probe (August 2018): Touched the Sun’s upper atmosphere, sampled particles and magnetic fields in December 2021
  • Solar Orbiter (February 2020): Explores the Sun’s changing space environment
  • Europe
  • Ulysses (October 1990): Studied space environment above and below the Sun’s poles
  • Proba-2 (October 2001): Part of solar exploratory missions.
  • Upcoming: Proba-3 (2024), Smile (2025)
  • China
  • Advanced Space-based Solar Observatory (ASO-S, October 2022): Launched to observe the Sun.
  • Japan
  • Hinotori (ASTRO-A, 1981): Studied solar flares using hard X-rays
  • Yohkoh (SOLAR-A, 1991): Studied solar activity
  • Hinode (SOLAR-B, 2006): Studied the Sun’s impact on Earth.

India and the Asian Development Bank to establish a climate change and health hub in Delhi (The Hindu)

  • 28 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

India's G-20 document states that the climate change and health hub will facilitate knowledge sharing, partnerships, and innovations to assist developing countries, while health systems will face challenges from infectious diseases and natural disasters driven by climate change.

Why in the news?

  • India, in collaboration with the Asian Development Bank (ADB), is gearing up to inaugurate a climate change and health hub in the national capital.
  • This initiative follows India's earlier achievement in hosting the inaugural WHO Centre for Global Traditional Medicine, located in Jamnagar, Gujarat.
  • The forthcoming hub's mission is to foster knowledge exchange, cultivate partnerships, drive innovations, and extend support to nations beyond the G-20, with a special focus on developing countries.

The Significance of the Climate Change and Health Hub:

  • Fostering Collaboration: This center holds paramount significance as it brings together diverse partners to engage in vital discussions regarding the far-reaching impacts of climate change.
  • It provides a unique platform for shared learning and collaboration among stakeholders.
  • Addressing Health Emergencies: India's recent G-20 outcome document highlights that climate change remains a key driver of health emergencies, including the resurgence of infectious diseases.
  • Moreover, it exacerbates the frequency and severity of natural disasters, posing a significant threat to the capability of health systems to provide essential services.
  • Boosting Resilience: Given this backdrop, it is imperative to bolster the resilience of health systems against the adverse effects of climate change.
  • The G-20 outcome document outlines a commitment to prioritize the development of climate-resilient health systems, establish sustainable and eco-friendly healthcare supply chains, mobilize resources for resilient, low-carbon health systems, and promote collaboration through initiatives like the WHO-led Alliance for Transformative Action on Climate and Health (ATACH).
  • Tackling Zoonotic Spillovers: The recent G-20 Health Ministers' meeting expressed concern about the rising incidence of zoonotic spillovers, leading to the emergence of new diseases.
  • In this context, there is an urgent need to identify both new and existing drivers using a scientific and risk-based approach while reinforcing existing infectious disease surveillance systems.
  • Global Impact: Situated in New Delhi, the Climate Change and Health Hub is poised to address these pressing issues on a global scale, serving as a hub for international collaboration and solutions.

About Asian Development Bank (ADB):

  • Founded in 1966, the Asian Development Bank (ADB) is a multilateral institution that counts 68 members among its ownership, with 49 hailing from the Asian and Pacific region.
  • ADB is unwavering in its commitment to fostering a prosperous, inclusive, resilient, and sustainable future for Asia and the Pacific, all while maintaining its steadfast resolve to eliminate extreme poverty.
  • To achieve its noble objectives, ADB extends its support to member nations and partners through a comprehensive suite of financial instruments.
  • This includes loans, technical assistance, grants, and equity investments, all aimed at catalyzing social and economic development across the region.
  • In essence, ADB stands as a stalwart advocate for advancing social and economic development in Asia and the Pacific.
  • As of December 31, 2019, ADB's five largest shareholders are Japan and the United States, each possessing 15.6% of total shares, followed by the People's Republic of China (6.4%), India (6.3%), and Australia (5.8%). The institution's headquarters are situated in Manila, Philippines.

About WHO Global Centre for Traditional Medicine (GCTM):

  • The WHO Global Centre for Traditional Medicine (GCTM) is a pioneering knowledge hub dedicated to traditional medicine, recognized as the world's premier center of its kind.
  • Situated in Jamnagar, Gujarat, it represents a remarkable collaboration between nations.
  • India, as the primary investor in GCTM, has committed an approximate sum of US$ 250 million to facilitate the center's establishment, infrastructure development, and operational activities.

The GCTM is designed to achieve five key objectives:

  • Archiving Traditional Wisdom: GCTM seeks to harness technology to construct a comprehensive database of traditional knowledge systems.
  • Setting International Standards: It aspires to establish global standards for the testing and certification of traditional medicines, enhancing confidence in these age-old remedies.
  • Global Knowledge Exchange: The center aims to serve as a global platform where experts in traditional medicine converge to share their experiences and expertise.
  • Funding Research: GCTM endeavors to mobilize resources and funding for research in the field of traditional medicines, fostering innovation and scientific exploration.
  • Holistic Healing Protocols: The center is dedicated to developing holistic treatment protocols for specific diseases, enabling patients to benefit from the complementary strengths of both traditional and modern medicine approaches.

National Medical Commission Delays Exclusive Generic Medicine Prescriptions (Indian Express)

  • 26 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The National Medical Commission (NMC) on Thursday put on hold its new guidelines that made it mandatory for doctors to only prescribe generic drugs.

What’s in the News?

  • Amid criticism from the Indian Medical Association (IMA) and the Indian Pharmaceutical Alliance (IPA), the National Medical Commission has suspended the Medical Practitioner (Professional Conduct) Regulations, 2023.
  • The Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO), India's top drug regulator, also raised concerns about the language used in the notification.
  • Stakeholder groups recommended that the guidelines be postponed until the implementation of WHO's good manufacturing practices.
  • It was argued that exclusive generic drug prescriptions might lead pharmacies to sell generics with significant profit margins, potentially discouraging quality branded generic manufacturers.

Overview of the Medical Practitioner (Professional Conduct) Regulations, 2023:

  • Released on August 2nd, the National Medical Commission introduced the Medical Practitioner (Professional Conduct) Regulations, 2023, aimed at reforming prescription practices.
  • These regulations made it compulsory for registered medical practitioners to prescribe medications using terms like 'generic,' 'non-proprietary,' or 'pharmacological' names.
  • According to these guidelines, a generic drug is defined as a product comparable to the brand/reference listed product in terms of dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics, and intended use.
  • Additionally, they described branded generic drugs as those that have gone off-patent are manufactured by various companies, and sold under different brand names.
  • The guidelines emphasized that every Registered Medical Practitioner (RMP) should legibly prescribe drugs using generic names, promoting rational prescription practices by avoiding unnecessary medications and irrational fixed-dose combination tablets.
  • The regulations also outlined punitive measures for those who breach these directives.
  • Beyond generic drug prescribing, the NMC guidelines covered a wide range of issues, including continuing medical education, the use of social media platforms, and the maintenance of a dynamic register of doctors.
  • They also prohibited doctors from participating in events sponsored by pharmaceutical companies.
  • However, these NMC guidelines faced opposition from the Indian Medical Association (IMA).

Concerns Raised by the Indian Medical Association (IMA):

  • In response to the regulations introduced by the NMC, the IMA released a statement outlining its concerns.
  • The IMA highlights the primary obstacle to the adoption of generic drugs as the uncertainty surrounding their quality.
  • They emphasize that the nation's quality control standards are significantly lacking, making it practically impossible to guarantee the quality of drugs. Prescribing drugs without assured quality, they argue, could jeopardize patient health.
  • The statement further points out that less than 0.1% of drugs manufactured in India undergo quality testing.
  • The IMA suggests that this step should be postponed until the government can ensure the quality of all drugs released into the market.
  • Their statement firmly asserts that patient care and safety must not be compromised.
  • The IMA has long advocated for the availability of only high-quality drugs in the country, with uniform and affordable pricing.
  • They call upon the government to implement a 'one drug, one quality, one price' system, in which all brands are either sold at the same price or banned, allowing only generics while ensuring the highest quality of these drugs.

About National Medical Commission:

  • The National Medical Commission (NMC) is a statutory institution established under the National Medical Commission Act of 2019.
  • It succeeded the previously existing Medical Council of India (MCI), which had been in operation since 1934.

NMC's Key Objectives:

  • Enhance accessibility to quality and affordable medical education.
  • Ensure the availability of sufficient and high-quality medical professionals throughout the country.
  • Promote equitable and comprehensive healthcare with a focus on community health and universal access to medical services for all citizens.
  • Encourage medical professionals to integrate the latest medical research into their practice and contribute to ongoing research.
  • Conduct transparent periodic assessments of medical institutions.
  • Maintain a comprehensive medical register for India.
  • Uphold rigorous ethical standards across all facets of medical services.
  • Establish an effective grievance redressal mechanism.

NMC Composition:

  • The NMC comprises 25 members, the majority of whom are nominated by the Central government.
  • The tenure of NMC members is four years, except for part-time members, who serve for two years.
  • Eleven part-time members represent states or state medical councils.
  • Notably, NMC chairpersons and other members appointed by the Central government cannot be reappointed.
  • Decisions within the Commission require approval from the majority, with a minimum of 13 out of 25 members' agreement.

BRICS Summit 2023 (The Hindu)

  • 25 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The 15th BRICS summit convened at the Sandton Convention Centre in South Africa from August 22nd to 24th. One of the significant outcomes of this summit was the unanimous agreement among BRICS leaders to broaden the group's membership by welcoming six new countries.

What are the Key Highlights of the Summit?

At the 15th BRICS Summit hosted in South Africa, the alliance extended invitations to six nations, marking a significant development that reinforces BRICS' position as a prominent 'voice of the Global South.' These new members, namely Iran, the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Argentina, Egypt, and Ethiopia, are set to formally commence their participation in BRICS starting January 2024.

  • Host: South Africa played host to this year's summit, taking on the role of Chair for BRICS since January 1, 2023.
  • Theme: The overarching theme for the summit was "BRICS and Africa: Partnership for Mutually Accelerated Growth, Sustainable Development, and Inclusive Multilateralism."
  • Five Priorities for 2023:
  • The member nations focused on five key priorities:
  • Advancing a partnership for a fair Just Transition.
  • Revolutionizing education and skills development for the future.
  • Exploiting opportunities through the African Continental Free Trade Area.
  • Bolstering socio-economic recovery after the pandemic and working towards achieving the 2030 Agenda on Sustainable Development.
  • Reinforcing multilateralism, which includes pursuing substantial reforms of global governance institutions and empowering women's meaningful participation in peace processes.
  • Outcome Document: After the summit, member countries collectively adopted the Johannesburg II Declaration, which outlined their commitment to working on the following themes:
  • Building a Partnership for Inclusive Multilateralism.
  • Cultivating an Environment of Peace and Development.
  • Fostering a Partnership for Mutually Accelerated Growth.
  • Nurturing a Partnership for Sustainable Development.
  • Deepening People-to-People Exchanges.
  • Enhancing Institutional Development.

Significance of this Development:

  • Amplified Advocate for Developing Nations: The inclusion of new member states bolsters BRICS' role as a prominent spokesperson for the interests of the developing world.
  • Enhanced Global Influence: Currently representing approximately 40% of the global population and over a quarter of the world's GDP, BRICS' significance amplifies with these additions.
  • The organization will now encompass nearly half of the world's population and incorporate three of the globe's major oil-producing nations, namely Saudi Arabia, the UAE, and Iran.
  • China's Expanding Influence: This expansion also raises questions about China's growing dominance within BRICS, given its pivotal role in driving the group's enlargement.
  • Noteworthy Regional Dynamics: The fact that regional rivals, Saudi Arabia and Iran, are both joining BRICS is particularly remarkable.
  • China's role as the largest purchaser of Saudi Arabia's oil and its recent mediation in brokering a peace agreement between Tehran and Riyadh adds a distinctive dimension to this development.

The Recent Additions to BRICS:

The inclusion of new members in BRICS marks a noteworthy development in the alliance's composition:

  • Iran: The invitation extended to Iran, a nation with strained ties with the West, is perceived as a move with strong backing from China and Russia.
  • This signals Iran's strategic alignment with these major players on the global stage.
  • Saudi Arabia: Historically, Saudi Arabia has been a staunch ally of the United States.
  • However, recent trends suggest the kingdom's growing independence in its foreign policy decisions, and its decision to join BRICS aligns with this shift.
  • Russia and Iran: For both Russia and Iran, BRICS membership serves as a diplomatic signal to the Western world, affirming that they maintain global friendships and strategic partnerships beyond Western alliances.
  • Egypt and Ethiopia: Despite their longstanding ties with the United States, both Egypt and Ethiopia's involvement in BRICS indicates a diversification of their international partnerships and interests.
  • Argentina: Amidst an economic crisis, Argentina's BRICS membership carries the expectation of potential financial assistance from the alliance, reflecting the nation's pursuit of economic stability and cooperation on the global stage.

Rationale for BRICS Expansion:

  • Counterbalance to Anti-US Sentiment and Advocacy for Multipolarity: In light of significant anti-US sentiment prevailing worldwide, these countries seek a platform where they can harness this sentiment to unite effectively.
  • Moreover, there's a growing demand for multipolarity, a forum through which Global South nations can demonstrate their solidarity.
  • Emerging as a Counterweight to Western Hegemony: The conflict in Ukraine has resulted in Western nations coming together while simultaneously reinforcing the China-Russia partnership.
  • Consequently, BRICS has evolved into an aspirational bloc capable of challenging the Western geopolitical perspective and serving as a counterweight to Western-dominated forums like the Group of 7 and the World Bank.

What BRICS Expansion Signifies for India's Global Positioning?

  • India's recent participation in the G7 summit in Hiroshima and the informal Quad summit, alongside its continued engagement with the BRICS alliance, has sparked discussions about its foreign policy orientation.
  • While some perceive these moves as indicative of India aligning more closely with the United States, it's crucial to underscore India's persistent commitment to the BRICS, often viewed as an 'anti-Western' bloc.
  • Additionally, India maintains its presence within the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and maintains diplomatic relations with both Russia and China, despite occasional challenges.
  • It is important to note that India's perspective on BRICS differs from China's. India sees BRICS as a forum that should remain non-aligned with Western powers, emphasizing its non-Western character.
  • Regarding the recent expansion of BRICS to include new members, India views these additions as opportunities for valuable partnerships.
  • However, concerns have arisen about the possibility of BRICS becoming more aligned with China's interests, potentially marginalizing India's influence within the group.
  • This raises questions about how India will safeguard its voice and interests within BRICS as the alliance evolves.

Chandrayaan-3 Successfully Lands on the Moon (The Hindu)

  • 24 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

India's Chandrayaan-3 mission made an indelible mark in history with its successful lunar landing. Achieving a 'soft landing' at the Moon's south pole, India now stands as the sole nation to have accomplished this remarkable feat.

Nearly sixty years after the Soviet Union’s Luna 9 mission made history as the first soft landing on the Moon, a lunar landing remains elusive for many countries. Russia’s Luna-25 mission failed earlier this week, in the same year that the Japanese Hakuto mission crash-landed. In 2019, Chandrayaan-2’s crash was preceded by Israel’s Beresheet facing a similar fate.

What is Soft Landing?

  • A 'soft landing' refers to the precise and controlled landing of a spacecraft at a gentle speed, ensuring minimal or no damage to the craft.
  • This achievement highlights the technical prowess of the spacecraft.
  • During a soft landing, the spacecraft executes a sequence of maneuvers and braking procedures aimed at diminishing its velocity and aligning it with the chosen landing area.
  • Typically, this involves activating retro-rockets or thrusters to gradually reduce descent speed and maintain a carefully managed approach.
  • The ultimate objective is to guide the spacecraft to the surface in a manner that avoids significant damage, showcasing the precision and expertise of the mission.

But why is it so difficult?

  •  The Moon has an extremely thin atmosphere. This means that spacecraft cannot rely on atmospheric friction to slow down considerably ahead of a landing which means that they will have to rely heavily on their propulsion systems to make a safe landing.
  • Also, there is no GPS on the Moon, unlike here on Earth.
  • This means that onboard computers will have to make quick calculations and maneuvers to land at a safe location without guidance from a massive network of satellites.

Why is ISRO Aiming for the Southern Pole?

  • All of the spacecraft that have landed on the Moon previously have landed in the equatorial region, either a few degrees of latitude north or a few degrees south of the lunar equator.
  • NASA’s Surveyor 7 is the mission that went farthest from the equator in history, landing as far away as 50 degrees south of the equator.
  • It is not without reason that so many missions land near the equator.
  • The terrain and temperature there are more welcoming, making the long and sustained operations of instruments easier.
  • Also, the surface there is relatively smooth with very few steep slopes, hills, and craters.
  • Due to the difficult environment, the polar regions of the Moon have largely remained unexplored.
  • But if the data from many previous orbiter missions is anything to go by, these regions could be very interesting to explore.
  • Chandrayaan-1 observed some evidence of the presence of ice molecules in the deep craters in the region.
  • Also, the cold temperatures of the region mean that things trapped there would remain frozen for a long time.
  • Essentially, that part of the Moon could act as a “time capsule.”
  • This could help scientists discover clues about the early history of the solar system, including how the Earth and the Moon formed.

Why the South Pole of the Moon Holds Significance?

  • Abundant Water Resources: Compelling evidence suggests the presence of water ice within the perpetually shadowed craters at the moon's south pole.
  • This water resource holds immense value for future human lunar exploration, serving potential uses such as drinking water, food cultivation, and the production of rocket fuel.
  • Various Volatiles: Beyond water ice, the moon's south pole may house other volatiles like methane and ammonia, offering additional resources for prospective lunar missions.
  • Geological Fascination: The lunar south pole boasts intriguing geological features, notably the South Pole-Aitken basin, the moon's largest impact basin.
  • Studying this basin could yield valuable insights into the moon's formation and evolutionary history.
  • Prime for Astronomical Observations: The permanently shadowed craters at the moon's south pole provide an excellent vantage point for astronomical observations.
  • Shielded from the Sun's radiation, these craters offer ideal conditions for studying radio waves and other forms of radiation that Earth's atmosphere tends to block.

What Has Changed Since the Chandrayaan-2 Setback?

  • Enhanced Landing Gear: Chandrayaan-3's landing legs have been fortified to guarantee stability and secure touchdown, even at a velocity of 3 meters per second, equivalent to 10.8 kilometers per hour.
  • Expanded Landing Flexibility: Unlike wheeled vehicles, a lunar lander employs stilts or legs to land.
  • The potential landing area has been broadened, with Chandrayaan-3 now programmed to touch down safely within a 4-kilometer by 2.4-kilometer zone, rather than aiming for a specific 500-meter by 500-meter patch as previously targeted by Chandrayaan-2.
  • Ample Fuel Reserves: Chandrayaan-3 carries an increased fuel load compared to Chandrayaan-2.
  • This surplus fuel is on standby for last-minute adjustments to the landing site if required.
  • Enhanced Solar Panels: The Chandrayaan-3 Lander is equipped with solar panels on all four sides, a significant upgrade from Chandrayaan-2's two-sided configuration.
  • This design ensures the Lander can harness solar power consistently, even if it lands incorrectly or experiences tumbling.
  • At least one or two sides will continually face the Sun, ensuring uninterrupted power generation.

What Next After Chandrayaan-3 successfully lands on the Moon?

  • Payloads in Action: Typically, spacecraft carry specialized instruments and experiments, known as payloads, to observe and record events in space.
  • Data Transmission to Earth: The data collected by these payloads is then transmitted back to Earth, where scientists analyze and study it for valuable insights.
  • Consistent Payloads: In Chandrayaan-3, the six payloads on the Vikram lander and rover Pragyan remain consistent with the previous mission.
  • Scientific Payloads on Lander: The lander hosts four scientific payloads that focus on various aspects, including the study of lunar quakes, thermal properties of the lunar surface, changes in the plasma near the surface, and a passive experiment aimed at precise measurements of the Earth-Moon distance. One of these payloads comes from NASA.

Rover Payloads: The rover carries two payloads designed to examine the chemical and mineral composition of the lunar surface. They are tasked with determining the presence and composition of elements like magnesium, aluminum, and iron in lunar soil and rocks.

India’s Smartphone Manufacturing Dreams and PIL Scheme (The Hindu)

  • 23 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

In recent months, there has been an ongoing exchange of viewpoints between former RBI governor Raghuram Rajan and Minister of State for Electronics Rajeev Chandrasekhar regarding the performance of a Central government initiative aimed at enhancing the electronics manufacturing sector.

Context:

  • In the backdrop of this discussion, it's important to highlight that former RBI governor Raghuram Rajan, along with two fellow economists, released a concise research paper in which they posited that the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) program might not be effectively driving India toward self-reliance in manufacturing.
  • They contended that taxpayer funds were potentially being used to establish an ecosystem centered around low-level assembly jobs, which could still heavily rely on imports.

What Is the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme?

  • The PLI scheme was designed with the overarching goals of bolstering domestic manufacturing capacity, augmenting import substitution, and fostering employment generation.
  • Launched in March 2020, this initiative initially focused on three key industries:
  • Mobile and related Component Manufacturing
  • Electrical Component Manufacturing
  • Medical Devices
  • Incentives Offered by the Scheme:
  • The incentives provided under this program are contingent on incremental sales and vary across sectors.
  • They range from as low as 1% for electronics and technology products to as high as 20% for the production of critical key starting drugs and certain drug intermediaries.
  • In certain sectors like advanced chemistry cell batteries, textile products, and the drone industry, incentives are calculated based on sales performance and local value addition over five years.
  • Sectors Covered by the PLI Scheme:
  • To date, the government has unveiled PLI schemes encompassing 14 sectors, including but not limited to the automobile and auto components industry, electronics and IT hardware, telecom, pharmaceuticals, solar modules, metals and mining, textiles and apparel, white goods, drones, and advanced chemistry cell batteries.
  • The introduction of this scheme aligns with several key objectives:
  • Reducing India's reliance on imports from countries like China and other foreign nations.
  • Bolstering labor-intensive sectors to enhance the employment ratio within India.
  • Mitigating import bills while promoting domestic production.
  • It's important to note that the PLI Yojana also extends an invitation to foreign companies to establish their operations in India and encourages domestic enterprises to expand their manufacturing capabilities.

What is the PLI Program in the Smartphone Manufacturing Sector?

  • Among the sectors, the smartphone manufacturing industry has exhibited remarkable enthusiasm for the PLI program.
  • Companies such as Micromax, Samsung, and Foxconn (known for manufacturing Apple phones) stand to benefit by receiving incentives of up to 6% of their incremental sales revenue through the PLI initiative.
  • This program has yielded remarkable results, as evidenced by the staggering growth in mobile phone exports.
  • The exports of mobile phones surged from a modest $300 million in FY2018 to an astonishing $11 billion in FY23.
  • Additionally, the import figures tell a compelling story; while India imported mobile phones valued at $3.6 billion in FY2018, this figure significantly dwindled to just $1.6 billion in FY23.
  • Central government Ministers, including Mr. Chandrasekhar, frequently cite these statistics as compelling evidence of the resounding success of the PLI scheme.

Former RBI Governor Raghuram Rajan's Perspective:

  • In his research paper, the former head of the Central Bank presented the argument that while the imports of fully assembled mobile phones have indeed decreased, the imports of mobile phone components, encompassing items such as display screens, cameras, batteries, and printed circuit boards, experienced a significant upsurge between FY21 and FY23.
  • Interestingly, these two years also marked the period during which mobile phone exports experienced their most substantial growth.
  • His contention revolves around the observation that manufacturers in India are not fundamentally engaged in the traditional sense of mobile phone production, which would involve the localization of the entire supply chain and the domestic production of most components.
  • Instead, what these companies are primarily doing is importing all the requisite parts and subsequently assembling them in India to produce a product labeled as 'Made in India.'
  • Furthermore, Rajan's critique extends to the assertion that low-level assembly work, as opposed to comprehensive manufacturing, does not generate well-paying jobs and lacks the robust multiplier effect that genuine manufacturing might provide to the economy.

What is the Union Government Response:

  • Minister of State for Electronics, Rajeev Chandrasekhar, presents a two-part counter-argument.
  • Firstly, he contends that Mr. Rajan's assumption that all imports of items like screens and batteries are exclusively intended for mobile phone manufacturing is inaccurate.
  • These imported components could also be utilized in the production of other devices such as computer monitors, DSLR cameras, and electric vehicles, among others.
  • Secondly, he points out that not all mobile phone production in India benefits from the PLI scheme; only approximately 22% of the industry has been covered by the scheme thus far.
  • The Minister's primary assertion is that import dependency isn't as severe as Mr. Rajan portrays it to be, given the potential diversity of applications for these imported components and the limited coverage of mobile phone production under the PLI scheme.

In Conclusion:

  • The former RBI Governor contends that even if we assume that only 60% of imports are utilized for production, India's net exports would remain in the negative territory.
  • This means that even if just 60% of components like screens and batteries are dedicated to mobile phone manufacturing, the total imports would still surpass the overall exports.
  • The fundamental divide in this debate revolves around the question of whether the PLI program can effectively generate sustainable employment opportunities and firmly position India as a manufacturing and supply hub that contributes substantial value to the production process.
  • The Union Government's perspective is that the results of the PLI Scheme may require time to become fully apparent and impactful.

National E-Commerce Policy (Financial Express)

  • 22 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Commerce and Industry Ministry is in the final stages of formulating the proposed national e-commerce policy, and at this point, no additional draft policy will be released to solicit input from stakeholders.

Context:

  • Electronic commerce (e-commerce) is emerging as a pivotal driver of India's economic growth and development.
  • Estimates indicate that, with grocery and fashion/apparel leading the way, the Indian e-commerce sector is poised to reach a valuation of $99 billion by 2024, with projections soaring to $300 billion by 2030.
  • Recognizing this immense potential, the government is diligently monitoring the evolving landscape of electronic business, calling for a regulatory framework to safeguard the interests of buyers, sellers, marketers, and distributors.
  • In 2019, a draft National E-Commerce policy was drafted and made available to the public for scrutiny.
  • In response to this draft policy, numerous foreign governments, including the United States, have submitted comments, highlighting concerns affecting U.S. businesses.
  • In August 2023, the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) conducted extensive discussions with representatives from e-commerce companies and domestic trade associations concerning the proposed policy.
  • A government official noted that a consensus has been reached among the involved stakeholders regarding the proposed policy.

Key Highlights of the National E-Commerce Policy:

  • On February 23, 2019, the Ministry of Commerce and Industry unveiled the draft National E-Commerce Policy (DPIIT 2019).
  • Aim:
  • The national e-commerce policy seeks to establish a regulatory framework that simplifies business operations within the sector.
  • Boosting Exports:
  • This policy recognizes the substantial export potential within India's e-commerce sector.
  • Projections indicate that by 2030, India's e-commerce exports could range from 200 billion USD to 300 billion USD annually.
  • Given the anticipated growth in global cross-border e-commerce exports, expected to reach 2 trillion USD by 2025, India aims to harness this opportunity.
  • Regulatory Body and FDI:
  • The possibility of creating a regulatory authority for the e-commerce sector is under consideration, though its implementation may require time.
  • Local trade associations have been advocating for an empowered regulatory body to enforce e-commerce regulations and address violations.
  • While 100% foreign direct investment (FDI) is
  • permissible in the marketplace model, the inventory-based model does not allow FDI.
  • Addressing Trader Concerns:
  • Traders have voiced concerns regarding e-commerce rule violations, such as steep discounts and preferential treatment for specific sellers.
  • The policy aims to clarify these concerns and enhance transparency in FDI regulations for e-commerce.
  • Furthermore, the Consumer Protection (e-commerce) Rules 2020 and proposed amendments will align with the e-commerce policy to maintain consistency.
  • Comprehensive Framework:
  • The e-commerce policy will function as a comprehensive framework for the sector, ensuring harmony among various governing statutes.
  • The sector is presently regulated by the FDI policy, the Consumer Protection Act of 2019, the Information Technology Act of 2000, and the Competition Act of 2002.
  • The policy intends to streamline these regulations, creating an environment conducive to the e-commerce industry's growth.

Advantages Highlighted in the Draft E-Commerce Policy:

  • Enhanced Information Provision: One notable strength of the draft e-commerce policy lies in its emphasis on comprehensive information provision.
  • It mandates that firms furnish clear details about product specifications, images, return and exchange policies, payment methods, and grievance redressal procedures.
  • This ensures consumers have access to transparent information, fostering a healthy e-commerce market.
  • Clear Grievance Redressal Mechanisms: The policy advocates for the establishment of transparent grievance redressal mechanisms, including the appointment of nodal officers, specified timeframes, and defined processes.
  • These measures benefit consumers by facilitating seamless pre- and post-purchase processes.
  • Seller Transparency: The policy requires platforms to disclose seller information, including names, locations, and contact details.
  • This transparency empowers buyers to engage with sellers beyond the confines of a platform if they choose to do so.
  • Fair Data Use: Platforms are prohibited from exploiting the vast data at their disposal to gain an unfair advantage over sellers or exhibit preferential treatment among sellers
  • This regulation plays a crucial role in safeguarding the welfare of sellers.

Criticism of the Draft E-Commerce Policy:

  • Infringement on Other Ministries' Mandates: The proposed rules appear to encroach upon the mandates of other ministries.
  • For instance, the 'fallback-liability' provision holds platforms responsible for any mis-spelling by third-party sellers, contradicting the Finance Ministry's FDI rules that limit platform inventory management.
  • Additionally, it removes the immunity granted specifically to marketplaces under the IT Act.
  • Redundancy in Regulatory Oversight: The Ministry of Corporate Affairs argues that rules addressing the abuse of competitive positions are unnecessary since the Competition Commission of India already oversees such matters.
  • Restrictive Measures on Related Parties: The policy restricts related parties from engaging in commercial activities on platforms, with related parties defined as entities with common shareholders owning more than 5% or over 10% ownership.
  • While well-intentioned, this clause may not align with regulatory objectives.

Mains Question:

  • Examine the objectives of India's National E-commerce Policy about consumer protection and seller support. Analyze the criticisms and challenges posed by its potential impact on other ministries and restrictions on related parties. (15M)

Green Hydrogen Standard for India (Indian Express)

  • 21 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Indian Ministry for Clean Energy has set rules for making green hydrogen in India. These rules say how clean the hydrogen must be. They also promise to explain how to check and confirm if the hydrogen is green.

What is Green Hydrogen?

Green hydrogen is clean energy made by splitting water using renewable sources like wind, sun, and water power. It can be a big part of moving to an eco-friendly economy and fighting climate change. This hydrogen can be saved and used as fuel for vehicles, factories, and farming.

If we compare it to grey and blue hydrogen:

  • Grey hydrogen is made using electricity from fossil fuels, which make harmful gases. Right now, 95% of hydrogen is made this way.
  • Blue hydrogen is also made using fossil fuels for electricity, but it's made cleaner by stopping the harmful gases from going into the air using a special technology called carbon capture and storage (CCS).

Why We Should Invest in Green Hydrogen?

  • Cutting Greenhouse Gas Emissions: The main reason to embrace green hydrogen is to slash greenhouse gas emissions and fight climate change.
  • Traditional fuels used for transportation and power generation produce lots of harmful emissions.
  • Green hydrogen, made from clean sources, doesn't emit any of these gases, making it a planet-friendly energy choice.
  • Energy Security and Independence: Fossil fuels are running out, and their prices can go up and down because of supply and demand.
  • By going for clean energy like green hydrogen, countries can be more self-reliant and not as affected by price swings and fuel shortages.
  • Creating Jobs and Industries: Making green hydrogen opens up new businesses and job opportunities, especially in clean energy.
  • Producing, storing, and moving green hydrogen needs special skills and infrastructure, which can mean lots of new jobs.
  • The renewable energy field, for example, employed 11 million people worldwide in 2018 and is set to create over 42 million jobs by 2050, says the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA).
  • Clean-Up Tough Industries: Some industries, like heavy manufacturing and aviation, are hard to clean up.
  • They make a big mess in the environment. Green hydrogen can replace dirty fuels in these sectors and help them become cleaner.
  • Boosting Technology: Developing green hydrogen forces us to come up with new ideas and technologies in lots of areas.
  • Making, storing, and moving green hydrogen needs new stuff, like materials and systems which can lead to big advances in technology and how things work.

What are the Uses of Green Hydrogen?

In Agriculture:

  • Replacing Fossil Fuels:
  • Green hydrogen can take the place of fossil fuels in farming. It can help make ammonia, which is used in fertilizers.
  • Normally, we make ammonia from natural gas, which makes harmful gases.
  • Green ammonia made with green hydrogen is clean and has benefits like working better and not making the soil too acidic.
  • But, making lots of green ammonia needs new technology and lots of money, so it might not happen quickly.
  • Green-Powered Farm Machines:
  • Big machines on farms, like tractors, use a lot of energy. Using green hydrogen to power these machines can cut down on harmful gases but still give them enough power to do their jobs.
  • Water Management:
  • Green hydrogen can help make saltwater into freshwater using special machines called desalination plants. This helps save fresh water.

In Transportation:

  • Hydrogen Fuel Cells:
  • These are like magic batteries that run on hydrogen and oxygen. They make electricity for vehicles without making any bad stuff.
  • Hydrogen-powered vehicles can go far and fill up fast, which is great for long trips.

In Industry:

  • Saving Money:
  • We can make green hydrogen when there's extra clean energy, like when the wind is blowing strong. Then we save it for when we need it. This can lower energy costs and help the environment.
  • Reliable Energy:
  • Green hydrogen can be made and saved right where it's used, so it's always ready.
  • This means we don't have to rely too much on the power grid, which is good for energy independence.
  • Less Waste:
  • We can make green hydrogen from stuff we don't want, like trash and farm leftovers. This can cut down on waste and be good for the planet.
  • Using Energy Better:
  • Green hydrogen can power things called fuel cells, which are more efficient than regular engines which means we use less energy, which is better for everyone.

What India is Doing to Boost Green Hydrogen?

India knows that green hydrogen can help make the country cleaner and reach climate goals. They have started many plans to make, use, and even sell green hydrogen.

Here are some important ones:

  • National Hydrogen Mission: This is like a big plan to make India a leader in green hydrogen and everything that comes from it. They will also work on things like trying it out, studying it, teaching people about it, making rules, and setting goals.
  • Using More Green Hydrogen: The government wants some big industries, like fertilizer and oil refining, to use a part of their hydrogen from green sources. It's kind of like how they ask electricity companies to use more clean energy.
  • Green Hydrogen Centers: Special places in India are being picked where they can make a lot of green hydrogen and use it too. These places will be like hubs for all things green hydrogen.

Key Highlights of India's Green Hydrogen Standard:

  • Defining Green Hydrogen: Green hydrogen in India means making hydrogen in a way that doesn't create more than two kilograms of carbon dioxide for every kilogram of hydrogen. India now joins a small group of countries with a clear green hydrogen definition.
  • What's Counted: This measurement includes everything from cleaning water to making hydrogen, plus purifying, drying, and compressing it.
  • Different Production Methods Included: This rule covers hydrogen made using electricity (like machines) and hydrogen made from biomass (plants).
  • Nodal Authority: The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) under the Ministry of Power is the boss that approves agencies responsible for watching, confirming, and certifying green hydrogen projects.

Challenges in Implementing Green Hydrogen:

  • Cost Barrier: Right now, green hydrogen is more expensive than regular fossil fuels.
  • This is because it needs special equipment and systems for production, storage, and transport, however, as technology gets better and we make more of it, the cost is likely to come down.
  • Building Infrastructure: To use green hydrogen everywhere, we need a strong system in place to produce it, store it, and move it around.
  • This system must also work well with our current energy setup to make the switch to green hydrogen smooth.
  • Energy Storage: Green hydrogen comes from sources like the wind and sun, which aren't always available.
  • We need smart ways to store extra energy when it's sunny and windy so that we have a constant supply of green hydrogen.
  • Batteries and special hydrogen storage can help with this.
  • Safety: Green hydrogen is a gas that can catch fire easily, so we need to be very careful when handling and storing it.
  • Creating safety rules and regulations is important to make sure it's handled safely.

Way Forward

  • Tackling High Costs: Green hydrogen currently costs more to produce and use than hydrogen from fossil fuels or other low-carbon sources. To address this, we should focus on developing more efficient technologies. This might involve improving electrolysis systems to use less energy or integrating green hydrogen production with renewable energy sources like wind and solar to reduce electricity costs.
  • Government Support: Governments can play a vital role by implementing rules that encourage the adoption of green hydrogen. This might include tax breaks or subsidies to make green hydrogen more attractive for both producers and users.
  • Building the Right Infrastructure: Green hydrogen needs its own infrastructure and supply chain. The current setup for regular hydrogen doesn't work well for green hydrogen. We need to build an efficient and cost-effective system for producing, storing, transporting, and distributing green hydrogen.
  • Cooperation Among Stakeholders: Making green hydrogen happen involves many different groups, from renewable energy makers to hydrogen producers and users. They all need to work together and have consistent rules, standards, and incentives to make Green hydrogen a success.

Raising Awareness and Building Skills: Green hydrogen is still a new idea for many. We need to show people how it's good, safe, and practical in various uses. This also means training and developing the skills needed to produce and use green hydrogen effectively.

India’s first 3D-printed Post Office (Indian Express)

  • 19 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • The inaugural of India's first 3D-printed post office took place virtually, led by Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw in Bengaluru's Cambridge Layout.
  • The post office was constructed in an impressive 43 days, finishing two days ahead of schedule.
  • Larsen & Toubro Limited, a multinational company, partnered with IIT Madras to provide the technological expertise for building this innovative post office.

What is 3D Printing?

  • 3D printing, also known as additive manufacturing, employs computer-aided design to create prototypes or functional models of objects by depositing successive layers of materials like plastic, resin, thermoplastic, metal, fiber, or ceramic.
  • The process begins with computer software developing the model, which then provides instructions to the 3D printer.
  • The primary form of 3D printing, known as additive manufacturing, caters to specific demands, often producing specialized items like lightweight equipment for unique projects.
  • This technology finds crucial applications in fields like healthcare and related industries.
  • On a global scale, the USA leads in 3D printing, commanding more than 35% of the market.
  • In Asia, China dominates, capturing around 50% of the market, while Japan follows at 30%, and South Korea at 10%.

Applications of 3D printing:

  • The applications of 3D printing are extensive and diverse, finding their place in various industries worldwide.
  • This technology is increasingly harnessed for:
  • Mass Customization: 3D printing enables tailored production, catering to individual preferences.
  • It contributes to open-source designs in the agriculture, healthcare, automotive, locomotive, and aviation sectors.
  • Objects are built layer by layer using materials directly from computer-aided design (CAD) models.
  • 3D printing serves a wide spectrum, including affordable housing up to G+3 floors, military barracks, single-floor schools, warehousing, accommodations, and villas.

How 3D Printing Works?

  • Prerequisites:
  • To engage in 3D printing, you'll require a personal computer connected to a 3D printer.
  • The process starts by designing a 3D model of the desired object using computer-aided design (CAD) software and then selecting the 'print' option.
  • The 3D printer then takes over the rest of the process.
  • Design:
  • Initiating the process involves crafting a digital 3D model of the intended object.
  • This model can be formed through 3D modeling software or acquired via 3D scanning techniques.
  • Slicing:
  • The 3D model is segmented into thin horizontal layers through specialized software, with each layer representing a cross-section of the final object.
  • Preparation:
  • The sliced model, along with parameters like layer thickness, print speed, material type, and temperature, is sent to the 3D printer.
  • Printing: The 3D printer follows instructions and starts the printing process using various methods, including:
  • Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM): This common method extrudes molten thermoplastic material through a heated nozzle, building the object layer by layer.
  • Stereolithography (SLA): SLA employs UV laser to solidify liquid photopolymer resin, producing intricate and detailed objects.
  • Selective Laser Sintering (SLS): In SLS, a laser fuses powdered material layer by layer, allowing for versatility in materials like plastics, metals, or ceramics.
  • Powder Bed Fusion (PBF): Similar to SLS, PBF fuses powdered materials like metals, plastics, or ceramics using a laser.
  • Inkjet Printing: Some printers use inkjet-like technology to deposit material in droplets, which are then cured to form layers.
  • Layer-by-Layer Construction:
  • The printer continues depositing material layer by layer as per the sliced model until the complete object takes shape.
  • Supports might be included for intricate or overhanging parts, which can be removed after printing.
  • Post-Processing:
  • After printing, post-processing steps like cleaning, curing, sanding, painting or assembly might be needed, depending on the material and desired finish.

Benefits of 3D Printing Technology:

  • Accessibility Enhancement: 3D printers are increasingly accessible, with local service providers offering manufacturing outsourcing services.
  • Medical Advancements: In healthcare, 3D printing aids in saving lives by producing organs like livers, kidneys, and hearts.
  • Ongoing developments in healthcare harness this technology for significant advancements.
  • Eco-Friendly Approach: With reduced material wastage, 3D printing is inherently environmentally friendly.
  • Cost-Effectiveness: Customization of desired products occurs swiftly, reducing costs associated with using multiple machines for manufacturing.
  • Swift Prototyping: 3D printing generates parts within hours, drastically expediting the prototyping process.
  • Efficient Design and Production: The technology enables rapid design iterations and faster production cycles.
  • Strength and Lightweight Properties: Parts created through 3D printing are strong and lightweight, offering a valuable combination of properties.
  • Complex Object Realization: This technology empowers the creation of intricate objects and shapes that might be unattainable through conventional methods.

Drawbacks of 3D Printing:

  • Design Inaccuracies: Inconsistencies in design accuracy can arise from variations in the type of machine or process used.
  • Some printers may have lower tolerances, leading to differences between the final parts and the original design.
  • Copyright Concerns: As 3D printing becomes more widespread, counterfeit products could proliferate, challenging the distinction between genuine and fake items.
  • Copyright infringement issues and quality control problems can emerge.
  • Impact on Manufacturing Jobs: The automation and printer-based production of 3D technology may lead to a reduction in human labor.
  • This could jeopardize the economies of third-world countries that heavily rely on low-skill manufacturing jobs.
  • Build Size Limitations: 3D printers currently possess compact print chambers, constraining the size of printable parts.
  • Larger objects may require separate printing of components and subsequent manual assembly, increasing costs and time.
  • Material Constraints: While 3D printing accommodates plastics and metals, the range of available raw materials is not exhaustive.

The trajectory of 3D Printing is poised to reshape India's manufacturing and industrial landscape, leveraging digital techniques, communication, imaging, architecture, and engineering. To establish a significant presence in the additive manufacturing or 3D printing domain, it's proposed that India should integrate this technology across all sectors, including defense and public domains. Establishing a governing body comprising local and global industry experts can spearhead this transformative endeavor.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the advantages and challenges of 3D printing technology in the context of modern manufacturing. Provide specific examples of industries where 3D printing has made significant contributions and highlight the potential impact of this technology on future manufacturing processes and industries. (15M)

MoEFCC’s U-turn to Merge Autonomous Bodies (The Hindu)

  • 18 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

In June, the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC) issued a notification quietly walking back on its move to establish integrated regional offices by merging offices of the Forest Survey of India (FSI), the National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA), the Wildlife Crime Control Bureau (WCCB), and the Central Zoo Authority (CZA), and thus bring them under the Ministry.

What's in the News?

  • Amidst the Covid-19 pandemic, the central government suggested the consolidation of four entities – NTCA, CZA, WCCB, and FSI – into a single organization.
  • This proposition faced intense criticism from activists who argued that it could strip key environmental bodies of their effectiveness.
  • To illustrate, within the current structure, the NTCA possesses the ability to contest forest clearances for projects that involve diverting areas within Tiger Reserves.
  • However, the proposed amalgamation might have complicated this process, as the NTCA would have fallen under the authority of the Deputy Director General of Forests. This individual oversees the Integrated Regional Office and reports to the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC).

About the Forest Survey of India (FSI):

  • The inception of the Forest Survey of India dates back to 1981, a product of the National Commission on Agriculture's (NCA) suggestions.
  • FSI conducts a biennial evaluation of the nation's forest coverage through digital analysis of satellite data from remote sensing technology. This assessment culminates in the publication of the 'State of Forest Report' (SFR).
  • FSI plays an instrumental role in imparting training to forest officers from diverse Indian states.
  • The base of Operations: Dehradun, Uttarakhand.

About the National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA):

  • The National Tiger Conservation Authority, established under the Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972, operates as a statutory body.
  • Established in 2005 as a result of the recommendations of the Tiger Task Force, its core aims encompass:
  • Granting legal authority to Project Tiger, thereby rendering adherence to its directives a matter of legality.
  • Enhancing the accountability of both the central and state governments in managing Tiger Reserves.
  • Addressing the livelihood concerns of local communities residing in the vicinity of Tiger Reserves.
  • Key Responsibilities:
  • Approval of tiger conservation plans devised by state governments.
  • Ensuring that the integrity of tiger reserves and the ecological connectivity between different protected areas and reserves remain intact, avoiding unsustainable ecological utilization.
  • Providing support and facilitation for the management of tiger reserves within states, aimed at conserving biodiversity.
  • NTCA undertakes a comprehensive Tiger Census across India every four years.
  • Leadership: The chairman of NTCA is the Union Minister of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

About the Wildlife Crime Control Bureau (WCCB):

  • The Wildlife Crime Control Bureau was established in 2007 as a statutory body under the Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972.
  • Main Responsibilities:
  • Gathering and organizing information about organized wildlife crimes and quickly sharing it with state and other enforcement agencies to catch the criminals promptly.
  • Creating a central place to store data about wildlife crimes.
  • Coordinating efforts from different agencies to enforce the rules of the Act.
  • Helping other countries and international groups work together to control wildlife crimes.
  • Helping enforcement agencies improve their skills in investigating wildlife crimes.
  • Guiding State Governments to successfully handle cases related to wildlife crimes.
  • The WCCB also assists Customs authorities in checking shipments of plants and animals according to the rules of the Wildlife Protection Act, CITES, and EXIM Policy.
  • The headquarters is based in New Delhi.

About the Central Zoo Authority (CZA):

  • The Central Zoo Authority, established in 1992 as a legal body under the Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972, has a specific purpose.
  • What It Aims to Achieve:
  • To support and enhance the national mission to conserve the diverse and valuable biodiversity of the country, especially its animals, following the guidelines of the National Zoo Policy from 1998.
  • Every zoo in the nation must gain recognition from this Authority to operate.
  • The Authority's main role is more about helping than controlling. It offers technical and financial assistance to zoos that have the potential to meet the desired standards in animal management.
  • It sets rules and guidelines for transferring animals among zoos within the country and globally.
  • It coordinates and puts into action plans for improving the skills of zoo staff, organized breeding efforts, and research done outside the natural habitat (ex-situ research).
  • Headquarters: New Delhi

Why Did MoEF&CC Put Forward the Proposal?

MoEF&CC explained that the proposal was not about merging but about bringing together the different authorities to operate from 19 regional offices under one central hub.

However, in June 2023, MoEF&CC decided not to go ahead with the merger plan, possibly due to challenges in combining the involved institutions from technical and administrative standpoints.

Consumption-Based Poverty Estimates (The Hindu)

  • 17 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • In a recent assessment of multidimensional poverty conducted by NITI Aayog, the findings reveal a decline in the poverty rate from 25% in 2015-16 to 15% in 2019-21.
  • Notably, approximately 135 million individuals were elevated from impoverished conditions within this timeframe.
  • Consequently, it becomes imperative to scrutinize the methodologies underpinning the multidimensional poverty index and ascertain the continued pertinence of poverty evaluations based solely on consumption.

What is Multidimensional Poverty?

  • Traditionally, poverty has been predominantly gauged through single-dimensional indicators, frequently revolving around income levels.
  • Multidimensional poverty, in contrast, comprehensively addresses the array of deficiencies that individuals grappling with poverty encounter in their daily existence.
  • These deficiencies encompass compromised health, limited access to education, insufficient living conditions, disempowerment, subpar employment situations, exposure to violence, and inhabiting environmentally precarious regions, among other factors.

Distinguishing Between Consumption-Based and Multidimensional Poverty Indices (MPI):

  • Poverty gauges based on consumption levels primarily address one aspect of deprivation, without accounting for other dimensions.
  • The global MPI encapsulates both the extent of multidimensional poverty (the percentage of individuals within a population grappling with multidimensional poverty) and its depth (the average number of deprivations experienced by each impoverished individual).
  • Nonetheless, it's important to recognize that while Multidimensional poverty estimates offer valuable insights, they are not intended to replace the National Sample Survey (NSS) consumption-based poverty ratios.

Recent Findings on Multidimensional Poverty in India:

  • Within a mere 15-year span, from 2005/2006 to 2019/2021, a striking 415 million individuals in India have successfully transcended poverty, showcasing a commendable accomplishment by the world's most populous nation.
  • These revelations stem from the latest global release of the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI) based at the University of Oxford.
  • The global MPI stands as a comprehensive measure of poverty, encapsulating the various deprivations that underprivileged individuals encounter in the realms of education, health, and living conditions.
  • In the year 2005/2006, approximately 645 million people grappled with multidimensional poverty in India; this figure dwindled to around 370 million in 2015/2016 and further down to 230 million in 2019/2021.

Challenges Associated with the Multidimensional Poverty Index:

  • The Global MPI's Findings Are Not a Novel Revelation
  • The application of the Global MPI as a conclusive breakthrough isn't unprecedented.
  • Poverty estimations grounded in consumer spending and utilizing the Tendulkar committee's framework revealed a reduction of 137 million individuals living in poverty between 2004-05 and 2011-12, despite population growth.
  • Following the Rangarajan Committee's methodology, the decrease from 2009-10 to 2011-12 stands at 92 million, equating to an annual reduction of 46 million.
  • Myriad Indicators to Consider
  • Given the extensive array of dimensions and indicators, it becomes imperative to engage in meticulous asset mapping to pinpoint the most pertinent parameters.
  • However, owing to the abundance of indicators spanning multiple dimensions, the accurate evaluation, and consequent effective policy implementation might pose challenges.
  • Aggregating Across Indicators
  • This presents yet another predicament, as these indicators should ideally remain independent of each other.
  • For instance, indicators like access to clean drinking water should not be aggregated with factors such as child mortality."

Challenges Regarding Consumption Expenditure Surveys:

  • After 2011-12, there is a lack of accessible official records on consumer expenditure, which inhibits the capacity to juxtapose it with trends in the multidimensional poverty index.
  • The survey outcomes about consumption expenditures from 2017-18 have not been officially disseminated.
  • Given the dearth of this information, various studies have attempted to investigate poverty utilizing indirect techniques along with resources such as the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) and the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS). These endeavors, however, have yielded disparate findings.

Approaches to Tackle MPI Challenges:

  • Integration of MPI with Consumption-Based Poverty Assessments
  • Examining the advancements in non-monetary aspects like education, healthcare, sanitation, access to clean water, and child survival alongside income or consumption poverty can provide valuable insights.
  • However, the conversion of all these variables into a single index introduces complexities.
  • Incorporating Public Services as an Additional Dimension: Regarding multidimensional matters, considering public services as an independent dimension, beyond consumption, can yield more comprehensive results.

Reforming Consumption Expenditure Surveys: A Necessity

  • Enhancing Data Collection Practices
  • An imperative concern revolves around the disparities observed in aggregate consumption estimations between National Accounts Statistics (NAS) and National Sample Survey (NSS) data.
  • It's worth noting that across all nations, the NSS and NAS consumption estimates invariably diverge – a trend India also follows.
  • What is particularly perplexing is the escalating dissimilarity in India between NSS and NAS consumption figures over the years.
  • From a divergence of under 10% in the late 1970s, this gap has widened to a substantial 53.1% in 2011-12. This disparity is too significant to disregard.
  • The National Statistical Office ought to meticulously analyze this issue and proffer potential solutions to enhance data collection through both avenues.
  • Moreover, it's essential to complement the outcomes of consumption surveys with an evaluation of the impact of public expenditure on the health and education of distinct expenditure strata.

A prevalent perception associates wealth or destitution with high or low-income levels. The insufficiency of income is mirrored in numerous non-income poverty indicators.

Defining poverty in terms of income, or when income data is lacking, in terms of expenditure, appears to be the most pertinent approach, and this methodology is prevalent across the majority of countries.

Instances of Cloudburst and Their Frequency in India (Indian Express)

  • 16 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • After heavy rains in Himachal Pradesh, landslides occurred, resulting in 22 fatalities.
  • Chief Minister Sukhvinder Singh Sukhu reported cloudbursts and advised against approaching waterbodies and vulnerable areas.
  • The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) forecasted scattered to widespread rains in Himachal Pradesh on August 14 and 15, and in Uttarakhand from August 14 to 18, followed by a substantial decrease.

Reasons Behind Intense Rains in Himachal and Uttarakhand:

  • The combination of the monsoon trough's northward progression and its interaction with a weakened western disturbance is triggering heavy rainfall in Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand.
  • The monsoon trough takes the form of an extended low-pressure region, stretching from a "heat low" situated over Pakistan's seas to the Bay of Bengal region's head (encompassing parts of Odisha, West Bengal, and Bangladesh).
  • The monsoon trough is a semi-permanent component of the monsoon's circulation, as outlined by the India Meteorological Department.
  • Presently, the monsoon trough has shifted northward beyond its usual position, overlaying the foothills of the Himalayas.
  • In the near term, the monsoon trough will undergo a southward shift, leading to a temporary decrease in hill-region rainfall and an upsurge in rainfall across the east-central regions of India.

About Cloudbursts

  • Cloudbursts refer to highly concentrated and intense rainfall events.
  • As per the India Meteorological Department (IMD), cloudbursts involve exceptionally heavy rain concentrated over a limited region, with a rapid rate of around 10 cm per hour.
  • This phenomenon is accompanied by robust winds and lightning, typically occurring across an area of about 20 to 30 square kilometers.
  • Following this criterion, even 5 cm of rain within just thirty minutes across the same area would be classified as a cloudburst.
  • Cloudbursts are relatively frequent occurrences, especially in the monsoon season.
  • A majority of these incidents take place in the Himalayan states, where the unique local geography, wind patterns, and temperature differences between various atmospheric layers create favorable conditions for their formation.

Occurrence of Cloudburst:

  • Cloudbursts unfold when moisture-laden air ascends hilly terrain, forming vertical cloud columns known as 'cumulonimbus' clouds.
  • These clouds typically yield rain, thunder, and lightning. This upward cloud movement is termed an orographic lift.
  • Such unstable clouds generate an intense rainstorm over a limited area once they amass enough moisture while being trapped within the ridges and valleys amid hills.
  • The energy needed for a cloudburst originates from the ascending air movement.
  • Cloudbursts are predominantly witnessed at altitudes ranging from 1,000 to 2,500 meters above sea level.
  • Moisture is often sourced from low-pressure systems (associated with cyclonic storms in the ocean) positioned over the Gangetic plains, coupled with low-level winds blowing in from the east.
  • On occasions, north-western winds also contribute to cloudburst occurrence.
  • Given the multifaceted factors that must align for a cloudburst event, their likelihood is quite rare.

Cloudburst Prediction:

  • The India Meteorological Department (IMD) anticipates forthcoming rainfall occurrences with a certain lead time. However, they do not project the precise volume of rainfall—this remains true for meteorological bodies worldwide.
  • Forecasts generally pertain to categories like light, heavy, or very heavy rainfall, omitting the exact measurements of rainfall at specific locations.
  • Moreover, these predictions encompass relatively larger geographic regions such as states, meteorological sub-divisions, or even districts, and their accuracy diminishes for smaller areas.
  • While it's theoretically conceivable to forecast rain for minute areas, the prerequisites include an intricate network of weather instruments and computational capabilities that currently appear impractical with available technologies.
  • As a result, the exact anticipation of individual cloudburst incidents remains beyond current forecasting capabilities.

Are Cloudburst Incidents on the Rise?

  • There is no discernible long-term trend indicating an increase in cloudbursts, as defined by the IMD.
  • Nevertheless, occurrences of extreme rainfall, along with other extreme weather phenomena, are on the rise globally, not solely in India.
  • While the total rainfall volume in India has not undergone significant change, a growing portion of precipitation is concentrated within a brief timeframe.
  • This implies that instances of heavy rainfall are becoming more intense, accompanied by prolonged dry periods within the rainy season.
  • This distinctive pattern, attributed to climate change, potentially signifies an elevated probability of cloudburst events as well.

Consequences of Cloudbursts:

  • Flash Floods: Cloudbursts can lead to catastrophic flash floods, resulting in the uprooting of trees and the displacement of boulders and debris.
  • Infrastructure Deterioration: The sheer intensity of cloudburst downpours can inflict significant harm on infrastructure, including houses, roads, and bridges.
  • Landslides: In hilly and mountainous regions, cloudburst-induced heavy rainfall can precipitate landslides.
  • Ecological Impact: Cloudbursts can also negatively impact trees, plants, and crops, causing loss of cultivable land and affecting livestock.

Cloudbursts can trigger a chain of devastating outcomes, encompassing flash floods, damage to infrastructure, landslides, and ecological disruption.

Areas Prone to Cloudbursts in India:

  • Cloudbursts primarily occur across the challenging landscapes of the Himalayas, the Western Ghats, and the northeastern hill states of India.
  • Intense rainfall on these vulnerable steep slopes triggers landslides, flash floods, and debris flows, leading to extensive devastation and loss of lives and property.
  • An illustration of this was the flash floods in the Lidder Valley on July 8, 2022, along the route to the Amarnath Temple in Jammu and Kashmir, which tragically claimed the lives of numerous pilgrims.
  • Furthermore, robust monsoon winds along the coastline can also induce cloudbursts, as evident in incidents like Mumbai (2005) and Chennai (2015).
  • Coastal cities face heightened vulnerability due to cloudbursts, as these sudden floods can disrupt conventional stormwater and flood management strategies in these urban areas.

Strategies to Mitigate Cloudburst Impact:

  • Controlled Construction Near Water Bodies: Regulate construction near riverbanks, considering water levels during heavy rainfall to prevent vulnerability.
  • Enhanced Water Control Infrastructure: Reinforce embankments, barrages, and dams to manage and regulate water flow more effectively.
  • Ecologically Informed Local Planning: Implement localized planning that acknowledges the region's ecological sensitivity and engages local communities.
  • Balanced Infrastructure Development: Scrutinize infrastructure projects and protect eco-sensitive zones to maintain environmental integrity.
  • Advanced Forecasting and Technology: Improve IMD forecasting and integrate advanced technology to monitor and predict extreme weather occurrences. This allows for early warnings, evacuation planning, and readiness.
  • Eco-Friendly Approaches: Promote eco-sensitive tourism and adopt environmentally friendly policies to foster sustainable development in the area.
  • Disaster Management Integration: Embed disaster management and prevention measures into the developmental planning process for a comprehensive approach.
  • Addressing Himalayan Region: Address the increasing frequency of cloudbursts in the Himalayan region, driven by the higher decadal temperature rise compared to the global trend.

By implementing these measures, it's possible to alleviate the impacts of cloudbursts and enhance the region's resilience to extreme weather events.

The global incidence and severity of cloudbursts are anticipated to rise due to climate change. A mere 1-degree Celsius temperature elevation could correspond to a 7-10% augmentation in moisture and rainfall levels. This heightened moisture capacity in the air leads to elongated dry spells punctuated by brief bursts of intense rainfall. Consequently, more substantial cumulonimbus clouds form, heightening the likelihood of cloudbursts.

In light of this, immediate actions and well-devised policies are imperative to safeguard lives and assets from escalating extreme events, which are poised to intensify as global temperature shifts intensify.

Mains Question:

  • Elaborate on the causative factors and ramifications associated with cloudbursts, and subsequently, examine the strategies aimed at averting and mitigating the profound consequences of these intense rainfall events. (15M)

Enhancing the Efficiency of Urea as a Fertilizer: Reasons and Necessity (Indian Express)

  • 15 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • Prime Minister of India has recently inaugurated 'Urea Gold,' a novel fertilizer created by the state-owned Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd (RCF), which involves enhancing urea with sulfur.
  • Urea, a white nitrogen-based chemical fertilizer, artificially enriches plants with a key nutrient, nitrogen.

What are Fertilizers?

  • A fertilizer is a substance, whether naturally occurring or synthetically produced, comprising essential chemical elements like Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), and Potassium (K), which enhance the growth and productivity of plants.
  • In India, the primary fertilizers are Urea, DAP, and Muriate of Potash (MOP), forming the trio of fundamental fertilizing agents.

Fertilizer Utilization in India:

  • The Green Revolution in the 1960s experienced remarkable success due to the abundant application of these fertilizers, resulting in increased grain output.
  • However, the response of crop yields to fertilizer usage has significantly declined over time.
  • For instance, during the 1960s in India, 1 kg of NPK nutrients yielded 12.1 kg of cereal grains; this yield diminished to 5 kg during the 2010s.
  • The primary cause behind this decline has been the imbalanced application of Nitrogen (N) by farmers.

What Factors Sustain Urea's Prominence as the Leading Fertilizer?

  • Advantages in Abundance:
  • Urea retains its supremacy as the most extensively utilized fertilizer owing to its enriched nitrogen content, a pivotal nutrient for promoting plant growth.
  • Urea's widespread popularity is attributed to its accessibility and cost-effectiveness, presenting farmers with a practical nitrogen source.
  • Additionally, its ease of storage and transportation enhances its convenience for both agricultural practitioners and manufacturers.
  • The versatility of urea as a fertilizer is noteworthy, as it suits a diverse array of crops and soil compositions.
  • Substantial Subsidization:
  • In India, urea maintains its position as the top-ranking fertilizer in terms of production, import, consumption, and regulatory control.
  • Urea's consumption has surged by more than a third since 2009-10, primarily due to a mere 16.5% increase in its maximum retail price (MRP), rising from Rs 4,830 to Rs 5,628 per tonne.
  • Nonetheless, the current per-tonne MRP of urea, especially when juxtaposed against DAP (Rs 27,000) and MOP (Rs 34,000), significantly deviates from the recommended 4:2:1 NPK usage ratio, widely considered optimal for Indian soil conditions."

Dual Challenges Arising from Escalating Urea Consumption:

  • India's annual urea consumption, reaching around 36 million metric tons, currently ranks second only to China's 51 million metric tons. China's urea production is primarily coal-derived.
  • In the previous fiscal year, approximately 7.6 million metric tons of urea were imported out of the total 36 million metric tons consumed. Notably, even domestically produced urea relies on imported natural gas as its primary feedstock.
  • The second challenge centers on nitrogen use efficiency (NUE). A mere 35% of the nitrogen applied through urea in India effectively contributes to crop growth and harvested yields.
  • The diminishing NUE, declining from approximately 48% in the early 1960s, compels farmers to increase fertilizer application to attain the same level of yield.

Government Initiatives to Curtail Urea Consumption in India:

  • The initiation of the nutrient-based subsidy (NBS) framework in 2010 marked a pivotal step.
  • Under NBS, the government established a fixed per-kilogram subsidy for each fertilizer nutrient – Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), Potash (K), and Sulphur (S) – a departure from the previous product-specific subsidy system.
  • The primary goal is to encourage balanced fertilization by dissuading excessive application of urea (46% N), di-ammonium phosphate (DAP - 46% P plus 18% N), and muriate of potash (MOP - 60% K).
  • In 2015, the government mandated the application of neem oil coating to all domestically produced and imported urea.
  • While initial years witnessed a decline in consumption, this trend reversed from 2018-19.
  • Subsequently, the transition from 50 kg bags to 45 kg bags occurred in 2018. Moreover, the Indian Farmers' Fertiliser Cooperative (IFFCO) introduced the liquid 'Nano Urea' in 2021. This innovative form of urea as nanoparticles aims to rectify the disproportionate and unsystematic usage of conventional urea. It seeks to elevate crop productivity while diminishing soil, water, and air pollution.
  • Despite these government measures to counter illegal diversion for non-agricultural purposes and enhance nitrogen use efficiency, the reduction in urea consumption has not been achieved."

What is Urea Gold?

  • Ordinary urea typically contains a single plant nutrient, Nitrogen (N), at a concentration of 46%. Urea Gold, on the other hand, consists of 37% N along with an additional 17% sulfur (S).
  • Urea Gold pursues dual objectives.
  • Firstly, it provides Sulphur (S) in conjunction with Nitrogen (N).
  • Indian soils suffer from Sulphur deficiency, a shortfall that is particularly crucial for oilseeds and pulses – commodities in which the nation is heavily reliant on imports.
  • Secondly, Urea Gold aims to enhance the Nitrogen Use Efficiency (NUE) of urea.
  • The sulfur coating on urea ensures a more gradual release of Nitrogen, prolonging its action.
  • This extended effect keeps plants vibrant for an extended duration, thus reducing the frequency of application. For instance, just two bags of Urea Gold (instead of three) could potentially cover an acre of paddy or wheat.
  • As of now, the commercial launch of Urea Gold by RCF is pending, with pricing details yet to be disclosed.

Primary Obstacle in Urea Fortification and the Path Forward:

  • A key challenge pertains to pricing dynamics.
  • For instance, the anticipated Maximum Retail Price (MRP) for Urea Gold is projected to range between Rs 400-500 for a 40-kg bag (compared to approximately Rs 254 for a 45-kg bag of regular neem-coated urea).
  • One potential solution could involve allowing market-driven determination of MRPs for all coated fertilizers.
  • Given that conventional urea and DAP will persist at heavily subsidized rates, manufacturers are likely to face constraints in levying substantial premiums on their fortified fertilizer offerings.
  • An optimal approach would involve conducting the coating process directly at the manufacturing facility.
  • This ensures a more consistent distribution of micronutrients and simplifies the task for farmers, sparing them the intricacies of blending the elements themselves.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the outcomes of CACP's proposal to incorporate Urea into Nutrient-Based Subsidy. Analyze how Urea's exclusion from NBS contributes to nutrient imbalance and assess how challenges, including economic burden and black marketing, impact the effectiveness of NBS. (15M)

The Bharatiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita Bill 2023 (NewsOnAIR)

  • 14 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • The Home Minister, Amit Shah introduces three bills namely, the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023, the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023, and the Bharatiya Sakshya Bill 2023.
  • The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 is designed to replace the Indian Penal Code of 1860, the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 aims to supersede the Criminal Procedure Act, of 1898, and the Bharatiya Sakshya Bill 2023 will take the place of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
  • The Minister emphasized that these Bills are set to revolutionize the country's criminal justice system.
  • Their primary focus is on delivering justice to individuals rather than merely imposing penalties.
  • These legislative measures have been meticulously developed after thorough discussions and deliberations. Notably, provisions relating to sedition will be fully removed.
  • The laws have undergone 313 modifications to bolster the criminal justice system's efficacy and robustness.

What Prompted the Introduction of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita Bill?

  • The culmination of Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav on August 15, 2023, marks the commencement of India's journey from 75 to 100 years of independence, heralding the vision of a resplendent India.
  • On August 15, 2022, during his address from the Red Fort, the Prime Minister of India presented the nation with the Panch Pran, or five vows, one of which is the eradication of all vestiges of subjugation.
  • Spanning from 1860 to 2023, India's criminal justice system has endured under laws formulated by the British Parliament.
  • In this context, the introduction of these three bills stands as an embodiment of the commitment to fulfill one of the five vows - instilling a distinct Indian essence to drive a transformative shift in the nation's criminal justice system.

What Constitutes the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC)?

  • Established in 1973 (enforced on April 1, 1974), the CrPC stands as the primary legislation governing the procedural aspects of administering substantive criminal law in India.
  • It serves to:
  • Outline the mechanisms for investigating crimes,
  • Facilitate the apprehension of suspected individuals,
  • Facilitate the collection of evidence,
  • Ascertain the guilt or innocence of the accused party, and
  • Determine the appropriate punishment for those found guilty.
  • Furthermore, the CrPC addresses matters such as public disturbances, prevention of offenses, and the support of family members like spouses, children, and parents.
  • The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita Bill 2023 aims to replace the CrPC as it currently stands.

What are the Main Amendments Proposed in the CrPC?

  • Enhanced Technological Integration:
  • Proceedings including trials, appeals, and depositions (including those of public servants and police officers) can be conducted through electronic means.
  • Accused individuals' statements may be recorded via video conferencing.
  • Summons, warrants, documents, police reports, and evidence statements can be generated in electronic format.
  • Integration of Communication Devices:
  • The bill introduces "communication devices" as part of electronic communication.
  • Individuals may be required to produce digital evidence-containing devices upon court or police directives.
  • Controlled Use of Handcuffs:
  • Police officers may use handcuffs during the arrest of repeat offenders, escapees from custody, or those involved in organized crime, terrorist acts, or offenses against the state.
  • Strengthened Safeguards:
  • Section 41A of CrPC will be renumbered as Section 35.
  • Added provision: Arrest without prior permission from a DSP isn't permitted for offenses carrying less than 3 years' punishment or if the person is over 60 years old.
  • Mercy Petitions Clarified:
  • Guidelines outlined for filing mercy petitions in death sentence cases.
  • A 30-day window after being informed of petition disposal for submitting a mercy plea to the Governor.
  • Subsequent recourse to the President within 60 days if rejected, with no further court appeal.
  • Expedited Sanction to Prosecute:
  • Government to decide on granting or rejecting prosecution sanction within 120 days of receiving a request.
  • Inaction will be deemed as granting sanction.
  • Exemptions for sexual offenses, trafficking, etc., from requiring sanction.
  • Arms Possession Regulations:
  • District magistrates retain power under Section 144A to prohibit arms possession during processions and mass activities to maintain public peace.
  • Samples Collection Without Arrest:
  • Magistrates are empowered to order samples of signature, handwriting, voice, or finger impressions for investigation without arrest.
  • Police Detention and Action:
  • Police are enabled to detain or remove individuals resisting preventive actions or defying orders.
  • Trial in Absentia:
  • In alignment with stringent anti-terror laws like UAPA, where the burden of proof is reversed.
  • Accused must prove innocence rather than the state proving guilt.
  • These proposed amendments aim to modernize and enhance the effectiveness of the Criminal Procedure Code while upholding safeguards and rights.

Importance of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita Bill:

  • Streamlined Criminal Procedure:
  • The bill seeks to consolidate and amend criminal procedure laws, establishing specific timelines for time-bound investigations, trials, and verdicts.
  • This ensures a prompt and efficient dispensation of justice.
  • Expedited Justice Delivery:
  • The legislation stands to expedite the judicial process, leading to a swifter resolution of cases.
  • Alignment with Digital India Initiative:
  • The draft legislation is in sync with the Digital India campaign.
  • It acknowledges digital records as admissible evidence, conferring the same legal validity and enforceability as traditional paper records.
  • Enhanced Citizen-Centric Approach:
  • The bill adopts a citizen-centric perspective by ensuring that First Information Reports (FIRs) are readily accessible to complainants.
  • Victims are kept informed about case progress via digital channels.
  • Summary Trials for Minor Offences:
  • The bill introduces summary trials for minor offenses, further speeding up the legal process for less serious cases.
  • Facilitation of 'Zero FIR':
  • The bill allows for the lodging of a 'Zero FIR' at any police station, irrespective of jurisdiction.
  • This enables swift initiation of the legal process without being bound by geographical constraints.

The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita Bill aims to modernize criminal procedures, leverage technology for efficiency, prioritize citizens' access to justice, and foster a faster and more accessible legal system.

Why India Needs an Industrial Policy? (The Hindu)

  • 12 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Union Government on Thursday introduced a Bill removing the Chief Justice of India (CJI) from a three-member panel to select the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners.

What's in the News?

  • The government has brought the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Service and Term of Office) Bill, 2023, in the Rajya Sabha.
  • This bill aims to eliminate the Chief Justice of India (CJI) from the group responsible for selecting the Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners.
  • In an earlier development in March 2023, the Supreme Court decreed that a three-member committee should oversee the selection process for Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners.
  • The committee, according to this ruling, should consist of the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha, and the Chief Justice of India.

Supreme Court's Stand on Election Commission Appointments:

  • A Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court, comprising five judges, was engaged in hearing a collection of petitions requesting a selection procedure akin to that observed in the appointment of the Director of the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI).
  • The Director of the CBI is appointed through a committee, which includes the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Largest Opposition Party, and the Chief Justice of India.
  • In a unanimous decision reached in March 2023, the Court expressed its dissent regarding the existing approach of the Central Government in nominating members of the electoral oversight body.
  • Citing Article 324(2) of the Constitution, the Court urged the Parliament to establish legislation governing the criteria for selection, terms of service, and duration of office for the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs).
  • Pending the formulation of such legislation, the highest court convened a panel comprised of the Prime Minister, the Chief Justice of India, and the leader of the opposition to undertake these appointments.

Proposed Bill to Remove CJI from Panel for Election Commissioner Selection:

The Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Service and Term of Office) Bill, 2023, has been introduced by the Law Minister in the Rajya Sabha.

Highlighted Aspects of the Bill:

  • Exclusion of CJI:
  • The bill endeavors to substitute the Chief Justice of India with a Cabinet Minister nominated by the Prime Minister within the committee tasked with choosing the Chief Election Commissioners (CECs) and Election Commissioners (ECs).
  • Addition of Opposition Leader:
  • The bill adds the Leader of the Opposition in Lok Sabha as a member of the selection committee.
  • Eligibility Criteria:
  • The bill stipulates that individuals for the ECI, including CEC and ECs, must be individuals who hold or have held positions equivalent to Secretary to the Government of India.
  • They should possess integrity, coupled with expertise and familiarity in election management and administration.
  • Selection Process:
  • Initially, a Search Committee, headed by the Cabinet Secretary and encompassing two members not below the rank of Secretary with election-related knowledge, will craft a list of five candidates.
  • This list will then be submitted to the Selection Committee.
  • Composition of Selection Committee:
  • Chaired by the Prime Minister, the Selection Committee comprises the Leader of the Opposition or the leader of the largest Opposition party in Lok Sabha, alongside a Cabinet Minister designated by the Prime Minister.
  • The Selection Committee is empowered to consider candidates outside the Search Committee's list.
  • Tenure and Terms:
  • The CEC and ECs continue to hold their positions for a six-year term or until reaching the age of 65, whichever comes earlier.
  • The Bill aligns their remuneration with that of the Cabinet Secretary.
  • This diverges from the current practice under the Election Commission (Conditions of Service of Election Commissioners and Transaction of Business) Act, 1991, which equates their salary with that of a Supreme Court judge. Despite the change, the monetary amount remains consistent.
  • Repealing the 1991 Act:
  • The bill revokes the Election Commission (Conditions of Service of Election Commissioners and Transaction of Business) Act, 1991, which hitherto guided the operations of the ECI.
  • The Bill mandates that the ECI's proceedings be conducted with unanimity whenever possible; in the case of divergent opinions, the majority's viewpoint prevails.

About Election Commission of India:

  • The Election Commission of India (ECI) is an autonomous constitutional authority responsible for administering Union and State election processes in India.
  • It was established in accordance with the Constitution on 25th January 1950 (celebrated as national voters' day). The secretariat of the commission is in New Delhi.
  • The body administers elections to the Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, and State Legislative Assemblies in India, and the offices of the President and Vice President in the country.
  • It is not concerned with the elections to panchayats and municipalities in the states. For this, the Constitution of India provides for a separate State Election Commission.
  • By Article 324 of the Constitution of India, it is vested with the power of conducting elections to Parliament, State Legislatures, Office of President and Vice-President of India.

Structure of ECI:

  • Initially, the commission had a single election commissioner. Yet, the Election Commissioner Amendment Act 1989 transformed it into a group with multiple members.
  • The Election Commission is made up of the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) along with additional election commissioners, determined by the President as needed.
  • Currently, it comprises the CEC and two Election Commissioners.
  • On a state level, the Chief Electoral Officer, an IAS rank Officer, supports the election commission.

Appointment & Term of Commissioners:

  • The President designates the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners.
  • Their service spans six years or until they reach 65 years of age, whichever comes first.
  • They are accorded equivalent status and entitlements to those enjoyed by Supreme Court (SC) Judges in India.

Removal:

  • They possess the option to resign at any point or may face premature removal.
  • In the case of the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC), dismissal can only occur through a procedure akin to the removal of a Supreme Court judge, executed by Parliament.

Limitations:

  • The Constitution doesn't outline the prerequisites (legal, educational, administrative, or judicial) for Election Commission members.
  • It doesn't define the duration of service for Election Commission members.
  • It doesn't prevent former election commissioners from securing subsequent government appointments.

Mains Question:

  • Analyze the constitutional mechanisms established to safeguard the autonomy and neutrality of the Election Commission of India. Discuss the constraints that can potentially influence the functioning of the Election Commission of India at the university level. (15M)

Why India Needs an Industrial Policy? (Indian Express)

  • 11 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • India's move to impose import limitations on personal computers, laptops, and a variety of commodities has sparked a discussion about the trajectory of the nation's industrial policy.
  • Detractors view these restrictions as reminiscent of a bygone era when the Indian economy was constrained by the license permit regime.

The Government's Directive Regarding Laptop Import Ban:

  • On August 3rd, the Union Government introduced measures to restrict the import of laptops, tablets, all-in-one personal computers, ultra-small computers, and servers, effective immediately.
  • Entities or businesses intending to import laptops and computers for sale within India will now require government permission or a license for their importation.
  • This directive was issued by the Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT).
  • The restrictions have been enacted under HSN Code 8471, affecting seven categories of electronic devices.
  • The Harmonized System of Nomenclature (HSN) code is an organizational system utilized for tax-related product identification.
  • HSN Code 8471 is employed to categorize devices specifically designed for data processing functions.
  • However, due to issues arising at ports where customs officials were detaining shipments of the specified electronic goods, the DGFT opted to suspend the enforcement of this measure until November 1st, 2023."

Concerns Regarding the Laptop Import Restrictions:

  • These limitations have raised concerns about a potential regression of the Indian economy into the period characterized by the license permit system, during which discretionary and authoritarian bureaucratic control prevailed, sometimes accompanied by corruption.
  • During that era, citizens encountered scarcities, substandard products, or attempts to circumvent government regulations.
  • The manner in which the government introduced the import ban on laptops, subsequently revising the deadlines, has evoked familiar concerns about bureaucrats who seem to "act first and inquire later."
  • Nonetheless, proponents of the policy contend that its implementation was long overdue.

How these Restrictions are Different from Regulations in the 1960s-70s?

  • Shift in Circumstances
  • Indian industrial policy of the past yielded moderate outcomes, However, the historical context has undergone a transformation.
  • Factors such as energy availability, logistics, human capital, and global geopolitical dynamics are no longer as constricting for India as they once were.
  • The expanded market size, particularly in certain sectors, grants India greater negotiating power than in the past.
  • Enhancement of Government Capacity:
  • The current imposition of import restrictions is distinct due to the enhancement of government capacity, setting it apart from the circumstances of the 1960s.
  • Those earlier restrictions were significantly more extensive, governing the entire import and production landscape in a way that hindered domestic productive and allocative efficiencies.
  • Altered Objective:
  • Today's objective diverges from simply reducing import reliance; it aims to reshape the import structure to support India's journey towards self-reliance (Aatma Bharat).
  • If the government can effectively communicate and uphold this distinction, the nation may avoid reliving the challenges posed by prior industrial policies."

Importance of Instituting an Industrial Policy in India:

  • While India has witnessed the fruits of liberalization, the reality persists that the country struggled to cultivate a robust manufacturing foundation and experienced premature de-industrialization.
  • Across the globe, no nation has achieved industrialization solely through deregulation. An industrial policy is pivotal for orchestrating a fundamental reconfiguration of the economy's structure.
  • Strategically devised import restrictions can constitute an integral element of such a policy framework.
  • Given the contemporary global landscape, a robust industrial policy is imperative. Various countries are already adopting this approach, and considering the prevailing geopolitics and security concerns, it's crucial for India to formulate a comprehensive industrial policy and place a heightened emphasis on manufacturing."

Suggestions for Developing a Strong Industrial Policy:

  • Balancing Competition and Collaboration:
  • Advocates of an industrial policy assert that India should prioritize the fundamental attributes that enhance competitiveness within an economy.
  • Such a policy can engender favorable external effects, address coordination hurdles, and stimulate agglomeration advantages.
  • Shifting Away from Subsidies and Safeguards:
  • Despite increased state capacity, the dynamics of bureaucratic discretion must not be underestimated, particularly within a context where certain companies receive disproportionate state favoritism.
  • Furthermore, Indian states should progressively transition from reliance on subsidies and moderate safeguards.
  • Embracing Export-Oriented Strategies Over Import Substitution:
  • A noteworthy feature of successful Chinese and East Asian industrial policies was their emphasis on export-driven development.
  • India faces a dual challenge in this regard. Achieving export orientation necessitates an open global trade framework. Yet, global support for this system is waning.
  • India's effectiveness in advocating for an open trade system could be compromised if it resorts to protectionist measures.
  • Thus, the design of India's industrial policy should promote exports rather than replicate import substitution tactics.
  • Minimizing Spectacle
  •  
  • For instance, the current emphasis on the Micron deal, wherein the government contributes 70% of the investment, warrants consideration.
  • Simultaneously, it's crucial for the government to recognize that chip companies are relocating manufacturing to more expensive locales with fewer subsidies.

Moving forward, the government must undertake a meticulous assessment of the nation's unique conditions and capacities. Crafting an effective industrial policy for India involves ensuring that the advantages of laptops extend beyond a specific class.

Nonetheless, it's essential to maintain a perspective that prevents the discourse on industrial policy from being swayed by ostentatious displays, oversimplified theories, or deceptive historical parallels.

Resolution to Rename State as 'Keralam' Approved by Kerala Assembly (Indian Express)

  • 10 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

A resolution adopted by the Kerala Assembly calls upon the Central government to officially change the state's name to 'Keralam' in the Constitution and all official records.

What is the essence of the resolution?

  • The Kerala Assembly unanimously passed a resolution urging the Central government to officially change the name of the State from Kerala to Keralam.
  • The resolution highlights the linguistic aspect of our state's name, which is "Keralam" in Malayalam.
  • It underscores the historical significance of the formation of states based on language on November 1, 1956, a day also commemorated as Kerala's establishment day.
  • Throughout the freedom struggle and subsequent periods, there has been a fervent call for a united Kerala that embraces all Malayalam-speaking communities.
  • This sentiment has resonated strongly.
  • However, a discrepancy exists between the name of our state, as commonly used, and its representation in the first Schedule of the Constitution, where it is listed as "Kerala."
  • With unanimous consensus, this Assembly is making an earnest appeal to the Union Government. Under the provisions of Article 3 of the Constitution, it is requested that swift actions be taken to effectuate the change in the state's name to "Keralam."

The Origins of the Names of Kerala:

Kerala's Origin

  • The etymology of the name 'Kerala' has given rise to various theories.
  • The earliest historical inscription that mentions Kerala dates back to Emperor Ashoka's Rock Edict II from 257 BC.
  • This inscription makes reference to the local ruler as Keralaputra, signifying "son of Kerala," and also as "son of Chera," denoting the Chera dynasty.

The Origins of Keralam

  • In relation to 'Keralam,' scholars postulate that it might have its roots in the term 'Cheram.'
  • Experts have noted the resemblance between the word 'keram' and the Canarese (Kannada) rendition of cheram.
  • They have interpreted 'Keralam' as 'Cheram,' representing the expanse between Gokarnam and Kanyakumari.
  • The term's possible origin could be traced to the root 'cher,' implying a sense of connection or joining.
  • This connotation becomes evident in the compound term 'Cheralam,' where 'alam' signifies region or land.

Quest for the Contemporary State:

  • Throughout history, the population conversing in Malayalam found themselves under the dominion of diverse monarchs and princely domains within the vicinity.
  • The 1920s marked a significant turning point with the emergence of the Aikya Kerala (Unified Kerala) movement, propelling the discourse for an independent state designated for the Malayalam-speaking populace.
  • Central to its mission was the amalgamation of Malabar, Kochi, and Travancore into a singular territorial entity.

The state of Kerala after Independence:

  • The progression of Kerala post-Independence witnessed a pivotal transformation through the amalgamation and integration of princely realms.
  • An instrumental stride in the configuration of the modern Kerala state was the confluence of various princely states, culminating in a new identity.
  • The inaugural step in this direction occurred on July 1, 1949, as the territories of Travancore and Kochi were harmonized, giving rise to the entity known as the Travancore-Cochin State.
  • Subsequently, as the movement for linguistic-based state reorganization gained momentum, the State Reorganisation Commission of the Union Government played a crucial role. Their recommendations paved the way for the creation of the Kerala state.
  • Guided by Syed Fazl Ali, the Commission advocated the incorporation of the Malabar district and the Kasargod taluk into the state predominantly inhabited by Malayalam speakers.
  • The culmination of these efforts culminated in the formal establishment of the state of Kerala on November 1, 1956.
  • In Malayalam, this state found its appellation as "Keralam," while in English, it retained the name "Kerala."

The Process to Rename any State:

Constitutional Provision:

  • The power to alter a state's name lies with the Parliament.
  • Article 3 of the Constitution of India confers the authority upon the Parliament to modify the name, area, or boundaries of a state.

Proposal Initiation:

  • The renaming process can be initiated either by the Parliament or the state assembly.
  • The state assembly sends a proposal to the Central government in the form of a resolution.
  • For presenting the bill in Parliament, a recommendation from the President is essential.

Procedure:

  • In cases where the proposed change affects multiple states, the legislature of the impacted state must receive the bill.
  • Originally absent in the Constitution, the provision to forward the bill to the state legislature was introduced via the 5th Amendment Act of 1955.
  • The State Legislative Assembly has a designated period to offer its opinions on the bill.
  • While the suggestions of the State Legislature hold no enforceable power against the President or Parliament, they are a part of the deliberation process.
  • Parliament has the authority to disregard the state legislature's opinion.
  • After receiving the state legislative assembly's suggestions or when the stipulated timeframe lapses, the bill returns to Parliament for further deliberations.

Passing of the Bill:

  • The bill is sent to the President for approval.
  • Once the President grants approval, the bill transforms into law, effectuating the modification of the state's name.

Additional Institutions Involved:

  • The process involves securing No Objection Certificates (NOCs) from various bodies such as the Ministry of Railways, Intelligence Bureau, Department of Posts, Survey of India, and Registrar General of India.
  • Upon receiving NOCs from these agencies, the Union Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) endorses the state's resolution.
  • This comprehensive procedure underscores the intricate steps and institutions entailed in the process of renaming a state, all governed by constitutional provisions and regulatory mechanisms.

Mains Question:

  • Elaborate on the constitutional provisions and intricate procedural steps entailed in the process of renaming a state in India. Discuss the roles played by the Parliament, state legislature, and other pertinent institutions in this multifaceted process. (15M)

Select Committee for Delhi Services Bill (The Hindu)

  • 09 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • Following complaints from a minimum of four Members of Parliament who expressed their objection to their names being added to a prospective Select Committee for the Delhi Services Bill without their prior consent, an important development unfolded.
  • The proposition for the Select Committee had been put forth by Raghav Chadha, a Member of Parliament representing the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP), within the Upper House. Consequently, in light of these concerns, the Deputy Chairman of the Rajya Sabha made an announcement about initiating an inquiry into the matter.

Select Committee Overview:

  • In India's Parliament, a diverse range of committees serves distinct functions.
  • Among these, 12 Standing Committees are permanent entities, their members nominated periodically by the Chairman.
  • Amit Shah's preference for the Privileges Committee to address the Raghav Chadha issue aligns with this category.
  • Additionally, there exist ad hoc or temporary committees established for specific purposes, such as the examination of specific Bills, and their dissolution upon fulfilling their role.
  • A Select Committee belongs to this transient category.

Select Committee Procedure:

  • Although transient, a Select Committee adheres to a defined procedure outlined in the Rules of Procedure.
  • According to Rule 125 of the Rajya Sabha Rules and Procedures, any member can propose an amendment, advocating Bill's referral to a Select Committee.
  • This motion can originate from the Bill's sponsoring member or any other parliamentarian.

How members are chosen for a Select Committee:

  • In accordance with the rules of the Rajya Sabha, Bills earmarked for Select Committees are accompanied by motions passed by the House, specifying the individuals designated for the Committee.
  • When a motion proposes Bill's referral to a Select Committee, the House is responsible for appointing the Committee members.
  • It is a foundational principle that no member can be included in a Select Committee unless they willingly participate.
  • The onus lies with the proposer of the motion to confirm the intended member's willingness to serve on the Committee. While rules mandate obtaining a member's consent before their inclusion, they do not explicitly address the collection of signatures.
  • The actual composition of a Select Committee is variable, differing across Committees.
  • In the context of Joint Committees, members are apportioned in a 1:2 ratio between the Rajya Sabha and the Lok Sabha.
  • The Chairman of the Committee is typically selected by the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha from among the Committee members.
  • Additionally, the member or Minister overseeing the Bill is usually included as a Committee member.

What is the functioning process of a Select Committee?

  • To commence proceedings, a minimum of one-third of the total committee members must be present, constituting a quorum.
  • In instances where votes are tied on a particular issue, the chairman (or another designated presiding individual) holds the authority for a decisive or casting vote.
  • For a focused examination of specific aspects linked to the Bill, a sub-committee may be established by a select committee.
  • The committee's chairperson will endorse the report, which can include dissenting opinions from any member.
  • Following endorsement, the report and any dissenting viewpoints will be submitted, printed, and circulated among all members of the Rajya Sabha."

What are the roles of a Select Committee?

  • The core responsibility of the Committee involves meticulously reviewing each clause within the Bill's text.
  • This is carried out to ensure that the Bill effectively captures the original intention and proposed objectives.
  • To facilitate this, the Committee can call upon experts, interested parties, and organizations for written input or oral testimonies.
  • Furthermore, the Committee possesses the authority to seek elucidation from government officials regarding the underlying policy of different provisions in the Bill, as well as to obtain necessary background information.
  • Upon collecting and analyzing the evidence, the Committee deliberates on the Bill's individual components and crafts its conclusions, potentially amending clauses as necessary.
  • Additionally, the Committee holds the prerogative to physically visit relevant institutions and organizations to gain firsthand insights into matters tied to the Bill."

What happens following the submission of a Select Committee's report?

  • The committee's report holds a suggestive character, allowing the government the flexibility to adopt or decline the recommendations presented.
  • Furthermore, a Select Committee has the option to present its revised iteration of the Bill.
  • Should this transpire, the minister responsible for the respective Bill can propose that the committee's version of the Bill be deliberated upon and approved within the legislative assembly."

Importance of Parliamentary Committees?

  • Expertise in Legislation:
  • Given that many Members of Parliament lack specialized knowledge in specific fields, relying on insights from experts and stakeholders is crucial for informed decision-making.
  • Parliamentary committees play a pivotal role in aiding MPs to access expertise and allocate sufficient time to thoroughly analyze issues.
  • Simulating Parliament's Functions:
  • These committees effectively emulate the functions of the larger parliamentary body.
  • Comprising MPs from various parties, they are elected using the single transferable vote method, reflecting the overall party distribution in Parliament.
  • Thorough Examination Tool:
  • Bills directed to these committees undergo meticulous scrutiny, with active engagement from external stakeholders, including the general public, to solicit diverse perspectives.
  • Government Oversight Mechanism:
  • Despite non-binding recommendations, committee reports serve as public records of inclusive consultations.
  • They compel the government to reevaluate contentious provisions, adding a degree of accountability.
  • Fostering Collaborative Discussions:
  • Conducted behind closed doors, committee meetings encourage collaborative discussions among MPs.
  • The absence of public scrutiny diminishes the need for grandstanding, enabling more productive exchanges."

Organ Shortage and Transplants in India (The Hindu)

  • 08 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

Around three lakh patients wait for organ donation in the country and the country’s increase in donors has not kept pace with demand; experts say country urgently needs to increase its deceased donation rate, and there should be greater awareness among ICU doctors and families on how one deceased donor can save several lives.

Key Data Highlights:

Health Ministry's Insights:

  • The count of donors, comprising both living and deceased, witnessed a growth from 6,916 in 2014 to approximately 16,041 in 2022.
  • Within the domain of deceased donors, the nation achieved notable milestones with 1,589 kidney transplants, 761 liver transplants, and 250 heart transplants during 2022.
  • A substantial progression was seen in kidney and pancreas transplants, ascending from merely three in 2014 to a significant 22 in 2022.
  • Analysis of the statistics reveals a compelling trend where approximately 70% to 75% of donors are female. The roles of wives, mothers, and sisters have prominently emerged as major sources of organ donation.

Global Perspective:

  • On a global scale, the reality remains that a mere 10% of individuals necessitating organ transplants are able to access them in a timely manner.
  • Noteworthy examples of more robust organ donation systems can be observed in countries such as Spain and the United States. These nations exhibit higher numbers, with 30 to 50 organ donations per million people, showcasing a commendable commitment to addressing the shortage of organs.

Current Scenario of Organ Donation and Transplantation in India:

  • The practice of organ transplants in India has witnessed a remarkable surge, growing by more than threefold, escalating from 4,990 instances in 2013 to an impressive 15,561 cases in 2022.
  • The foremost among organ transplants remains the kidney transplant, followed by liver, heart, lung, pancreas, and small bowel transplants, collectively contributing to the medical landscape.
  • The year 2022 stood out with the execution of nearly 12,791 living donor transplants and an additional 2,765 transplants from deceased donors.
  • Of note, a notable proportion of these transplants (14%) were sourced from deceased donors, underscoring the significant role of living donors, particularly in kidney and liver contributions.
  • In terms of geographic distribution, the organ donation dynamic is concentrated. In 2021, the bulk of deceased organ donations occurred within 15 specific states, with the top five states collectively accounting for an impressive 85% of the total contributions.

Why India Needs More Organ Donations?

  • India boasts the distinction of being the world's third-largest performer of transplants. However, the demand for organs significantly outstrips the supply of available transplants.
  • The surge in lifestyle-related illnesses is amplifying the call for organs, particularly for vital organs like hearts and lungs that are solely obtainable from deceased donors.
  • An alarming number of approximately 1.5 lakh individuals succumb to road traffic accidents each year in India. This presents an opportunity to potentially harness organs from these cases, contributing to a more robust supply.
  • Beyond saving lives, the practice of organ transplantation serves to alleviate the burden on healthcare systems. This includes a reduction in hospital stays, the need for repeat surgeries, and extended treatments.
  • India's existing organ donation rate stands at a modest 0.52 per million population, notably lower than the figure in countries like Spain, which boasts a rate of 49.6 per million.
  • One of the most compelling aspects of organ donation is its capacity to impact multiple lives simultaneously. A single donor can serve as a source of numerous organs and tissues, magnifying the potential to save and enhance multiple lives.

Issues, Challenges and Ethics in Organ Transplantation:

  • Lack of Public Awareness:
  • A prevailing challenge revolves around inadequate public awareness regarding the significance of organ donation and the subsequent transplantation process.
  • This lack of understanding contributes to a dearth of available donated organs.
  • Shortfall in Donors:
  • Despite heightened efforts in awareness campaigns, a shortage of willing organ donors persists due to factors such as religious beliefs and a lack of trust in the healthcare system.
  • Ethical and Legal Complexities:
  • The arena of organ donation faces intricate ethical and legal dilemmas. These encompass matters like consent, the fair allotment of organs, and equitable distribution, presenting multifaceted challenges.
  • Transportation and Preservation:
  • The preservation and transportation of organs demand specific conditions to maintain their transplant viability.
  • These logistical hurdles are especially pronounced for organs with limited shelf lives.
  • Medical Suitability Constraints:
  • The suitability of donated organs for transplantation can be impeded by medical conditions or other considerations.
  • This dynamic can impose restrictions on the available pool of organs for potential transplant recipients.
  • Financial Implications:
  • A significant challenge arises in the form of the associated costs linked with organ transplantation.
  • These financial burdens can potentially restrict access to treatment for certain patients, creating disparities in care.

What are the Government Steps Taken to Promote Organ Donation in the Country?

  • National Organ Donation Day:
  • Designating November 27 as National Organ Donation Day, the Indian government seeks to heighten public awareness about the significance of organ donation and encourage individuals to pledge their organs.
  • National Organ Transplant Programme (NOTP):
  • Launched in 2014, NOTP is a comprehensive endeavor.
  • It aims to create a national registry encompassing both organ donors and recipients, bolster the presence of organ transplant centers, and foster greater awareness about the critical nature of organ donation.
  • Deceased Organ Donation Program:
  • The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare introduced this program to actively encourage organ donations from individuals who have passed away.
  • Transplantation of Human Organs and Tissues Act (THOTA):
  • Instituted in 1994, THOTA serves as the framework regulating organ transplantation within India.
  • This legislative act also establishes the National Organ and Tissue Transplant Organization (NOTTO) and State Organ and Tissue Transplant Organizations (SOTTO).
  • Their roles encompass overseeing organ transplantation activities and donations.
  • Swasth Bharat Yatra:
  • Spearheaded by the government, this campaign is dedicated to promoting a health-conscious lifestyle, preventing lifestyle diseases, raising awareness about organ donation, and motivating individuals to pledge their organs.
  • National Organ and Tissue Transplant Registry:
  • Establishing a dedicated National Organ and Tissue Transplant Registry, India now maintains comprehensive records of organ donations and transplantations across the nation.
  • This database aids in formulating effective policies and strategies for fostering organ donation and transplantation.
  • Organ Retrieval Banking Organization:
  • Housed within the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in New Delhi, this organization assumes responsibility for retrieving, preserving, and efficiently distributing organs for transplantation in the Delhi-NCR region.

Moving Ahead:

At present, India is witnessing an enhanced consciousness regarding organ donation, with a growing number of families expressing willingness to engage in this altruistic endeavor, as reported by medical professionals. In the journey forward, it is imperative to emphasize awareness, cultivate trust, and augment the cadre of medically proficient transplant coordinators. This collective effort holds the potential to amplify deceased donations significantly. In the broader spectrum, organ transplantation stands as a pivotal pillar in the medical domain. It not only bestows hope upon individuals grappling with organ failure but also elevates their quality of life, embodying a profound impact on healthcare.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the impact of government initiatives like the National Organ Transplant Programme and the Deceased Organ Donation Program on addressing challenges and increasing awareness in organ transplantation in India. (15M)

Incremental injustice (The Hindu)

  • 07 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

Recently, the Varanasi District Court issued an order for the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) to conduct a survey of the Gyanvapi mosque.

Background:

In 1984, around 558 Hindus assembled in Delhi to hold the first religious parliament. During this gathering, they made a unanimous decision to initiate a nationwide campaign for Hindus to assert their rights over the sacred shrines located in Varanasi, Mathura, and Ayodhya. The movement gained momentum after the Ram Janma Bhumi-Babri Masjid dispute in 1990. Although the initial call was to claim about 3000 mosques in the mentioned areas, Hindu religious groups focused their efforts on two particular mosques: (1) The Shahi Idgah mosque, situated adjacent to the Lord Krishna temple in Mathura, and (2) The Gyanvapi mosque, located next to the Kashi Vishwanath temple in Varanasi.

What is Gyanvapi Mosque Dispute?

Historical Background:

  • There is a prevailing belief that the Gyanvapi Mosque was constructed in 1669 under the rule of the Mughal Emperor Aurangzeb. The mosque is said to have been built on the site where the ancient Vishweshwar temple once stood.
  • According to Saqib Khan's book 'Yasir Alamgiri', it is mentioned that Aurangzeb ordered Governor Abul Hassan to demolish the Vishweshwar temple in 1669, paving the way for the construction of the Gyanvapi Mosque.

Judicial Intervention in the Gyanvapi Mosque Dispute:

  • The legal case pertaining to the Gyanvapi mosque dates back to 1991 when three individuals, including Pandit Somnath Vyas, a descendant of the Kashi Vishwanath temple priests, filed a lawsuit in the civil court of Varanasi. Their claim asserted that Aurangzeb had demolished the original Lord Vishweshwar temple and constructed a mosque in its place, urging that the land should be restored to them.
  • In 2021, five women lodged a petition in the same Varanasi court, seeking permission to worship at the temple of Mother Gauri. Consequently, the court appointed a commission to investigate the present status of the Makeup Gauri Temple.
  • As part of the commission's task, the court instructed the survey report to be documented through video-graphing, covering the idol of Makeup Gauri and the Gyanvapi complex.
  • This development sparked controversy as questions arose about the impartiality of the court-appointed commissioner representing the Muslim side in the survey process.

Arguments From Hindu Side:

  • Vijay Shankar Rastogi, representing the Hindu side, presented a map of the entire Gyanvapi complex as evidence in court.
  • The map indicates the presence of Hindu deities' temples beyond the mosque's entrance, along with the Vishweshwar temple, Gyankoop, the big Nandi, and the basement of the Vyas family.
  • There has been a contentious issue regarding the survey and videography of the basement in question.

Arguments From Muslim Side:

  • The Muslim side contends that the dispute cannot be adjudicated under the Religious Places Act of 1991.
  • According to Section 3 of the Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act, 1991, it is forbidden to convert a place of worship, including its precincts, into a place of worship of a different religious denomination or a different class within the same religious denomination.
  • Section 4(2) of the Act stipulates that all ongoing litigations, appeals, or other proceedings concerning the alteration of the place of worship (which were pending until August 15, 1947) shall be terminated after the enactment of this Act, and no new actions can be initiated on such cases.
  • However, legal action can be pursued if the alteration in the nature of the place of worship occurred after the cut-off date of August 15, 1947 (after the act came into force).
  • For instance, the disputed site of Ayodhya (Ram Janmabhoomi-Babri Masjid) was exempted from the Act.

About Archaeological Survey of India (ASI):

  • The Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) is a government agency responsible for preserving, conserving, and excavating archaeological sites and monuments in India.
  • It was founded in 1861 and established by ‘Alexander Cunningham
  • It operates under the Ministry of Culture and it’s HQ is in Delhi.
  • ASI's main objective is to protect and maintain India's rich cultural heritage, including ancient temples, forts, caves, sculptures, and archaeological remains.
  • The organization conducts excavations and research to uncover historical insights and restore significant monuments to their original state.
  • ASI plays a crucial role in promoting tourism and fostering a deeper understanding of India's history and cultural diversity.
  • Its efforts contribute significantly to preserving invaluable historical treasures for future generations.
  • It also regulates the Antiquities and Art Treasure Act, of 1972.

Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act, 1991:

The Act prohibits converting any place of worship and ensures the maintenance of its religious character as it existed on August 15, 1947. It applies to the entire India, except Jammu and Kashmir.

  • Bar of Conversion of Places of Worship:
  • No person can convert any place of worship or its religious denomination into another religious sect or section of the same denomination.
  • Declaration on Religious Character and Jurisdiction Bar:
  • The religious character of a place of worship on August 15, 1947, remains unchanged.
  • Pending suits or proceedings related to religious conversion shall abate, and no new suits can be filed after the Act's commencement.
  • Exceptions include ancient and historical monuments, settled disputes, conversions before the Act, and barred challenges under limitations.
  • Exemption for Ram Janma Bhumi-Babri Masjid:
  • The Act does not apply to the Ram Janma Bhumi-Babri Masjid in Ayodhya, Uttar Pradesh, and related suits or proceedings.
  • Punishment under the Act:
  • Violation of Section 3 results in imprisonment up to three years and a fine.
  • Attempting or abetting the offence carries similar penalties as provided under relevant IPC sections."

Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) (Indian Express)

  • 05 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG) in its report on Compliance Audit for the year ended March 2021 said that the main objective of the financial and operational turnaround of the Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company (MSEDCL) was not achieved in spite of implementing Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) scheme.

What was the News Regarding CAG's Report for Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) scheme?

  • MSEDCL failed to reach its targets of reducing AT&C (Aggregate Technical and Commercial) losses to the desired level.
  • On the contrary, AT&C losses for MSEDCL increased from 16.94% in 2018-19 to 20.73% in 2020-21.
  • The primary reasons for this increase were poor collection, especially from agricultural consumers and various State Government departments.
  • Despite implementing the UDAY scheme, the main objectives of achieving financial and operational turnaround for MahaVitaran were not accomplished.
  • The Government of Maharashtra should prioritize clearing all electricity dues owed by departments and local bodies to MahaVitaran within a specified timeframe.
  • To improve the situation, MahaVitaran should swiftly complete DT (Direct Connected) metering and feeder segregation, aiming to reduce AT&C losses to 15% by enhancing billing and collection efficiency.

About UDAY Scheme:

  • The UDAY Scheme, introduced by the Government of India's Ministry of Power in 2015, aims to assist financially struggling Power Distribution Companies (DISCOMs) owned by state governments.
  • It serves as a debt restructuring plan, enhancing the operational efficiency of DISCOMs.
  • State participation in UDAY is optional.
  • States joining the scheme agree to take on 75% of their respective DISCOMs' debts, while the remaining 25% is converted into bonds issued to the DISCOMs.
  • As an incentive, participating states receive additional priority funding for various schemes, such as Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Gram Jyoti Yojana (DDUGJY) and Integrated Power Development Scheme (IPDS).
  • The primary goal of UDAY is to provide accessible and affordable 24x7 electricity to all citizens.
  • It targets revenue-side and cost-side efficiency, initiating reforms in power generation, transmission, distribution, coal, and energy efficiency.
  • Initially planned for four years until 2019, the scheme offered a revival package for electricity distribution companies.
  • Its success led to the introduction of 'UDAY 2.0' under the Union Budget 2020-21 to further build upon its achievements.

The Primary Objectives of the UDAY Scheme are as follows:

  • AT&C Loss Reduction: Target to decrease the aggregate technical & commercial (AT&C) losses from approximately 22% to 15% by the year 2018-19.
  • Enhanced Operational Efficiency: Achieve improved operational efficiency through mandatory smart metering, transformer upgrades, and meter enhancements.
  • Energy Efficiency Measures: Implement energy efficiency measures, including the promotion of energy-efficient LED bulbs and other energy-saving initiatives.
  • Power Sector Cost Reduction: Reduce power costs, interest burden, and power losses in the distribution sector.
  • State Participation Encouragement: Encourage active participation of states in the scheme by offering incentives to performing states.

Additionally, the UDAY Scheme offers the following advantages:

  • Increased Domestic Coal Supply: Ensure increased supply of domestic coal to power generation companies.
  • Rationalized Coal Prices: Implement measures to rationalize coal prices for improved affordability.
  • Faster Interstate Transmission Lines: Expedite the completion of interstate transmission lines for enhanced power distribution.
  • Transparent Competitive Bidding: Facilitate power purchase through transparent competitive bidding processes.
  • Overall, the UDAY Scheme seeks to address various aspects of the power sector to enhance efficiency, reduce losses, and promote sustainable growth in the energy distribution and consumption landscape.

What is the Need for UDAY Scheme?

  • Financial Strain: DISCOMs in India are burdened with losses and substantial outstanding debt due to supplying electricity at tariffs below the cost of production.
  • Affordability and Quality of Life: The financial distress of DISCOMs hampers their ability to provide adequate power at affordable rates, impacting the quality of life for citizens and hindering overall economic growth and development.
  • Distribution Inefficiencies: Inefficient power distribution, including significant transmission and distribution losses, further exacerbates the financial challenges faced by DISCOMs, leading to heavy borrowing from banks to sustain their operations.
  • Mounting Debts and Losses: Accumulated losses and a massive debt burden of approximately Rs. 2.75 lakh crore from 2011-12 to 2014-15 necessitated a government intervention to develop a financial scheme that would assist DISCOMs and address their transmission losses.

The Challenges Confronting the UDAY Scheme are as follows:

  • Persistently High AT&C Losses: Some states continue to grapple with high AT&C losses, with certain regions reporting losses exceeding 40%. Only a limited number of states, such as TN, Kerala, Gujarat, etc., have managed to reduce losses to less than 15%.
  • Impact of Rising Renewable Energy (RE) Share: The increasing penetration of renewable energy in the distribution system is displacing low-cost coal, leading to a rise in the average cost of supply for DISCOMs.
  • Unprofitable Bonds: UDAY bonds issued have not yielded substantial profits, resulting in considerable losses of up to 6,000 crores for banks and financial institutions that provided the funds.
  • Strained State Finances: Placing the responsibility on states to handle the situation has added pressure to their finances, further straining their financial stability.

The Accomplishments of the UDAY Scheme are as follows:

  • Extensive State Participation: The UDAY Scheme witnessed significant participation from numerous states, resulting in improved liquidity conditions for DISCOMs and enhanced power supply.
  • Reduction in AT&C Losses: Participating states successfully achieved a reduction in aggregate technical & commercial (AT&C) losses or distribution losses, contributing to the overall efficiency improvement in the power sector.

Mains Question:

  • Assess the UDAY Scheme's impact on India's power sector reforms, considering challenges like high AT&C losses and increasing renewable energy share. Recommend strategies to address these issues. (15M)

India's Digital Personal Data Protection Bill 2023 (TOI)

  • 04 Aug 2023
  •  
  • The central government will notify countries where data fiduciaries may transfer personal data.
  • Such transfers will be subject to prescribed terms and conditions.
  • Exemptions:
  • Certain specified cases will be exempt from certain rights of data principals and obligations of data fiduciaries, excluding data security. These cases include:
  • Prevention and investigation of offenses.
  • Enforcement of legal rights or claims.
  • The central government may, through notification, exempt certain activities from Bill's application, such as
  • Processing by government entities for national security and public order.
  • Data processing for research, archiving, or statistical purposes.
  • Data Protection Board of India:
  • The central government will establish the Data Protection Board of India.
  • Key functions of the Board include:
  • Monitoring compliance and imposing penalties.
  • Directing data fiduciaries to take necessary measures in the event of a data breach.
  • Addressing grievances made by affected individuals.
  • Penalties:
  • The Bill outlines penalties for various offenses, including
  • Fines of up to Rs 200 crore for non-compliance with obligations related to children's data.
  • Fines of up to Rs 250 crore for failure to implement adequate security measures to prevent data breaches.

Importance of the Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2023:

  • The Digital Personal Data Protection Bill 2023 holds significant value as it aims to ensure the safety and privacy of users’ personal data while granting them greater control over its portability. The bill sets forth stringent measures and norms that will hold big corporations and consumers accountable, imposing substantial fines on those who fail to comply.
  • The primary objective of the bill is to enhance the accountability of entities, including internet companies, mobile apps, and businesses, in their collection, storage, and processing of citizens' data, safeguarding the citizens' "Right to Privacy." Once approved, various public and private entities will be obligated to obtain explicit consent from users before collecting and processing their data.
  • This landmark legislation signifies a major step towards valuing and protecting the privacy of each consumer, ensuring that their personal data is handled with utmost care and responsibility, creating a safer and more secure digital environment for all.

Concerns regarding the Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2023, include several contentious issues:

  • The government and its agencies are granted wide-ranging exemptions.
  • The powers of the data protection board might be diluted.
  • The proposed amendment to the Right to Information Act, of 2005, is causing worries, particularly due to the removal of the public interest caveat that could restrict sharing of government officials' personal information.
  • The bill overrides Section 43A of the Information Technology Act, 2000, which mandates compensation for mishandling user data by companies. The new compensation mechanism has been questioned, as it may impact users' ability to seek adequate redress.
  • Addressing these concerns is essential to ensure a comprehensive and balanced approach to safeguarding personal data in the digital realm.

What are Data Privacy Regulations in Other Countries?

  • Approximately 70% of countries worldwide have implemented data protection legislation, as reported by the United Nations trade agency UNCTAD.
  • The EU's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), enforced in 2018, is considered the most stringent privacy and security law globally and serves as a benchmark for data protection regulations.
  • Several countries, such as China and Vietnam, have recently strengthened their laws concerning the cross-border transfer of personal data to enhance data privacy.
  • In 2018, Australia passed a bill granting police access to encrypted data.

In conclusion, the Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2023, offers extensive rights to individuals, granting them enhanced visibility, awareness, decision-making autonomy, and control over their data. It imposes strict obligations on companies to adhere to individual rights and establishes robust redressal mechanisms, backed by significant penalties for non-compliance.

Moreover, the Bill reinforces the landmark judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of Justice K. S. Puttaswamy (Retd) Vs Union of India (2017). In this judgment, a nine-judge bench unanimously recognized the constitutionally protected fundamental right to privacy for Indians, affirming that privacy is an intrinsic aspect of life and liberty under Article 21 of the Constitution. The Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2023, is a crucial step towards upholding this fundamental right and ensuring better protection of personal data in the digital age.

Mains Question:

  • Examine the provisions and significance of the Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2023, comparing it to global data privacy regulations and its alignment with the Indian Supreme Court's right to privacy ruling. (15M)

India is in Dire need of Police Reforms (LiveMint)

  • 03 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The outbreak of communal violence in the Delhi region raises concerns over the role of law enforcement; police forces need structural autonomy and revised incentives.

About Police and Policing Framework in India:

Police forces play a crucial role in upholding and enforcing laws, investigating crimes, and providing security to the nation's people. Given India's large population, well-equipped police forces with adequate personnel, weaponry, forensic, communication, and transport support are essential for effective performance.

The existing legal and institutional framework for police matters in India was inherited from the British, but it lacks accountability in establishing a responsible police force. Despite multiple reform proposals acknowledged by the Government of India and the Supreme Court, comprehensive implementation remains elusive. Consequently, India must revise the legal and institutional framework to advance towards smart policing.

Constitutional and Legal Provisions:

  • As per the Constitution of India, 'Police' and 'Public Order' fall under state subjects in the Seventh Schedule, granting each state its own police force.
  • The central government is also permitted to maintain its police forces to assist states in maintaining law and order.
  • The foundational framework for policing in India was established through the Police Act, of 1861, during the pre-independence era.
  • Additionally, several other laws and regulations, such as the Criminal Procedure Code (CrPC), Indian Penal Code (IPC), Evidence Act, and state-specific laws, govern the functioning of the police in India.

Issues and challenges in Police Forces:

  • Colonial Legacy: The current police system in India is still rooted in colonial-era laws, with past misuse of police as a tool to suppress dissent, which sometimes continues in the present government.
  • Shortage of Police Personnel: Despite a sanctioned strength of 181 police per lakh persons in 2016, the actual strength was only 137 police, well below the United Nations' recommended standard of 222 police per lakh persons, leading to overburdened police personnel.
  • Custodial Death: Instances of custodial death due to torture or pressure in police/judicial custody remain a concern, despite the Supreme Court's guidelines against it.
  • Inadequate Infrastructure: Modern policing requires robust communication support, modern weapons, and high mobility, but funds allocated for police infrastructure often face underutilization.
  • Lack of Torture Law: While India has signed the "United Nations Convention Against Torture," a specific domestic law against torture is yet to be enacted.
  • Political Interference: Political interference hampers police officers' ability to perform their duties effectively, with insufficient tenure and posting security for higher-ranking officers.
  • Promotion and Working Conditions: Qualifications and training for police personnel, especially at lower levels, need improvement. Verbal abuse from superiors and inhumane working conditions for lower ranks impact their relationship with the public negatively.

Significance of Police Reforms:

  • Police-Population Ratio: India's low ratio of 120 police per 100,000 people, compared to the global average of 270, results in inadequately equipped and politically oriented police, posing a security challenge for its citizens.
  • Tackling Corruption: A significant rise in vigilance inquiries against police personnel in 2016 and a decrease in corruption from 66% (2014) to 34% (2015) highlight the need for reforms to address corruption within the police force.
  • Adapting to Changing Crime Patterns: Evolving social and technological changes, driven by the internet and social media, have transformed crime, necessitating reforms to effectively combat lawlessness and global terrorism.
  • Ensuring Inclusivity: Underrepresentation of women and marginalized castes can lead to insensitivity towards these groups, highlighting the importance of reforms to promote inclusivity within the police force.
  • Addressing Caste-Based Violence: Reforms are crucial to tackling escalating violence arising from caste conflicts, including recent Dalit uprisings and farmers' issues across the country.

Various Committees for Police Reforms:

  • Gore Committee on Police Training (1971-73): Reviewed police training from constabulary to IPS officers.
  • National Police Commission (1977): Produced eight Reports on various aspects of police administration.
  • Ribeiro Committee (1998): Recommended setting up Police Performance and Accountability Commissions at the state level and a District Complaints Authority, and replacing the Police Act, of 1861.
  • Padmanabhaiah Committee (2000): Studied police force recruitment, training, duties, investigations, and prosecution.
  • Soli Sorabjee Committee (2005).
  • Vohra Committee Report: Exposed the nexus between criminals, politicians, and government officials, suggesting the establishment of an institution to address the issue.

Way Forward for Police Reforms: Seven Supreme Court Directives

  • Curbing Political Control: Ensure state governments do not exert undue influence or pressure on the police.
  • Merit-Based Appointments: Implement a transparent and merit-based process for appointing the Director-General of Police, ensuring a minimum tenure of 2 years.
  • Tenure Stability: Provide a minimum tenure of 2 years to police officers handling operational duties, including district Superintendents of Police and Station House Officers.
  • Separation of Functions: Separate the roles of investigation and law enforcement to enhance efficiency and transparency.
  • Police Establishment Board: Establish a Police Establishment Board to address transfers, postings, promotions, and service-related matters for officers up to the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police.
  • State and District Police Complaints Authority: Set up independent Police Complaints Authorities at the state and district levels to address serious misconduct complaints against police officers.
  • National Security Commission: Establish a National Security Commission at the union level to facilitate the selection and placement of chiefs of Central Police Organizations with a minimum tenure of 2 years.

Preserving tribal culture: Odisha’s Special Development Councils model is worth emulating (The Hindu)

  • 02 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

In Odisha's development model driven by the 5T principles (transparency, technology, teamwork, time limit, and transformation), the vision of inclusive growth and community-led development goes beyond being a mere idea; it stands as an actionable strategy with tangible outcomes.

Tribal population in India:

  • India encompasses a significant tribal population of 8.6%, possessing a vast repository of indigenous knowledge that holds the potential to offer sustainable solutions through recognition, adoption, and integration into mainstream practices.
  • As per Article 342 of the Indian Constitution, the President has the authority to specify, with respect to any State or Union territory, the tribes, tribal communities, parts of, or groups within tribes or tribal communities as Scheduled Tribes.

Tribal Culture: A Glimpse

  • Communal Bond: Many tribal communities in India embrace a strong sense of communal living, where resources are shared, and decisions are collectively made within close-knit communities.
  • Connection with Nature: Tribals deeply connect with nature, embracing traditional beliefs and practices centered around forests and animals.
  • Self-Sufficiency: A tribe embodies self-reliance, forming relatively closed societies where their self-sufficiency pursuits define their openness to the outside world.
  • Spiritual Traditions: Tribals nurture distinct spiritual beliefs, often venerating ancestors, nature spirits, or deities, adding uniqueness to their cultural tapestry.
  • Expressive Artistry: Tribals are celebrated for their exquisite art forms, such as pottery, weaving, and jewelry making. These crafts hold spiritual and cultural significance, passing down through generations.

Tribal Lifestyle and Sustainable Development:

  • Harmony with Nature: The tribal lifestyle upholds profound respect for the natural environment, incorporating sustainable practices like using natural materials for housing, food, and medicine, and living in sync with nature's cycles.
  • Community-Centric Decision-Making: Their collective decision-making process prioritizes the needs of the entire community, ensuring sustainable and equitable choices.
  • Biodiversity Preservation: Tribals actively promote biodiversity by employing traditional agricultural techniques like intercropping and seed saving, as well as safeguarding sacred sites vital for biodiversity conservation.
  • Resource Conservation: Sustainable practices involve judicious resource usage, such as rotational farming and allowing forests to regenerate before harvesting timber, ensuring their long-term availability.
  • Intergenerational Knowledge Transfer: Passing down knowledge to future generations includes traditional wisdom about the natural environment and sustainable resource management.
  • Water Resource Protection: Tribal communities have devised practices to safeguard water resources, guaranteeing their availability for future generations while reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
  • Regenerative Agriculture: For centuries, tribal communities have practiced regenerative agriculture, incorporating crop rotation, intercropping, and organic matter to enrich soils and sequester carbon, contributing to climate change mitigation.
  • Embracing Renewable Energy: Traditional reliance on renewable energy sources like wind, solar, and hydropower offers a model for expanding and modernizing clean energy solutions for broader communities.

Challenges Confronting Tribal Lifestyles:

  • Discrimination: Tribal communities frequently encounter discrimination and bias from the dominant society, leading to restricted access to education, healthcare, and essential services.
  • Land Rights: Displacement from ancestral lands due to industrialization and mining has led to the loss of cultural identity and socio-economic marginalization among tribal communities.
  • Climate Change and Environmental Degradation: Adverse effects of climate change, such as altered rainfall patterns, more frequent natural disasters, biodiversity loss, deforestation, pollution, and habitat destruction, have severely impacted their traditional livelihoods and ways of life.
  • Socioeconomic Marginalization: Limited access to education, healthcare, and economic opportunities has resulted in poverty and social exclusion for many tribal communities.
  • Lack of Political Representation: Tribal communities often lack political representation, depriving them of a voice in decision-making processes that directly influence their lives.
  • Cultural Assimilation: Pressures to conform to the dominant culture impose a risk of losing traditional knowledge, language, and cultural practices within many tribal communities.

What is Odisha's Special Development Councils (SDCs) Initiative?

  • In a momentous stride towards preserving, promoting, and celebrating tribal culture while advancing the trajectory of development, the Odisha government introduced the Special Development Councils (SDCs) initiative in 2017.
  • The primary objective is to safeguard the rich culture and heritage of 62 tribes in the State under a unified approach while ensuring continued economic progress in the regions.
  • Originally encompassing 9 tribal-dominated districts and benefiting 60 lakh tribal households across 117 blocks, the initiative has now expanded to cover 23 districts, extending its benefits to over 84 lakh tribal individuals.

Government Initiatives for Tribal Culture Conservation:

  • National Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporation (NSTFDC): Established in 2001 under the Ministry of Tribal Affairs, NSTFDC aims to uplift Scheduled Tribes economically through concessional financial assistance under various schemes.
  • TRIFED's Tribal Initiatives: The government plans to establish 50,000 Van Dhan Vikas Kendras and 3,000 Haat Bazaars, fostering economic opportunities for tribal populations.
  • Central Sector Scheme: Supporting Institutional Development & Marketing of Tribal Products/Produce.
  • Centrally Sponsored Scheme: Ensuring a sustainable mechanism for Marketing Minor Forest Produce (MFP) through Minimum Support Price (MSP) and developing value chains, providing social safety for MFP gatherers.
  • Pradhan Mantri Van Dhan Yojana: A market-linked tribal entrepreneurship development program promoting the formation and strengthening of Tribal Producer Companies through clusters of tribal Self Help Groups (SHGs).
  • Scholarships: Government-funded scholarships for pre-matric, post-matric, and overseas education, facilitating educational access for tribal students.
  • Support to NSTFDC: Assistance to the National Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporation for further empowerment initiatives.
  • Development of Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs): Comprehensive support encompassing housing, land distribution, agricultural and animal husbandry development, link road construction, and more.
  • Vocational Training in Tribal Areas: Focused on enhancing the skills of ST youth for diverse job opportunities and self-employment, elevating their socio-economic status.

Mains Question:

  • Examine the challenges faced by tribal lifestyles and evaluate the effectiveness of government initiatives for tribal culture conservation in improving socio-economic conditions and preserving cultural heritage among tribals. (15M)

The Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023 (The Hindu)

  • 28 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

Amidst pandemonium, the Lok Sabha passed the Forest Conservation (Amendment) Bill on July 26, without any changes from the version first introduced on March 29. The contentious Bill was introduced to amend the Forest Conservation Act, 1980.

Context:

  • The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, was enacted to prevent large-scale deforestation and mandates central government approval for diverting forest land for non-forest purposes.
  • The pressure on forest land has increased due to various factors like industry demands, agriculture, and the need for forest produce, as noted by the Standing Committee on Science and Technology, Environment, and Forests (2019).
  • The Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill alters the criteria for including and excluding forest land from the Act's scope, presenting modifications to address the evolving challenges faced in forest conservation.

What is The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980?

  • The Forest (Conservation) Act of 1980 was implemented to safeguard India's forest land from unauthorized encroachments for non-forestry activities.
  • It grants the Central government the authority to demand appropriate compensation when forest land is diverted for non-forestry purposes.
  • Furthermore, the Act extends its scope to encompass areas not officially classified as "forest" in State or Central government records.

Need for the recent amendments:

  • The process of obtaining forest-clearance approval in India is challenging, involving significant delays and potential corruption.
  • Inconsistent land records add to the complexity, as parcels marked as forests in one record may have different classifications elsewhere.
  • A court order inadvertently discouraged states from reclassifying forests, complicating matters further.
  • The amendments aim to eliminate ambiguities and provide clear guidelines for the Act's application to different types of lands.

Key Features of the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023:

  • Land under the Act:
  • The Bill includes two categories of land under its purview, including officially declared forest land and land notified as a forest after October 25, 1980.
  • Exemptions:
  • Certain land types, such as forest land along railways or public roads maintained by the government, are exempted from the Act's provisions.
  • Assignment/Leasing of Forest Land:
  • Prior approval of the central government is required for assigning forest land to any entity, including those owned and controlled by the government, with specific terms and conditions.
  • Permitted Activities:
  • The Bill expands the list of activities excluded from non-forest purposes, including zoos, ecotourism facilities, silvicultural operations, and others specified by the central government.
  • Power to Issue Directions:
  • The central government may issue implementation directions to any recognized authority or organization under the central, state, or union territory.

Upsides of the Forest Amendment Bill:

  • Certain amendments outline exclusions where the Act won't apply.
  • Other amendments promote plantation cultivation on non-forest land, potentially increasing tree cover, acting as a carbon sink, and supporting India's emissions reduction goals.
  • The bill would lift restrictions on infrastructure development for national security and livelihood opportunities for forest-adjacent communities.

Environmentalists' Concerns with the Forest Amendment Bill:

  • Changing the Act's name to Van (Sanrakshan Evam Samvardhan) Adhiniyam raises confusion.
  • Reclassifying forest areas may invalidate past judgments and reduce protection for vast forest tracts.
  • The Bill doesn't consider the real scenario of deforestation and its impact on ecological functions.
  • Exemptions in border areas may hinder the rights of forest-dwelling tribes and reduce the necessity of forest clearances.
  • The Bill was referred to a joint committee instead of the standing committee, raising concerns about the potential lack of scrutiny.

Government's Intention with the Forest Amendment Bill:

  • The government sees this as a crucial opportunity to address a 27-year-old policy deadlock that hinders growth and employment while not effectively conserving forests.
  • The amendments are necessary to align with India's evolving ecological, strategic, and economic aspirations. They aim to:
  • Support India's objective of increasing forest and tree cover to a third of its land area.
  • Help achieve Net Zero emissions by 2070 and enhance forest carbon stocks through sustainable development.
  • Create a carbon sink of 2.5-3 billion tonnes of CO2-equivalent by 2030 under the Nationally Determined Contribution targets.
  • Enable the act to address emerging ecological challenges related to forest conservation, restoration, compensatory mechanisms, and mitigation measures.

Striking a Balance between Forest Conservation and Economic Activities:

  • The 1980 Act aimed to combat deforestation, necessitating central government approval for diverting forest land for non-forest purposes. Additionally, only certain conservation and wildlife management activities were allowed without prior approval.
  • The Bill introduces new activities like silvicultural operations, safaris, and eco-tourism facilities to this list. It also permits certain surveys without central government approval.
  • These activities can contribute to economic development and align with national priorities such as energy security and industrial growth, especially in cases like mineral prospecting.
  • However, achieving a balance between economic benefits and forest conservation is crucial. The shift from case-by-case examination by the central government to a blanket exemption raises questions about the mechanism for striking this balance.

The Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023, warrants meticulous examination to reconcile the noble aspirations outlined in its Preamble with the possible detrimental impact of its operative provisions. An inclusive approach encompassing expanded forest definitions, safeguards for delicate ecosystems, and active involvement of forest communities is imperative. Sustainable development should not entail forest degradation, but instead, harmonize efforts to safeguard India's natural legacy for generations to come. Responsible and holistic conservation endeavors are vital to fulfilling India's net-zero carbon commitments and preserving its invaluable ecosystems.

Mains Question:

  • Evaluate the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023, considering its impact on forest preservation, sustainability, and environmental concerns. Suggest measures for balancing economic activities with responsible forest conservation to achieve net-zero carbon commitments. (15 M)

Gaganyaan Human Spaceflight Mission (The Hindu)

  • 27 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) successfully carried out two more hot tests on the Gaganyaan Service Module Propulsion System (SMPS) at ISRO Propulsion Complex (IPRC), Mahendragiri (Tirunelveli District), Tamil Nadu.

About Gaganyaan Mission:

  • The Gaganyaan program is an indigenous manned mission aiming to send Indian astronauts to space.
  • As part of the Indian Human Spaceflight Programme, this Indian crewed orbital spacecraft plans to carry 3 astronauts to space by the end of 2023 or in 2024.
  • Upon its successful execution, India will become the 4th nation after US, Russia and China to achieve a Human Spaceflight Mission.
  • It is launched by ISRO's Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle GSLV Mk III (3 stages heavy-lift vehicle).

 What is the Significance of Gaganyaan Mission for India:

  • Self-reliance and Make in India: The Gaganyaan mission contributes to India's aspiration of achieving self-reliance by boosting the Make in India initiative, reducing reliance on external support for satellite launches.
  • Advancing R&D and Robotics: The mission propels scientific and technological research and development, especially in space exploration, facilitating India's long-term and cost-effective plans for robotic and human exploration beyond the solar system.
  • Addressing Regional Demands: Gaganyaan's focus on regional requirements becomes essential, given the limited availability of International Space Stations (ISS) worldwide, making it a relevant initiative for regional space exploration.
  • Strengthening International Ties: By promoting collaborative and peaceful endeavors, the Gaganyaan mission fosters international partnerships and contributes to global security.
  • Boost to Academic Organizations: The Gaganyaan Programme is a collective national endeavor, fostering active involvement from academia and National Agencies. It will establish an extensive framework for collaboration, uniting ISRO, academia, industry, national agencies, and other scientific organizations in a collaborative effort.
  • Elevated Prestige: Gaganyaan's successful mission will position India as the 4th country to achieve human spaceflight, elevating the nation's prestige on the global stage. Also, it will solidify India's significant role as a key player in the space industry.

Challenges in the Mission:

  • Launch Reliability: The GSLV Mk III requires significant modifications to meet human-rated and fail-safe criteria, with the challenge of achieving a reliability of 98% or higher, posing a daunting task.
  • Crew Escape System: Developing a reliable crew escape system is crucial to prepare for emergencies from the launch phase onwards. The Environmental Control & Life Support System (ELCSS), space suit, and crew support systems are still in the developmental stage.
  • Astronaut Training: India lacks facilities for comprehensive training, including centrifuges to simulate g-forces and aircraft for zero-gravity simulations, posing a hurdle in preparing astronauts adequately.
  • Threat of Space Debris: The increasing threat of space debris in low earth orbits raises concerns about potential collisions with small debris, leading to cabin depressurization in the crew module.
  • Financial Implications: Human space flight missions are not one-time investments but an ongoing pursuit with national benefits, raising financial concerns regarding long-term funding requirements.

Problems Faced by Gaganyaan Astronauts:

  • Environmental Hazards: Astronauts encounter radiation risks and navigate a hostile space environment devoid of gravity and atmosphere.
  • Artificial Atmosphere: Two primary options for creating a suitable atmosphere are pure oxygen or a combination of oxygen and an inert gas like nitrogen, helium, or argon.
  • Medical Issues: Microgravity can impact hand-eye and head-eye coordination, orientation, vision, muscle strength, aerobic capacity, etc. Additionally, isolation and reliance on limited resources may lead to behavioral issues such as depression, cabin fever, fatigue, sleep disorders, and psychiatric disorders.
  • Aerospace Technology Challenges: Space travel demands significantly higher speeds than regular air travel, with rockets accelerating to approximately 25,000 km per hour within minutes. Launch, pre-launch, and post-launch periods pose potential risks, including rocket malfunctions.

   Way Forward for India's Space Programme:

  • Private Sector Involvement: Encouraging the participation of the private sector in supporting ISRO and developing critical space technologies is vital.
  • Promoting Youth Engagement: Initiating campaigns and media outreach to stimulate the interest of young individuals in space activities will help nurture future talent.
  • Continued Government Support: The government should persist in its encouragement and support of ISRO's endeavors, while also engaging the private sector in space activities.

Pursuing a manned space programme becomes the logical progression for India. Gaganyaan's success will elevate India to the elite club of space superpowers and pave the way for developing its own space station. Overcoming technological challenges is crucial for ensuring the safety and success of future manned missions.

International Collaboration: Collaboration with other nations will be essential for acquiring the necessary technologies and expertise to further India's space exploration goals.

Gig Economy and Gig Workers (Indian Express)

  • 26 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

The Rajasthan government recently enacted the Rajasthan Platform Based Gig Workers (Registration and Welfare) Bill in the year 2023.

  • Highlights of the Bill:

Rajasthan Platform-based Gig Workers Welfare Board will formulate welfare policies and address grievances of piece-rate gig workers.

  • The board can determine the aggregator's cess percentage for the social welfare corpus, based on transaction volumes on the platform.
  • Unique ID:
  • All gig workers registered with any platform will automatically be registered with the board, receiving a unique ID valid for three years.
  • Penalty:
  • Violating data sharing and worker employment rules can result in fines up to 10 lakh for the first offense and up to 1 crore for subsequent ones.
  • Suspension Authority:
  • The board is authorized to recommend temporary or permanent suspension of errant aggregators in the state.
  • Public Feedback:
  • The draft Bill will soon be made available to the public for feedback, currently with the Law department.
  • What is Gig Economy?
  • The Gig economy offers flexible work arrangements, allowing individuals to take up short-term or part-time jobs based on their availability and preferences.
  • It heavily relies on digital platforms and apps that connect gig workers with customers or clients seeking specific services.
  • Many people engage in gig work to supplement their income or as a source of additional earnings, making it easier to diversify their income streams.
  • The gig economy has faced controversies regarding worker rights, fair pay, and debates over whether gig workers should be classified as employees with access to employment benefits.
  • Who are gig workers?
  • As per the Code on Social Security, 2020, a gig worker is an individual who engages in work or work arrangements and earns from such activities independently, outside the scope of a conventional employer-employee relationship.
  • Gig workers can be broadly classified into platform and non-platform-based workers.
  • Platform Workers:
  • These workers refer to individuals who perform tasks or services through online software apps or digital platforms like Zomato, Swiggy, Ola, and others.
  • Non-platform Workers:
  • These workers are typically casual wage and own-account workers in traditional sectors, working either part-time or full-time.
  • Gig Economy in India:
  • As per NITI Aayog's report titled 'India's Booming Gig and Platform Economy':
  • Gig workers are individuals involved in income-earning activities beyond the conventional employer-employee arrangement and may also operate within the informal sector.
  • According to a 2019 report by the India Staffing Federation, India is the fifth largest in flexi-staffing globally, after the US, China, Brazil and Japan.
  • In 2020, approximately 7.7 million workers were actively engaged in the gig economy.
  • The gig workforce is expected to grow significantly, reaching 23.5 million workers by the year 2029-30.
  • Currently, around 47% of gig work falls under medium-skilled jobs, 22% in high-skilled, and 31% in low-skilled jobs.
  • There is a noticeable trend showing a gradual decline in medium-skilled workers' concentration, while the number of low-skilled and high-skilled workers is on the rise.
  • Challenges faced by Gig workers:
  • Impact on Full-time Employment Growth: The gig economy trend can hinder the growth of full-time employment as some employers may prefer to hire contracted workers due to cost-effectiveness and flexibility.
  • Disruption of Work-life Balance: For certain workers, the flexibility of gig work can lead to disruptions in work-life balance, affecting sleep patterns and daily activities.
  • Potential Replacement of Full-time Employees: Freelance workers in the gig economy may replace the need for a higher number of full-time employees within a company.
  • Lack of Job Security: In the gig economy, workers have a more entrepreneurial role, which means they may experience less job security with no guaranteed steady income, pay, or benefits.
  • Absence of Regular Job Benefits: Employers often avoid providing benefits such as health coverage and paid vacation time to gig workers, as they are not part of a formal employment relationship with the platform company. This lack of benefits can make short-term contracts less appealing and challenging to include on resumes.
  • Government Initiatives for Gig Workers India:
  • Code of Social Security, 2020: The Government introduced the Code on Social Security, 2020, aiming to develop suitable social security schemes for gig workers and platform workers, covering aspects like life and disability insurance, accident coverage, health and maternity benefits, and old age protection.
  • However, these provisions are yet to be implemented.
  • e-Shram Portal: In 2021, the Government launched the e-Shram portal, designed for the registration and establishment of a Comprehensive National Database of Unorganized Workers, including gig workers and platform workers.
  • This portal facilitates self-declaration registration for individuals engaged in approximately 400 different occupations.
  • Way Forward

The Gig Economy holds promising opportunities for India's extensive workforce, particularly for low-skilled laborers. To harness its potential, the Government should take proactive measures to foster the growth of gig economy platforms. Simultaneously, safeguarding the welfare of gig workers is crucial, ensuring fair working conditions and access to social security benefits. Striking this balance will require collaborative efforts from all stakeholders involved.

  • Mains Question:

Discuss the Government's role in supporting the Gig Economy while safeguarding gig workers' interests. How can a balance be achieved between promoting the gig economy and protecting the welfare of gig workers? (20 M)

India’s Ethanol Production Programme and Ethanol Blended Petro (Indian Express)

  • 25 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

Prime Minister Modi, at a G20 Energy Ministers’ meet on Saturday (July 22), said that India has rolled out 20% ethanol-blended petrol this year and aims to “cover the entire country by 2025”.

What is Ethanol?

  • Ethanol, also known as ethyl alcohol or grain alcohol, is basically 9% pure alcohol that can be blended with petrol.
  • It is distinct from 94% rectified spirit, commonly used in paints and pharmaceuticals, as well as 96% extra neutral alcohol, which is utilized in the production of potable liquor.
  • It is also a renewable biofuel and can be derived from various plant sources, such as sugarcane, corn, wheat, and other agricultural products, through the process of fermentation and distillation.
  • Ethanol has a wide range of industrial, commercial, and recreational applications, making it a versatile and important chemical compound.

Ethanol blending programme (EBP) in India:

Overview:

  • The Ethanol Blending Programme (EBP) in India began with pilot projects that supplied 5% ethanol-blended petrol to retail outlets.
  • The successful field trials led to the official launch of the EBP in 2003.
  • The program aimed to promote 5% ethanol-blended petrol in 9 States and 4 Union Territories, utilizing a separate pumping and BIO-metering mechanism.

Objectives:

  • The EBP aimed at reducing the country's reliance on crude oil imports, curbing carbon emissions, and enhancing farmers' incomes.

Targets:

  • Initially, India targeted 10% ethanol blending in petrol by the end of 2022 and 20% blending by 2030.
  • However, in December 2020, the government accelerated its target of achieving 20% blending (E20) to 2025.
  • Alsoly, there is a target of 5% blending of biodiesel with diesel by 2030.

Incentive Measures:

  • To encourage blending, the government introduced an additional duty of Rs. 2 per litre on unblended fuels starting October.

Significance of Ethanol Blending:

  • Energy Security: As the third-largest consumer of energy globally, India aims to enhance its energy self-dependency through ethanol blending, aligning with the AtmaNirbhar Bharat Abhiyan.
  • Reducing Import Dependency: Ethanol blending in petrol will decrease India's reliance on crude oil and natural gas imports, potentially saving around USD 4 billion (Rs. 300 billion) per year.
  • Support for the Agricultural Sector: The program aids sugar mill owners in paying farmers their pending Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP) for sugarcane and mitigates the impact of low sugar prices in the international market, providing additional income to farmers.
  • Environmental Friendly Fuel: Ethanol-blended petrol results in smoother combustion, reducing emissions of CO, hydrocarbons, and NOx, and contributing to a more environmentally friendly fuel option.
  • Decreasing Pollution: Using ethanol-blended petrol leads to lower emissions of CO, HC, and NOx, making it an effective measure to decrease pollution levels and promote cleaner air.
  • SDG Targets: Ethanol blending aligns with Sustainable Development Goal targets by reducing emissions and mitigating climate change effects.

Related Issues with Ethanol Blending Programme:

  • National Policy on Biofuel: The new ethanol blending target focuses on food-based feedstocks, deviating from the 2018 National Policy on Biofuels, which emphasized non-food feedstocks like grasses, algae, and cellulosic materials.
  • This change raises concerns about grain surpluses and the impact on food availability.
  • Risk of Hunger: The diversion of food grains to distilleries at cheaper prices could affect food security for the impoverished, potentially leading to increased hunger risks.
  • India ranks 101st out of 116 countries on the World Hunger Index 2021.
  • Cost Implications: The production of biofuels requires land, impacting the cost of biofuels as well as food crops, which can have economic implications.
  • Water Usage: Biofuel crops and the manufacturing process require significant amounts of water, which can strain local and regional water resources.
  • Efficiency Comparison: Some biofuels produce less energy compared to fossil fuels.
  • For instance, 1 gallon of ethanol generates less energy than 1 gallon of gasoline, raising concerns about the efficiency of biofuels as a viable alternative.

Addressing these issues is crucial for implementing ethanol blending targets in a sustainable and responsible manner.

Ethanol Program: Benefits and Concerns:

Benefits:

  • The ethanol program offers several advantages, including reduced dependence on fossil fuels, promotion of sustainable practices, and new opportunities for farmers and industries. Advancements like multi-effect evaporator units have enabled the utilization of distilleries' liquid effluent for boiler fuel and the production of fertilizer and animal feed as by-products.

Concerns:

  • Despite its benefits, the ethanol program raises some concerns. Increased demand for grains in ethanol production may impact food supply and prices. Additionally, distilleries' liquid effluent can pose environmental challenges.

The ethanol program shows great promise in achieving sustainable goals while addressing environmental and economic challenges. With proper management and technological advancements, it can play a vital role in India's energy and agricultural sectors.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the benefits, concerns, and significance of India's ethanol program, focusing on reducing fossil fuel dependence, promoting sustainability, and addressing the impact on food supply and prices. (15 M)

Zero Hunger and the Global Report on the Food Crises 2023 (The Hindu)

  • 24 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

The Global Report on Food Crises (GRFC) 2023, produced by GNAFC (Global Network Against Food Crisis), offers crucial insights into global food insecurity. It sheds light on the scale of hunger and the obstacles in achieving Sustainable Development Goal 2 - Zero Hunger.

By analyzing factors contributing to food insecurity and undernourishment, the report presents vital solutions to tackle this urgent challenge.

What is GNAFC?

GNAFC, founded in 2016 by the European Union, FAO, and WFP, is an alliance of humanitarian and development organizations collaborating to prevent, prepare for, and respond to food crises. Their collective efforts aim to support the achievement of Sustainable Development Goal 2, which is to End Hunger.

Key Findings:

  • Food Insecurity and Undernourishment: According to the GRFC, hunger affected between 691 million and 783 million people in 2022, a significant increase from pre-pandemic levels in 2019. The number of individuals lacking adequate access to food rose to 2.4 billion in 2022, up by 391 million compared to 2019. Additionally, undernourishment prevalence reached 9.2% of the global population in 2022, compared to 7.9% in 2019.
  • Positive Developments: Despite concerning figures, the report highlights some positive trends. Stunting among children under five decreased from 204.2 million in 2000 to 148.1 million in 2022, while child wasting declined from 54.1 million to 45 million during the same period. However, there was a slight, non-significant increase in child overweight or obesity, rising from 5.3% (33 million) in 2000 to 5.6% (37 million) in 2022.
  • Cost of a Healthy Diet: The GRFC's revised analysis indicates that nearly 3.2 billion people worldwide couldn't afford a healthy diet in 2020, with a slight improvement in 2021. The global cost of a healthy diet rose by 6.7% from 2019 to 2021. The report projects that approximately 600 million people will face chronic undernourishment in 2030.

What is food security?

  • Food security, as defined by the World Food Summit of 1996, refers to a state where all individuals have continuous physical and economic access to an adequate supply of safe, nutritious food that fulfills their dietary requirements and preferences, supporting an active and healthy lifestyle.
  • The prevalence of moderate or severe food insecurity in the population is assessed using the Food Insecurity Experience Scale (FIES).

Drivers of Food Insecurity:

  • Pandemic-related Disruptions: The COVID-19 pandemic, along with its associated lockdowns, economic downturns, and job losses in 2020, has significantly contributed to food insecurity, aggravating existing challenges.
  • Russia-Ukraine War: Ongoing conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine, have further impacted global food insecurity, causing disruptions in food supply chains.
  • Governmental Policies: Certain governmental policies may inadequately address food insecurity, posing obstacles to achieving Zero Hunger.
  • Urbanization: The increasing trend of urbanization has led to changes in agrifood systems, resulting in varying food security levels among different population groups.
  • Weather and Climate Extremes: Extreme weather events and climate variations have become the primary drivers of acute food insecurity in 12 countries. Droughts, floods, and storms severely disrupt agricultural production and food supply chains.
  • Conflict: Ongoing conflicts and insecurity remain the most significant drivers of acute food insecurity in 19 countries/territories, affecting food access and availability in these regions.

Solutions for Achieving Zero Hunger:

  • Promoting Healthier Food Outlets: The report highlights the need for policy incentives to encourage shops to sell fresh and minimally processed foods, improving access to nutritious diets and positively impacting food security.
  • Enhancing Street Food Safety: Addressing street food safety, considering its widespread consumption by approximately 2.5 billion people daily, is crucial. Improving infrastructure and regulations surrounding street food can enhance nutritional safety and quality.
  • Investing in Rural Infrastructure: Building rural infrastructure, including quality rural roads and linkages to main networks, can enhance connectivity for small farms and enterprises, boosting food production and distribution.
  • Empowering Local Governments: Local governments play a significant role in implementing policies to ensure healthy diets are available and affordable for all. Their active involvement can lead to effective multilevel and multi-stakeholder mechanisms for achieving food security.

The Global Report on Food Crises 2023 highlights the ongoing issue of food insecurity worldwide. Implementing the recommended solutions and addressing the drivers of food insecurity will enable the international community to make significant progress toward achieving Zero Hunger and ensuring sufficient and nutritious food for all.

Recent Government Initiatives to Address Food Insecurity:

The Indian government has introduced various initiatives aimed at tackling food insecurity and alleviating poverty within the country. Some of these initiatives include:

  • One Nation One Ration Card: Beneficiaries can access subsidized food grains from the Public Distribution System (PDS) across the country, regardless of their location.
  • PM Garib Kalyan Ann Yojana (PMGKAY): This scheme ensures free food grains for vulnerable populations during crises like the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • Atmanirbhar Bharat Rozgar Yojana: Focused on generating employment opportunities and promoting self-reliance, indirectly impacting food security.
  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi: This program provides income support to small and marginal farmers, contributing to their economic well-being and food security.
  • Intensified Mission Indradhanush 3.0 Scheme: Aims to boost vaccination rates among children and pregnant women, indirectly impacting child nutrition and health.